RDR-GX350 HX650 HX750 HX950 - Service - Manual

RDR-GX350/HX650/ HX750/HX950
RMT-D245P/D246P/D247P
AEP Model
RDR-GX350/HX650/HX750/HX950
SERVICE MANUAL
Ver. 1.2 2007.10
UK Model
RDR-GX350/HX750
Russian Model
RDR-GX350/HX750/HX950
Revised-2
Photo: RDR-HX750 RMT-D247P
(HX750/HX950)
(HX750/HX950)
(GX350/HX650)
SPECIFICATIONS
System Laser: Semiconductor laser Channel coverage: PAL/SECAM (B/G, D/K, I, L) VHF: E2 to E12, R1 to R12, F2 to F10, Italian A to H, Ireland A to J, South Africa 4 to 11, 13 UHF: E21 to E69, R21 to R69, B21 to B69, F21 to F69 CATV: S01 to S05, S1 to S20, France B to Q HYPER: S21 to S41
The above channel coverage merely ensures the channel reception within these ranges. It does not guarantee the ability to receive signals in all circumstances. For details, see Receivable channels.
Video reception: Frequency synthesizer system Audio reception: Split carrier system Aerial out: 75-ohm asymmetrical aerial socket Timer: Clock: Quartz locked/Timer indication: 24-hour cycle (digital)/ Power back-up duration: 1 hour Video recording format: MPEG-2, MPEG-1 Audio recording format/applicable bit rate: Dolby Digital 2 ch 256 kbps/128 kbps (in EP, SLP, and SEP mode), PCM
Inputs and outputs LINE 2 OUT (AUDIO): Phono jack/2 Vrms/10 kilohms (VIDEO): Phono jack/1.0 Vp-p (S VIDEO): 4-pin mini DIN/Y: 1.0 Vp-p, C: 0.3 Vp-p (PAL) LINE 2 IN (AUDIO): Phono jack/2 Vrms/more than 22 kilohms (VIDEO): Phono jack/1.0 Vp-p (S VIDEO): 4-pin mini DIN/Y: 1.0 Vp-p, C: 0.3 Vp-p (PAL) LINE 3 TV: 21-pin CVBS OUT S-Video/RGB OUT (upstream) LINE 1/DECODER: 21-pin CVBS IN/OUT S-Video/RGB IN Decoder DV IN: RDR-HX750/HX950: 4-pin/i.LINK S100 DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL): Phono jack/ 0.5 Vp-p/75 ohms COMPONENT VIDEO OUT (Y, PB/CB, PR/CR): Phono jack/Y: 1.0 Vp-p, PB/CB: 0.7 Vp-p, PR/CR: 0.7 Vp-p G-LINK: RDR-HX750/HX950: mini jack HDMI OUT: HDMI 19-pin-Standard Connector
USB: RDR-HX750/HX950: USB jack Type A (For connecting digital still camera, Memory card reader and USB memory) USB jack Type B (For connecting PictBridge-compatible printers) General Power requirements: 220-240 V AC, 50/60 Hz Power consumption: RDR-GX350: 22 W RDR-HX650: 40 W RDR-HX750/HX950: 44 W Dimensions (approx.): 430 66.5 286 mm (width/height/ depth) incl. projecting parts Hard disk drive capacity: RDR-HX650/HX750: 160 GB RDR-HX950: 250 GB Mass (approx.): RDR-GX350 : 3.6 kg RDR-HX650/HX750/HX950: 4.4 kg Operating temperature: 5C to 35C Operating humidity: 25% to 80% Supplied accessories: Mains lead (1) Aerial cable (1) Remote commander (remote) (1) RDR-HX750: AEP, UK/HX950: AEP, UK: Set top box controller (1) R6 (size AA) batteries (2)
Specifications and design are subject to change without notice.
Refer to the SERVICE MANUAL of RW6G TRAVERSE MECHANISM REPAIR MANUAL for Traverse Mechanism exchange.
DVD RECORDER
WARNING!! WHEN SERVICING, DO NOT APPROACH THE LASER EXIT WITH THE EYE TOO CLOSELY. IN CASE IT IS NECESSARY TO CONFIRM LASER BEAM EMISSION, BE SURE TO OBSERVE FROM A DISTANCE OF MORE THAN 25 cm FROM THE SURFACE OF THE OBJECTIVE LENS ON THE OPTICAL PICK-UP BLOCK.
Unleaded solder Boards requiring use of unleaded solder are printed with the leadfree mark (LF) indicating the solder contains no lead. (Caution: Some printed circuit boards may not come printed with the lead free mark due to their particular size.)
CAUTION: The use of optical instrument with this product will increase eye hazard. CAUTION Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified herein may result in hazardous radiation exposure.
SAFETY-RELATED COMPONENT WARNING!! COMPONENTS IDENTIFIED BY MARK 0 OR DOTTED LINE WITH MARK 0 ON THE SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS AND IN THE PARTS LIST ARE CRITICAL TO SAFE OPERATION. REPLACE THESE COMPONENTS WITH SONY PARTS WHOSE PART NUMBERS APPEAR AS SHOWN IN THIS MANUAL OR IN SUPPLEMENTS PUBLISHED BY SONY.
: LEAD FREE MARK Unleaded solder has the following characteristics. Unleaded solder melts at a temperature about 40C higher than ordinary solder. Ordinary soldering irons can be used but the iron tip has to be applied to the solder joint for a slightly longer time. Soldering irons using a temperature regulator should be set to about 350C. Caution: The printed pattern (copper foil) may peel away if the heated tip is applied for too long, so be careful! Strong viscosity Unleaded solder is more viscous (sticky, less prone to flow) than ordinary solder so use caution not to let solder bridges occur such as on IC pins, etc. Usable with ordinary solder It is best to use only unleaded solder but unleaded solder may also be added to ordinary solder. Special Component Notice The components identified by mark 9 contain confidential information. Strictly follow the instructions whenever the components are repaired and/or replaced.
SAFETY CHECK-OUT
After correcting the original service problem, perform the following safety checks before releasing the set to the customer. 1. Check the area of your repair for unsoldered or poorly-soldered connections. Check the entire board surface for solder splashes and bridges. Check the interboard wiring to ensure that no wires are "pinched" or contact high-wattage resistors. Look for unauthorized replacement parts, particularly transistors, that were installed during a previous repair. Point them out to the customer and recommend their replacement. 4. Look for parts which, through functioning, show obvious signs of deterioration. Point them out to the customer and recommend their replacement. 5. Check the B+ voltage to see it is at the values specified. 6. Flexible Circuit Board Repairing Keep the temperature of the soldering iron around 270C during repairing. Do not touch the soldering iron on the same conductor of the circuit board (within 3 times). Be careful not to apply force on the conductor when soldering or unsoldering.
2. 3.
TABLE OF CONTENTS SERVICE NOTE

1. 2. 3. 4. 4-1. 4-2. 4-3. 4-4. 4-5. 4-6. 4-7. 5. DISK REMOVAL PROCEDURE IF THE TRAY CANNOT BE EJECTED (FORCED EJECTION) 5 BOARD CONNECTION, SERVICE REMOTE CONTROLLER 5 MODEL NAME SETTING METHOD WHEN ENGINE IS REPLACED 6 HOW TO DIAGNOSE HDD FAILURE 7 Defective HDD 7 HDD Recognition status 7 Display [E01] on FLD with unrecognized HDD 8 Display [E02] on FLD 9 When playing a video, MP3, or JPG, the contents freeze 9 Factory Check 10 Final Check 10 CHANGED POINTS OF SERVICE MANUAL Revised-2 12 Erasing and Editing a Chapter 1-18 Creating and Editing a Playlist 1-18 Dubbing (HDD y DVD) 1-19 Before Dubbing 1-19 HDD/DVD Dubbing 1-19 Dubbing Using Dubbing List 1-19 Making a Backup Disc (DVD Backup) 1-20 DV Camcorder Dubbing 1-20 Before DV Camcorder Dubbing 1-20 Dubbing an Entire DV Format Tape (DV One Touch Dubbing) 1-21 Dubbing Selected Scenes (Manual Dubbing) 1-21 Playing from a DV Camcorder 1-21 Audio Tracks 1-21 Playing Audio Tracks from CD/DVD 1-21 Searching for an Audio Track 1-22 About Jukebox 1-22 Preparing for Using Jukebox 1-22 Playing Audio Tracks Using Jukebox/USB Device 1-23 Managing Audio Tracks on the Music Jukebox 1-23 JPEG Image Files 1-24 About the Photo Album Function 1-24 Preparing for Using the Photo Album Function 1-24 Using the Photo Album List 1-25 Managing JPEG Image Files on the HDD 1-25 Printing JPEG Image Files 1-26 Settings and Adjustments 1-26 Disc Settings (Disc Setup) 1-26 Recording Settings (Basic) 1-26 Aerial Reception Settings (Tuner) 1-27 Video Settings (Video In/Out) 1-28 Audio Input Settings (Audio In) 1-28 Audio Output Settings (Audio Out) 1-28 Language Settings (Language) 1-29 Recording Settings (Recording) 1-29 Playback Settings (Playback) 1-30 HDMI Settings (HDMI Output) 1-30 Other Settings (Options) 1-31 Additional Information 1-31 Troubleshooting 1-31 Resetting the Recorder 1-33 Notes About This Recorder 1-33 Specifications 1-34 Notes on MP3 Audio Tracks, JPEG Image Files, and DivX Video Files 1-34 About i.LINK 1-34 Guide to Parts and Controls 1-35 Language Code List 1-36 Country/Area Code 1-36
1.
GENERAL
WARNING 1-1 Precautions 1-1 Quick Guide to Disc Types 1-1 Hookups and Settings 1-2 Hooking Up the Recorder 1-2 Step 1: Connecting the Aerial Cable and Set Top Box Controller 1-2 Step 2: Connecting the Video Cords/HDMI Cord 1-3 Step 3: Connecting the Audio Cords/HDMI Cord 1-4 Step 4: Connecting the Mains Lead 1-4 Step 5: Preparing the Remote 1-4 Step 6: Easy Setup 1-5 Connecting a VCR or Similar Device 1-6 Connecting an External Decoder 1-6 Eight Basic Operations Getting to Know Your DVD Recorder 1-7 1. Inserting a Disc 1-7 2. Recording a Programme 1-7 3. Playing the Recorded Programme (Title List) 1-7 4. Displaying the Playing Time and Play Information 1-8 5. Changing the Name of a Recorded Programme 1-8 6. Labelling and Protecting a Disc 1-9 7. Playing the Disc on Other DVD Equipment (Finalise) 1-9 8. Reformatting a Disc 1-10 Guide Plus+ 1-10 Introduction to the GUIDE Plus+ System 1-10 Watching TV Using the GUIDE Plus+ System 1-10 Searching for a Programme Using the GUIDE Plus+ System 1-11 Listing Up Your Favourite Programme Information (My TV) 1-11 Making Changes to the GUIDE Plus+ System 1-11 Timer Recording 1-12 Before Recording 1-12 Timer Recording (GUIDE Plus+/Manual) 1-12 Checking/Changing/Cancelling Timer Settings 1-13 Recording from Connected Equipment 1-14 Playback 1-14 Playing the Recorded Programme/DVD 1-14 Pausing a TV Broadcast (TV Pause/Pause Live TV) 1-16 Playing from the Beginning of the Programme You Are Recording (Chase Play) 1-16 Playing a Previous Recording While Making Another (Simultaneous Rec and Play) 1-16 Searching for a Time/Title/Chapter/Track, etc 1-16 Erasing and Editing 1-17 Before Editing 1-17 Erasing and Editing a Title 1-17
2.
2-1. 2-2. 2-3. 2-4 2-5. 2-6. 2-7. 2-8. 2-9. 2-10. 2-11.
DISASSEMBLY
UPPER CASE 2-2 TRAY COVER ASSEMBLY 2-2 FRONT PANEL SECTION 2-3 FR-274 BOARD, FL-178 BOARD 2-3 DVD DRIVE 2-4 DC FAN 2-4 HARD DISK (Except GX350) 2-5 AV-114/118 BOARD 2-5 VDC-001 BOARD (Type AS, BS only) 2-6 POWER SUPPLY BLOCK 2-6 CIRCUIT BOARDS LOCATION 2-7
3.
BLOCK DIAGRAMS
3-1. OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM 3-1 3-2. AV-114/118 BLOCK DIAGRAM 3-3 3-3. RD-065 BLOCK DIAGRAM 3-5
3-4. FR-274, FL-178, VDC-001 BLOCK DIAGRAM 3-7 3-5. POWER BLOCK DIAGRAM 3-9
5-2. AV ENCODER/DECODER IC (IC1001:MC10050F1-105/505-LU1-A (RD-65 BOARD)) 5-3
4.
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS AND PRINTED WIRING BOARDS
6.
SERVICE MODE
4-1. FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM 4-1 4-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 4-3 WAVEFORMS 4-4 AV-114/118 (1/5) (IT CONTROLLER, IR) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM 4-5 AV-114 (2/5) (POWER/FAN CONT.) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM 4-7 AV-118 (2/5) (POWER/FAN CONT.) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM 4-9 AV-114/118 (3/5) (VIDEO/AUDIO) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM 4-11 AV-114/118 (4/5) (EURO) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM 4-13 AV-114/118 (5/5) (TUNER) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM 4-15 VDC-001 (VIDEO ENCODER) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM 4-17 FR-274 (FL DRIVER, LINE 2 IN, FUNCTION SW) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM 4-19 FL-178 (DV, USB, REMOCON RECEIVER, POWER SW) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM 4-21 RD-065 (1/7) (POWER BLOCK) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM 4-23 RD-065 (2/7) (EMMA BLOCK) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM 4-25 RD-065 (3/7) (VIDEO/AUDIO BLOCK) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM 4-27 RD-065 (4/7) (MEMORY BLOCK) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM 4-29 RD-065 (5/7) (SATA/IDE IF) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM 4-31 RD-065 (6/7) (HDMI/DV/USB BLOCK) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM 4-33 RD-065 (7/7) (DVD DRIVE) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM 4-35 SWITCHING REGULATOR (SRV-2058EK) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM 4-37 4-3. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS 4-39 VDC-001 (VIDEO ENCODER) PRINTED WIRING BOARD 4-39 FR-274 (FL DRIVER, LINE 2 IN, FUNCTION SW) PRINTED WIRING BOARD 4-41 AV-114 (IT CONTROLLER, IR, POWER/FAN CONT., VIDEO/AUDIO, EURO, TUNER) PRINTED WIRING BOARD 4-43 AV-118 (IT CONTROLLER, IR, POWER/FAN CONT., VIDEO/AUDIO, EURO, TUNER) PRINTED WIRING BOARD 4-47 RD-065 (POWER BLOCK, EMMA BLOCK, VIDEO/ AUDIO BLOCK, MEMORY BLOCK, SATA/IDE IF, HDMI/DV/USB BLOCK, DVD DRIVE) PRINTED WIRING BOARD 4-51 FL-178 (DV, USB, REMOCON RECEIVER, POWER SW) PRINTED WIRING BOARD 4-55
6-1. SERVICE MODE MAP 2 6-2. Diagnostic Mode 3 6-2-1. Model Setting 3 6-2-2. Service Mode 4 6-2-3. Version Information and Other Information (First screen) 4 6-2-4. RF Level Simplified Diagnosis (Subscreen1) 5 6-2-5. HDD Information for the HDD return sheet (Simplified measurement mode) 6 6-2-6. Cautions for handling the HDD 7 6-2-7. HDD Error Logging 9 6-2-8. ATA/ATAPI History - ERR 10 6-2-9. How to confirm HDD Access Flow 10 6-2-10. ATA/ATAPI Debugging Screen Second Screen and LD Deterioration Judgment (for writer) 11 6-2-11. History of VR Recording-related Errors 13 6-2-12. DV Service Mode 17 6-2-13. EPG Service Mode 19 6-2-14. Aging Mode 21 6-2-15. HDD Check Mode 22 6-3. Setup Related Menu 23 6-3-1. Firmware Downloading 23 6-3-2. Area-Specific Channel Setting 23 6-3-3. OSD Filter Setting 24
7. 8.
ADJUSTMENTS REPAIR PARTS LIST
7-1. Video System Adjustment 7-1
8-1. EXPLODED VIEWS 8-1-1. OVERALL SECTION 8-1 8-1-2. CHASSIS SECTION 8-2 8-2. ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST 8-3
5.
IC PIN FUNCTION DESCRIPTION
5-1. IT CONTROL IC (IC101:LC87F06J2A-F58W3-E (AV-114 BOARD)) 5-1
SERVICE NOTE
1. DISK REMOVAL PROCEDURE IF THE TRAY CANNOT BE EJECTED (FORCED EJECTION)
1. 2. Remove the upper case. Insert the stiff wire in the hole and eject the tray.
Hole
1 The stiff wire
Open the tray
NOTES DURING THE FORCED EJECTION

1. If the forced ejection is executed while a blank disc media (DVDRW, R) exists on the tray Insert a DVD-ROM (DVD test disc, DVD software available on the market, or the like) in the tray and then close the tray.
Note1: If you close the tray while it is empty, ejection of the tray becomes impossible. Note2: If you close the tray with a CD disc inserted in it, the CD can be ejected. However, if you close the tray while it is empty, there can be a case that ejection of the tray becomes impossible. Note3: Even if you replace the DVD drive unit while the tray remains under the state as described above, the situation cannot be improved.
2.
If the tray cannot be ejected while the disc is not inserted Execute the forced ejection. Insert a DVD-ROM (DVD test disc, DVD software available on the market, or the like) on the tray and try to close the tray. (There are cases that it recovers the trouble.) Contents of forcedly ejected blank disc media (DVDRW, R) can be damaged. (There can be a case that initialization is also impossible.)
3.
2. BOARD CONNECTION, SERVICE REMOTE CONTROLLER

Extension cable (J-6090-201-A)
RD-065 board : CN2301(40core)
AV-114 board : CN101(40core)
SERVICE REMOTE CONTROLLER (J-6090-203-A)
3. MODEL NAME SETTING METHOD WHEN ENGINE IS REPLACED

Required equipment: Remote controller (RMT-D245P/D246P/D247P) Service remote controller (J-6090-203-A) Monitor Model name delete method 1. Turn the main POWER ON. 2. Press the following buttons on the service remote controller in this order.: ESC k CHAP k 1 * Confirm that the above operation is performed in the state that the screen has exited all settings such as Home Menu or Simple Setting. 3. Turn the main POWER OFF. 4. Turn the main POWER ON. (The screen as shown in Fig. 1 appears.) 5. Select 2 on the screen by using the service remote controller. * If 1 is selected on the screen, the machine will not work at all. Be sure to select 2. 6. Find out the tentative model name from the Correspondence Table (Table 1) for the client machine. Then, enter the 4-digit Input No. on the screen using the service remote controller. 7. The model name setting method is complete. (Screen disappears.) * Upon completion of the model name setting, be sure to press both ENTER and 3 simultaneously on the service remote controller without fail. It sets the remote control code 3.
Fig.1 S-company/P-company selection
[Recorder's Model Setting] Input the number using the remote for Service > ? Manufacturer P ] S ]
Input No. [ 1 : [ 2 :
Table1 Correspondence table between tentative model name and final product name
Model name RDR-GX350 RDR-HX650 RDR-HX750 RDR-HX950 Tentative model name AEP1 MRX-1600/EC1 MRX-1620/EC1 MRX-1635/EC1 MRX-1655/EC1 AEP2 MRX-1600/EC2 MRX-1620/EC2 MRX-1630/EC2 MRX-1650/EC2 AEP3 MRX-1620/EC1 UK MRX-1600/CEK MRX-1635/CEK
4. HOW TO DIAGNOSE HDD FAILURE

4-1. Defective HDD There are four symptoms of defects in the HDD. 1. E01 is displayed on the FLD. (The HDD is not recognized or is not authorized.) 2. E02 is displayed on the FLD. 3. When playing a video, MP3, or JPG, contents freeze. 4. Irregular noises from the HDD 4-2. HDD Recognition status How to enter Recognition status and sub screen mode. While the GUI screen is not displayed, use the service remote controller and press ESC key followed by DISP key. While the first screen is displayed, press DIG/ANA key repeatedly until the desired subscreen is displayed. The subscreens change.
Service remote controller (Part code: J-6090-203-A)
MRX-1635/EC1 VERSION : 1.01 SYSCON : RELEASE 104 Rev. 1. 5895 TUNERCON : 1.178 DRIVE : DVD-RW DVR-L12X 1.00 PIC SERIAL : 000800004940 HDD INT : WDC WD2500AAJS 9
OK OK OK 250
Details on HDD data are described below: HDD : WDC1023456 # 160 Capacity of the HDD (unit: Gbytes) HDD identification error indication HDD model name
DEVICE : E2R-FEx1.0 FLASH : 64M REGION : 2 C : 0000400259 HDCP : 0000400259
FL Display
OS Display Repaining the HDD. r HDD repair is complete. An error occurred. Please consult your nearest Sony dealer. Note that contents on the HDD may be erased when servicing this unit.
HDD identification conditions
Details on HDD data are described below.
Remarks
REPAIR
E01
Failure to physically identify the HDD (no connection, defective HDD, interface error). Physical identification of HDD possible, but not identified Physical identification of HDD possible, HDD identified, but failure in logical formatting. Physical identification of HDD possible, HDD identified, and correct logical formatting (HDD correctly identified).
Blank space
Check the connection to the SATA cable and power cable. Replace the SATA cable or power cable. Replace the HDD. Replace the FE or part in the SATA/ATA communication. # indicates that the HDD is unauthorized. ! indicates an HDD authorization error. Initialize the HDD.
WDC 10234564 # 160
E02
The Hard Disk Drive info is incorrect. Use the Disk Setup menu to reformat.
WDC 10234564 ! 160
Normal
WDC 10234564 160
4-3. Display [E01] on FLD with unrecognized HDD
E01
Is the HDD free from abnormal noises?
NO
YES NO
Is not # displayed?
Unauthorized HDD
Replace the HDD
* Refer to Note.
YES
Reconnect the SATA cable. Does the problem still occur?
Note: Write down the HDD information on the HDD return sheet before replacing the HDD. Note the information on pages 6-6, 6-7, 6-9, and 6-10 of Chapter 6, SERVICE MODE.
NO
Replace the SATA Cable
YES NO
For information about replacing the HDD, see page 2-5 of Chapter 2, DISASSEMBLY. After replacing the HDD, perform Factory Check on SERVICE NOTE, page 10. When performing Factory Check, the data saved to the HDD by the customer is erased. Obtain customer consent before performing Factory Check.
Replace the SATA cable. Does the problem still occur?
YES
Replace the HDD with a new one and perform Factory Check.
* Refer to Note.
Does the problem still occur?
NO
END
YES
There may be a problem with the Engine. Therefore, put the original HDD back in the unit. Then, follow the procedure to replace the Engine. After replacing the Engine, perform Setting the Model Name on Service Note, page 6. Note: Write down the HDD information on the HDD return sheet before replacing the Engine. For information about replacing the Engine, see page 2-4 of Chapter 2, DISASSEMBLY. When performing Factory Check, the data saved to the HDD by the customer is erased. Obtain customer consent before performing Factory Check.
Does the problem still occur?
NO
Final check
Note: Performing Final Check will not erase the HDD data.
YES
Another defect has occurred.
4-4. Display [E02] on FLD
E02
Note: When E02 is displayed, the user data has already broken due to system DATA Error.
NO
Replace the HDD
* Refer to Note.
YES
Factory check
Final check
Has the Final check ended with success?
NO
Replace the HDD
* Refer to Note.
YES END
4-5. When playing a VIDEO, MP3, or JPG, the contents freeze
When playing a VIDEO, MP3, or JPG, the contents freeze. (Any error is not displayed on the FLD.)
NO
YES
Display the ATA/ATAPI history by using HDD Access Flow on page 6-10.
Does the history show no errors?
NO
YES
Final check
Has the Final check ended with success?
NO
Replace the HDD
* Refer to Note.
YES END
4-6. Factory Check 1. Pull out and then reconnect the AC cable. 2. Press ESC key followed by P.RUN key to start Formatting. 3. When B COMPLETE appears, the Factory Check is complete. 4. Press Power button. The unit starts normally. When Factory Check has finished completely without error, reset Recording Error History and ATA/ATAPI History Error with the Clear key.
Recording Error History Display 07-03-19 07-03-19 07-03-19 07-03-19 07-03-19 12:36:06 12:36:06 12:36:06 12:36:06 12:27:27 ESFSYS INIT HDD Zero MR HDD Initialze HDD Zero MR Status NG
Note: Write down the HDD information on the HDD return sheet before replacing the HDD. Note the information on pages 6-6, 6-7, 6-9, and 6-10 of Chapter 6, SERVICE MODE. When performing Factory Check, the data saved to the HDD by the customer is erased. Obtain customer consent before performing Factory Check. Recording Error History and ATA/ATAPI History Error, see pages 6-9, 6-10 of Chapter 6, SERVICE MODE.
4-7. Final Check 4-7-1. SELF TEST (SMART TEST) This is a simplified diagnosis for the HDD. A serious failure in the HDD can be detected with this test. Time required for testing: Approx. 60 sec. How to start/terminate the diagnostic program Use the remote control unit for servicing. How to start: Press ESC, CX, 0, and 1 keys simultaneously. How to terminate: Press ESC key. Execute Self-Test. Press 3 key on the remote control unit for servicing while the menu screen is displayed. When the following screen is displayed, press 1 key to start the Self-Test.
Note: 2. Exe Ext Self Test is not used.
Note: Performing Self Test will not erase the HDD data.
Diagnosis results Without an error: . . . Completed is displayed. Then, proceed to the Extended Self-Test. With an error: . . . Error is displayed. Look at the number in Test Result. If the place value for tens is 1 or 2, execute the Self-Test again. If it is from 3 to 7, the HDD must be replaced.
Note: If the result of the second test is the same, replacement of the HDD is required.
Example: No error
Example: With an error
10
4-7-2.
Performance Check
Press ESC key, then A.MON key. This is a reading test across all sectors of the HDD. Data recorded on the HDD will not be erased, because no writing operation is performed. Time required for testing: Approx. 45 min/160 G 75 min/250 G 130 to 150 min/500 G When Performance Check finishes completely without error, reset ATA/ATAPI History Error with the Clear key.
FL display specification
HDD factory Check
aNormal display 0:Factory Check start
Power On
HDD performance Check

aError display 80:Performance Check start
Power On
aNormal display 80 81 0 0 00000 00000
aError display
0 1
0 0 0
000000 000000 HDD ERR 01 000000 HDD ERR 02
1:Power ON Test
81:Power ON Test
HDD ERR 81 82:all Sequential Read Verify Test 8 2 * * 83:Power OFF Test 83 0
2:Random Write/Read/Compare Test 2 3:ID Sequential Read Verify Test 3 4:OD Sequential Read Verify Test 4 5:Format 6:Power OFF Test
Power off 15s 20s Power off 15s 20s Power off 15s Power On Power On
***** H M S
00000
H M S
HDD ERR 82
** ***** H M S ** ***** H M S ***** H M S

000000
HDD ERR 03
15s
Power off
HDD ERR 04 84:Complete 8 4 COMPLETE HDD ERR 05
5 FM 6 0
7 8 9
0 0 0
000000 HDD ERR 07 000000 000000 HDD ERR 09 000000 7:Power ON Test 8:Power OFF Test 9:Power ON Test a:Power OFF Test b:Complete
A 0
B COMPLETE
Fig 1. FL Display Flow

* The logo for Factory Check and Performance Check is recorded in ATA/ATAPI History Error.
11
5. CHANGED POINTS OF SERVICE MANUAL Revised-2

When repairing or replacing parts, check for the correct combinations by referring to the table shown below. 1) Check for the correct combination in accordance with the MAIN IC (IC1001) mounted on the RD-065 board. Type AS MAIN IC (IC1001) AV Board VDC Board Flexible Flat Cable FVR-001 FFC FVA-002 FFC PV-145 HARNESS
BS
RD-065 (AS) Board IC1001: MC10050F1-105-LU1-A AV-114 (AG) Board (not supplied) RD-065 (BS) Board IC1001: MC10050F1-105-LU1-A AV-114 (BG) Board (not supplied) RD-065 (CS) EM Board IC1001: MC10050F1-505-LU1-A (not supplied) RD-065 (DS) EM Board IC1001: MC10050F1-505-LU1-A (not supplied) AV-118 (AG) EM Board AV-118 (AG) EM AV-118 (BG) EM Board
VDC-001 (AG) Board
CS
PAE-002 HARNESS (not supplied)
DS
Check of Destination Model RDR-GX350 RDR-HX650 RDR-HX750 Destination AEP1, AEP2, UK, Russian AEP1, AEP2, AEP3 AEP1, UK, Russian AEP2 RDR-HX950 AEP1 AEP2 RD-065 (AS) RD-065 (CS) RD-065 (BS) RD-065 (DS) RD-065 (BS) RD-065 (DS) RD-065 (BS) RD-065 (DS) RD-065 (BS) RD-065 (DS) RD-065 (BS) RD-065 (DS) Board AV-114 (AG) AV-118 (AG) EM AV-114 (AG) AV-118 (AG) AV-114 (BG) AV-118 (BG) AV-114 (AG) AV-118 (AG) AV-114 (BG) AV-118 (BG) AV-114 (AG) AV-118 (AG) DTC-001 DTC-001 DTC-001 DTC-001 DTC-001 DTC-001
2)
Location of MAIN IC (IC1001).
Check type name of IC1001
CN3802
IC1001
IC1221
JA5701
12
CN4501
This section is extracted from instruction manual. (RDR-HX750/HX950 : 2-899-893-E1 (1))
SECTION 1 GENERAL
Precautions
Do not attempt to replace or upgrade the hard disk by yourself, as this may result in malfunction. If the hard disk drive should malfunction, you cannot recover lost data. The hard disk drive is only a temporary storage space. Do not place the recorder in an inclined position. It is designed to be operated in a horizontal position only. Keep the recorder and discs away from equipment with strong magnets, such as microwave ovens, or large loudspeakers. Do not place heavy objects on the recorder.
Precautions
WARNING
To reduce the risk of fire or electric shock, do not expose this apparatus to rain or moisture. To avoid electrical shock, do not open the cabinet. Refer servicing to qualified personnel only. The mains lead must be changed only at a qualified service shop. Do not expose the battery to excessive heat such as direct sunlight, fire or the like.
This unit operates on 220 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz. Check that the units operating voltage is identical with your local power supply. To prevent fire or shock hazard, do not place objects filled with liquids, such as vases, on the apparatus. Install this system so that the mains lead can be unplugged from the wall socket immediately in the event of trouble. GUIDE Plus+ and G-LINK are (1) registered trademarks or trademarks of, (2) manufactured under license from and (3) subject of various international patents and patent applications owned by, or licensed to, Gemstar-TV Guide International, Inc. and/or its related affiliates. GEMSTAR-TV GUIDE INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND/ OR ITS RELATED AFFILIATES ARE NOT IN ANY WAY LIABLE FOR THE ACCURACY OF THE PROGRAM SCHEDULE INFORMATION PROVIDED BY THE GUIDE PLUS+ SYSTEM. IN NO EVENT SHALL GEMSTAR-TV GUIDE INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND / OR ITS RELATED AFFILIATES BE LIABLE FOR ANY AMOUNTS REPRESENTING LOSS OF PROFITS, LOSS OF BUSINESS, OR INDIRECT, SPECIAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES IN CONNECTION WITH THE PROVISION OR USE OF ANY INFORMATION, EQUIPMENT, OR SERVICES RELATING TO THE GUIDE PLUS+ SYSTEM.
Disposal of Old Electrical & Electronic Equipment (Applicable in the European Union and other European countries with separate collection systems)
This symbol on the product or on its packaging indicates that this product shall not be treated as household waste. Instead it shall be handed over to the applicable collection point for the recycling of electrical and electronic equipment. By ensuring this product is disposed of correctly, you will help prevent potential negative consequences for the environment and human health, which could otherwise be caused by inappropriate waste handling of this product. The recycling of materials will help to conserve natural resources. For more detailed information about recycling of this product, please contact your local Civic Office, your household waste disposal service or the shop where you purchased the product.
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits set out in the EMC Directive using a connection cable shorter than 3 metres.
On safety
Should any solid object or liquid fall into the cabinet, unplug the recorder and have it checked by qualified personnel before operating it any further.
About repairing the hard disk drive

The contents of the hard disk drive may be checked in case of repair or inspection during a malfunction or modification. However, the contents will not be backed up or saved by Sony. If the hard disk needs to be formatted or replaced, it will be done at the discretion of Sony. All contents of the hard disk drive will be erased, including contents that violate copyright laws.
On recording
Make trial recordings before making the actual recording.
About the hard disk drive

The hard disk has a high storage density, which enables long recording durations and quick access to the written data. However, it can easily be damaged by shock, vibration or dust, and should be kept away from magnets. To avoid losing important data, observe the following precautions. Do not apply a strong shock to the recorder. Do not place the recorder in a location subject to mechanical vibrations or in an unstable location. Do not place the recorder on top of a hot surface, such as a VCR or amplifier (receiver). Do not use the recorder in a place subject to extreme changes in temperature (temperature gradient less than 10 C/hour). Do not move the recorder with its mains lead connected. Do not disconnect the mains lead while the power is on. When disconnecting the mains lead, turn off the power and make sure that the hard disk drive is not operating (the clock is displayed in the front panel display for at least 30 seconds and all recording or dubbing has stopped). Do not move the recorder for one minute after you have unplugged the mains lead.
On compensation for lost recordings

Sony is not liable and will not compensate for any lost recordings or relevant losses, including when recordings are not made due to reasons including recorder failure, or when the contents of a recording are lost or damaged as a result of recorder failure or repair undertaken to the recorder. Sony will not restore, recover, or replicate the recorded contents under any circumstances.
This appliance is classified as a CLASS 1 LASER product. The CLASS 1 LASER PRODUCT MARKING is located on the rear of the unit.
CAUTION
The use of optical instruments with this product will increase eye hazard. As the laser beam used in this DVD recorder is harmful to eyes, do not attempt to disassemble the cabinet. Refer servicing to qualified personnel only.
On power sources
The recorder is not disconnected from the AC power source (mains) as long as it is connected to the wall outlet, even if the recorder itself has been turned off. If you are not going to use the recorder for a long time, be sure to disconnect the recorder from the wall outlet. To disconnect the AC power cord (mains lead), grasp the plug itself; never pull the cord.
Copyrights
Television programmes, films, video tapes, discs, and other materials may be copyrighted. Unauthorized recording of such material may be contrary to the provisions of the copyright laws. Also, use of this recorder with cable television transmission may require authorization from the cable television transmitter and/or programme owner. This product incorporates copyright protection technology that is protected by U.S. patents and other intellectual property rights. Use of this copyright protection technology must be authorized by Macrovision, and is intended for home and other limited viewing uses only unless otherwise authorized by Macrovision. Reverse engineering or disassembly is prohibited.
,continued
On placement
Place the recorder in a location with adequate ventilation to prevent heat build-up in the recorder. Do not place the recorder on a soft surface such as a rug that might block the ventilation holes. Do not place the recorder in a confined space such as a bookshelf or similar unit. Do not place the recorder in a location near heat sources, or in a place subject to direct sunlight, excessive dust, or mechanical shock.
This label is located on the laser protective housing inside the enclosure.
This Product includes FontAvenue fonts licenced by NEC corporation. FontAvenue is a registered trademark of NEC corporation.
About this manual Check your model name

The instructions in this manual are for 2 models: RDR-HX750 and RDRHX950. Check your model name by looking at the front panel of the recorder.
In this manual, the internal hard disk drive is written as HDD, and disc is used as a general reference for the HDD, DVDs, or CDs unless otherwise specified by the text or illustrations. Icons, such as DVD , listed at the top of each explanation indicate what kind of media can be used with the function being explained. Instructions in this manual describe the controls on the remote. You can also use the controls on the recorder if they have the same or similar names as those on the remote. The on-screen display illustrations used in this manual may not match the graphics displayed on your TV screen. The explanations regarding DVDs in this manual refer to DVDs created on this recorder. The explanations do not apply to DVDs that are created on other recorders and played back on this recorder.
Quick Guide to Disc Types

Recordable and playable discs
Type Disc Logo Icon used in this manual Formatting (new discs) Compatibility with other DVD players (finalising)
Copy guard function

Since the recorder has a copy guard function, programmes received through an external tuner (not supplied) may contain copy protection signals (copy guard function) and as such may not be recordable, depending on the type of signal.
VR mode Hard disk drive (internal) Video mode

HDD
Select Video Mode Dub HDD contents to a Off in HDD DVD (VR mode) to play Recording Format on other DVD players (page 122) Select Video Mode Dub HDD contents to a On (default) in DVD (Video mode) to play HDD Recording on other DVD players Format (page 122)
IMPORTANT NOTICE
Caution: This recorder is capable of holding a still video image or on-screen display image on your television screen indefinitely. If you leave the still video image or onscreen display image displayed on your TV for an extended period of time you risk permanent damage to your television screen. Plasma display panels and projection televisions are especially susceptible to this.
If you have any questions or problems concerning your recorder, please consult your nearest Sony dealer.
DVD+RW
+RW
Automatically formatted in +VR mode (DVD+RW VIDEO)
Playable on DVD+RW compatible players (automatically finalised)
VR mode DVD-RW Video mode
-RWVR
Playable only on VR mode Format in VR mode compatible players (page 31) (finalisation unnecessary) Format in Video mode (page 31) Playable on most DVD players (finalisation necessary) (page 40)
-RWVideo
DVD+R
+R
DVD+R DL
Automatically formatted in +VR mode (DVD+R VIDEO)
Playable on most DVD players (finalisation necessary) (page 40)
DVD-R
VR mode
-RVR
Format in VR mode (page 31)*1 Formatting is performed in the Format setup (page 42). Automatically formatted in Video mode
Playable only on DVD-R in VR mode compatible players (finalisation necessary) (page 40)
DVD-R DL
Video mode
-RVideo
Playable on most DVD players (finalisation necessary) (page 40)
,continued
1-1
Usable disc versions (as of April 2007)

8x-speed or slower DVD+RWs 6x-speed or slower DVD-RWs (Ver.1.1, Ver.1.2 with CPRM*2) 16x-speed or slower DVD+Rs 16x-speed or slower DVD-Rs (Ver.2.0, Ver.2.1 with CPRM*2) 8x-speed or slower DVD+R DL (Double Layer) discs 8x-speed or slower DVD-R DL (Dual Layer) discs (Ver.3.0 with CPRM*2)
DVD+RW, DVD-RW, DVD+R, DVD+R DL, DVD-R, and DVD-R DL are trademarks.
*1
Playable discs
Type Disc Logo Icon used in this manual Characteristics
DVD VIDEO
DVD
Discs such as movies that can be purchased or rented This recorder also recognises DVDRAMs* as DVD Video compatible discs. VIDEO CDs or CD-Rs/CD-RWs in VIDEO CD/Super VIDEO CD format
VIDEO CD
VCD
When an unformatted DVD-R is inserted into this recorder, it is automatically formatted in Video mode. To format a new DVD-R in VR mode, format in the Format setup (page 42). *2 CPRM (Content Protection for Recordable Media) is a coding technology that protects copyrights for images.
CD
CD
Music CDs or CD-Rs/CD-RWs in music CD format DVD+RWs/DVD+Rs containing MP3 audio tracks or DivX video files DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs/DVD-RAMs*/ DVD-ROMs containing MP3 audio tracks, JPEG image files or DivX video files CD-ROMs/CD-Rs/CD-RWs containing either MP3 audio tracks, JPEG image files or DivX video files
Discs that cannot be recorded on

DVD-RAMs
DATA DVD
DATA DVD
DATA CD
DATA CD
DVD VIDEO and CD are trademarks. DivX, DivX Certified, and associated logos are trademarks of DivX, Inc. and are used under license. DivX is a video file compression technology, developed by DivX, Inc. * If the DVD-RAM has a removable cartridge, remove the cartridge before playback.
Discs that cannot be played

PHOTO CDs CD-ROMs/CD-Rs/CD-RWs that are recorded in a format different from the formats mentioned in the table above. Data part of CD-Extras BDs HD DVDs Discs recorded with an AVCHDcompatible DVD video camera
DVD-ROMs/DVD+RWs/DVD-RWs/ DVD+Rs/DVD-Rs that do not contain DVD Video, DivX video, JPEG image files, or MP3 audio tracks. DVD Audio discs Cartridge-only type DVD-RAMs. HD layer on Super Audio CDs DVD VIDEOs with a different region code (page 12). DVDs that were recorded on a different recorder and not correctly finalised.
Maximum recordable number of titles

Disc HDD* DVD-RW/DVD-R DVD+RW/DVD+R DVD+R DL DVD-R DL Number of titles 999 99 49 49 99
* The maximum length for one title is 12 hours.
10
,continued
11
Note on playback operations of DVD VIDEOs/VIDEO CDs

Some playback operations of DVD VIDEOs/ VIDEO CDs may be intentionally set by software producers. Since this recorder plays DVD VIDEOs/VIDEO CDs according to the disc contents the software producers designed, some playback features may not be available. See the instructions supplied with the DVD VIDEOs/VIDEO CDs.
b Notes
Some DVD+RWs/DVD+Rs, DVD-RWs/DVDRs, DVD-RAMs, or CD-RWs/CD-Rs cannot be played on this recorder due to the recording quality or physical condition of the disc, or the characteristics of the recording device and authoring software. The disc will not play if it has not been correctly finalised. For more information, see the operating instructions for the recording device. You cannot mix VR mode and Video mode on the same DVD-RW. To change the discs format, reformat the disc (page 42). Note that the discs contents will be erased after reformatting. You cannot shorten the time required for recording even with high-speed discs. It is recommended that you use discs with For Video printed on their packaging. You cannot add new recordings to DVD+Rs, DVD-Rs, or DVD-RWs (Video mode) that contain recordings made on other DVD equipment. In some cases, you may not be able to add new recordings to DVD+RWs that contain recordings made on other DVD equipment. If you do add a new recording, note that this recorder will rewrite the DVD menu. You cannot edit recordings on DVD+RWs, DVD-RWs (Video mode), DVD+Rs, or DVD-Rs that are made on other DVD equipment. If the disc contains PC data unrecognizable by this recorder, the data may be erased. You may not be able to record, edit, or dub on some recordable discs, depending on the disc. Do not insert any discs that cannot be recorded or played on this recorder. This may cause the recorder to malfunction.
Hookups and Settings
Using the set top box receiver control function

The set top box receiver control function can be used with hookup A. It allows the recorder to control a set top box receiver via the supplied set top box controller. The recorder controls programme positions on the set top box receiver for timer recording. You can also use the recorders remote control to change programme positions on the set top box receiver whenever the set top box receiver and recorder are turned on. To use the set top box receiver control function, you need to connect the set top box controller (page 14). After setting up the set top box receiver control, check that the recorder can correctly control the set top box receiver (page 24).
Hooking Up the Recorder

Follow steps 1 through 6 to hook up and adjust the settings of the recorder. Do not connect the mains lead until you reach Step 4: Connecting the Mains Lead on page 20.
Region code (DVD VIDEO only)

Your recorder has a region code printed on the rear of the unit and will only play DVD VIDEOs (playback only) labelled with identical region codes. This system is used to protect copyrights. DVD VIDEOs labelled ALL will also play on this recorder. If you try to play any other DVD VIDEO, the message Playback prohibited by region code. will appear on the TV screen. Depending on the DVD VIDEO, no region code indication may be labelled even though playing the DVD VIDEO is prohibited by area restrictions.
Region code
b Notes
See Specifications (page 138) for a list of supplied accessories. Plug in cords securely to prevent unwanted noise. Refer to the instructions supplied with the components to be connected. You cannot connect this recorder to a TV that does not have a SCART or video input jack. Be sure to disconnect the mains lead of each component before connecting.
b Notes
If your aerial is a flat cable (300-ohm twin lead cable), use an external aerial connector (not supplied) to connect the aerial to the recorder. If you have separate cables for AERIAL antennas, use an AERIAL UHF/VHF band mixer (not supplied) to connect the aerial to the recorder. If you disconnect the recorders mains lead, you will not be able to view the signals from the connected set top box receiver.
Step 1: Connecting the Aerial Cable and Set Top Box Controller
Select one of the following aerial hookups. Do NOT set LINE 1 In to Decoder in the Video In/Out setup (page 115) when making connection A.
If you have Set top box receiver No set top box receiver Hookup A (page 14) B (page 15)
Music discs encoded with copyright protection technologies

This product is designed to play back discs that conform to the Compact Disc (CD) standard. Recently, various music discs encoded with copyright protection technologies are being marketed by some record companies. Please be aware that among those discs, there are some that do not conform to the CD standard and may not be playable by this product.
If the set top box receiver can output RGB signals

This recorder accepts RGB signals. If the set top box receiver can output RGB signals, connect the TV SCART connector on the set top box receiver to the LINE 1/DECODER jack, and set LINE 1 In to RGB in the Video In/Out setup (page 115). See the instructions supplied with the set top box receiver.
Note on DualDiscs
A DualDisc is a two sided disc product which mates DVD recorded material on one side with digital audio material on the other side. However, since the audio material side does not conform to the Compact Disc (CD) standard, playback on this product is not guaranteed.
12
,continued
13
1-2
A: Connecting a set top box receiver

With this hookup, you can record any programme position on the set top box receiver. To watch cable programmes, you need to match the programme position on the recorder to the aerial output programme position on the set top box receiver.
Place the set top box controller near the remote sensor on the set top box receiver. Wall Set top box controller (page 13)
B: Connecting the aerial cable only (no set top box receiver)
Use this hookup if you watch cable programme position without a set top box receiver. Also use this hookup if you are connecting only an aerial antenna. With this hookup, you can record any programme position by selecting the programme position on the recorder.
Wall
Set top box receiver

ANT IN TO TV
to AERIAL IN Aerial (not supplied) cable*1 SCART cord*2 (not supplied)
to AERIAL IN DVD recorder to G-LINK to AERIAL OUT TV
to aerial input DVD recorder to AERIAL OUT Aerial cable (supplied) TV Aerial cable (supplied) : Signal flow
to aerial input : Signal flow

*1 *2
If your set top box receiver does not have an aerial output jack, connect the aerial cable to the recorders AERIAL IN jack. Connect only if your set top box receiver has a SCART connector.
14
15
Step 2: Connecting the Video Cords/HDMI Cord

Select one of the following patterns, A through E, according to the input jack on your TV monitor, projector, or audio component such as an AV amplifier (receiver). This will enable you to view pictures.
A SCART input jack

When setting LINE 3 Out to S-Video or RGB in the Video In/Out setup (page 115), use a SCART cord that conforms to the selected signal.
Insert the HDMI connector straight into the HDMI jack. Do not bend or apply pressure to the HDMI connector.
B Video input jack

You will enjoy standard quality images.
C S VIDEO input jack

You will enjoy high quality images.
D Component video input jacks (Y, PB/CB, PR/CR)

TV Audio/video cord (not supplied)
b Notes
Be sure to disconnect the HDMI cord when moving the recorder. Do not apply too much pressure to the cabinet wall, if you place the recorder on the cabinet with the HDMI cord connected. It may damage the HDMI jack or the HDMI cord. Do not twist the HDMI connector while connecting to or disconnecting from the HDMI jack to avoid damaging the HDMI jack and connector.
TV, projector, or audio component
to LINE 2 OUT (VIDEO) SCART cord (not supplied) (yellow) to T LINE 3 TV
You will enjoy accurate colour reproduction and high quality images. If your TV accepts progressive 525p/625p format signals, use this connection and set Progressive to Compatible in the Easy Setup setup (page 23). Then set Component Video Out to Progressive in the Video In/Out setup to send progressive video signals. For details, see Component Video Out on page 115.
When playing wide screen images

Some recorded images may not fit your TV screen. To change the picture size, see page 122.
E HDMI input jack

Use a certified HDMI cord (not supplied) to enjoy high quality digital picture and sound through the HDMI OUT jack. When connecting a Sony TV that is compatible with the HDMI control function, see page 18. To see the signals from the connected set top box receiver when the set top box receiver is connected to the recorder using a SCART cord only, turn the recorder on.
If you are connecting to a VCR

Connect your VCR to the LINE 1/ DECODER jack on the recorder (page 26).
DVD recorder (green) (blue) (red) to LINE 2 OUT (S VIDEO) to HDMI OUT
b Notes
Do not connect more than one type of video cord between the recorder and your TV at the same time. Do not make connections A and E at the same time. When you connect the recorder to your TV via the SCART jacks, the TVs input source is set to the recorder automatically when you start playback. If necessary, press the TV t button on the remote to return the input to the TV. If you connect the recorder to a TV with SMARTLINK, set LINE 3 Out to Video in the Video In/Out setup. You cannot connect the HDMI OUT jack (connection E) to DVI jacks that are not HDCP compliant (e.g., DVI jacks on PC displays). Component video and RGB signals are not output when using the HDMI connection. * This DVD recorder incorporates High-Definition Multimedia Interface (HDMI) technology. HDMI, the HDMI logo and High-Definition Multimedia Interface are trademarks or registered trademarks of HDMI Licensing LLC.
,continued
to COMPONENT VIDEO OUT
Component video cord (not supplied)
S-video cord (not supplied)
HDMI cord (not supplied)
When connecting to the HDMI jack

Follow the steps below. Improper handling may damage the HDMI jack and the connector.
(green)
(blue)
(red)
D
E
Carefully align the HDMI jack on the rear of the recorder and the HDMI connector by checking their shapes. Make sure the connector is not upside down or tilted.
: Signal flow Connector is upside down Not straight
16
17
1-3
About the SMARTLINK features (for SCART connections only)

If the connected TV (or other connected equipment such as a set top box) complies with SMARTLINK, NexTView Link*3, MEGALOGIC*1, EASYLINK*2, CINEMALINK*2, Q-Link*3, EURO VIEW LINK*4, or T-V LINK*5, you can enjoy the following SMARTLINK features. TV Direct Rec. (page 32) One-Touch Play (page 61) Preset Download You can download the tuner preset data from your TV to this recorder, and tune the recorder according to that data in Easy Setup. NexTView Download You can easily set the timer by using the NexTView Download function on your TV.
About the HDMI Control functions for BRAVIA Theatre Sync (for HDMI connections only)
By connecting Sony components that are compatible with the HDMI Control function with an HDMI cord (not supplied), operation is simplified as below: One-Touch Play (page 61) System Power-Off When you turn the TV off by using the power button on the TVs remote, the components compatible with the HDMI Control function turn off automatically.
Step 3: Connecting the Audio Cords/HDMI Cord

Select one of the following patterns, A or B, according to the input jack on your TV monitor, projector, or audio component such as an AV amplifier (receiver). This will enable you to listen to sound.
[Speakers] Rear (L) Front (L) Centre or HDMI cord (not supplied) Audio component with a decoder [Speakers] Rear (R) Front (R) Subwoofer to coaxial/HDMI digital input Coaxial digital cord (not supplied)
To prepare for the BRAVIA Theatre Sync features

Set HDMI Control to On in the HDMI Output setup (page 126). For details on TV settings, refer to the operating instructions supplied with the TV.
to HDMI OUT
to DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL)
To prepare for the SMARTLINK features

Set LINE 3 Out to Video in the Video In/Out setup (page 115) and SMARTLINK to This Recorder Only in the Options setup (page 128).
b Notes
Depending on the connected component, the HDMI Control function may not work. Refer to the operating instructions supplied with the component. The recorder supports only the playback option of HDMI Control. Player appears on the TV screen when using the HDMI Control functions.
b Notes
For correct SMARTLINK connection, you will need a SCART cord that has the full 21 pins. Refer to your TVs instruction manual as well for this connection. Not all TVs respond to the functions above.
*1 *2 *3 *4 *5
to LINE 2 OUT (R-AUDIO-L)
DVD recorder
INPUT VIDEO
MEGALOGIC is a registered trademark of Grundig Corporation. EASYLINK and CINEMALINK are trademarks of Philips Corporation. Q-Link and NexTView Link are trademarks of Panasonic Corporation. EURO VIEW LINK is a trademark of Toshiba Corporation. T-V LINK is a trademark of JVC Corporation.
(white)
(yellow)
L
(red) Audio/video cord (not supplied) (yellow)*
(white)
AUDIO R
(red) TV, projector, or audio component
: Signal flow
* The yellow plug is used for video signals (page 16).
If your audio component has a Dolby*1 Digital, DTS*2, or MPEG audio decoder and a digital input jack, use this connection. You can enjoy Dolby Digital (5.1ch), DTS (5.1ch), and MPEG audio (5.1ch) surround effects.
A Digital audio input jack
If you connect a Sony audio component that is compatible with the HDMI control function, refer to the operating instructions supplied with the audio component.
18
,continued
19
B Audio L/R (left/right) input jacks

This connection will use your TVs or audio components two speakers for sound.
z Hint For correct speaker location, see the operating instructions supplied with the connected components.
Step 4: Connecting the Mains Lead

Connect the supplied mains lead to the AC IN terminal of the recorder. Then plug the recorder and TV mains leads (AC power cords) into the mains. After you connect the mains lead, you must wait for a short while before operating the recorder. You can operate the recorder once the front panel display lights up and the recorder enters standby mode. If you connect additional equipment to this recorder (page 26), be sure to connect the mains lead after all connections are complete.
Step 5: Preparing the Remote

You can control the recorder using the supplied remote. Insert two R6 (size AA) batteries by matching the 3 and # ends on the batteries to the markings inside the battery compartment. When using the remote, point it at the remote sensor on the recorder.
Controlling TVs with the remote

You can adjust the remotes signal to control your TV.
b Notes
Depending on the connected unit, you may not be able to control your TV with some or all of the buttons below. If you enter a new code number, the code number previously entered will be erased.
b Notes
Do not connect your TVs audio output jacks to the LINE IN (R-AUDIO-L) jacks at the same time. This will cause unwanted noise to come from your TVs speakers. With connection B, do not connect the LINE IN (R-AUDIO-L) and LINE 2 OUT (R-AUDIO-L) jacks to your TVs audio output jacks at the same time. This will cause unwanted noise to come from your TVs speakers. With connection A, after you have completed the connection, make the appropriate settings in the Audio Out setup (page 117). Otherwise, no sound or a loud noise will come from your speakers. When you connect the recorder to an audio component using an HDMI cord, you will need to do one of the following: Connect the audio component to the TV with the HDMI cord, or Connect the recorder to the TV with a video cord other than HDMI cord (component video cord, S-video cord, or audio/video cord).
*1
Number buttons TV/DVD
to AC IN
b Notes
2 If the supplied remote interferes with your other Sony DVD recorder or player, change the command mode number for this recorder (page 22). Use the batteries correctly to avoid possible leakage and corrosion. Should leakage occur, do not touch the liquid with bare hands. Observe the following: Do not use a new battery with an old battery, or batteries of different manufacturers. Do not attempt to recharge the batteries. If you do not intend to use the remote for an extended period of time, remove the batteries. If battery leakage occurs, wipe out any liquid inside the battery compartment, and insert new batteries. Do not expose the remote sensor (marked on the front panel) to strong light, such as direct sunlight or a lighting apparatus. The recorder may not respond to the remote. When you replace the batteries of the remote, the code number and Command Mode may be reset to the default setting. Set the appropriate code number and Command Mode again.
DISPLAY
to mains
x TV [/1 TV t
Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories. Dolby and the double-D symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories. *2 DTS and DTS Digital Out are registered trademarks of DTS, Inc.
TV 2 +/ TV PROG +/
1 2
Hold down TV [/1 located at the bottom of the remote.

Do not press the [/1 button at the top of the remote.
With TV [/1 pressed down, enter the TVs manufacturer code using the number buttons.
For instance, to enter 09, press 0 then 9. After you enter the last number, release the TV [/1 button.
20
,continued
21
1-4
Code numbers of controllable TVs

If more than one code number is listed, try entering them one at a time until you find the one that works with your TV.
Manufacturer Sony Hitachi JVC Panasonic Philips Samsung Sanyo Thomson Toshiba Code number 01 (default) 24 33 17, 49 06, 08 71 25 43 38
If you have a Sony DVD player or more than one Sony DVD recorder
If the supplied remote interferes with your other Sony DVD recorder or player, set the command mode number for this recorder and the supplied remote to one that differs from the other Sony DVD recorder or player after you have completed Step 6: Easy Setup. The default command mode setting for this recorder and the supplied remote is DVD3. You can check the current Command Mode in the front panel display. For details, see page 127. The default command mode setting for this recorder and the supplied remote is DVD3. The remote does not function if different command modes are set for the recorder and remote. Set the same command mode.
Step 6: Easy Setup

Make the basic adjustments by following the on-screen instructions in Easy Setup. Be careful not to disconnect the cables or exit the Easy Setup function during this procedure.
[/1
Auto Channel Setting If you connect a TV to this recorder not using SMARTLINK, select Auto Scan. Then select your country/region using </,, and press ENTER. The programme position order will be set according to the country/region you select. If you connect a TV to this recorder with SMARTLINK, select Download from TV. Then select your country/region using </,, and press ENTER. The tuner preset data will be downloaded from your TV to this recorder. (For details, refer to the operating instructions supplied with your TV.) To skip this setting, select Do not set. To set the programme positions manually, see page 111. Clock Setting Select Auto when a programme position in your local area broadcasts a time signal. The Auto Clock Setting display appears.
GUIDE </M/m/,, ENTER O RETURN
The remote performs the following:

Buttons TV [/1 TV 2 (volume) +/ TV PROG +/ Operations Turns your TV on or off. Adjusts the volume of your TV. Selects the programme position on your TV. Switches your TVs input source.
Changing programme positions of the recorder using the remote

You can change programme positions of the recorder using the number buttons.
TV [/1
TV t (input select)
Turn on the recorder and your TV. Then switch the input selector on your TV so that the signal from the recorder appears on your TV screen.
The Language display appears. If the Language display does not appear, select Easy Setup in the Basic setup from Initial Setup in the System Menu (page 110).
Select the programme position of the station that carries a time signal using </,. Select Start using m, and press ENTER. If a clock signal cannot be found, press O RETURN, and set the clock manually.
To operate the TV/DVD button (for SCART connections only)

The TV/DVD button switches between TV mode and DVD mode. Press the TV/DVD button when in stop mode or no menu appears on the TV screen. Point your remote at the recorder when using this button. TV mode: switch to this when you use the TVs tuner mainly. When you start playback, the input source for the TV is set to the recorder automatically. When you press the x (stop) button during playback, the programme tuned by the TV or external equipment appears. DVD mode: switch to this when you use the recorders tuner mainly. When you press the x (stop) button during playback, the programme tuned by the recorder appears. To check the current mode, press DISPLAY (page 35).
Number buttons
Select Manual to set the clock manually. The Manual Clock Setting display appears.
2
ENTER
Select a language for the on-screen displays using M/m, and press ENTER.
The initial settings message appears.
1 2 3
Select the time zone for your area using </,, and press m. Select On if you are now on summer time, and press ENTER. Set the day, month, year, hour, and minutes using </M/m/,, and press ENTER to start the clock.
3
Example: for channel 50 Press 5, 0, then press ENTER.
Select Start using M/m, and press ENTER.

Follow the on-screen instructions to make the following settings.
TV Screen Size (page 122) If you have a wide-screen TV, select Wide (16:9). If you have a standard TV, select Standard (4:3). This will determine how wide-screen images are displayed on your TV.
,continued
22
23
Progressive When you connect a progressive format TV to this recorder using the COMPONENT VIDEO OUT jacks, select Compatible. HDD caution messages Read the HDD caution messages, and press ENTER.
2 3
Select Postal Code, and press ENTER. Enter your postal code using </M/m/ ,, and press ENTER.
If Country is set to Others, you cannot enter a postal code and the GUIDE Plus+ system will not search for a host channel.
11 Select YES using M/m, and press

ENTER.
The display asks for confirmation. If the Video Window does not switch to the specified programme position, select NO and press ENTER until the Video Window switches to the specified programme position. To receive GUIDE Plus+ system data your recorder must be turned off when not in use. If your recorder is connected to a set top box receiver, be sure to leave the set top box receiver turned on. After initial setup, it may take up to 24 hours to begin receiving TV programme listings.
To fix the set top box controller to your set top box receiver
Once you have confirmed that the set top box controller controls your set top box receiver, fix it in place.
Remove the backing on the double-sided tape.
Select Finish Setup using M/m, and press ENTER.

Easy Setup is completed.
Select External Receiver 1, and press ENTER.

You can also select External Receiver 2 or External Receiver 3 if you have connected additional set top box receivers.
To return to the previous step

Press O RETURN.
z Hint If you want to run Easy Setup again, select Easy Setup in the Basic setup from Initial Setup in the System Menu (page 110).
5 6 7 8
Attach it so that the set top box controller is directly above the remote control sensor on your set top box receiver.
Press ENTER to select Continue. Select the set top box receiver type using M/m, and press ENTER. Select the provider using M/m, and press ENTER. Select the receiver brand using M/m, and press ENTER.
If you select Other providers, you can select a receiver brand from a list of all available brands. If your receiver brand is not on the list, select ???. The receiver brand list is automatically updated, so your receiver may be available at a later date. Select your brand when it becomes available. Until then, use ???.
b Note
You cannot set tuner system or OSD Language to a country/region or language that is not supported by the GUIDE Plus+ system.
Setting up your set top box receiver for the GUIDE Plus+ system
Follow the steps below to set up your set top box receiver for the GUIDE Plus+ system. Note that the OSD language, Clock and Country are all set for the GUIDE Plus+ system when Easy Setup is completed.
To change the basic GUIDE Plus+ settings If you cannot get the recorder to control your set top box receiver
Check the connection and position of the set top box controller (page 14). If your set top box receiver still does not operate with this recorder, refer to the instructions supplied with your set top box receiver and contact your cable or satellite company to see if they can provide you with a compatible set top box receiver.
1 2 3 4
Press GUIDE. The GUIDE Plus+ system Home Screen appears. Select Setup in the Menu Bar using M/ ,, and press ENTER. The GUIDE Plus+ setup menu appears. Select Basic Setup using M/m, and press ENTER. Repeat from step 2 of Setting up your set top box receiver for the GUIDE Plus+ system on page 24.
Press GUIDE.
The GUIDE Plus+ system Basic Setup appears.
Select the connection you used for your set top box receiver using M/m, and press ENTER.
When the set top box receiver is connected to the recorder using hookup A with both an aerial cable and a SCART cord, select either Line1 or Antenna. The display asks for confirmation.
b Notes
The list of external receivers controllable by the GUIDE Plus+ system is updated constantly and is distributed through GUIDE Plus+ system data signals. Since the time your recorder has been produced and the time you installed your recorder for the first time, new external receiver codes might have been added. If the external receiver is still not on the list or is not controlled properly by the recorder, please call Customer Support to report the brand and model of your external receiver.
10 Press ENTER to select Continue.

The Video Window switches to the specified programme position.
24
25
1-5
Connecting a VCR or Similar Device

After disconnecting the recorders mains lead from the mains, connect a VCR or similar recording device to the LINE IN jacks of this recorder. Use the DV IN jack on the front panel if the equipment has a DV output jack (i.LINK jack) (page 84). For details, refer to the instruction manual supplied with the connected equipment. To record on this recorder, see Recording from Connected Equipment on page 59.
Connecting to the LINE 2 IN jacks on the front panel

Connect a VCR or similar recording device to the LINE 2 IN jacks of this recorder. If the equipment has an S-video jack, you can use an S-video cord instead of an audio/video cord.
OUTPUT S VIDEO VIDEO L AUDIO R
VCR, etc.
Connecting to the LINE 1/DECODER jack

Connect a VCR or similar recording device to the LINE 1/DECODER jack of this recorder.
VCR TV S-video cord (not supplied) Audio/video cord (not supplied)
SCART cord (not supplied) to SCART input to LINE 2 IN
to i LINE 1/DECODER
to T LINE 3 TV
DVD recorder DVD recorder : Signal flow
b Notes
Pictures containing copy protection signals that prohibit any copying cannot be recorded. If you pass the recorder signals through a VCR, you may not receive a clear image on your TV screen.
DVD recorder VCR TV
z Hint When the connected equipment outputs only monaural sound, connect to only the L(MONO) and VIDEO input jacks on the front of the recorder. Do not connect the R input jack.
b Notes
Do not connect the yellow LINE IN (VIDEO) jack when using an S-video cord. Do not connect the output jack of this recorder to another equipments input jack with the other equipments output jack connected to the input jack of this recorder. This may cause noise (feedback). Do not connect more than one type of video cord between the recorder and your TV at the same time.
Be sure to connect your VCR to the DVD recorder and to your TV in the order shown below. To watch video tapes, watch the tapes through a second line input on your TV.
Line input 1 VCR DVD recorder TV Line input 2
The SMARTLINK features are not available for devices connected via the DVD recorders LINE 1/ DECODER jack. When you record to a VCR from this DVD recorder, do not switch the input source to TV by pressing the TV/DVD button on the remote. If you disconnect the recorders mains lead, you will not be able to view the signals from the connected VCR.
26
27
Connecting an External Decoder

You can watch or record external decoder (PAY-TV/Canal Plus analogue decoder) programmes if you connect a decoder (not supplied) to the recorder. Disconnect the recorders mains lead from the mains when connecting the decoder. Note that when you set LINE 1 In to Decoder in step 7 of Setting external decoder (PAY-TV/Canal Plus analogue decoder) programme positions (page 29), you will not be able to select L1 because Line 1 will become a dedicated line for the decoder.
Setting external decoder (PAYTV/Canal Plus analogue decoder) programme positions

To watch or record PAY-TV/Canal Plus analogue programmes, set your recorder to receive the programme positions using the on-screen display. In order to set the programme positions correctly, be sure to follow all of the steps below.
Select LINE 3 Out, and press ENTER.
Connecting a decoder
TV External decoder (PAY-TV/ Canal Plus analogue decoder)
5 6
Press M/m to select Video or RGB, and press ENTER. Select LINE 1 In, and press ENTER.
Number buttons
to AERIAL IN Aerial cable (supplied) SYSTEM MENU SCART cord (not supplied) O RETURN . to i LINE 1/DECODER > </M/m/,, ENTER
to SCART input
to T LINE 3 TV to AERIAL OUT
SCART cord (not supplied)
7 8
Press M/m to select Decoder, and press ENTER. Press O RETURN to return the cursor to the left column. Select Tuner, and press ENTER.
1 2
DVD recorder
Press SYSTEM MENU.

The System Menu appears.
Select Initial Setup, and press ENTER.
10 Select Manual CH Setting, and

press ENTER.
Select Video In/Out, and press ENTER.
11 Select Next Screen, and press

ENTER.
28
,continued
29
1-6
12 Select your country/region, and press

ENTER.
Programme position
Eight Basic Operations

Getting to Know Your DVD Recorder
1. Inserting a Disc
+RW -RVideo -RWVR -RWVideo +R -RVR
2. Recording a Programme
HDD
-RVR +RW -RVideo -RWVR -RWVideo +R
DVD
VCD
CD
DATA DVD
DATA CD
13 Select the desired programme 14 Select Channel using M/m. 15 Select the external decoder
Z (open/ close)
This section introduces the basic operation to record a current TV programme to the hard disk (HDD) or to a disc (DVD). For an explanation of how to make timer recordings, see page 51.
Eight Basic Operations Getting to Know Your DVD Recorder
DVD HDD DVD PROG +/ TV/DVD
position using ./> or number buttons.
programme position using </,.
16 Select Sound System using M/m. 17 Press </, to select an available TV

system, B/G, D/K, I, or L.
To receive broadcasts in France, select L.
1 2
Press DVD. Press Z (open/close), and place a disc on the disc tray.
DISPLAY
TV PAUSE z REC x REC STOP Recording/playing side facing down REC MODE TV t
18 Select Decoder using M/m. 19 Select On using </,, and press

ENTER. To return to the previous step
Press O RETURN.
Press Z (open/close) to close the disc tray.

Wait until LOAD disappears from the front panel display. Unused DVDs are formatted automatically. For DVD-RW discs DVD-RWs are formatted in the recording format (VR mode or Video mode) set by Format DVD-RW of Basic in the Disc Setup setup (page 108). For DVD-R discs DVD-Rs are automatically formatted in Video mode. To format an unused DVD-R in VR mode, format the disc in the Format setup (page 42) before you make a recording. If the disc is recordable on this recorder, you can manually re-format the disc to make a blank disc (page 42).
1 2
Press HDD or DVD.

If you want to record to a DVD, insert a recordable DVD.
b Note
If you disconnect the recorders mains lead, you will not be able to view the signals from the connected decoder.
Press PROG +/ to select the programme position or input source you want to record.
30
,continued
31
Press REC MODE repeatedly to select the recording mode.

Each time you press the button, the display on the TV screen changes as follows:
b Notes
To turn off the TV Direct Rec. function, set SMARTLINK to Pass Through in the Options setup (page 128). If you press the [/1 button while recording, the recorder stops recording and turns off. After pressing the z REC button, it may take a short while to start recording. You cannot change the recording mode while recording. If there is a power failure, the programme you are recording may be erased. You cannot watch a PAY-TV/Canal Plus programme while recording another PAY-TV/ Canal Plus programme. To use the TV Direct Rec. function, you must first correctly set the recorders clock.
4-Title List (Example: HDD)
3. Playing the Recorded Programme (Title List)

HDD
* Available when Manual Rec. Mode is set to On (go to setup) in the Recording setup (page 119).
To play a recorded title, select the title from the Title List.
For more details about the recording mode, see page 51.
HDD
DVD
Press z REC.
Recording starts. When recording to the HDD, recording stops after 12 hours of continuous recording or when the HDD is full. When recording to a DVD, recording stops when the DVD is full.
m
8-Title List
Checking the disc status while recording

You can check the recording information such as recording time or disc type.
PLAY MODE TITLE LIST </M/m/,, ENTER DISPLAY > x
O RETURN
To stop recording
Press x REC STOP. Note that it may take a few seconds for recorder to stop recording.
Press DISPLAY during recording.

The recording information appears.
. H X
A Disc type:
Displays the media type, HDD or DVD.
To watch another TV programme while recording

If your TV is connected to the T LINE 3 TV jack, set your TV to the TV input using the TV/DVD button and select the programme you want to watch. If your TV is connected to the LINE 2 OUT or COMPONENT VIDEO OUT jacks, set the TV to TV input using the TV t button (page 21).
B Total number of titles
C Sub-menu: Press HDD or DVD.

If you select DVD, insert a DVD (see 1. Inserting a Disc on page 31). Playback starts automatically depending on the disc.
Press , to display the sub-menu. The sub-menu displays options applicable only to the selected item. The displayed options differ depending upon the model, situation, and disc type.
A Recording mode B Recording time C Disc type/format D Recording status

Press DISPLAY to turn off the display.
Press TITLE LIST.

To show the 8-Title List, press < to select Title View, and press ENTER, then select 8 Titles using M/m, and press ENTER.
TV Direct Rec. (for SMARTLINK connections only)

When the TV is turned on and the recorder is turned off, press TV PAUSE. The recorder automatically turns on and starts recording what you are watching on the TV to the HDD. Set TV Pause to TVs Tuner in the Options 2 setup (page 128).
Sub-menu
D Scroll bar:
Appears when all of the titles do not fit on the list. To view the hidden titles, press M/m.
32
,continued
33
1-7
E Title information:
Displays the title number, title thumbnail picture (playback picture for the selected title, still images for the other titles), recording date, recorded station name (or programme position number), recording mode, title name, and title size. Recording: Indicates that the title is currently being recorded. : Indicates protected title. NEW: Indicates that the title is newly recorded (not played back) (HDD only). : Press DISPLAY to display . indicates titles containing Copy-Once copy protection signals (HDD only) (page 79). : Indicates that the title is recorded using the Update function. Genre icons: Indicates the titles genre (HDD only).
Select Original or Play List using M/ m, and press ENTER.
To change the title order for HDD (Sort Titles)
Select Set Thumbnail using M/m, and press ENTER. The display for setting the thumbnail point appears and the title starts to play. While watching the playback picture, press H, X or c m/M C to select the scene you want to set for a thumbnail picture, and press X. Playback pauses. You can also select a scene using the PLAY MODE button (page 69). Select OK using M/m, and press ENTER. The scene is set for the titles thumbnail picture. To return to the Title List, press O RETURN.
1 2 3
Press < while the Title List is displayed. Select Sort Titles using M/m, and press ENTER. Select the item using M/m, and press ENTER.
Order By Date Sorted In order of when the titles were recorded. The title that is recorded most recently is listed at the top. In order of when the titles were recorded. The title that is recorded most recently and has not been played is listed at the top. Playlist titles are not displayed. In alphabetical order. In order of recorded title number.
4. Displaying the Playing Time and Play Information

HDD
DVD
VCD
CD
DATA DVD DATA CD
You can check the playing time of the current title, chapter, track, or disc. Also, you can check the disc name recorded on the DVD/ CD.
Unseen Title
To change the thumbnail preview mode (Set Preview) (HDD only)

You can select Quick Preview or Normal for the thumbnail preview mode in the Title List. Set Set Preview in the Options setup (page 128).
F Remaining time of the current disc in the current recording mode (example: SP mode) G Detailed information for the selected title
The resume point time is shown in the 8Title List.
By Title By Number
To turn off the Title List

Press TITLE LIST.
z Hint You can select Title List from the System Menu.
DISPLAY
Select a title using M/m, and press ENTER.

Playback starts from the selected title.
To search for a title by genre (HDD only)
1 2
Press < while the Title List is displayed. Select Genre using M/m, and press ENTER. Select a genre using M/m, and press ENTER.
b Notes
The title names may not appear for DVDs created on other DVD recorders. It may take a few seconds for the thumbnail pictures to be displayed. After editing, the title thumbnail picture may change to the first scene of the recording (title). After dubbing, the title thumbnail picture set on the source recording is cancelled.
Press DISPLAY repeatedly.

The displays differ depending on the disc type or playing status.
To stop playback
Press x (stop).
In stop mode
Example: DVD-RW in VR mode
To scroll the list display by page (Page mode)

Press ./> while the Title List is displayed. Each time you press ./>, the entire Title List changes to the next/ previous page of titles.
To change a title thumbnail picture (Thumbnail)

After recording, the first scene of the recording (the title) is automatically set as the thumbnail picture. You can select a favourite scene for the thumbnail picture shown in the Title List.
About the Title List for DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs (VR mode)

You can switch the Title List to show Original or Playlist titles.
1 2 3
Press TITLE LIST. For DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs (VR mode), switch the Title Lists, if necessary. Select a title, and press ,. The sub-menu appears. Select Edit using M/m, and press ENTER.
,continued
1 2 34
Press < while the Title List is displayed. Select Original using M/m, and press ENTER.
35
During playback
Example: DVD-R in Video mode
z Hints When On Screen Display is set to On (default) in the Options setup (page 127), information automatically appears on the screen when the recorder is operated. To increase disc space, see To open up disc space (page 72).
5. Changing the Name of a Recorded Programme

HDD
Select Title Name, and press ENTER.

The display for entering characters appears. The current name is displayed at the input row.
Input row
b Note
Playing time of MP3 audio tracks may not be displayed correctly.
A Playing status B Shows that the Resume Play is available (page 61). C Current selected recording mode (remaining DVD recording time/disc type) (page 51) D Remaining time E Station name and programme position number F Audio setting for the current programme G Recording restrictions for the current programme H TV mode or DVD mode (page 22) I Disc information J Title type (Original or Playlist) for DVD-RW/DVD-R in VR mode K Disc type/format (page 9) Displays the finalised disc in Video mode as DVD-Video. L Title number-Chapter number (page 69) M Playing time N Multi-angles indicator (page 60) O Copy-protected indicator (page 79) P Data transfer bar and rate
You can label a DVD, title, or programme by entering characters. You can enter up to 64 characters for a title recorded in the HDD/ DVD-RW/DVD-R (VR mode), 40 characters for a title recorded in the DVD+RW/DVDRW (Video mode)/DVD+R/DVD-R (Video mode), but the actual number of characters displayed in the menus such as the Title List will vary. The steps below explain how to change the name of the recorded programme.
Move the cursor to the point where you want to insert the character using m/M.
To erase all of the characters, press and hold CLEAR for 2 seconds or more.
Number buttons CLEAR TITLE LIST </M/m/,, ENTER

O RETURN
Select Upper case or Lower case using ./>.

The characters for the selected type are displayed. The type of characters will change according to the language you select in Easy Setup.
. m X
> M x
Press </M/m/, to select the character you want to enter, and press ENTER.
The selected character appears at the input row. To insert a space, press X (or select Space, and press ENTER).
1 2 3
Press TITLE LIST. Select a title, and press ,.

The sub-menu appears.
Repeat steps 6 and 7 to enter the remaining characters.

To erase a character, move the cursor to the character at the input row, and press CLEAR (or select Clear, and press ENTER). To insert a character, move the cursor to the right of the point where you want to insert the character. Then select the character, and press ENTER. To erase all of the characters, press and hold CLEAR for 2 seconds or more.
Select Edit, and press ENTER.
36
,continued
37
1-8
Press x (or select OK, and press ENTER).

To cancel the setting, press O RETURN.
6. Labelling and Protecting a Disc

You can execute options effective for the entire disc in the Disc Setup setup.
Select Basic, and press ENTER.
Select Basic, and press ENTER.
To use the number buttons

You can also use the number buttons to enter characters. Refer to the number next to each row of letters on your TV screen.
In step 7 above, press a number button repeatedly to select a character. Example: Press the number 3 button once to enter D. Press the number 3 button three times to enter F. Press ENTER and select the next character. Press x (or select OK, and press ENTER).
5 6
SYSTEM MENU </M/m/,, ENTER
Select Input Disc Name, and press ENTER. Select Next Screen, and press ENTER.
Enter the disc name (page 37).
Select Protect Disc, and press ENTER.
2 3
b Note
You can enter up to 64 characters for a DVD-RW/ DVD-R (VR mode) disc name, and 40 characters for a DVD+RW/DVD-RW (Video mode)/DVD+R/ DVD-R (Video mode) disc name. The disc name may not appear when the disc is played on other DVD equipment.
6 7
Select On, and press ENTER. Press SYSTEM MENU to exit.
Labelling a disc Protecting a disc

+RW -RVideo -RWVR -RWVideo +R -RVR -RWVR -RVR
To cancel the protection

Select Off in step 6.
z Hint You can set protection for individual titles (page 72).
1 2 3
Insert a disc.
See 1. Inserting a Disc on page 31.
1 2 3
Insert a disc.
Press SYSTEM MENU.

Press SYSTEM MENU.

Select Disc Setup, and press ENTER.
38
39
7. Playing the Disc on Other DVD Equipment (Finalise)

+RW -RVideo -RWVR -RWVideo +R -RVR
+R -RVideo
Finalising is necessary when playing on any equipment other than this recorder. After finalising, you cannot edit or record on the disc.
Select Next Screen, and press ENTER.

For DVD-RW/DVD-R (VR mode), the recorder starts finalising the disc. Go to step 9.
b Note
The recorder is not able to unfinalise DVD-RWs (Video mode) that have been finalised on another recorder.
1 2 3
Insert a disc.
Finalising is necessary when you play discs recorded with this recorder on other DVD equipment. When you finalise a DVD+RW, DVD-RW (Video mode), DVD+R, or DVD-R (Video mode), a DVD menu will be automatically created, which can be displayed on other DVD equipment. Before finalising, check the differences between the disc types in the table below.
(DVD+RW/DVD-RW (Video mode)/ DVD+R/DVD-R (Video mode) only) Select a title menu style, and press ENTER.
The menu appears in the selected title menu style when the top menu (or menu for a DVD+RW/DVD+R) is selected on the DVD equipment.
Press SYSTEM MENU.

SYSTEM MENU </M/m/,, ENTER DISPLAY
8 9
(DVD+RW/DVD-RW (Video mode)/ DVD+R/DVD-R (Video mode) only) Select Yes, and press ENTER.
The recorder starts finalising the disc.
Press SYSTEM MENU to exit.
Differences between disc types

+RW
Discs are automatically finalised when removed from the recorder. However, you may need to finalise the disc for certain DVD equipment, or if the recording time is short. You can edit or record on the disc even after finalising. Finalising is unnecessary when playing a disc on VR format compatible equipment. Even if your other DVD equipment is VR format compatible, you may need to finalise the disc, especially if the recording time is short. You can edit or record on the disc even after finalising. Finalising is necessary when playing on any equipment other than this recorder. After finalising, you cannot edit or record on the disc. If you want to record on it again, unfinalise (page 41) or reformat the disc (page 42). However, if you reformat the disc, all recorded contents will be erased. Finalising is necessary. The disc can be played only on equipment that supports DVD-R in VR mode. After finalising you cannot edit or record on the disc using this recorder.
1 2 3
4
Insert a disc.
Select Finalise, and press ENTER.
Press SYSTEM MENU.

z Hint You can check whether the disc has been finalised or not. Press DISPLAY after step 1 (page 35).
b Notes
Depending on the condition of the disc, recording, or the DVD equipment, discs may not play even if the discs are finalised. The recorder may not be able to finalise the disc if it was recorded on another recorder. Inserting an unfinalised disc into other DVD equipment may damage the recorded contents. When using a DVD+RW, you can edit or record on the disc even after finalising. However, the title menu will not be displayed. Finalise the disc again to display the title menu.
-RWVR
Select Unfinalise, and press ENTER.
-RWVideo
Unfinalising a disc
-RWVR -RWVideo
For DVD-RWs (Video mode)

DVD-RWs (Video mode) that have been finalised to prohibit additional recording or editing can be unfinalised to allow further recording or editing.
Select Start, and press ENTER.

The recorder starts unfinalising the disc. Unfinalising may take several minutes.
-RVR
For DVD-RWs (VR mode)

If you cannot record or edit on a DVD-RW (VR mode) that has been finalised with other DVD equipment, unfinalise the disc.
40
41
1-9
8. Reformatting a Disc
+RW -RWVR -RWVideo -RVR -RVideo
Select Format, and press ENTER. GUIDE Plus+
Learning the common elements

Press GUIDE.
New discs are automatically formatted when inserted. If necessary, you can manually reformat a DVD+RW, DVD-RW, or DVD-R disc to make a blank disc. For DVD-RWs or DVD-Rs, you can select a recording format (VR mode or Video mode) according to your needs.
Introduction to the GUIDE Plus+ System 5

Select an item, and press ENTER.
VR Mode: Formats DVD-RWs/DVDRs (VR mode or unrecorded discs) in VR mode. Video Mode: Formats DVD-RWs/ DVD-Rs in Video mode. Format DVD+RW: Formats DVD+RWs. The GUIDE Plus+ system is a free interactive programme guide. It displays up to seven days of programme listings, including programme titles, promotions, and broadcast information. GUIDE Plus+ data for the television programme listings are carried by your local broadcast host channel and are received through your aerial, set top box receiver, or direct cable connection from the wall. Visit www.europe.guideplus.com for a list of all European host channels. These are just a few of the ways to use the GUIDE Plus+ system. Search for programmes by listing them according to category (such as Movies or Sport) or by using the Keyword Search function (page 46). Once you have found the programme you are looking for, use the GUIDE Plus+ system to set the timer for recording (page 53). You can set the system to display your favourite programmes according to conditions that you set, such as category and keyword (page 47). For more information, see Watching TV Using the GUIDE Plus+ System (page 45).
The GUIDE Plus+ system Home Screen appears.
GUIDE Plus+

All contents on the disc are erased.
A Video Window: This shows the programme you were watching when you pressed GUIDE. B Action Bar: When the same colour button on the remote is pressed, the Action Bar functions. The Action Bar function differs according to the screen. C Information Box: Shows information about the selected programme when the Home Screen is displayed. Contents will differ according to the displayed screen. D Menu Bar: Press the blue button (Home), and press M to move the cursor to the Menu Bar. Then select one of the following features using </ ,, and press ENTER. Grid: Shows the programmes for the current time slot and next 7 days. Search: Allows you to search for titles by category or by keyword (page 46). The displayed category depends upon the programme data received by this recorder. Movies, Sport, and Children are examples of possible categories. My TV: Sets the profile for your favourite programmes (page 47). Schedule: Displays the list of timer settings (page 57).
,continued
z Hint By reformatting, you can change the recording format on DVD-RWs, or record again on DVDRWs that have been finalised.
1 2 3
Insert a disc.
Press SYSTEM MENU.

42
43
Info: Shows information when available. Editor: Allows you to edit the channel lineup and channel display (page 49). Setup: Allows you to change the language, country/region, postal code, input source, or host channel. E Home position: When you press the blue button (Home), the cursor returns to the last programme position on the Grid. F Tiles: Shows the programme titles and category; green (sports), purple (movies), blue (childrens), teal (others). G Broadcast station Logo: Shows the broadcast station logo. H Time Slot: Indicates the currently selected time slot. Use </, to select a different time slot.
z Hint You can also move the cursor to the Menu Bar by pressing MENU.
Check the following if the programme guide data has not been received after waiting for a day: Easy Setup (page 23) is completed. The host channel is not disabled (see Disabling programme positions on page 50). The timer is not set. If the programme guide data still cannot be received after checking the above, search for the host channel at the following website and set the host channel manually (page 49): www.europe.guideplus.com If the host channel has changed or moved, the programme guide data cannot be received. In this case, follow the steps in Searching for the GUIDE Plus+ host channel (page 48) to update the host channel setting. If the set top box receiver is connected to the recorder using a SCART cord only, do the following: Turn on your set top box receiver. Connect the set top box controller. Follow the steps in Changing the GUIDE Plus+ host channel manually (page 49) to set the host channel manually. Be sure to set your set top box receiver (tuner) as the source.
Watching TV Using the GUIDE Plus+ System
To select a programme position quickly using the TV broadcast station logo
1 2
Press GUIDE. The GUIDE Plus+ system Home Screen appears. Press the yellow button (Channels).
GUIDE Plus+
Colour buttons GUIDE </M/m/,, ENTER PAGE DAY PAGE + DAY +
Press GUIDE.
The GUIDE Plus+ system Home Screen appears.
Select the TV broadcast station logo using </M/m/,, and press ENTER. The display returns to Grid and the programme currently being broadcast by the selected TV station is selected. Select a programme using </,, and press ENTER.
To return to the Home position

Press the blue button (Home). The cursor returns to the home position on the Grid.
Troubleshooting guide
If you are having trouble displaying the television programme list, please check the following: Your country/region must be set correctly (page 23). The clock must be set correctly. If the clock is not set, set it manually (page 109). This recorder downloads the GUIDE Plus+ data several times a day when the recorder is turned off (standby mode). Turn off the recorder when you are not using it (for example, at night). After initial setup (page 23), it may take up to 24 hours for your recorder to start receiving programme listings. It may take up to one day to receive all seven days of TV programme listings.
b Notes
Your set top box receivers programme position may suddenly change even if the recorder is turned off. This is because the set top box controller has changed the programme position to receive the GUIDE Plus+ data. When you reset the recorder (page 136) the following GUIDE Plus+ system settings are reset: Country/region setting in Easy Setup Country of Setup - Basic Setup in the Menu Bar Postal Code of Setup - Basic Setup in the Menu Bar Note that the GUIDE Plus+ system is also reset when you make changes to the host channel settings. The GUIDE Plus+ system cannot be used when Input Line System is set to NTSC in the Basic setup (page 110).
To set a programme for timer recording

See One Button Recording (GUIDE Plus+) (page 53).
Select a programme using </M/m/ ,, and press ENTER.

The GUIDE Plus+ system disappears and the programme position changes to the selected programme.
To close the GUIDE Plus+ system

Press GUIDE.
z Hints Press the PAGE +/ buttons to change the programme list by page. Press the DAY +/ buttons to change the programme list by day.
44
,continued
45
1-10
To unlock the Video Window

The Video Window is locked so that it does not change programme positions when you move the cursor across other titles. From Grid, select the logo of the programme position that is locked, and press the red button (Unlock). changes to and the Video Window is unlocked. To lock the Video Window, select the logo of the programme position you want to lock and press the red button (Lock).
Searching for a Programme Using the GUIDE Plus+ System
Select a programme using M/m, and press ENTER.
To enter a new keyword
1 2 3
Select Search in the Menu Bar, and press ENTER. Select My Choice using </,. Press the yellow button (Add). The display for entering characters appears.
Listing Up Your Favourite Programme Information (My TV)

You can set a profile and list up only your favourite programme information.
GUIDE Plus+
b Notes
The Video Window is locked during recording and the lock indicator appears in the Video Window. You cannot unlock the Video Window while recording. If you are watching programmes through a set top box receiver, the Video Window may not change as fast as you move the cursor. In this case, lock the Video Window (page 46).
Colour buttons
Colour buttons </M/m/,, ENTER </M/m/,, ENTER
Select Search in the Menu Bar, and press ENTER.
Select a character on the keyboard using </M/m/,, and press ENTER. To switch between upper-case, lowercase, or characters with accents, press the yellow button (Keyboard) repeatedly. To cancel entering a new keyword, press the red button (Back). Repeat step 4 to enter the keyword. Press the green button (Save). The entered keyword is registered. To delete the keyword, select the keyword you want to delete, and press the red button (Delete). To change the keyword, select the keyword you want to change, and press the green button (Edit).
Setting a profile
Select My TV in the Menu Bar, and press the yellow button (Profile).
5 6
Select a category using </,.

To search for a programme by keyword, select My Choice. You can search for all programmes that contain the keyword in the programmes title and in the programmes Information Box. If no keywords are displayed, enter the keyword. See To enter a new keyword below.

z Hint When two or more keywords are set for My Choice, you can select All for sub-category.
Select a sub-category using M/m, and press ENTER.

Programmes that meet the conditions are listed. The sub-categories differ according to country/region.
46
,continued
47
Select Channels, Categories, or Keywords, and press the yellow button (Add).
Channels: Select the programme position using </M/m/,, and press ENTER. To add more programme positions, press the yellow button (Add). You can register up to 16 programme positions. To cancel the registration, select a programme position, and press the red button (Delete). Categories: Select the category using </M/m/,, and press ENTER. To add more categories, press the yellow button (Add). You can register up to 4 categories. To cancel the registration, select a category, and press the red button (Delete). Keywords: Enter a keyword. See To enter a new keyword on page 47. To add more keywords, press the yellow button (Add). You can register up to 16 keywords. To cancel the registration, select a keyword, and press the red button (Delete).
Making Changes to the GUIDE Plus+ System

[/1 Number buttons Colour buttons GUIDE </M/m/,, ENTER
Wait for one day until the programme guide data can be received.
If the programme guide data has not been received after waiting for a day, search for the host channel at the following website and set the host channel manually (Changing the GUIDE Plus+ host channel manually (page 49)). www.europe.guideplus.com
Select Confirm using </,, and press ENTER.

The display returns to the GUIDE Plus+ setup menu.
10 Wait one day until the programme

guide data can be received. To cancel the settings
Press the red button (Back).
GUIDE Plus+
Changing the GUIDE Plus+ host channel manually

If the set top box receiver is connected to the recorder using a SCART cord only and you want to receive the programme guide data from your set top box receiver, search for the host channel on the following website and set it for your area, following the steps below: www.europe.guideplus.com
To return to the Home position

Press the blue button (Home). The cursor returns to the home position on the Grid.
To check the GUIDE Plus+ system information
1 2
Select Setup in the Menu Bar, and press ENTER. Select GUIDE Plus+ system Information using M/m, and press ENTER.
Searching for the GUIDE Plus+ host channel

The default host channel setting is set to Automatic, so you should not have to change the host channel setting. However, if the host channel has changed or moved, update the host channel setting. If the set top box receiver is connected to the recorder using a SCART cord only (page 14), see Changing the GUIDE Plus+ host channel manually on page 49.
1 2 3
Select Setup in the Menu Bar.

The GUIDE Plus+ setup menu appears.
Select Host Channel Setup using M/ m, and press ENTER. Press the yellow button (Change) twice.
Manual appears.
Checking programme positions

Check whether programme position numbers are the same as the programme position numbers set in the Tuner setup. If you want to make adjustments to the channel settings or change the channel name, see Aerial Reception Settings (Tuner) (page 111).
Press ENTER.
To change the profile settings

Repeat from step 1 above.
Selecting and watching a programme from My TV
1 2 3 4
Select Setup in the Menu Bar.

The GUIDE Plus+ setup menu appears.
Select Editor in the Menu Bar.
1 2
Select My TV in the Menu Bar, and press ENTER.

The programmes that match the profile conditions are displayed.
Select Host Channel Setup using M/ m, and press ENTER. Press the yellow button (Reset). Press [/1 to turn off the recorder.
Select a programme using </M/m/ ,, and press ENTER.
4 5 6 7 8
Select Source using ,. Press the yellow button (Source) repeatedly to select the input source. Select Prog. No. using ,. Enter the programme position number using the number buttons. Press the green button (Save).
The display asks for confirmation.

2 3
Press ENTER. Press , to move the cursor to the right column.

,continued
48
49
1-11
Select the programme position you want to check using M/m.

To change the programme position, press the green button (Prog. No.), then enter a programme position number using the number buttons, and press ENTER.
Timer Recording
Approx. recording time (hours) Recording mode RDRHX750 HQ (High quality) HSP R 34 50 68 84 100 135 200 270 340 HDD RDRHX950 53 79 105 130 155 210 315 425 530 1 hr. 1 min. 1 hr. 30 min. 2 Timer Recording 2 hr. 30 min. 3 4 6 8 10 DVD*1
Before Recording
Before you start recording
Check that the disc has enough available space for the recording (page 35). For the HDD, DVD+RWs, and DVD-RWs, you can free up disc space by erasing titles (page 72). Adjust the recording picture quality if necessary (page 56).
b Note
To receive from the recorder a programme position that can be received by either the set top box receiver or the recorder, change the input source in step 4.
SP (Standard mode) LSP ESP LP EP r r r r r
Disabling programme positions

If any programme positions are unused or contain unwanted channels, you can hide them.
b Note
To play a recorded disc on other DVD equipment, finalise the disc (page 40).
1 2 3
Select Editor in the Menu Bar, and press ENTER. In the left column, select the programme position you want to hide or display using M/m. Press the red button (On/Off).
The disabled positions will turn grey. To show the disabled positions, press the red button (On/Off) again.
Recording mode
Like the standard 3 recording modes of video tapes, you can select the desired recording mode using the REC MODE button. Recording modes with higher quality provide a more beautiful recording, but the large data volume also results in a shorter recording time. Conversely, a longer duration provides a longer recording time, but the lower data volume results in a coarser picture quality.
SLP
SEP*2 (Long duration)

*1
b Notes
You cannot record a programme position if it is not set in Aerial Reception Settings (Tuner) (page 111) even if it is set to On in the Editor in the Menu Bar. If you are using your set top box receiver to receive programmes (when the set top box receiver is connected to the recorder using a SCART cord only, page 14) and are able to receive the same programme with both the set top box receiver and the recorder, change the Source to receive the programme with the recorders tuner.
Press REC MODE repeatedly to switch the recording modes.

To select further options for recording mode (manual recording mode), set Manual Rec. Mode to On (go to setup) in the Recording setup (page 119). To record pictures in higher quality than HQ mode on the HDD, set Manual Rec. Mode to On (go to setup), and then select HQ+. For details about manual recording mode, see page 119. For timer recording, you can also select AUTO as recording mode, which maximizes the recording quality for the space available on the disc (if recording to DVD), or to fit onto a blank disc (if recording to HDD).
The approximate recording time is for 12 cm DVD discs. The approximate recording times for DVD+R DL (Double Layer)/DVD-R DL (Dual Layer) discs are as follows: HQ: 1 hour 51 minutes HSP: 2 hours 41 minutes SP: 3 hours 35 minutes LSP: 4 hours 29 minutes ESP: 5 hours 23 minutes LP: 7 hours 11 minutes EP: 10 hours 46 minutes SLP: 14 hours 21 minutes SEP: 17 hours 57 minutes *2 When recording to DVD+RW or DVD+R, SLP is the longest recording time available. If you select SEP, the recording mode will automatically revert to SLP. z Hint To easily select a manual recording mode, press REC MODE repeatedly to display MN, and select a manual recording mode using </,.
50
,continued
51
b Notes
The maximum continuous recording time to the HDD is 12 hours for a single title. A title longer than 12 hours is divided. Situations below may cause slight inaccuracies with the recording time. Recording a programme with poor reception, or a programme or video source of low picture quality. Recording on a disc that has already been edited. Recording only a still picture or just sound. Programmes are recorded in the following aspect ratio. In the original aspect ratio, when recording to the HDD (when HDD Recording Format is set to Video Mode Off in the Recording setup (page 122))/DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs (VR mode). In 4:3, when recording to DVD+RWs/ DVD+Rs. When recording to DVD-R DLs (Video mode), the title is divided when the layer switches.
ZWEITON (German stereo) system

When a stereo-based programme is received, Stereo appears. When a bilingual ZWEITON-based programme is received, L, R, or L+R appears.
Timer Recording (GUIDE Plus+/Manual)

HDD
Press GUIDE.
NICAM system
To record a NICAM programme, be sure to set NICAM Select to NICAM (default) in the Audio In setup. If the sound is not clear when listening to NICAM broadcasts, set NICAM Select to Standard (page 116).
z Hint You can select the audio (main or sub) while recording bilingual programmes using the AUDIO button. This does not affect the recorded sound.
There are two methods to set the timer within the GUIDE Plus+ system: One Button Recording and setting the timer manually. You can set the timer for a total of 32 programmes (8 programmes when using the VPS/PDC function), up to 30 days in advance.
Timer Recording
Select a programme using </M/m/ ,.

To search for a programme by category or by keyword, select Search in the Menu Bar. See Searching for a Programme Using the GUIDE Plus+ System on page 46 for more information about searching for a programme. You can select a programme from My TV (page 47).
b Notes
When the recorder is connected to a set top box receiver and you want to record using the GUIDE Plus+ system, turn on the set top box receiver and connect the set top box controller. Do not operate your set top box receiver just before or during a timer recording. This may prevent the accurate recording of a programme.
Unrecordable pictures
Pictures with copy protection cannot be recorded on this recorder.
Copy control Recordable discs signals Copy-Free
HDD
-RWVideo -RVideo +RW +R -RWVR -RVR
Recording stereo and bilingual programmes

The recorder automatically receives and records stereo and bilingual programmes based on the ZWEITON system or the NICAM system. The HDD (when HDD Recording Format is set to Video Mode Off in the Recording setup (page 122)) and a DVDRW (VR mode) and DVD-R (VR mode) can record both main and sub sounds. You can switch between main and sub when playing the disc. The HDD (when HDD Recording Format is set to Video Mode On in the Recording setup (page 122)) and a DVD+RW, DVD+R, DVD-RW (Video mode), or DVD-R (Video mode) can record only one sound track (main or sub) at a time. Select the sound track in the Audio In setup before recording starts. Set Bilingual Recording to A/L (default) or B/R in the Audio In setup (page 116). About HDD Recording format, see page 122.
One Button Recording (GUIDE Plus+)

You can use the GUIDE Plus+ system to set the timer to record a programme up to seven days in advance.
Press the red button (Record) or z REC.

The set programme and Time Slot change colour and the recorder is ready to start recording. When recording from a set top box receiver, be sure to turn it on. Unlike a VCR, there is no need to turn off the recorder before the timer recording starts. To record on a DVD See Checking/Changing/Cancelling Timer Settings on page 57. To make more detailed timer settings See Checking/Changing/Cancelling Timer Settings on page 57.
Copy-Once
HDD
-RWVR (CPRM*) -RVR
(CPRM*)
Colour buttons GUIDE
Copy-Never
None
* The recorded disc can be played only on CPRM compatible equipment (page 9).
</M/m/,
To confirm, change, or cancel a timer recording

See Checking/Changing/Cancelling Timer Settings on page 57.
z REC x REC STOP
To stop recording during timer recording

Press x REC STOP. Note that it may take a few seconds for the recorder to stop recording. On-screen instructions may appear after pressing x REC STOP. In this case, follow the on-screen instructions.
,continued
52
53
1-12
Rec. Mode Adjust

If there is not enough available disc space for the recording, the recorder automatically adjusts the recording mode to enable the entire programme to be recorded. Set Rec. Mode Adjust to On in the Recording setup (page 121).
Setting the timer manually
Select the input source using M/m, and select the programme position using the number buttons or M/m.
You can also select the programme position using the yellow button (Channels).
Using the Quick Timer function

You can set the recorder to record in 30minute increments.
If the timer settings overlap

If one or more timer settings overlap, a message appears. To change the timer settings, see Checking/Changing/ Cancelling Timer Settings on page 57.
z Hint If you are recording to the HDD, you can play the title as it is being recorded by selecting the programme title on the Title List (page 68).
Number buttons Colour buttons GUIDE </M/m/,, ENTER
Press the green button (Next).

The display for entering characters appears. To change the title name, select a character on the keyboard using </M/ m/,, and press ENTER. To switch between upper-case, lowercase, or characters with accents, press the yellow button (Keyboard).
Press z REC repeatedly to set the duration.

Each press advances the time in 30-minute increments. The maximum duration is six hours.
Timer Recording
(normal recording)
9
z REC x REC STOP
Press the green button (Save).

The date, start and stop times, programme position, etc. settings appear. The recorder is ready to start recording.
b Notes
If a message indicating that the HDD is full appears on the screen, change the recording destination to DVD, or make available space for the recording (page 72). If there is not enough available DVD disc space for the recording, the recorder automatically records the programme to the HDD even if you select DVD (Recovery Recording). The last recording mode you selected manually becomes the default recording mode for timer recordings made from the GUIDE Plus+ system. You cannot adjust the recording quality (HDD or DVD) once the recording starts. The beginning of some recordings may not be made when using the VPS/PDC function. You cannot extend the recording duration time when VPS/PDC is selected (page 58). The Rec. Mode Adjust function only works with a timer recording to DVD, and the VPS/PDC function set to off. The recording mode cannot be set to AUTO when VPS/PDC is set to On.
The time counter decreases minute by minute to 0:00, then the recorder stops recording (the power turns off).
To cancel the Quick Timer

Press z REC repeatedly until the counter appears in the front panel display. The recorder returns to normal recording mode. To stop recording, press x REC STOP.
1 2 3
Press GUIDE. Select Schedule in the Menu bar.

The SCHEDULE list appears.
To confirm, change, or cancel a timer recording

See Checking/Changing/Cancelling Timer Settings on page 57.
b Note
If you turn off the recorder during recording, recording is stopped.
Press the green button (Manual).
To stop recording during timer recording

Press x REC STOP. Note that it may take a few seconds for the recorder to stop recording. On-screen instructions may appear after pressing x REC STOP. In this case, follow the on-screen instructions.
Rec. Mode Adjust

If there is not enough available disc space for the recording, the recorder automatically adjusts the recording mode to enable the entire programme to be recorded. Set Rec. Mode Adjust to On in the Recording setup (page 121).
4 5 6
Set the date using the number buttons and </M/m/,. Then press the green button (Next). Set the start time using the number buttons and </M/m/,. Then press the green button (Next). Set the stop time using the number buttons and </M/m/,. Then press the green button (Next).
54
,continued
55
Adjusting the recording picture quality

You can adjust the picture quality from the connected equipment, such as a TV or VCR by selecting a preset setting. You can also adjust the picture quality by changing detailed settings, and store up to three settings in the memory.
To create your own setting
1 2
Select Memory1, Memory2, or Memory3 in step 3. Select Detailed Settings, and press ENTER. The display for adjusting detailed settings appears. Select an item using M/m, and adjust settings using </,. For details about each setting, see the explanation of the display. Prog. Motion: Adjusts the progressive video signal when Component Video Out is set to Progressive (page 115). Select Motion for a picture, including subjects that move dynamically. Select Still for a picture with little movement. Cinema: Converts the progressive video signal to match the type of DVD software that you are watching when Component Video Out is set to Progressive (page 115). Select Auto to detect the software type (Film-based or Video-based) automatically and select the appropriate conversion mode. Normally select this position. Select Off to fix the conversion mode to the mode for Video-based software. 3-D Y/C: Adjusts the brightness/ colour separation for the video signals. Select Motion for a picture, including subjects that move dynamically. Select Still for a picture with little movement. YNR (luminance noise reduction): Reduces noise contained in the luminance element of the video signal. CNR (chroma noise reduction): Reduces noise contained in the chroma element of the video signal. Detail: Adjusts the sharpness of images outlines. White AGC: Turn on for automatic white level adjustment. White Enhancer: Adjusts the intensity of white. Black Enhancer: Adjusts the intensity of black.
Black Level: Selects the black level (setup level) for the NTSC video signals. Select ON to raise the standard black level. Select this when the picture appears too dark. Select OFF to set the black level of the input signals to the standard level. Normally, select this position. Hue: Adjusts the colour balance. Chroma Level: Makes the colours deeper or lighter.
Checking/Changing/ Cancelling Timer Settings

HDD
Press SYSTEM MENU to exit. The setting is automatically stored as the setting you selected in step 1.
You can change or cancel timer settings using the SCHEDULE list.
Timer Recording
Creating chapters in a title

The recorder can automatically divide a recording (a title) into chapters by inserting chapter marks. To select chapter mark intervals or disable this function, see Auto Chapter (HDD/VR), Auto Chapter (Video), or Auto Chapter (DVD+R/+RW) in the Recording setup (page 121). When recording to the HDD, a DVD-R (VR mode) or a DVD-RW (VR mode), you can edit chapter marks (page 75).
Number buttons Colour buttons GUIDE
SYSTEM MENU </M/m/,, ENTER DISPLAY
</M/m/,
1 2 3
Press SYSTEM MENU in stop mode.

Select Picture Adjustment, and press ENTER. Select a preset setting, and press ENTER.
Tuner: TV broadcasts VCR: Video cassettes DTV: Digital broadcasts Memory1/Memory2/Memory3: Your own settings. To create your own settings, see To create your own setting on page 56. To check the detailed settings for the selected preset, press DISPLAY.
Changing timer settings
1 2

56
,continued
57
1-13
Select the timer setting you want to change using M/m, and press the green button (Edit).
b Notes
The new settings become effective when you exit the GUIDE Plus+ system. When you set the recording destination to HDDr, the previous timer recording will be replaced with the new one even if you have not watched it.
Recording from Connected Equipment

HDD
Select the desired audio signal when recording a bilingual programme to the HDD or DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs (Video mode).
Set External Audio to Bilingual and Bilingual Recording to A/L or B/R in the Audio In setup (page 116).
About the VPS/PDC function

VPS/PDC signals are transmitted with TV programmes in some broadcast systems. These signals ensure that timer recordings are made regardless of any broadcast delays, early starts, or broadcast interruptions. You can record from a connected VCR or similar device. To connect a VCR or similar device, see Connecting a VCR or Similar Device on page 26. Use the DV IN jack on the front panel if the equipment has a DV output jack (i.LINK jack).
4 5 6 7
Press REC MODE repeatedly to select the recording mode.

For details about the recording mode, see page 51.
Timer Recording
In the left column, select an item using the red button (Back) or the green button (Next), and adjust using the number buttons or </M/m/ ,.
You can change the date, start time, stop time, programme position, or input source. The cursor moves to the right column.
To use the VPS/PDC function Select VPS / PDC in step 7 above. When you turn on this function, the recorder starts scanning the channels before the timer recording starts.
Insert the source tape into the connected equipment and set to playback pause. Press z REC.
This recorder starts recording.
HDD
DVD
b Note
The recording mode cannot be set to AUTO when VPS/PDC is set to On.
INPUT
Press the pause (or play) button on the connected equipment to cancel the playback pause status.
The connected equipment starts playback and the playback image is recorded by this recorder. To stop recording, press x REC STOP on this recorder.
Press the corresponding colour button repeatedly to change settings.

Yellow button (Destination): Sets the recording destination. If there is not enough available DVD disc space for the recording, the recorder automatically records the programme to the HDD even if you select DVD (Recovery Recording). When you set a daily or weekly timer, HDDr allows you to replace the previous timer recording with the new one automatically (HDD only). Green button (Frequency): Selects the recording pattern. Red button (Quality): Selects the recording mode (page 51).
Cancelling timer settings
1 2 3

Select the timer setting you want to cancel using M/m, and press the red button (Delete).
z REC x REC STOP
REC MODE
If you connect a digital video camera with a DV IN jack

See DV Camcorder Dubbing on page 84 for an explanation of how to record from the DV IN jack.
z Hint You can adjust the settings for the recording picture before recording. See Adjusting the recording picture quality on page 56.
To close the SCHEDULE list

Press GUIDE.
1 2
Press HDD or DVD.

If you select DVD, insert a recordable DVD (see 1. Inserting a Disc on page 31).
When the timer settings overlap

The programme that starts first has priority and the entire programme is recorded. After finishing the previous recording, the other recording starts with several tens-ofseconds delay (when the end-time of one recording and the start-time of another are the same). When the recordings start at the same time, only one of them will be recorded. Cancel the timer setting for the programme that you are not going to record.
6 7
Press , to display Timing. Press the green button (Timing) repeatedly to select the duration time or to set the VPS/PDC function.
See About the VPS/PDC function below. If you want to record to a particular HDD genre, press the yellow button (Genre) repeatedly.
Press INPUT to select an input source according to the connection you made.
The front panel display changes as follows:
programme position
b Notes
When recording a video game image, the screen may not be clear. You cannot select Bilingual in step 3 if HDD Recording Format is set to Video Mode On in the Recording setup (page 122), or if you select PCM as recording mode. You cannot select L1 in step 2 if LINE 1 In is set to Decoder in the Video In/Out setup (page 115).
b Note
When VPS / PDC is set for one or more timer recordings, the start times may change in the event of a broadcast delay or early start.
58
59
3
Playback
Select a title using M/m, and press ENTER.

Playback starts from the selected title.
To display the registration code for this recorder

Select Registration Code of DivX in the Options setup (page 128).
To lock the recorder (Child Lock)

You can lock all of the buttons on the recorder so that the settings are not cancelled by mistake. When the recorder is turned off, hold down x on the recorder until LOCKED appears in the front panel display. The recorder does not work except for timer recordings while the Child Lock is set. To unlock the recorder, hold down x on the recorder until UNLOCKED appears in the front panel display.
Playing the Recorded Programme/DVD

HDD
To use the DVDs Menu

When you play a DVD VIDEO, or a finalised DVD+RW, DVD-RW (Video mode), DVD+R, or DVD-R (Video mode), you can display the discs menu by pressing TOP MENU or MENU.
To resume playback from the point where you stopped (Resume Play)
When you press H again after you stop playback, the recorder resumes playback from the point where you pressed x. To start from the beginning, press x again, and press H. Playback starts from the beginning of the title/track/scene. The point where you stopped playing is cleared when: you open the disc tray (except HDD). you play another title (except HDD). you switch the Title List to Original or Playlist (DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs in VR mode only). you edit the title after stopping playback. you change the settings on the recorder. you make a recording (except HDD/DVDRWs/DVD-Rs in VR mode). you disconnect the mains lead.
DVD
VCD DATA DVD *
DATA CD *
* DivX video file only
b Note
DVD
The H button is not available in the discs menu.
HDD Number buttons AUDIO SUBTITLE SYSTEM MENU MENU
To play VIDEO CDs/Super VIDEO CDs with PBC functions

PBC (Playback Control) allows you to play VIDEO CDs/Super VIDEO CDs interactively using the menu on your TV screen. When you start playing a VIDEO CD/Super VIDEO CD with PBC functions, the menu appears. Select an item using the number buttons, and press ENTER. Then, follow the instructions in the menu (press H when Press SELECT appears).
One-Touch Play (for SCART/HDMI connections only)

Press H. With one touch of the H button, the recorder and your TV automatically turn on and the TVs input is switched to the recorder. Playback starts automatically.
z Hint You can also use the H button in step 3 (page 60) to start playback.
Playback
CLEAR ANGLE PLAY MODE TITLE LIST/ TOP MENU </M/m/,, ENTER DISPLAY
b Note
When using the HDMI connection, there may be a delay, before the playback picture appears on the TV screen, and the beginning portion of the playback picture may not be displayed.
>
H/X/x
b Note
Some playback options such as search, repeat play or programme play cannot be played with PBC function. To play with playback options, start playback without PBC functions using the Title List.
b Notes
You cannot resume playback during TV Pause. Resume Play is not available for Super VIDEO CDs.
To play restricted DVDs (Parental Control)

If you play a restricted DVD, the display for entering your password appears on your TV screen. Enter your four-digit password using the number buttons, and press ENTER. The recorder starts playback. To register or change the password, see Parental Control (DVD VIDEO only) on page 123.
Press HDD or DVD.

If you select DVD, insert a disc (see 1. Inserting a Disc on page 31). If you insert a DVD VIDEO, VIDEO CD, DATA DVD or DATA CD, press H. Playback starts.
To change the angles

If various angles (multi-angles) for a scene are recorded on the disc, appears on the screen. Press ANGLE during playback. To switch the angle mark indicator to off, set Angle Indicator to Off in the Playback setup (page 124).
Press TITLE LIST.

For details about the Title List, see 3. Playing the Recorded Programme (Title List) on page 33. Example: HDD
To stop playback
Press x.
To playback quickly with sound (Scan Audio)

When you press M during playback, you can play quickly with dialogue or sound (except for VIDEO CDs/Super VIDEO CDs). No sound is output when you press M two or more times to change search speed.
60
,continued
61
1-14
Playback options
To check the position of the buttons below, see the illustration on page 60.
Buttons AUDIO
HDD DVD DATA CD *
-RWVR -RVR
Buttons (slow, freeze frame)

HDD
-RWVideo -RVideo +RW +R -RWVR -RVR
*1
Operations Plays in slow motion when pressed for more than one second in pause mode. Plays one frame at a time when pressed briefly in pause mode. To resume normal playback, press H.
Operations Selects one of the audio tracks recorded on the disc when pressed repeatedly in normal playback mode. DVD DATA DVD * DATA CD * : Selects the language.
HDD -RWVR
-RVR : Selects the main or sub sound.
DVD
*1*2
VCD
*1*2
VCD DATA DVD *
VCD : Selects stereo or monaural audio tracks.
DATA DVD DATA CD *1 Playback direction only *2 DivX video file only
X (pause)
SUBTITLE
DVD DATA DVD * DATA CD *
Selects a subtitle language when pressed repeatedly.
Pauses playback. To resume normal playback, press H. Playback
b Notes
Each time you press , replays the scene for the following duration. 5 seconds t 15 seconds t 30 seconds t 1 minute t 2 minutes t 3 minutes t 5 minutes t 10 minutes t 20 minutes t advances the time in 10-minute increments t 2 hours Each time you press , briefly fast forwards the current scene for the following duration. 30 seconds t 1 minute t 1 minute 30 seconds t 2 minutes t 3 minutes t 5 minutes t 10 minutes t 20 minutes t advances the time in 10-minute increments t 2 hours
Angles and subtitles cannot be changed with titles recorded on this recorder. JPEG image files made with a DVD camcorder can only be played as a slideshow. For video files containing JPEG image files and movies, the recorder can play movie parts only.
/ (instant replay/ instant advance)
Notes on playing DVDs with a DTS sound track

DTS audio signals are output only through the DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL) jack. When you play a DVD with DTS sound tracks, set DTS Output to On in the Audio Out setup (page 117).
. (previous)/ > (next)
Goes to the beginning of the previous/next title/chapter/scene/track when pressed during playback. Goes to the beginning of the first title/track when pressed in stop mode. Fast reverses/fast forwards the disc when pressed during playback. Search speed changes as follows: fast reverse fast forward mFR1*1 T t MFF1*2 mFR2 T T t t MFF2 mFR3*3 T T T t t t MFF3*3 mFR4*3 T T T T t t t t MFF4*3 When you press and hold the button, fast forward/fast reverse continues at the selected speed until you release the button.
When you press m once during playback, you can play Reverse play (not available for VIDEO CDs/Super VIDEO CDs/DivX video files). When you press M once during playback, you can play quickly with sound (not available for VIDEO CDs/Super VIDEO CDs). *3 Not available for VIDEO CDs/Super VIDEO CDs.
*1 *2
(fast reverse/fast forward)
To resume normal playback, press H.
62
,continued
63
Playing a specific portion repeatedly (A-B Repeat)
Playing repeatedly (Repeat)

You can play repeatedly all the titles/tracks/ files or a single title/chapter/track on the HDD or a disc.
Creating your own programme (Programme)

HDD -RWVideo * -RVideo * VCD
* finalised disc only
To cancel Programme play

Press CLEAR during playback. Or, set Programme to Cancel Programme Play in the Play Mode menu.
1 2
Press PLAY MODE during playback.

The Play Mode menu appears.
To erase the programme

Press CLEAR in stop mode. Or, set Programme to Erase Programme List in the Play Mode menu.
z Hints The program you made remains after Programme play finishes. To play the same program again, set Programme to Start Programme Play in the Play Mode menu. However, the programme is cleared after you remove the disc or press [/1. You can repeat Programme play. Set Repeat to Repeat Programme in the Play Mode menu (page 64). You can select Programme from Play Mode in the System Menu.
Select A-B Repeat, and press ENTER.

Set point A is selected.
1 2 3

Select Repeat, and press ENTER. Select an item to be repeated using M/ m.

Repeat Title (for HDD/DVDs/DATA DVDs*1/DATA CDs*1): repeats the current title. Repeat Chapter (for HDD/DVDs): repeats the current chapter. Repeat Track (for VIDEO CDs*2): repeats the current track. Repeat Programme: repeats the current programme (page 65). Repeat Disc (for VIDEO CDs*2/DVDRWs/DVD-Rs (VR mode)): repeats all of the tracks on a disc.
*1 *2
You can play the contents of the HDD or a disc in the order you want by arranging the order of the titles/chapters/albums/tracks on the HDD or disc to create your own programme. You can make a programme of up to 24 steps.
1 2 3

Playback
3 4
Select Programme, and press ENTER. Select Input/Edit Programme, and press ENTER.
The Input/Edit Programme display differs depending upon the disc type. Example: DVD
While monitoring the sound, press ENTER at the starting point (point A) of the portion to be played repeatedly.
Set point B is selected.
Adjusting the picture quality

HDD
-RVR +RW -RVideo -RWVR -RWVideo
Continue playing to locate the ending point (point B), and press ENTER.
A-B Repeat starts.
DivX video file only Available only when playing without PBC functions
DVD
+R VCD DATA DVD *
DATA CD *
To cancel A-B Repeat

Press CLEAR. Or, set A-B Repeat to Off in the Play Mode menu.
z Hint You can select A-B Repeat from Play Mode in the System Menu.
Press ENTER.
Repeat play starts.
To cancel Repeat play

Press CLEAR. Or, set Repeat to Repeat Off in the Play Mode menu.
z Hint You can select Repeat from Play Mode in the System Menu.
4 5
Select a title or album (example: Title 001) using M/m, and press ENTER. Select a chapter or track (example: Chapter 01) using M/m, and press ENTER.
The chapter or track is programmed. If you make a mistake, select the step number (example: 01.) using </M/m, and press CLEAR.
You can adjust the picture quality from connected equipment, such as a TV or projector by selecting a preset setting. You can also adjust the picture quality by changing detailed settings, and store up to three settings in the memory.
b Note
When playing an HDD/DVD VIDEO/DVD-RW (Video mode)/DVD-R (Video mode), set the start and stop points within the same title.
1 2 3
Press SYSTEM MENU during playback or in pause mode.

b Note
You cannot select Repeat Programme when no programme remains.
Select Picture Adjustment, and press ENTER. Select a preset setting using </,, and press ENTER.
Dynamic: produces a bold dynamic picture by increasing the picture contrast and the colour intensity. Standard: displays a standard picture.
Professional: displays an original picture.
6 7
To programme other chapters or tracks, press </M/m/, to select a step number, and repeat steps 4 and 5. Press H.
Programme play starts.
Memory1/Memory2/Memory3: Your own settings. To create your own settings, see To create your own setting below.
,continued
64
65
1-15
To check the detailed settings for the selected preset, press DISPLAY.
4
1 2
To create your own setting

Select Memory1, Memory2, or Memory3 in step 3. Select Detailed Settings, and press ENTER. The display for adjusting detailed settings appears.
Select an item using M/m, and adjust settings using </,. For details about each setting, see the explanation of the display. Prog. Motion: Adjusts the progressive video signal when Component Video Out is set to Progressive (page 115). Select Motion for a picture, including subjects that move dynamically. Select Still for a picture with little movement. Cinema: Converts the progressive video signal to match the type of DVD software that you are watching when Component Video Out is set to Progressive (page 115). Select Auto1 to automatically detect the software type (Film-based or Videobased) and select the appropriate conversion mode. Normally select this position. If the picture appears unnatural, select Auto2, On, or Off. YNR (luminance noise reduction): Reduces noise contained in the luminance element of the video signal. BNR (block noise reduction): Reduces block noise or mosaic-like patterns in the picture.
MNR (mosquito noise reduction): Reduces the faint noise appearing around the outlines of the images. The noise reduction effects are automatically adjusted within each setting range according to the video bit rate and other factors. Sharpness: Sharpens the outlines of the images. Detail: Adjusts the sharpness of images outlines. White Enhancer: Adjusts the intensity of white. Black Enhancer: Adjusts the intensity of black. Black Level: Selects the black level (setup level) for the video signals. Select ON to raise the standard black level. Select this when the picture appears too dark. Select OFF to set the black level of the input signals to the standard level. Normally, select this position. Gamma Correction: Adjusts how dark areas look. Hue: Adjusts the colour balance. Chroma Level: Makes the colours deeper or lighter.
Pausing a TV Broadcast (TV Pause/Pause Live TV)

HDD
Press H to resume watching the programme.

You can fast forward/fast reverse, pause, or stop the programme using m/M, X and x without affecting the recording.
Press x REC STOP to stop recording.
You can pause a current TV broadcast, and record it on the HDD, then continue watching the programme at a later time. This is useful when you receive an unexpected phone call or visitor while watching TV. When connecting the recorder to your TV using the SCART jack, do the followings. set SMARTLINK to This Recorder Only in the Options setup (page 128). set TV Pause to TVs Tuner in the Options 2 setup (page 128). preset programme positions by downloading from your TV using Download from TV of Auto Channel Setting in the Tuner setup (page 111). If you do not make the SCART connection, set TV Pause to Recorders Tuner in the Options 2 setup (page 128).
b Notes
The picture does not pause and the recorder starts only recording in the following cases. when the programme positions are preset differently between the recorder and the connected TV. when watching the programme from the external equipment connected to your TV. The picture tuned by the recorder pauses when TV Pause is set to Recorders Tuner in the Options 2 setup (page 128). You may not be able to use the TV Pause function depending on some TVs. For details, refer to the operating instructions supplied with your TV. The TV Pause function will not work correctly when watching TV via the connected component such as a VCR or digital tuner. The TV Pause function works only with the channel selected on the TV. You cannot use the TV Pause function as a recording feature from the component (VCR, etc.) connected to the LINE 1/DECODER jack. The TV Pause function will not work if the connected TV does not comply with SMARTLINK. To check whether your TV complies with SMARTLINK, refer to the operating instructions supplied with your TV.
Playback
Press SYSTEM MENU to exit. The setting is automatically stored as the setting you selected in step 1.
b Notes
If the outlines of the images on your screen become blurred, set BNR and/or MNR to Off. Depending on the disc or the scene being played, the above BNR or MNR effects may be hard to discern. Also, these functions may not work with some screen sizes. The following settings are not available for the signals output from the HDMI jack. Sharpness White Enhancer Black Enhancer Black Level Gamma Correction Hue Chroma Level
m
TV PAUSE x REC STOP
H/X/x
While viewing a TV broadcast, press TV PAUSE.

The picture pauses, and the recorder starts recording the current TV channel to the HDD. It may take up to 10 seconds to start recording.
66
67
Playing from the Beginning of the Programme You Are Recording (Chase Play)
HDD
Playing a Previous Recording While Making Another (Simultaneous Rec and Play)
HDD
Example: Play a DVD while recording to the HDD.
1 2 3
While recording, press DVD and insert the DVD into the recorder. Press TITLE LIST to display the DVD Title List. Select the title you want to play, and press ENTER. Playback starts from the selected title.
Searching for a Time/ Title/Chapter/Track, etc.

HDD
-RVR +RW -RVideo -RWVR -RWVideo
DVD
VCD
+R DATA DVD *
DATA CD *
Chase Play allows you to view the recorded part of a programme on the HDD while the recording is being made. You do not need to wait until the recording finishes.
DVD
VCD DATA DVD
DATA CD
b Note
You cannot play a DVD, DivX video or VIDEO CD recorded in the NTSC colour system while recording on the HDD in the PAL/SECAM colour system.
Simultaneous Rec and Play allows you to view a previously recorded programme while recording programmes. Playback continues even if a timer recording starts. Use this function as follows: While recording to the HDD: Play another title on the HDD. Play a previously recorded programme on a DVD by pressing the DVD button. While recording to a DVD: Play a previously recorded programme on the HDD by pressing the HDD button. You can also play a DVD VIDEO, VIDEO CD, Super VIDEO CD, DATA DVD, or DATA CD while recording on the HDD.
You can search a disc by title, chapter, scene or track. As titles and tracks are assigned individual numbers, select the title or track by entering its number. You can also search for a scene using the time code.
Playback
Number buttons PLAY MODE </M/m/,, ENTER
Press H while recording.

Playback starts from the beginning of the programme you are recording. When you fast forward to the point that you are recording, Chase Play returns to normal playback.
HDD
DVD
1 2
TITLE LIST M/m, ENTER

Select Search Mode, and press ENTER. Select a search method, and press ENTER.
Time Search (for HDD/DVDs/DATA DVDs*1/DATA CDs*1/VIDEO CDs*2): Searches for a starting point by entering the time code. Title Search (for HDD/DVDs/DATA DVDs*1/DATA CDs*1) Chapter Search (for HDD/DVDs) Track Search (for VIDEO CDs*3)
*1 *2 *3
Example: Play another title on the HDD while recording to the HDD.
1 2
While recording, press TITLE LIST to display the HDD Title List. Select the title you want to play, and press ENTER. Playback starts from the selected title.
DivX video file only Except Super VIDEO CDs Available only when playing without PBC functions
68
,continued
69
1-16
The display for entering the number appears. Example: Chapter Search
Erasing and Editing
Before Editing
This recorder offers various edit options for various disc types.
b Notes
Press the number buttons to select the number of the title, chapter, time code, etc., you want.
For example: Time Search To find a scene at 2 hours, 10 minutes, and 20 seconds, enter 21020. If you make a mistake, select another number.
Press ENTER.
The recorder starts playback from the selected number.
You may lose the edited contents if you remove the disc or a timer recording starts while editing. DVD discs created by DVD camcorders cannot be edited on this recorder. If a message appears and indicates that the discs control information is full, erase or edit unnecessary titles. The remaining disc space displayed on the screen may differ from the actual remaining disc space. When editing a DVD+R or DVD-R, finish all editing before finalising the disc. You cannot edit a finalised disc.
Erasing and Editing
HDD
+RW -RWVideo +R -RVideo
-RWVR -RVR
Edit features
Original title Yes Yes Yes Yes No No Yes No No No No No Yes Yes Yes No Yes
Playlist title Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No Yes Yes No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Title edit
Erase (page 72) Title Name (page 72) Set Thumbnail (page 72) A-B Erase (page 73) Divide (page 74) Set Genre (page 72) Protect (page 72) Move (page 77) Combine (page 77) Genre Name (page 72) Editing multiple titles (Multi-Mode) (page 73) Creating a Playlist (page 76) Undo (page 72)
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No Yes Yes No No Yes Yes No Yes
Yes Yes Yes No No No Yes No No No No No Yes No No No No
Chapter edit
Divide (page 75) Erase (page 76) Move (page 77) Combine (page 76)
70
,continued
71
To open up disc space

To open up disc space on a DVD+RW or DVD-RW (Video mode), erase the title with the largest number in the title list.
Largest title number
Erasing and Editing a Title

HDD
This section explains the basic edit functions. Note that editing is irreversible. To edit DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs (VR mode) without changing the original recordings, create a Playlist title (page 76). To open up disc space on the HDD or a DVDRW (VR mode), you can erase any title. See Erasing and Editing a Title on page 72. For DVD-Rs and DVD+Rs, the available disc space does not increase even if you erase titles.
A-B Erase: Erases a section of the title (page 73). Divide: Divides a title into two titles (page 74). Chapter Edit: Edits chapters in a title (page 75). Set Genre: Assigns a genre to a title. Protect: Protects the title. appears next to the protected title. Move: Changes the titles playing order (page 77). Combine: Combines two titles into one (page 77). Genre Name: Allows you to enter a genre name (up to 12 characters) (page 37). Multi-Mode: Allows you to select and edit multiple titles at one time (page 73). Create: Creates a Playlist (page 76). Undo: Undoes the last edit you made.
z Hint You can label or re-label DVDs (page 38).
4 5 6 7
Select a title, and press ENTER.

A check mark appears in the check box. To clear the check mark, press ENTER again.
Repeat step 4 to select all of the titles you want to edit. When you finish selecting titles, press ,.
Select an option, and press ENTER.

Erase: Erases the selected titles. Protect: Protects the titles. appears next to the protected title. Unprotected: Unprotects the titles. Change Genre: Changes the genre of the titles.
Erasing and Editing
To switch between the Playlist and Original Title List (DVD-RW/DVD-R in VR mode only)
You can display the Playlist titles in the Title List (Playlist), or the Original titles in the Title List (Original).
TITLE LIST </M/m/,, ENTER O RETURN . m X
z Hint You can exit Multi-Mode by pressing , and selecting Single-Mode while selecting titles.
1 2 3
Press < while the Title List is displayed. Select Original using M/m, and press ENTER. Select Original or Play List using M/ m, and press ENTER.
Editing multiple titles (MultiMode)

HDD
Erasing a section of a title (A-B Erase)

HDD -RWVR
-RVR
You can select and edit up to 24 titles at one time.
You can select a section (scene) in a title and erase it. Note that erasing scenes in a title cannot be undone.
1 2 3
Press TITLE LIST.

For DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs in VR mode, switch the Title List (Original or Playlist), if necessary.
About editing accuracy

When editing the titles recorded on the HDD, you can select the type of editing. Video Mode Compatible Editing: Recommended if you are going to dub the titles to DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs (Video mode) or DVD+RWs/DVD+Rs afterward by Highspeed dubbing. The editing points and chapter marks may be slightly different from those you selected. Frame Accurate Editing: Recommended when you want to edit titles precisely. However, the editing points may be slightly different from the point you selected when you dub the titles by Highspeed dubbing.
1 2 3
Press TITLE LIST. Press ,.

1 2
After step 2 of Erasing and Editing a Title, select Edit, and press ENTER. Select A-B Erase, and press ENTER.
For the HDD, select a type of editing, and press ENTER. For details, see page 72. The display for setting point A appears. The title starts to play.
Select a title, and press ,.

Select Multi-Mode, and press ENTER.

The display for selecting titles to be edited appears.

You can make the following edits to the title. Erase: Erases the selected title. Select Yes when asked for confirmation. Edit: Allows you to make the following edits. Title Name: Allows you to enter or re-enter a title name (page 37). Set Thumbnail: Changes the titles thumbnail picture that appears in the Title List (page 34).
72
,continued
73
1-17
3 4 5 6 7
Select point A using m/M, and press X.

To return to the beginning of the title, press X and then press ..
Dividing a title (Divide)

HDD -RWVR *
-RVR
Erasing and Editing a Chapter

HDD -RWVR
-RVR

You can make the following edits to the chapter. Divide: Divides a chapter into two (page 75). Erase/Move Erase: Erases the selected chapter (page 76). Move (for Playlist titles on DVDRWs/DVD-Rs in VR mode): Changes the chapters playing order (page 77). Combine: Combines two chapters into one (page 76).
Select From, and press ENTER.

The position of point A is displayed, and the title re-starts playing.
Select point B using m/M, and press X. Select To, and press ENTER.
The position of point B is displayed.
If you want to dub a long title to a disc but do not want to reduce the picture quality, divide the title into two shorter titles. Note that dividing a title cannot be undone.
* Only playlist titles can be divided for DVD-RWs/ DVD-Rs in VR mode.
1 2
You can edit individual chapters within a title. To edit DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs (VR mode) without changing the original recordings, create a Playlist (page 76).
Select Yes, and press ENTER.

The scene is erased.
After step 2 of Erasing and Editing a Title, select Edit, and press ENTER. Select Divide, and press ENTER.
For the HDD, select a type of editing, and press ENTER. For details, see page 72. The display for setting the dividing point appears. The title starts to play.
Dividing a chapter (Divide)
To cancel A-B Erase

Press O RETURN. The Title List appears.
z Hint A chapter mark is inserted after the scene is erased. The chapter mark divides the title into separate chapters on either side of the mark.
1
TITLE LIST </M/m/,, ENTER . m X
After step 4 of Erasing and Editing a Chapter, select Divide.
Erasing and Editing
b Notes
Images or sound may be momentarily interrupted at the point where you erase a section of a title. Sections shorter than five seconds may not be erased.
2 3 4 5
Select the dividing point using m/ M, and press X.
To return to the beginning of the title, press X and then press ..
Select a chapter using </,, and press ENTER.

The chapter starts to play.
1 2 3 4
Press TITLE LIST.

For DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs in VR mode, switch the Title List (Original or Playlist), if necessary.
3 4
Select the dividing point using m/ M, and press X.

To return to the beginning of the chapter, press X and then press ..
Press ENTER.

The title is divided into two.
Select a title containing the chapter you want to edit, and press ,.
Press ENTER.
The chapter is divided into two.
Select Edit, and press ENTER. Select Chapter Edit, and press ENTER.
For the HDD, select a type of editing, and press ENTER. For details, see page 72.
74
,continued
75
Erasing a chapter (Erase)
After step 4 of Erasing and Editing a Chapter, select Erase/Move.
Creating and Editing a Playlist

-RWVR -RVR
Moving a Playlist title (Move)
Dividing a Playlist title (Divide)

You can divide a Playlist title. For instructions, see page 74.
1 2 3 4
Press TITLE LIST.

Switch to the Playlist (page 72).
Select a Playlist title, and press ,.

Playlist edit allows you to edit or re-edit without changing the actual recordings. You can create up to 99 Playlist titles.
Moving a chapter (Move)
Select Edit, and press ENTER. Select Move, and press ENTER.
1 2 3 4
Press TITLE LIST.

b Note
Playlist titles containing titles recorded with the Copy-Once copy protection signal cannot be dubbed or moved (page 79).
Select a Playlist title containing the chapter you want to edit, and press ,.
2 3 4
Select a chapter using </,, and press ENTER. Select Erase, and press ENTER.
Select Edit, and press ENTER.

Erasing and Editing

The chapter is erased.
TITLE LIST
5
</M/m/,, ENTER
Select Chapter Edit, and press ENTER. Select Erase/Move.
Select a new location for the title using M/m, and press ENTER.
The title moves to the new location. To move more titles, repeat from step 2.
Combining multiple chapters (Combine)
After step 4 of Erasing and Editing a Chapter, select Combine.
Combining multiple Playlist titles (Combine)
1 1 2 3
Press TITLE LIST.
Press TITLE LIST.

2 3 4
Select a Playlist title, and press ,.

6 7 8
Press ,.
Select a chapter using </,, and press ENTER. Select Move, and press ENTER. Select a new location for the chapter using </,, and press ENTER.
The chapter moves to the new location.
Select Edit, and press ENTER. Select Combine, and press ENTER.
Select Create, and press ENTER.

The original titles in the Title List appear.
4
Move the combining bar using </ ,, and press ENTER.
The two adjacent chapters of the combining bar are combined.
Select an original title to add to the Playlist, and press ENTER.

The selected title is added to the Playlist.
Repeat steps 3 and 4 to select all of the titles you want to add to the Playlist.
5 6
Select a title you want to combine. Select Yes, and press ENTER.
The titles are combined.
76
77
1-18
Dubbing (HDD y DVD)
Before Dubbing
HDD
HDD
z Hint When you dub a Playlist title, it is recorded as an Original title.
Copy-Once
HDD
, -RW
b Notes
If you want to record from a digital video camera connected to the DV IN jack, see DV Camcorder Dubbing on page 84. To record from equipment connected to the LINE IN jacks, see Recording from Connected Equipment on page 59.
You cannot make a recording while dubbing. Before playing a dubbed disc on other DVD equipment, finalise the disc (page 40, 80). You cannot dub from DVD VIDEOs or finalised DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs (Video mode) to the HDD. Titles containing mixed aspect ratios cannot be dubbed to a DVD+RW/DVD+R/DVD-RW/ DVD-R (Video mode) using the HDD/DVD DUB button. Titles over 8 hours cannot be dubbed to singlelayer DVD+RWs/DVD+Rs. Low resolution (SEP through LP modes) 16:9 size titles cannot be dubbed to a DVD+RW/ DVD+R/DVD-RW/DVD-R (Video mode). When dubbing to a DVD+R DL, DVD-R DL (Video mode) in Real-Time Dubbing mode, the dubbing contents are divided into titles.
* CPRM-compatible DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs (VR mode) only. CPRM (Content Protection for Recordable Media) is a coding technology that protects copyrights for images.
b Notes
Protected titles in the HDD cannot be moved. The Move function is not available for HDD/ DVD DUB dubbing. Even if you erase a scene that contains a copy protection signal, the recording restrictions on that title are retained.
Before you start

You cannot record both the main and sub sound on the HDD (when HDD Recording Format is set to Video Mode On in the Recording setup), DVD+RWs, DVDRWs (Video mode), DVD+Rs, or DVD-Rs (Video mode). For bilingual programmes, set Bilingual Recording to either A/L (default) or B/R in the Audio In setup (page 116). About HDD Recording format, see page 122. A title name in the dubbing source is dubbed. However, only up to 40 characters of a title name are dubbed when dubbing from the HDD to a DVD+RW/DVD-RW (Video mode)/DVD+R/DVD-R (Video mode).
78
Dubbing Using Dubbing List

HDD
D Total size of the selected titles and available space on the disc to be dubbed (approximate) E Selected titles thumbnail picture
10 Select Start Dubbing, and press

ENTER.
When you set Finalise to Yes in step 9, select the title menu style, and press ENTER. The recorder turns off automatically when you do not use the recorder for more than 20 minutes after the dubbing has finished.
Select a title, and press ENTER.

The selected title changes colour. When you select HDD -> DVD in step 3, you can change the title order or search for a title by genre (see 3. Playing the Recorded Programme (Title List) on page 33).
You can select the titles you want to dub using Dubbing List. You can also edit titles before dubbing without changing the original titles.
To cancel dubbing
Press and hold HDD/DVD DUB for more than one second. When dubbing (Move) is stopped partway, no part of the title will be moved to the dubbing target. However, note that this will decrease the free space for DVD+Rs/DVDRs.
1 2 3
Press SYSTEM MENU.

6 7
Repeat step 5 to select all of the titles in the order you want to dub. Select Next using ,, and press ENTER.
The Title Edit display appears. For details about editing, see To edit titles on the Dubbing List on page 82.
Select Dubbing, and press ENTER. Select a dubbing direction, and press ENTER.
To dub titles from the HDD to a disc, select HDD -> DVD. To dub titles from a disc to the HDD, select DVD/CD -> HDD.
About dubbing mode

appears next to the title that can be dubbed at high speed (High-speed dubbing) in the Title Edit display. The following titles are dubbed at normal speed (Real-Time dubbing). Titles containing both main and sub sounds (except DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs (VR mode)). Titles recorded in mixed picture size (4:3 and 16:9, etc.) (except for DVD-RWs/ DVD-Rs (VR mode)). Titles recorded on DVD+RWs/DVD-RWs (Video mode)/DVD+R/DVD-R (Video mode). 16:9 size titles recorded on DVD+RW/ DVD+R. The minimum required time is as follows (approximate).
Select Next using ,, and press ENTER.

The Start Dubbing display appears.
Select Create New Dubbing List, and press ENTER.

The Dubbing List appears. If you have previously saved a Dubbing List and want to resume editing it, select Use Previous Dubbing List, and go to step 7.
Select an option using M/m, and press ENTER.

The options differ depending on the dubbing direction or disc type. Recording Mode: Changes the dubbing mode of all selected titles at a time using M/m (page 51). Input Disc Name: Changes the disc name (page 37). Finalise: Select Yes to finalise a disc automatically after dubbing (DVD-RW/ DVD-R (Video mode), or DVD+R).
A Direction of dubbing B Total number of titles to be dubbed C Dubbing step number

Display 1: Select a title you want to dub (the Select Titles display). Display 2: Edit a title (the Title Edit display). Display 3: Confirm the settings and start dubbing (the Start Dubbing display).
80
1-19
In this section, dubbing refers to copying a recorded title on the internal hard disk drive (HDD) to another disc, or vice versa. You can dub a playing title using the HDD/DVD DUB button (see HDD/DVD Dubbing on page 79) or you can select to dub multiple titles all at once (see Dubbing Using Dubbing List on page 80). You can also dub an entire DVD disc to make a backup copy (see Making a Backup Disc (DVD Backup) on page 83). Before you start, read the following precautions, which are common to all dubbing methods.
The chapter marks in the dubbing source are dubbed. The position of chapter marks may be slightly changed from the original. However, the chapter marks in the dubbing source are not retained in the dubbed title when dubbing to a DVD-RW/DVD-R (Video mode), DVD+RW, or DVD+R at normal speed. The chapter marks are automatically inserted according to the Auto Chapter (Video) and Auto Chapter (DVD+R/+RW) settings in the Recording setup (page 122). The Set Thumbnail setting in the dubbing source is dubbed as a thumbnail picture marker (except when dubbing from a DVD+RW/DVD-RW (Video mode)/ DVD+R/DVD-R (Video mode)). The position of thumbnail picture markers may be slightly changed from the original.
Dubbing restriction
You cannot dub movies and other DVD VIDEOs to the HDD. Also, when dubbing from a DVD to the HDD, scenes that contain a copy protection signal cannot be recorded. Titles containing Copy-Once copy protection signals can be moved only from the HDD to a DVD-RW/DVD-R (VR mode)* (after the title is moved, the original title in the HDD is erased). The Move function is performed using Dubbing List. Titles containing Copy-Once copy protection signals are indicated with .
Copy protection signals Copy-Free (No copy protection signal) Dubbing
HDD/DVD Dubbing
HDD
You can dub a single title by pressing the HDD/DVD DUB button during playback.
1 2
Start playback of a title.

For playing a title, see Playing the Recorded Programme/DVD on page 60.
Press HDD/DVD DUB.

The recorder starts dubbing the current playing title from the beginning. The recorder turns off automatically when you do not use the recorder for more than 20 minutes after the dubbing has finished.
Dubbing (HDD y DVD)
+RW , -RW
-RWVR +R -RVideo
Video
-RVR
VR
-RVR
* *
To cancel the dubbing

Press and hold HDD/DVD DUB for more than one second. When dubbing (Move) is stopped partway, no part of the title will be moved to the dubbing target. However, note that this will decrease the free space for DVD+Rs/DVDRs.
About dubbing mode

Titles on the HDD are dubbed to a disc at high speed (High-speed dubbing). Titles on a disc are dubbed to the HDD at normal speed (Real-Time dubbing).
To convert the recording mode (only when dubbing from a disc to the HDD)
After step 1, press REC MODE to select the recording mode.
b Note
You cannot use the HDD/DVD DUB button in the following cases. Dub the title using Dubbing List (page 80). When dubbing the title recorded in MN6 mode or longer duration mode to a DVD+RW/DVD+R. When dubbing the title recorded in HQ+ mode to a DVD.
79
Required times for High-speed Dubbing from HDD to DVD (for 60-minute programme)*1
Speed*2 6x 2.4x 2x DVD-R (Dual Layer) Approx. 30 min. Approx. 20 min. Approx. 15 min. Approx. 12 min. Approx. 10 min. Approx. 7 min. 30 sec. Approx. 5 min. Approx. 3 min. 45 sec. Approx. 3 min.*3 Dubbing (HDD y DVD)
Rec. mode
High-speed DVD+RW/ DVD+R DVD-RW/ (Double Layer) DVD+R/ DVD-R Approx. 10 min. Approx. 6 min. 40 sec. Approx. 5 min. Approx. 4 min. Approx. 3 min. 20 sec. Approx. 2 min. 30 sec. Approx. 1 min. 40 sec.*3 Approx. 1 min. 15 sec.*3 Approx. 1 min.*3 Approx. 25 min. Approx. 16 min. 40 sec. Approx. 12 min. 30 sec. Approx. 10 min. Approx. 8 min. 20 sec. Approx. 6 min. 15 sec. Approx. 60 min.*3 Approx. 60 min.*3 Approx. 60 min.*3
HQ HSP
SP
LSP ESP
LP
EP
SLP
SEP
*1
The values in the above table are for reference only. Actual times for dubbing also require time for creating discs control information and other data. *2 This is the maximum recording speed of this recorder. The recording speed cannot exceed the value indicated in the above table even when using discs that support higher recording speeds. In addition, depending on the disc condition, the recorder may be unable to record at the maximum recording speed indicated in the table. *3 High-speed dubbing is not available when dubbing titles recorded in SEP, SLP, or EP mode to DVD+RWs and DVD+Rs.
,continued
81
To edit titles on the Dubbing List
b Notes
The Dubbing List you created remains after dubbing. To edit the existing Dubbing List, select Use Previous Dubbing List in step 4. The Dubbing List is cleared when: you change Input Line System setting in the Basic setup (page 110). you reset the recorder (page 136). you open the disc tray (except when dubbing from the HDD). you edit the titles on a disc (except when dubbing from the HDD). you switch the Title List to Original or Playlist (when dubbing from DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs in VR mode only). you finalise the disc. The seams that are left over from editing may remain on the disc after dubbing to DVD+RWs/ DVD-RWs (Video mode)/DVD+Rs/DVD-Rs (Video mode). Finalisation is cancelled if a timer recording starts, even if you set Finalise to Yes in step 9.
Follow steps 1 to 7 of Dubbing Using Dubbing List on page 80. The Title Edit display appears.
Making a Backup Disc (DVD Backup)

+RW -RWVideo +R -RVideo
10 Select Yes or No, and press

ENTER.
To erase the backup data on the HDD, select Yes. To make another backup disc later, select No. The recorder turns off automatically when you do not use the recorder for more than 20 minutes after the dubbing has finished.
You can dub all of the contents on a finalised DVD+RW/DVD+R or finalised DVD-RW/ DVD-R (Video mode) to another recordable DVD+RW/DVD-RW or unused DVD+R/ DVD-R via the HDD as a backup copy.
b Note
Backup discs of unfinalised discs cannot be made.
To display the dubbing information

Press DISPLAY while dubbing.
2 3
Select a title you want to edit, and press ENTER. The sub-menu appears. Select an option, and press ENTER. The options differ depending on the dubbing direction or disc type. Erase: Erases the selected title. Title Name: Names or renames a title (page 37). A-B Erase: Erases the section of the title (page 73). Move: Changes the order of titles (page 77). Preview: Allows you to check the content of a title. Divide: Divides a title into two titles (page 74). Combine: Combines two titles (page 77). Chapter Edit: Edits chapters (page 75). Set Thumbnail: Changes the titles thumbnail frame that appears in the Title List (page 34). Recording Mode: Sets the picture quality of the dubbing. Bilingual: Sets how a bilingual audio programme is dubbed. Cancel: Exits the sub-menu. Repeat steps 2 and 3 to edit all of the titles. Go to step 8 of Dubbing Using Dubbing List on page 80 to dub edited titles.
1 2 3 4
Press SYSTEM MENU.

To cancel DVD backup during dubbing

Press and hold HDD/DVD DUB for more than one second.
Select Dubbing, and press ENTER. Select DVD Backup, and press ENTER. Select Start new DVD Backup, and press ENTER.
If you have previously dubbed backup data to the HDD, select Resume writing data, and go to step 7.
To erase backup data on the HDD
1 2
Dubbing (HDD y DVD)
Select Erase back-up data in step 4, and press ENTER. The display asks for confirmation. Select Yes, and press ENTER.
b Notes
When dubbing to a DVD+R/DVD-R is stopped partway in step 8, you cannot play or record on the disc. You cannot make a backup disc of DVD+R DLs/ DVD-R DLs. You may not use the DVD Backup function depending on the recording quality or physical condition of the disc, or characteristics of the recording device and authoring software.
5 6 7
Insert the DVD you are going to make a backup of. Select Start, and press ENTER.
The recorder starts dubbing all of the contents on a DVD to the HDD.
Press Z (open/close), and replace the DVD with a recordable DVD+RW/DVDRW or an unused DVD+R/DVD-R.
To make a backup disc of DVD+RWs/ DVD+Rs, insert a recordable DVD+RW or unused DVD+R. To make a backup disc of DVD-RWs/ DVD-Rs, insert a recordable DVD-RW or unused DVD-R.
4 5
8 9

The recorder starts High-speed dubbing the contents that were dubbed to the HDD in step 6.
Select Cancel, and press ENTER.

The disc is automatically finalised. To make another backup disc, replace discs, select Start, and press ENTER.
82
83
DV Camcorder Dubbing
z Hint If you plan to do additional editing on a disc after the initial dub, use the DV IN jack and record on a DVD-RW/DVD-R (VR mode) or HDD.
1 2
Press HDD or DVD to select the recording destination.

If you select DVD, insert a disc (see 1. Inserting a Disc on page 31).
b Notes
You cannot connect more than one piece of digital video equipment to the recorder. You cannot control the recorder using another device or another recorder of the same model. You cannot record date, time, or the contents of the cassette memory onto the disc. If you record from a DV/Digital8 format tape that is recorded in multiple sound tracks, such as a tape with multiple sampling frequencies (48 kHz, 44.1 kHz, or 32 kHz), no sound or an unnatural sound will be output when playing back the sampling frequency switch point on the disc. In order to use this recorders Auto Chapter setting (page 84), be sure to correctly set the clock on your digital video camera before shooting. The recorded picture may be momentarily affected or the start and end points of a title may be different from what you have set if the source DV/Digital8 format tape is in any of the following conditions. In this case, see Recording from Connected Equipment (page 59). There is a blank space in the recorded portion of the tape. The tapes time code is not sequential. If the picture size or the recording mode on the tape being dubbed changes. A blank or black coloured screen will be dubbed when the recorder is set to a different colour system from the DV tape contents system. Set Input Line System in the Basic setup to the same colour system as the DV tape contents system (page 110).
Before DV Camcorder Dubbing

This section explains dubbing with a DV camcorder and playing the contents of a DV camcorder via the DV IN jack on the front panel. If you want to dub by way of the LINE IN jacks, see Recording from Connected Equipment on page 59. The DV IN jack on this recorder conforms to the i.LINK standard. Follow the instructions in Preparing for DV camcorder dubbing, and then move on to the section on dubbing. For more information about i.LINK, see About i.LINK on page 140.
b Notes
You cannot make a recording while DV camcorder dubbing. The DV IN jack is for input only. It will not output signals. You cannot use the DV IN jack when: signal input to the DV IN jack on the front panel or recorder operation cannot be performed correctly when using a digital video camera (see About i.LINK on page 140). Connect the camera to the LINE IN jack and follow the instructions of Recording from Connected Equipment on page 59. the input signal is not in DVC-SD format. Do not connect a MICRO MV format digital video camera even if it has an i.LINK jack. the images on the tape contain copy protection signals, which limit recording. If you want to play DVDs dubbed from a DV camcorder on other DVD equipment, finalise the disc (page 40). Set the recorder and DV camcorder to the same colour system (page 110).
Insert the source DV/Digital8 format tape into your digital video camera.
For the recorder to record or edit, your digital video camera must be set to video playback mode.
Press REC MODE on the remote repeatedly to select the recording mode.
The recording mode changes as follows:
For details about the recording mode, see page 51. Note that you cannot select manual recording mode.
4 5
How chapters are created

The contents dubbed to the HDD or DVD become a single title. This title is divided into chapters. When dubbing to the HDD or a DVD-RW/DVD-R (VR mode) and when Auto Chapter (HDD/VR) is set to On in the Recording setup (page 121), each shooting session on the tape becomes a chapter on the disc. For other discs, the recorder divides the title into chapters according to the Auto Chapter (Video) or Auto Chapter (DVD+R/+RW) setting in the Recording setup (page 122).
Set the External Audio setting in the Audio In setup (page 116). Set the DV Input setting in the Audio In setup (page 116).
You are ready to start dubbing. Select one of the dubbing methods on the following pages.
Hookups
DVD recorder
To playback DV/Digital8 format tape

to DV IN
You can check the contents of DV/Digital8 format tape before dubbing. For details, see Playing from a DV Camcorder on page 87.
z Hint The recorder completes dubbing even after being turned off.
Preparing for DV camcorder dubbing

You can connect a digital video camera to the DV IN jack on the recorder to record or edit from a DV/Digital8 format tape. Operation is straightforward because the recorder will fast forward and rewind the tape for you you do not need to operate your digital video camera. Do the following to start using the Manual Dubbing functions of this recorder. See the instruction manual supplied with the digital video camera as well before connecting.
i.LINK cable (not supplied)
DV output
DV camcorder : Signal flow
84
85
1-20
Dubbing an Entire DV Format Tape (DV One Touch Dubbing)

HDD
Dubbing Selected Scenes (Manual Dubbing)

HDD
z Hint You can turn off the dubbing menu by pressing the DISPLAY button during dubbing. Press the DISPLAY button again to display the dubbing menu.
Playing from a DV Camcorder 1 2 3 4 5

Connect your DV camcorder to the DV IN jack on the front panel. Press SYSTEM MENU.
b Note
You cannot set a scene to be shorter than one second.
You can record the entire contents of a DV/ Digital8 format tape onto a disc with a single press of the ONE-TOUCH DUB button on the recorder. The recorder controls the digital video camera for the whole process, and completes the recording.
You can select and dub scenes while playing a DV/Digital8 format tape.
Select DV, and press ENTER. Select Playback, and press ENTER. Start playback on the DV camcorder.
Images from the DV camcorder appear on your TV screen.
1 2 3 4 5 6
Follow steps 1 to 5 of Preparing for DV camcorder dubbing on page 84. Press SYSTEM MENU.
Follow steps 1 to 5 of Preparing for DV camcorder dubbing on page 84, and press ONE-TOUCH DUB on the recorder.
The recorder rewinds the tape and then starts recording the tape contents. After the recording is finished, the recorder rewinds the tape in the digital video camera, and finalises the recorded disc (except DVDRW/DVD-R (VR mode)) automatically.
Select DV, and press ENTER. Select Manual Dubbing, and press ENTER. Select the recording destination, Record to Hard Disk Drive or Record to DVD, and press ENTER. Press H.
The scene starts to play.
To cancel playback
Press SYSTEM MENU.
z Hint You can dub the playing tape contents. During playback, press HDD or DVD to select the dubbing destination, and press z REC. To stop dubbing, press x REC STOP.
To stop during recording

Press x REC STOP more than 3 seconds. Note that it may take a few seconds for the recorder to stop recording.
z Hint You can also start DV One Touch Dubbing by selecting One-Touch Dubbing of DV in the System Menu.
7 8 9
Find the point on the DV/Digital8 format tape that you want to start dubbing from using m/M or c/ C, and press X. Select Start Rec., and press ENTER.
The recorder starts dubbing.
b Notes
When a blank space between the recordings on the tape continues for more than two minutes, DV One Touch Dubbing ends automatically. The recorder will pause recording when there is a blank space or an image containing copy protection signals on the tape. The recorder will resume recording automatically when receiving a recordable signal. Finalisation is cancelled if a timer recording starts (except for DVD-RW/DVD-R (VR mode)). DV One Touch Dubbing ends automatically when there are images containing copy protection signals at the beginning of the tape.
Select Pause Rec, and press ENTER.

The recorder pauses dubbing.
10 Repeat steps 6 to 9 to dub more

scenes.
11 Select Stop Rec, and press ENTER.

The selected scenes are dubbed as a single title.
To cancel during Manual Dubbing

Press SYSTEM MENU.
86
87
To lock the recorder (Child Lock) Audio Tracks

You can lock all of the buttons on the recorder so that the settings are not cancelled by mistake. When the recorder is turned off, hold down x on the recorder until LOCKED appears in the front panel display. The recorder does not work except for timer recordings while the Child Lock is set. To unlock the recorder, hold down x on the recorder until UNLOCKED appears in the front panel display.
Notes on playing DTS sound tracks on a CD

When playing DTS-encoded CDs, excessive noise will be heard from the LINE 3-TV/LINE 1/ DECODER/LINE 2 OUT (R-AUDIO-L) jacks. To avoid possible damage to the audio system, the user should take proper precautions when the LINE 3-TV/LINE 1/DECODER/LINE 2 OUT (R-AUDIO-L) jacks of the recorder are connected to an amplification system. To enjoy DTS Digital Surround playback, an external DTS decoder must be connected to the DIGITAL OUT jack of the recorder. Set the sound to Stereo using the AUDIO button when you play DTS sound tracks on a CD (page 88).
b Note
A-B Repeat is not available for MP3 audio tracks.
Playing Audio Tracks from CD/DVD

CD DATA DVD DATA CD

CD DATA DVD DATA CD
You can play repeatedly all the tracks or a single track on an album or disc.
You can play audio tracks on CDs, DATA DVDs (DVD-ROMs/DVD+RWs/DVD+Rs/ DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs/DVD-RAMs), or DATA CDs (CD-ROMs/CD-Rs/CD-RWs).
[/1
1 2 3


Repeat Disc: repeats all of the tracks on a disc. Repeat Album (except for CD): repeats the current album. Repeat Track: repeats the current track. Repeat Programme: repeats the current programme (page 90).
Playback options
CD DATA DVD DATA CD
Playing a specific portion repeatedly (A-B Repeat)

CD
AUDIO
CLEAR PLAY MODE
Buttons AUDIO
Operations Selects stereo or monaural audio tracks recorded on the disc when pressed repeatedly in normal playback mode. Goes to the next or previous track when pressed during playback. For MP3 discs, goes to the next or previous album when pressed repeatedly. Fast reverses/fast forwards the disc when pressed during playback. Search speed changes as follows: fast reverse fast forward mFR1 T t MFF1 mFR2 T T t t MFF2 When you press and hold the button, fast forward/fast reverse continues at the selected speed until you release the button. To resume normal playback, press H. Pauses playback. To resume normal playback, press H.
1 2

</M/m/,, ENTER . m H X > M x
./> (previous/ next)
Select A-B Repeat, and press ENTER.

Set point A is selected.
Press ENTER.
Audio Tracks
Repeat play starts.

Press CLEAR. Or, set Repeat to Repeat Off in the Play Mode menu.
z Hint You can select Repeat from Play Mode in the System Menu.
m/M (fast reverse/fast forward)
1 2
Insert a disc.
Press H.
Playback starts.
3 4
While monitoring the sound, press ENTER at the starting point (point A) of the portion to be played repeatedly.
Set point B is selected.
b Note
You can select Repeat Programme only during Programme play.
To stop playback
Press x (stop).
z Hint You can play audio tracks using the Title List. Press TITLE LIST. Then select a track, and press ENTER.
Continue playing to locate the ending point (point B), and press ENTER.
A-B Repeat starts.
X (pause)
To cancel A-B Repeat

Press CLEAR. Or, set A-B Repeat to Off in the Play Mode menu.
z Hint You can select A-B Repeat from Play Mode in the System Menu.
,continued
b Note
When any video titles are recorded on a DATA DVD, the MP3 audio tracks on that DATA DVD cannot be played.
88
89
1-21

CD DATA DVD DATA CD

Press CLEAR during playback. Or, set Programme to Cancel Programme Play in the Play Mode menu.
Searching for an Audio Track

CD DATA DVD DATA CD
Press the number buttons to select the number of the album or track you want.
If you make a mistake, select another number.

Press CLEAR in stop mode. Or, set Programme to Erase Programme List in the Play Mode menu.
z Hints The programme you made remains after Programme play finishes. To play the same programme again, set Programme to Start Programme Play in the Play Mode menu. However, the programme is cleared after you remove the disc or press ?/1. You can repeat Programme play. Set Repeat to Repeat Programme in the Play Mode menu (page 89). You can select Programme from Play Mode in the System Menu.
You can play the contents of an album or disc in the order you want by arranging the order of the albums/tracks on a disc to create your own programme. You can make a programme of up to 24 steps.
Press ENTER.
The recorder starts playback from the selected number.
You can search a disc by album or track. As albums and tracks are assigned individual numbers, select the album or track by entering its number.
1 2 3

z Hint You can select an album or track using M/m in step 4.
The Input/Edit Programme display differs depending upon the disc type. Example: DATA DVD
Number buttons PLAY MODE
</M/m/,, ENTER
Audio Tracks
1 4 5 2
Select an album (example: 01.BRAHMS) using M/m, and press ,. Select a track (example: 001.SYMPHONY01) using M/m, and press ENTER.
The track is programmed. If you make a mistake, select the step number (example: 01-001) using </M/ m, and press CLEAR.

Select Search Mode, and press ENTER. Select a search method, and press ENTER.
Album Search (except for CD) Track Search The display for entering the number appears. Example: Album Search
6 7
To programme other tracks, press </ M/m/, to select a step number, and repeat steps 4 and 5. Press H.
90
91
About Jukebox
There are two methods to use Jukebox: connecting the USB device or copying audio tracks to the HDD. When using Jukebox, you can do followings: Store audio tracks on the HDD. Play audio tracks using various play modes. Label tracks or albums. Assign albums a genre. Change the track order. Notes on copying
You cannot copy audio tracks on the HDD to discs or USB devices. Some audio tracks may not be copied depending on the file size. You cannot copy audio tracks if the HDD is full or almost full. An album name and MP3 audio track name are also copied. However, there may be some names that cannot be copied. When copying is stopped partway, tracks finished copying before you stop will remain copied onto the HDD as an album. See the Album List to check which albums have been copied (page 94). When copying audio tracks from a CD, the album name is labelled as F_*** and the audio track names are labelled as T_*** automatically. During copying, other operations cannot be performed. While copying, timer recordings are unavailable. If the timer is set during copying, the recorder starts the timer recording after copying is finished. Copy-protected CDs cannot be copied to the HDD.
Preparing for Using Jukebox

Connect a USB device to the USB jack on the recorder, or copy audio tracks from CDs/ DATA CDs/DATA DVDs or the connected USB device to the HDD.
Copying audio tracks (DISC t HDD)
7 8
Select Copy Album, and press ENTER.

1 2 3
Insert a disc that you are going to copy to the HDD. Press H to start playback. Press HDD/DVD DUB.
For CDs, all the tracks on the disc are copied to the HDD. For DATA CDs/ DATA DVDs, the current album is copied to the HDD.
Select Yes using </,, and press ENTER.

The selected album is copied to the HDD. To copy more albums, go to step 5.
To cancel copying
Press ENTER.
To cancel copying
Press ENTER.
z Hint You can copy all the contents on the disc by selecting DVD/CD -> HDD in Dubbing in the System Menu.
H HDD/DVD DUB
Copying an album (USB t HDD)

You can copy up to 99 albums or 999 tracks on the USB device to the HDD.
Audio Tracks
Connecting the USB device

You can connect a USB device to the USB jack on the recorder to listen to the MP3 audio tracks or copy to the HDD. Refer to the operating instructions supplied with the USB device before connecting.
DVD recorder
1 2 3 4 5 6
Connect the USB device to the USB jack on the recorder (page 92). Press SYSTEM MENU.
Select Music Jukebox, and press ENTER. Select Listen to Music from USB Device, and press ENTER.
The Album List appears.
to USB jack
Select an album, and press ,. Select Edit using M/m, and press ENTER.
USB device
92
93
1-22
Playing Audio Tracks Using Jukebox/USB Device
Select an album or track, and press ENTER.

Playback starts from the selected album or track.
To skip a track (Set Skip)

If you want a track not to play, set the track to be skipped.

You can play repeatedly all the tracks or a single track in the album.
1 2 3 4
Select a track you want to skip. Press , while the Album List is displayed. Select Edit using M/m, and press ENTER. Select Set Skip using M/m, and press ENTER. appears next to the selected track. To cancel, select Set Skip, and press ENTER again.
To stop playback
Press x (stop).
1 2 3 4
Press , during playback. Select Play Mode, using M/m, and press ENTER.
To scroll the list display by page (Page mode)

CLEAR SUBTITLE SYSTEM MENU ANGLE
Press SUBTITLE (previous)/ANGLE (next) while the Album List is displayed. Each time you press SUBTITLE (previous)/ANGLE (next), the entire Album List changes to the next/previous page of the album.

Repeat Album: repeats the current album. Repeat Track: repeats the current track. Repeat Programme: repeats the current programme (page 96).
</M/m/,, ENTER . m H X > M x
To change the album order (Sort Titles) (HDD only)
Playback options
Buttons ./> (previous/ next) m/M (fast reverse/fast forward) Operations Goes to the next or previous track when pressed during playback. Fast reverses/fast forwards the disc when pressed during playback. Search speed changes as follows: fast reverse fast forward mT tM mTT ttM When you press and hold the button, fast forward/fast reverse continues at the selected speed until you release the button. To resume normal playback, press H. Pauses playback. To resume normal playback, press H.
1 2 3
Press < while the Album List is displayed. Select Sort Titles using M/m, and press ENTER. Select the item using M/m, and press ENTER.
Order Sorted In order of album number. In order of playback times. The album that is most often played is listed at the top. In alphabetical order. By number By favourite
Press ENTER.
Repeat play starts.

Set Repeat to Repeat Off in the Play Mode menu.
Audio Tracks
1 2 3
Press SYSTEM MENU.

b Notes
You can select Repeat Programme only during Programme play. A-B Repeat is not available when using Music Jukebox.
Select Music Jukebox, and press ENTER. Select Listen to Music / Edit or Listen to Music from USB Device, and press ENTER.
To listen to the audio tracks on the HDD, select Listen to Music / Edit. To listen to the MP3 audio tracks from the connected USB device, select Listen to Music from USB Device. The Album List appears.
By album
To search for the album by genre (Genre) (HDD only)
X (pause)
1 2 3
Press < while the Album List is displayed. Select Genre using M/m, and press ENTER. Select the genre using M/m, and press ENTER. The albums in the selected genre appear. To display all albums, select All Genres.
94
,continued
95

You can play the contents of the HDD or connected USB device in the order you want by arranging the order of the tracks on the HDD or connected USB device to create your own programme. You can make a programme of up to 24 steps.

Set Programme to Cancel Programme Play in the Play Mode menu during playback.
Managing Audio Tracks on the Music Jukebox

You can erase or label albums/tracks on the HDD. You can also assign an album a genre.

Erase: Erases the selected album/track. Select Yes when asked for confirmation. Edit: Allows you to make the following edits. Album Name: Allows you to enter or re-enter an album name (page 37). Track Name: Allows you to enter or re-enter a track name (page 37). Set Genre: Assigns an album a genre. Set Skip: Sets a track to be skipped (page 95). Play Mode: Selects play modes (page 95). Genre Name: Allows you to enter a genre name (up to 12 characters) (page 37).

Set Programme to Erase Programme List in the Play Mode menu.
z Hints You can select and play a track that is set to Set Skip. The programme you made remains after Programme play finishes. To play the same programme again, set Programme to Start Programme Play in the Play Mode menu. However, the programme is cleared after you press ?/1. You can repeat Programme play. Set Repeat to Repeat Programme in the Play Mode menu (page 95).
1 2 3 4
Press , while the Album List is displayed. Select Play Mode, using M/m, and press ENTER.
b Note
You cannot edit audio tracks on the connected USB device.
1 2 3 5 6
Select an album (example: Album 001) using M/m, and press ,. Select a track (example: Track 001) using M/m, and press ENTER.
The track is programmed. If you make a mistake, select the step number (example: 01.) using </M/m, and press CLEAR.
Press SYSTEM MENU.

Audio Tracks
Select Music Jukebox, and press ENTER. Select Listen to Music / Edit, and press ENTER.
The Album List appears.
7 8
To programme other tracks, press </ M/m/, to select a step number, and repeat steps 5 and 6. Press H.
Select an album or track, and press ,.
96
97
1-23
Connecting the USB device

JPEG Image Files
Select the item, and press ENTER.

To copy from DATA CDs/DATA DVDs (DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs), select View Photos on a CD/DVD. To copy from the connected USB device, select View Photos on a USB Device. The Photo Album list appears. Example: CD/DVD
About the Photo Album Function

The Photo Album function enables you to do following. Store JPEG image files on the HDD. View JPEG image files on the HDD, DATA DVDs (DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs)/DATA CDs, or connected USB device. Edit JPEG image files. Print JPEG image files. Copy JPEG image files and slideshow to DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs.
You can connect a USB device (digital still camera, Memory card reader, and USB memory) to the USB jack on the recorder to view JPEG image files or copy to the HDD. Refer to the operating instructions supplied with the USB device before connecting.
DVD recorder
Copying all JPEG image files from the connected USB device (USB t DVD-RW/DVD-R)
1 2 3
Connect the USB device to the USB jack on the recorder. Insert a blank DVD-RW/DVD-R (Video mode). Press SYSTEM MENU.
to USB jack
4 5
Select an album or JPEG image file using M/m, and press ,.
Select Photo Album, and press ENTER.

The Photo Album menu appears.
5 6
USB cable (not supplied)
Select Copy Photos from a Digital Camera, and press ENTER.

Preparing for Using the Photo Album Function

Connect a USB device to the USB jack on the recorder, or copy JPEG image files from DATA CDs/DATA DVDs or the connected USB device to the HDD.
USB output

To copy two or more albums or JPEG image files, select Multi-Mode. To copy all the albums and JPEG image files, select Copy all to HDD, and go to step 11. To copy the album or file selected in step 5 only, select Copy to HDD, and go to step 11.

To cancel, select No.
Digital still camera
: Signal flow
z Hint See 8. Reformatting a Disc (page 42) to format DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs in Video mode.
Copying JPEG image files to the HDD (DISC/USB t HDD)
b Notes
During copying, other operations cannot be performed. While copying JPEG image files, timer recordings are unavailable. If the timer is set during copying, the recorder starts the timer recording after copying is finished.
JPEG Image Files
1
Insert a disc that you are going to copy to the HDD or connect the USB device to the USB jack on the recorder. Press SYSTEM MENU.
Select an album or JPEG image file, and press ENTER.

A check mark appears in the check box by the selected item. To clear the check mark, press ENTER again. To clear all check marks, press , to select Single-Mode from the submenu.
2 3

Copying JPEG image files or albums on the HDD (HDD y HDD)
8 9
Repeat step 7 to select all of the albums or JPEG image files you want to copy. Press ,.
1 2 3 4
Press SYSTEM MENU.


10 Select Copy to HDD, and press

ENTER.
Select View/Edit Photos on the HDD, and press ENTER.

The Photo Album list appears.
11 Select Yes, and press ENTER.

Select an album using M/m.

To copy the selected album, go to step 6. To copy a JPEG image file, go to step 5.
,continued
98
99
5 6 7
Press ENTER, and select a JPEG image file using M/m. Press ,.
Copying JPEG image albums to a disc (HDD t DVD-RW/DVD-R)

You can copy the edited JPEG image albums to a DVD-RW/DVD-R (Video mode). A slideshow is also recorded to the disc as a video file. You can play the slideshow on other DVD equipment that may not be compatible with the playback of JPEG image files.

The selected JPEG image albums are copied in the PICTURE folder on the disc. The JPEG image album names are automatically labelled as ***ALBUM. If you want to play the disc on other DVD equipment, finalise the disc (page 40). To cancel, select No.
z Hints See 8. Reformatting a Disc (page 42) to format DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs in Video mode. See the Photo Album list to check which albums have been copied (page 102).
4 5 6 7 8


To copy two or more albums or files, select Multi-Mode. To copy the selected album, select Copy Album Contents in Album Options, and go to step 12. To copy the selected files, select Copy in File Options, and go to step 12.
Select an album using M/m, and press ENTER.

The photo list appears.
Select a JPEG image file using M/m, and press ,.

1 2 3 4 5
Select an album or JPEG image file, and press ENTER.

A check mark appears in the check box by the selected item. To clear the check mark, press ENTER again. To clear all check marks, select Single-Mode.
Insert a DVD-RW/DVD-R (in Video mode). Press SYSTEM MENU.


To copy the JPEG image file selected in step 6 only, go to step 11.

b Notes
You may not be able to play the slideshow depending on DVD equipment. You cannot copy JPEG image files to a recordable DVD which has been recorded using other recorders/devices. DATA DVDs finalised on this recorder may not be able to play on other equipment (page 40). No more than 99 slideshows can be recorded to a disc. When copying an album containing more than 99 JPEG image files to a disc, slideshows will be created with every 99 JPEG image files and recorded to a disc. For DVD-Rs, the available disc space does not increase even if you erase slideshows.
Select a JPEG image file, and press ENTER.

Repeat step 8 to select all of the albums or JPEG image files you want to copy.

10 Press ,. 6 11 Select Copy, and press ENTER. 12 Select the destination album using M/
m, and press ENTER.
Select an album using M/m, and press ,.

Repeat step 8 to select all of the JPEG image files you want to copy.
10 Press ,.
JPEG Image Files

To copy the album selected in step 5 only, go to step 10.
11 Select Copy to DVD, and press

ENTER.
Select an album, and press ENTER.

b Note
Albums or JPEG image files are not copied to the HDD in the following cases. when the HDD disc space is insufficient for copying. when there are already the maximum number of files and/or albums on the HDD.
Copying JPEG image files to a disc (HDD t DVD-RW/DVD-R)

You can copy the edited JPEG image files to a DVD-RW/DVD-R (Video mode). A slideshow is also recorded to the disc as a video file. You can play the slideshow on other DVD equipment that may not be compatible with the playback of JPEG image files.

The selected JPEG image files are copied in the PICTURE folder on the disc. The JPEG image file names are automatically labelled as PHOT****. If you want to play the disc on other DVD equipment, finalise the disc (page 40). To cancel, select No.
8 9
Repeat step 7 to select all of the albums you want to copy. Press ,.
10 Select Copy to DVD, and press

ENTER.
1 2 3
Insert a DVD-RW/DVD-R (in Video mode). Press SYSTEM MENU.

To select a JPEG image file from a different album

Switch to the album list in step 8. For instructions, see To switch between the album list and JPEG image file list on page 103. Select an album using M/m, and press <.
,continued
100
101
1-24
Switch to the JPEG image file list. For instructions, see To switch between the album list and JPEG image file list on page 103. Select a JPEG image file using M/m, and press ENTER.
12-Photo List (Example: HDD)
Using the Photo Album List

You can play JPEG image files on the HDD, DATA DVDs/DATA CDs, or connected USB device using the Photo Album list.
C Sub-menu:
Press , to display the sub-menu. The sub-menu displays options applicable only to the selected item. The displayed options differ depending upon the model, situation, and disc type.
z Hints See 8. Reformatting a Disc (page 42) to format DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs in Video mode. See the Photo Album list to check which albums have been copied (page 102).
b Notes
You may not be able to play the slideshow depending on DVD equipment. You cannot copy JPEG image files to a recordable DVD which has been recorded using other recorders/devices. DATA DVDs finalised on this recorder may not be able to play on other equipment (page 40). No more than 99 slideshows can be recorded to a disc. For DVD-Rs, the available disc space does not increase even if you erase slideshows.
SYSTEM MENU ANGLE
4-Photo List
m
Sub-menu
D Scroll bar:
</M/m/,, ENTER
O RETURN
Appears when all of the JPEG image files do not fit on the list. To view the hidden JPEG image files, press M/m.
.
H X
>
x
E Album and JPEG image file information:

Displays the image, JPEG image file number, recording date and time, JPEG image file name, and JPEG image file size.
1 2 3
Press SYSTEM MENU.

1-Photo List
F Disc type and remaining space of current disc To scroll the list display by page (Page mode)
Press ./> while the Photo Album list is displayed. Each time you press ./ >, the entire Photo Album list changes to the next/previous page of albums/JPEG image files.
JPEG Image Files


To play JPEG image files on the HDD, select View/Edit Photos on the HDD. To play JPEG image files on DATA CDs/DATA DVDs, select View Photos on a CD/DVD. To play JPEG image files from the connected USB device, select View Photos on a USB Device. The Photo Album list appears.
To switch between the album list and JPEG image file list A Album name B Album size
1 2 3
Press < while the Photo Album list is displayed. Select Display Mode using M/m, and press ENTER. Select File or Album using M/m, and press ENTER.
Select an album using M/m, and press ENTER.

To show the 4-Photo List or 1-Photo List, press < to select Title View, and press ENTER, then select 4 Photos or 1 Photo using M/m, and press ENTER.
To turn off the Photo Album list

Press SYSTEM MENU.
102
,continued
103
To reload the files or folders

When a disc or the connected USB device contains 1,000 or more files and/or 100 or more folders, select Read next in the Photo Album list, and press ENTER to view unloaded files or folders. It may take a few minutes to load files or folders.
To play a slideshow with the sound (HDD only)

You can enjoy a slideshow while listening to the sound stored in the HDD.
To rotate an image
Press ANGLE repeatedly during a slideshow. Each time you press ANGLE, the image turns clockwise by 90.
z Hint You can start a slideshow by selecting Start Slideshow from the sub-menu.
Managing JPEG Image Files on the HDD
b Note
The thumbnail for a file that cannot be playable on the recorder is displayed as .
Select View/Edit Photos on the HDD in step 3 of Using the Photo Album List on page 102. The Photo Album list appears. Switch between the album list and JPEG image file list, if necessary. Select an album or JPEG image file using M/m, and press ,. Select Start Audio Slideshow, and press ENTER. Select a genre using </,. For details about assigning a genre, see Managing Audio Tracks on the Music Jukebox on page 97. Select Start, and press ENTER. The slideshow and the playback from the first track of the selected genre start.
2 3 4
Viewing a JPEG image file
1 2
Follow steps 1 to 4 of Using the Photo Album List.

The Photo Album list appears. Switch to the album list, if necessary.
Select a JPEG image file using M/m, and press ENTER.

The selected JPEG image file is displayed on the entire screen.
1 2 3 4 5
Press SYSTEM MENU.

b Notes
Depending on the aspect ratio, some pictures may be displayed with black bands at top and bottom, or left and right. Large picture files may take a few seconds to display. This is not a malfunction. All albums or tracks in the selected genre will be played during Slideshow even if some albums or tracks are set to skip.
To display the detailed information

1 2
Select a JPEG image file, and press ,. Select Detailed Information, and press ENTER. The detailed information for the selected JPEG image file appears.

JPEG Image Files
To stop a slideshow
Press x (stop) or O RETURN.
Select an album or JPEG image file, and press ,.

Playing a slideshow
To pause a slideshow
Press X (pause). Note that only slideshow pauses and the sound continues to play.

You can make the following edits to the album/JPEG image file. Start Slideshow: Starts a slideshow (page 104). Start Audio Slideshow (HDD only): Starts a slideshow with the sound (page 104). New Album: Creates a new album. Album Options Erase Album: Erases the selected album. Copy Album Contents: Copies all JPEG image files in the selected album to the HDD (page 99).
,continued
Follow steps 1 to 4 of Using the Photo Album List.

The Photo Album list appears. Switch between the album list and JPEG image file list, if necessary.
To view the next/previous image during a slideshow

Press ./>.
Select an album or JPEG image file using M/m, and press H.

The slideshow starts. If you press H while selecting a JPEG image file, the slideshow starts from the selected JPEG image file.
To zoom an image
Press ENTER repeatedly during a slideshow. Each time you press ENTER, the magnification changes as shown below. 2 t 4 t normal magnification You can move the area you want to zoom using </M/m/,.
104
105
1-25
Rename Album: Changes the selected album name (page 37). Protect Album Contents: Protects all JPEG image files in the selected album. Cancel Protection: Cancels protection of all JPEG image files in the selected album. Copy to DVD: Copies the selected album or JPEG image file to a DVD (page 100). Multi-Mode: Selects multiple albums or JPEG image files to edit. Copy all to HDD: Copies all the albums and JPEG image files to the HDD (page 98). Copy to HDD: Copies the selected album or JPEG image file to the HDD (page 98). File Options Erase: Erases the selected JPEG image file. Copy: Copies the selected JPEG image file (page 99). Rename File: Changes the selected JPEG image file name (page 37). Protect: Protects the selected JPEG image file. Select again to cancel the protection. Print: Prints the selected JPEG image file (page 106). Detailed Information: Displays the detailed information for the selected JPEG image file (page 104). Single-Mode: Cancels Multi-Mode.
Printing JPEG Image Files

You can print JPEG image files on the HDD or connected USB device by connecting a PictBridge-compatible printer to the USB jack on the recorder. Refer to the instructions supplied with the printer.
2 3 4 5
Connect the USB device to the USB jack on the recorder.

When printing JPEG image files on the HDD, skip this step.
13 Select Start, and press ENTER.

You can set the paper size and layout. Refer to the operating instructions supplied with the printer.
Press SYSTEM MENU.

To cancel printing
Press ENTER.

To display the connected printer

Select Confirm Printer of USB in the Options 2 setup (page 128).

To print JPEG image files on the HDD, select View/Edit Photos on the HDD. To print JPEG image files from the connected USB device, select View Photos on a USB Device. The Photo Album list appears.
To restart the connected USB device

Select Restart USB Device of USB in the Options 2 setup (page 128).
z Hint Printing options, such as paper size or layout, differ depending on the printer. For details, refer to the instructions supplied with the printer.
Select an album, and press ENTER.
Connect a PictBridge-compatible printer to the USB jack on the recorder.
JPEG Image Files
7 8
Select a file using M/m, and press ,.


To print two or more files, select MultiMode. To print the file selected in step 7 only, go to step 12.
DVD recorder
to USB jack
Select a file, and press ENTER.

PictBridge-compatible printer
10 Repeat step 9 to select all files you

want to print.
11 Press ,.
12 Select Print, and press ENTER.

106
107
Finalise Settings and Adjustments

Finalises a disc to play it on other DVD equipment. For details, see page 40.
Disc Settings (Disc Setup)

The Disc Setup setup allows you to adjust DVD related settings.
Recorder Settings (Basic)

The Basic setup helps you to make clock and other recorder related settings.
Optimise HDD
As you record, erase and edit recordings repeatedly, the HDD file system gradually becomes fragmented. To clean up all the fragmented files, optimise the HDD periodically. When the HDD needs optimising, a message recommending optimisation will appear automatically.
1 2 3
Press SYSTEM MENU while the recorder is in stop mode. Select Initial Setup, and press ENTER. Select Basic, and press ENTER.
The Basic setup appears with the following options. The default settings are underlined. To turn off the display, press SYSTEM MENU repeatedly.
Press m to select Start, and press ENTER. If the recorder does not receive a time signal from any station, press O RETURN and set the clock manually. If the Auto Clock Set function did not set the clock correctly for your local area, try another station for the Auto Clock Set function or set the clock manually.
1 2
Press SYSTEM MENU while the recorder is in stop mode. Select Disc Setup, and press ENTER.
The Disc Setup setup appears with the following options. The default settings are underlined.
1 2
Select Optimise HDD in Disc Setup, and press ENTER. Select Start, and press ENTER. A progress bar appears and the optimisation starts. To cancel optimisation, press ENTER. The HDD will be partly optimised.
Manual (Manual Clock Set) Set the clock manually.
1 2
Select Clock Setting in Basic, and press ENTER. Select Manual, and press ENTER.
b Notes
It will take about eight hours to optimise the HDD. During optimisation, other operations, such as recording or playback, cannot be performed. You cannot optimise the HDD when the HDD disc space is insufficient for optimising. Erase titles to open up disc space (page 72).
3
Clock Setting
Auto (Auto Clock Set) Turns on the Auto Clock Set function when a programme position in your local area broadcasts a time signal.
Press </, to select the time zone for your area, and press m. Select On if you are now on summer time, and press ENTER.
Settings and Adjustments
Basic
Input Disc Name You can label a disc. For details, see page 38. Protect Disc You can protect a disc against erasure. For details, see page 39. Format DVD-RW (DVD-RW only) The recorder automatically starts formatting in VR mode or Video mode, whichever is selected below, when a new, unformatted DVD-RW is inserted.
VR Mode Video Mode Automatically formats the disc in VR mode. Automatically formats the disc in Video mode.
Format HDD.
You can format the HDD and resolve the problem when the hard disk error occurred. Format HDD. can be selected only when the hard disk needs formatting. Note that all of the recorded content on the HDD will be erased.
1 2
1 2
Select Format HDD. in Disc Setup, and press ENTER. Select Start, and press ENTER.
Select Clock Setting in Basic, and press ENTER. Select Auto, and press ENTER.
Format
You can manually re-format a DVD+RW, DVD-RW, or DVD-R disc to make a blank disc. For details, see page 42.
Press </, repeatedly until the programme position of the station that carries a time signal appears.
108
,continued
109
1-26
Press M/m to set the day, and press ,. Set the month, year, hour, and minutes in sequence. Press </, to select the item to be set, then press M/m to set the numbers. The day of the week is set automatically. To change the numbers, press < to return to the item to be changed, and press M/m.
HELP Setting
On Off Displays Help information for GUI displays. Does not set to HELP setting mode.
Download from TV
Aerial Reception Settings (Tuner)

The Tuner setup helps you to make tuner and programme position settings for the recorder.
If you connect a TV to this recorder with SMARTLINK, you can preset programme positions by downloading from your TV. For details, refer to the operating instructions supplied with your TV.
1 2
Easy Setup (Resetting the Recorder)

Select this to run the Easy Setup programme.
Select Download from TV in Tuner, and press ENTER. Select your country/region using </,, and press ENTER. The tuner preset data will be downloaded from your TV to this recorder. If any programme positions are unused or contain unwanted channels, you can disable them (page 112).
1 2 3
Press ENTER to start the clock.
1 2 3
Input Line System

Selects the colour system when recording from the connected equipment.
NTSC PAL/ SECAM Records in NTSC or PAL-60 colour system. Records in PAL or SECAM colour system.
Select Easy Setup in Basic, and press ENTER. Select Start, and press ENTER. Follow the instructions for Easy Setup (page 23) from step 2.
Press SYSTEM MENU while the recorder is in stop mode. Select Initial Setup, and press ENTER. Select Tuner, and press ENTER.
The Tuner setup appears with the following options. The default settings are underlined. To turn off the display, press SYSTEM MENU repeatedly.
Manual CH Setting
Presets programme positions manually. If some programme positions could not be set using the Easy Setup function, you can set them manually. If there is no sound or if the picture is distorted, the wrong tuner system may have been preset during Easy Setup. Set the correct tuner system manually in the steps below.
b Notes
When picture noise appears after you change the Input Line System setting, change the Input Colour System setting (page 114). If picture noise still appears, hold down x (stop) on the recorder, and press INPUT on the recorder. When you change the Input Line System setting, the Dubbing List is erased.
Power Save
Selects whether this recorder is in power save mode when the power is turned off (standby).
Mode 1 Only antenna input signals are output to the connected TV when the recorder is in standby. No input signals are output when the recorder is in standby. Does not set to power save mode. Normally, select this setting.
Select Manual CH Setting in Tuner, and press ENTER. Select Next Screen, and press ENTER. Select your country/region using </,, and press ENTER.
Programme position
Auto Channel Setting

Auto Scan
If you connect a TV to this recorder not using SMARTLINK, you can preset programme positions automatically using Auto Scan.
2 3
Mode 2 Off
1 2 3
Select Auto Channel Setting in Tuner, and press ENTER. Select Auto Scan, and press ENTER. Select your country/region using </,, and press ENTER. The programme position order will be set according to the country/region you set. If any programme positions are unused or contain unwanted channels, you can disable them (page 112).
b Note
Power Save mode does not function in the following cases, even when Power Save is set to Mode 1 or Mode 2. There is a timer setting with VPS / PDC in the SCHEDULE list. The SMARTLINK features are not available when Power Save is set to Mode 1 or Mode 2.
4 5
Press ./> to select the programme position. Select the item you want to change using M/m, and change the settings using </ ,, then press ENTER. To preset another programme position, repeat from step 4.
,continued
110
111
Skip
On Select this when the programme position is unused or contains unwanted channels. The selected position will be skipped when you press PROG +/. Does not skip the selected programme position.
Sound System
Select an available TV system (page 112).
B/G Select this when in West European countries, except those listed in Receivable channels on page 112. Select this when in East European countries. Select this when in Great Britain/Ireland. Select this when in France.
TV system DK (East European Countries)
Channel coverage R1 R12 VHF R21 R69 UHF S1 S20 CATV S21 S41 HYPER S01 S05 CATV
Corresponding channel H H I J J K L L M N N O P P Q S21
Channel Set number CC9 CC10 CC11 CC12 CC13 CC14 CC15 CC16 CC17 CC18 CC19 CC20 CC21 CC22 CC23 CC24 CC25 CC26 CC27 CC28 CC29 CC30 CC31 CC32 CC33 CC34 CC35 CC36 CC37 CC38 CC39 CC40 CC41 CC42 CC43 CC44
Receivable Frequency range (MHz) 180.75188.75 188.75196.75 196.75204.75 204.75212.75 212.75220.75 220.75228.75 228.75236.75 236.75244.75 244.75252.75 252.75260.75 260.75268.75 268.75276.75 276.75284.75 284.75292.75 292.75300.75 299.25307.25 307.25315.25 315.25323.25 323.25331.25 331.25339.25 339.25347.25 347.25355.25 355.25363.25 363.25371.25 371.25379.25 379.25387.25 387.25395.25 395.25403.25 403.25411.25 411.25419.25 419.25427.25 427.25435.25 435.25443.25 443.25451.25 451.25459.25 459.25467.25
,continued
D/K Off I
I (Great Britain/ Ireland)
Ireland A J VHF South Africa 4 11, 13 VHF B21 B69 UHF S1 S20 CATV
CH System
Select the region to get the best broadcast reception. FR Western Euro UK & IE Eastern Euro Select this when in France. Select this when in West European countries. Select this when in Great Britain/Ireland. Select this when in East European countries. L
Name
Changes or enters a new station name (up to 5 characters). The recorder must receive programme position information (e.g., SMARTLINK information) for station names to appear automatically. Press ,, then press </, repeatedly to select a character. To change the characters, press M/m to move the cursor, and press </,.
S21 S41 HYPER S01 S05 CATV L* (France) F2 F10 VHF F21 F69 UHF B Q CATV S21 S41 HYPER
* To receive broadcasts in France, select L.
AFT
On Turns on the Auto Fine Tuning function. Normally select this position. Allows you to adjust the picture manually.
Decoder
Sets the external decoder (PAY-TV/Canal Plus analogue decoder) channels. For details, see page 29.
Off
Channel
Press </, repeatedly until the programme position you want is displayed. To select a cable or satellite programme position, press </, until the programme position you want is displayed. Receivable channels
TV system Channel coverage
If the Auto Fine Tuning function does not work effectively, select Off and press m. Press </, to obtain a clearer picture, and press ENTER.
Tuning the French CATV channels This recorder can scan the CATV channels B to Q and the HYPER frequency channels S21 to S41. On the Channel Set menu, the channels are indicated as CC1 to CC44. For example, channel B is indicated by Channel Set number CC1, and channel Q is indicated by Channel Set number CC23 (see the table below). If the CATV channel you want to preset is indicated by its frequency (for example, 152.75 MHz), refer to the table below to find the corresponding channel number.
Corresponding channel B C D D E F F G Channel Set number CC1 CC2 CC3 CC4 CC5 CC6 CC7 CC8 Receivable Frequency range (MHz) 116.75124.75 124.75132.75 132.75140.75 140.75148.75 148.75156.75 156.75164.75 164.75172.75 172.75180.75
S22 S23 S24 S25 S26 S27 S28 S29 S30 S31 S32 S33 S34 S35 S36 S37 S38 S39 S40 S41
BG (West European E2 E12 VHF Countries, except Italia A H VHF those listed below) E21 E69 UHF S1 S20 CATV S21 S41 HYPER S01 S05 CATV
112
113
1-27
Channel Swapping
After the programme positions have been set, you can change the order of each programme position in the display list.
Video Settings (Video In/ Out)

The Video In/Out settings will adjust items related to the image, such as size and colour. Select the settings according to the type of TV, tuner, or decoder connected to the DVD recorder.
z Hint When Input Line System is set to NTSC, you can select Auto, 3.58NTSC, or PAL-60.
LINE 1 In
Selects a method of inputting video signals for the LINE 1/DECODER jack. The picture will not be clear if this setting does not match the type of video input signal.
Video S-Video RGB Decoder Inputs video signals. Inputs S-video signals. Inputs RGB signals. Select this when connecting to an external decoder (PAY-TV/Canal Plus analogue decoder). If you connect to a cable box/ satellite receiver such as CanalSat, do not select this option.
Component Video Out

Selects the signal format in which the recorder outputs video signals: interlace or progressive, from the COMPONENT VIDEO OUT jacks.
Normal(Interlace) Progressive Outputs signals in the interlace format. Outputs signals in the progressive format. Select this when you want to view progressive signals.
1 2
Select Channel Swapping in Tuner, and press ENTER. Select Next Screen, and press ENTER.
1 2 3
3
Press M/m to select the programme position number you want to swap, and press ,. To display other pages, press ./ > repeatedly. Press M/m to select the programme position number to swap for the one selected in step 3, and press ENTER. The programme position numbers are swapped. To swap the programme position number of another station, repeat from step 3.
Press SYSTEM MENU while the recorder is in stop mode. Select Initial Setup, and press ENTER. Select Video In/Out, and press ENTER.
The Video In/Out setup appears with the following options. The default settings are underlined.
b Notes
When you set LINE 3 Out to RGB, you cannot set Component Video Out. When you connect the recorder to a monitor or projector via only the COMPONENT VIDEO OUT jacks, do not set LINE 3 Out to RGB. If you set LINE 3 Out to RGB, in this case, the picture may not appear. When picture noise appears after you set the recorder to progressive format, hold down x (stop) on the recorder, and press Z (open/ close) on the recorder. No video signals are output when using the HDMI connection.
NTSC on PAL TV
Sets the recorder to convert signals of the NTSC colour system to the PAL colour system to play NTSC discs on PAL-only TVs. Refer to the operating instructions supplied with your TV.
On Off Plays NTSC discs on PALonly TVs. Select this if the connected TV is a multi-system (NTSC-compatible) TV.
LINE 3 Out Input Colour System

Selects the colour system when picture noise appears after you change the Input Line System setting (page 110).
Auto Recorder automatically detects signals of colour systems and selects the appropriate colour system. Selects the PAL colour system when Input Line System is set to PAL/ SECAM. Selects the SECAM colour system when Input Line System is set to PAL/ SECAM.
Selects a method of outputting video signals for the LINE 3 TV jack.

Video S-Video RGB Outputs video signals. Outputs S-video signals. Outputs RGB signals.
b Notes
If your TV does not accept S-video or RGB signals, the image will not be displayed in the selected method on the TV screen even if you select S-Video or RGB. See the instructions supplied with your TV. SMARTLINK is available only when Video is selected. RGB signals are not output when using the HDMI connection.
PAL
SECAM
114
115
External Audio
DTS Output (DVD VIDEOs only)

Select this when receiving stereo programmes from connected equipment. Select this when receiving bilingual programmes from connected equipment.
Audio Input Settings (Audio In)

The Audio In setup allows you to adjust the sound according to the playback and connection conditions.
Stereo
Audio Output Settings (Audio Out)

The Audio Out setup allows you to switch the method of outputting audio signals when you connect a component such as an amplifier (receiver) with a digital input jack. If you connect a component that does not accept the selected audio signal, a loud noise (or no sound) will come from the speakers, and may affect your ears or cause speaker damage.
Selects whether or not to output DTS signals.

On Select this when the recorder is connected to an audio component with a built-in DTS decoder. Select this when the recorder is connected to an audio component without a built-in DTS decoder.
Bilingual
Off
1 2 3
Press SYSTEM MENU while the recorder is in stop mode. Select Initial Setup, and press ENTER. Select Audio In, and press ENTER.
The Audio In setup appears with the following options. The default settings are underlined.
b Note
When receiving audio input signals from the DV input jack, the recorder automatically selects Stereo or Bilingual regardless of the External Audio setting.
b Note
When HDMI output is performed to equipment not compatible with DTS signals, the signals will not be output regardless of the DTS Output setting.
Bilingual Recording
Selects the sound to be recorded.
A/L Records the main sound for the bilingual programme. Records the sub sound for the bilingual programme.
1 2 3
Press SYSTEM MENU while the recorder is in stop mode. Select Initial Setup, and press ENTER. Select Audio Out, and press ENTER.
The Audio Out setup appears with the following options. The default settings are underlined.
96 kHz PCM Output (DVD VIDEOs only)

Selects the sampling frequency of the audio signal.
96 kHz -> 48 kHz 96 kHz The audio signals of DVD VIDEOs are converted to 48 kHz and output. All signals containing 96 kHz are output without conversion. However, the signals are output at 48 kHz if copyright-protected signals are contained.
B/R
b Note
When recording a bilingual audio signal to the HDD (when HDD Recording Format is set to Video Mode Off (except in PCM mode)) or a DVD-RW/DVD-R in VR mode (except in PCM mode), both audio channels are recorded and you can select the sound when playing.
NICAM Select (page 52)

NICAM Standard Normally select this position. Select this if the sound from NICAM broadcasts is not clear.
b Notes
96 kHz PCM Output setting has no effect when audio signals are output from the LINE 2 OUT (R-AUDIO-L) jacks or LINE 3 TV/LINE 1/ DECODER jack. If the sampling frequency is 96 kHz, signals are simply converted to analogue signals and output. If the HDMI OUT jack is connected to equipment not compatible with 96 kHz signals, 48 kHz PCM will be automatically output even when you select 96 kHz.
DV Input
Select the setting for the audio input when DV camcorder dubbing. Select Mix (Stereo 1: 75 %)/Mix (Stereo 1: 50 %)/Mix (Stereo 1: 25 %) or Stereo 2 only if you have added a second audio when recording with your digital video camera.
Stereo 1 Records original sound only. Normally select this when dubbing a DV format tape. Records additional audio only.
Dolby Digital Output (HDD/DVDs only)

Selects the type of Dolby Digital signal.
Dolby Digital Select this when the recorder is connected to an audio component with a built-in Dolby Digital decoder. Select this when the recorder is connected to an audio component lacking a built-in Dolby Digital decoder.
Tuner Level
If the playback sound is distorted, set this item to Compression. The recorder reduces the audio output level. This function affects the output of the following jacks: LINE 2 OUT R-AUDIO-L jacks LINE 3 TV jack LINE 1/DECODER jack
Normal Compression Normally select this position.
Dolby Digital -> PCM
Stereo 2 Mix (Stereo 1: 75 %) Select this when the playback sound from the speakers is distorted. Mix (Stereo 1: 50 %) Mix (Stereo 1: 25 %)
b Note
Records both stereo 1 and 2.
If the HDMI OUT jack is connected to equipment not compatible with Dolby Digital signals, the PCM signals will be automatically output even when you select Dolby Digital.
,continued
116
117
1-28
MPEG Output (DVD VIDEOs only)

Selects the type of MPEG audio signal.
MPEG Select this when the recorder is connected to an audio component with a built-in MPEG decoder. Select this when the recorder is connected to an audio component without a built-in MPEG decoder. If you play MPEG audio sound tracks, the recorder outputs stereo signals via the DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL) jack.
Auto Language
Language Settings (Language)

The Language setup allows you to adjust language settings.
The Auto Language function is available when Audio Language and Subtitle Language are set to the same language, and Subtitle Display is set to On.
On For DVD VIDEOs whose main audio track is the language you set in Audio Language and Subtitle Language, the recorder plays the main audio track without subtitles. For DVD VIDEOs whose main audio track is not the language you set in Audio Language and Subtitle Language, the recorder plays the main audio track with subtitles in the language you set. Turns off the function.
Recording Settings (Recording)

The Recording setup allows you to adjust recording settings.
MPEG -> PCM
1 2 3
Press SYSTEM MENU while the recorder is in stop mode. Select Initial Setup, and press ENTER. Select Language, and press ENTER.
The Language setup appears with the following options. The default settings are underlined.
1 2 3
Press SYSTEM MENU while the recorder is in stop mode. Select Initial Setup, and press ENTER. Select Recording, and press ENTER.
The Recording setup appears with the following options. The default settings are underlined.
b Note
If the HDMI OUT jack is connected to equipment not compatible with MPEG audio signals, the PCM signals will be automatically output even when you select MPEG.
Off
Audio DRC (Dynamic Range Control) (DVDs only)

Selects the dynamic range (difference between soft and loud sounds) setting when playing a DVD that conforms to Audio DRC. This affects the output from the following jacks: LINE 2 OUT R-AUDIO-L jacks LINE 3 TV jack LINE 1/DECODER jack DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL)/HDMI OUT jack only when Dolby Digital Output is set to Dolby Digital -> PCM (page 117).
On Makes low sounds clear even if you turn the volume down. Normally select this position.
DVD Menu Language (DVD VIDEO only)

Switches the language for the DVD menu. Select w/Subtitle Language to set the same language as the language you set in Subtitle Language.
OSD Language
Switches the display language on the screen.
Subtitle Display
On Displays subtitles. Does not display subtitles.
Manual Rec. Mode

On (go to setup) Allows you to select all recording modes. Select this, and press ENTER. Then, select a recording mode using </,, and press ENTER. Allows you to select standard recording modes only. Settings and Adjustments
Audio Language (DVD VIDEO only)

Switches the language of the sound track.
Off
Subtitle Language (DVD VIDEO only)

Switches the language of the subtitles recorded on the disc.
Assist Subtitle Displays special assistive subtitles, where available.

z Hint If you select Others in Audio Language, Subtitle Language, or DVD Menu Language, press m, and enter a language code from Language Code List on page 146.
Off
Off
b Note
If you select a language in DVD Menu Language, Subtitle Language, or Audio Language that is not recorded on the DVD VIDEO, one of the recorded languages will be automatically selected.
118
,continued
119
Manual recording mode The table below shows the approximate recording times for the HDD and the different DVD types in each manual recording mode, as well as the standard recording mode equivalents. The recording time for the HDD
Recording mode HQ+*1 PCM*2 MN32 (HQ) MN31 MN30 MN29 MN28 MN27 MN26 (HSP) MN25 MN24 MN23 MN22 MN21 (SP) MN20 MN19 MN18 (LSP) MN17 MN16 MN15 (ESP) MN14 MN13 MN12 MN11 MN10 MN9 (LP) MN8 MN7 MN6 (EP) Approx. recording time (hours) RDRHX750 23 34 34 36 39 42 45 48 50 53 56 59 62 68 73 79 84 90 96 100 105 110 115 120 125 135 150 165 200 RDRHX950 36 53 53 57 61 66 70 75 79 84 88 92 97 105 115 120 130 140 150 155 165 175 185 190 200 210 235 265 315
Recording mode MN5 MN4 (SLP) MN3 (SEP) MN2 MN1
Approx. recording time (hours) RDRHX750 235 270 340 405 455 RDRHX950 370 425 530 635 710 MN9 (LP) MN8 MN7 MN6*3 (EP) MN5
*3
Approx. recording time (hours) Recording mode DVD+RW/ DVD-RW/ DVD+R/ DVD-R 4 DVD+R DL/ DVD-R DL 7 hr. 11 min.
For the HDD (HDD Recording Format is set to Video Mode On)/DVD+RW/DVD-RW (Video mode)/DVD+R/DVD-R (Video mode) HQ+, PCM, MN32 to MN9: 720 480 / 720 576 MN8 and MN7: 352 480 / 352 576 MN6 to MN1: 352 240 / 352 288
4 hr. 30 min. 8 hr. 4 min. 5 6 7 8

*4
Rec. Mode Adjust

On Automatically adjusts the recording mode to enable the entire programme to be recorded (page 54). Turns off the function.
8 hr. 58 min. 10 hr. 46 min. 12 hr. 34 min. 14 hr. 21 min. 17 hr. 57 min. 21 hr. 32 min. 24
The recording time for DVDs

Approx. recording time (hours) Recording mode DVD+RW/ DVD-RW/ DVD+R/ DVD-R 1 hr. 1 min. 1 hr. 1 min. 1 hr. 5 min. DVD+R DL/ DVD-R DL 1 hr. 51 min. 1 hr. 51 min. 1 hr. 57 min.
MN4*3 (SLP) MN3

*3*4
Off
(SEP ) 10 12 13 hr. 22 min.
MN2*3*4 MN1*3*4
*1
Set Thumbnail
Selects a scene for the thumbnail picture shown in the Title List.
0 seconds The first frame of the title is set for the thumbnail picture. The frame at 30 seconds from the first frame is set for the thumbnail picture. The frame at 3 minutes from the first frame is set for the thumbnail picture. Settings and Adjustments
PCM*2 MN32 (HQ) MN31 MN30 MN29 MN28 MN27 MN26 (HSP) MN25 MN24 MN23 MN22 MN21 (SP) MN20 MN19 MN18 (LSP) MN17 MN16 MN15 (ESP) MN14 MN13 MN12 MN11 MN10
1 hr. 10 min. 2 hr. 6 min. 1 hr. 15 min. 2 hr. 15 min. 1 hr. 20 min. 2 hr. 24 min. 1 hr. 25 min. 2 hr. 33 min. 1 hr. 30 min. 2 hr. 41 min. 1 hr. 35 min. 2 hr. 50 min. 1 hr. 40 min. 2 hr. 59 min. 1 hr. 45 min. 3 hr. 8 min. 1 hr. 50 min. 3 hr. 17 min. 2 3 hr. 35 min.
Records in higher quality (15 Mbps). HQ+ mode is not available for DVDs. When recording to DVDs, the recording mode automatically switches to HQ mode even if you set to HQ+ mode. *2 Audio signals are recorded in 48kHz PCM format, and video signals are recorded in HQ mode. When recording a bilingual programme, select the sound to be recorded (page 116). *3 Titles recorded in MN6 or lower mode cannot be dubbed to DVD+RWs/DVD+Rs at high speed. *4 SEP, MN1, MN2, or MN3 mode is not available for DVD+RWs/DVD+Rs/DVD+R DLs. When recording to DVD+RWs/DVD+Rs, the recording mode automatically switches to SLP mode even if you set to SEP, MN1, MN2, or MN3 mode. z Hint Audio signals are recorded in Dolby Digital 2 ch format (except for PCM mode).
30 seconds
3 minutes
Auto Chapter (HDD/VR) (HDD/DVD-RW/ DVD-R in VR mode only)

On The recorder detects changes in the picture and sound and automatically inserts chapter marks (up to 99 chapters for one title recorded on the HDD). No chapter mark is inserted.
2 hr. 10 min. 3 hr. 53 min. 2 hr. 20 min. 4 hr. 11 min. 2 hr. 30 min. 4 hr. 29 min. 2 hr. 40 min. 4 hr. 47 min. 2 hr. 50 min. 5 hr. 5 min. 3 5 hr. 23 min.
Resolution The first figure refers to when Input Line System is set to NTSC; the second when set to PAL/SECAM in the Basic setup (page 110). For the HDD (HDD Recording Format is set to Video Mode Off)/DVD-RW (VR mode)/ DVD-R (VR mode) HQ+, PCM, MN32 to MN16: 720 480 / 720 576 MN15 to MN12: 544 480 / 544 576 MN11 to MN9: 480 480 / 544 576 MN8 and MN7: 352 480 / 352 576 MN6 to MN1: 352 240 / 352 288
Off
b Notes
The actual chapter mark interval may vary depending on the amount of information contained in the video to be recorded. Chapter marks are automatically inserted, where the date or time information changes on the tape, when Auto Chapter (HDD/VR) is set to On during DV dubbing to the HDD or a DVD-RW/ DVD-R (VR mode).
3 hr. 10 min. 5 hr. 41 min. 3 hr. 20 min. 5 hr. 59 min. 3 hr. 30 min. 6 hr. 17 min. 3 hr. 40 min. 6 hr. 35 min. 3 hr. 50 min. 6 hr. 53 min.
120
,continued
121
1-29
Auto Chapter (Video) (DVD-RW/DVD-R in Video mode only)

No Separation 10 minutes No chapter mark is inserted.
Playback Settings (Playback)

The Playback setup allows you to adjust the playback settings.
4:3 Letter Box
Parental Control (DVD VIDEO only)

Playback of some DVD VIDEOs can be limited according to a predetermined level, such as the age of the users. Scenes may be blocked or replaced with different scenes.
Inserts chapter marks at approximately 10-minute intervals. Inserts chapter marks at approximately 15-minute intervals.
4:3 Pan Scan
15 minutes
1 2 3
Press SYSTEM MENU while the recorder is in stop mode. Select Initial Setup, and press ENTER. Select Playback, and press ENTER.
The Playback setup appears with the following options. The default settings are underlined.
Select Parental Control in Playback, and press ENTER. When you have already registered a password, go to step 3. Select Set Password, and press ENTER. The display for registering a new password appears.
16:9
Auto Chapter (DVD+R/+RW) (DVD+RW/ DVD+R only)

No Separation 10 minutes No chapter mark is inserted.
b Note
Depending on the disc, 4:3 Letter Box may be selected automatically instead of 4:3 Pan Scan or vice-versa.
Inserts chapter marks at approximately 10-minute intervals. Inserts chapter marks at approximately 15-minute intervals.
Pause Mode
Selects the picture quality in pause mode.
Field Frame Auto Outputs a stable, generally shake-free image. Outputs a sharp image, but may be prone to shake. Outputs a generally less sharp but more stable still image. Settings and Adjustments
15 minutes
Enter your four-digit password using the number buttons, and press ENTER.
HDD Recording Format

Selects the HDD recording format.
Video Mode Off Records to the HDD in VR mode. When recording stereo and bilingual programmes, both main and sub sounds can be recorded. Records to the HDD in Video mode. When recording stereo and bilingual programmes, only one sound track (main or sub) can be recorded. Set Bilingual Recording to A/L (default) or B/R in the Audio In setup (page 116).
TV Type
Select the playback picture size according to the type of connected TV (wide-screen/wide mode TV or conventional 4:3 screen TV).
4:3 Letter Box Select this when connecting to a 4:3 screen TV. Displays a wide picture with bands on the upper and lower portions of the screen. 4:3 Pan Scan Select this when connecting to a 4:3 screen TV. Automatically displays a wide picture on the entire screen and cuts off the portions that do not fit. Select this when connecting to a wide-screen TV or TV with a wide mode function.
Seamless Playback (HDD/DVD-RW/DVDR in VR mode only)

On Playback is smooth, but with a trade-off against the accuracy of the edit points. You may notice momentary interruption at edited points during playback of a VR mode Playlist.
Video Mode On
Select Standard, and press ENTER. The Parental Control : Standard display appears.
Off
16:9
z Hint The HDD contents recorded in Video mode can be dubbed to a disc at high speed (page 78).
Enter your four-digit password using the number buttons, and press ENTER.
122
,continued
123
Select Code (geographic area) as the playback limitation level, and press ENTER. The area is selected. When you select Number, press the number buttons to select and enter a country/area code in the table (page 147), and press ENTER. Select Change Level, and press ENTER. The Parental Control : Change Level display appears.
b Notes
If you forget your password, reset the recorder (page 136). When you play discs which do not have the Parental Control function, playback cannot be limited on this recorder. Depending on the disc, you may be asked to change the Parental Control level while playing the disc. In this case, enter your password, then change the level.
HDMI Settings (HDMI Output)

The HDMI Output setup allows you to adjust items related to the HDMI connection. You can select HDMI Output only when connecting equipment to the HDMI OUT jack.
720 x 576p*1 720 x 480p*2 720 x 576i*1 720 x 480i*2

*1
Sends 720576p video signals. Sends 720480p video signals. Sends 720576i video signals. Sends 720480i video signals.
Angle Indicator (DVD VIDEOs only)

On Displays on the TV screen if various angles (multi-angles) for a scene are recorded on the disc. Does not display the TV screen. on
1 2 3
Press SYSTEM MENU while the recorder is in stop mode. Select Initial Setup, and press ENTER. Select HDMI Output, and press ENTER.
The HDMI Output setup appears with the following options. The default settings are underlined. After connecting equipment to the HDMI OUT jack, Screen Resolution, 4:3 Video Output, and Colour are automatically set to the appropriate settings.
Can be selected only when Input Line System is set to PAL/SECAM in the Basic setup (page 110). *2 Can be selected only when Input Line System is set to NTSC in the Basic setup (page 110).
Off
b Notes
When picture noise appears after you change the Screen Resolution setting, hold down x (stop) on the recorder, and press Z (open/close) on the recorder. When Colour is set to YCbCr 4:2:2 in the HDMI Output setup, you cannot select 720 x 576i (or 720 x 480i).
8 9
Enter your four-digit password using the number buttons, and press ENTER. Select the level. The lower the value, the stricter the limitation. Discs rated higher than the selected level will be restricted. The Parental Control setting is complete. To cancel the Parental Control setting for the disc, select Off in step 9. Change Password
4:3 Video Output

This setting is effective only when you set TV Type to 16:9 in the Playback setup. Adjust this setting to watch 4:3 aspect ratio signals. If you can change the aspect ratio on your TV, change the setting on your TV, not this recorder. Note that this setting is effective only for HDMI connection.
Full Select this when you can change the aspect ratio on your TV. Select this when you cannot change the aspect ratio on your TV. Shows a 4:3 size video with the aspect ratio as it is.
10 Press ENTER.
1 2 3 4
Select Parental Control in Playback, and press ENTER. Select Change Password, and press ENTER. Enter your four-digit password in the Current Password row using the number buttons, and press ENTER. Enter a new password in the New Password row using the number buttons, and press ENTER.
Screen Resolution
Selects the type of video signals output from the HDMI OUT jack. If the picture is not clear, natural or to your satisfaction, try another option that suits the disc and your TV/projector, etc. For details, refer also to the instruction manual supplied with the TV/ projector, etc.
1920 x 1080p 1920 x 1080i 1280 x 720p Sends 19201080p video signals. Sends 19201080i video signals. Sends 1280720p video signals.
Normal
16:9 aspect ratio TV
124
,continued
125
1-30
Colour
Selects the method of outputting video signals for the HDMI jack.
RGB (0-255) Outputs RGB (0-255) signals. Select this when connecting to an RGB (0255) device. Outputs RGB (16-235) signals. Select this if colours appear overly rich and the black appears too deep. Outputs 10-bit YCbCr 4:2:2 component signals. Outputs 8-bit YCbCr 4:4:4 component signals.
HDMI Control
On Allows you to use the HDMI control features (page 18). Turns off the function.
Command Mode
Other Settings (Options)

The Options and Options 2 setups allow you to set up other operational settings.
Changes the Command Mode of the recorder to avoid interference with your other Sony DVD recorder or player.
1 2
Off
1 2 3
Select Command Mode in Options, and press ENTER. Select a Command Mode (DVD1, DVD2, or DVD3), and press ENTER.
RGB (16-235)
Press SYSTEM MENU while the recorder is in stop mode. Select Initial Setup, and press ENTER. Select Options or Options 2, and press ENTER.
The Options or Options 2 setup appears with the following options. The default settings are underlined. Example: Options setup
b Note
The default command mode setting for this recorder and the supplied remote is DVD3. The remote does not function if different command modes are set for the recorder and remote. Set the same command mode.
YCbCr 4:2:2 YCbCr 4:4:4
b Notes
Some settings may not be available depending on the connected device. When a DVI device is connected, you cannot select YCbCr 4:2:2 or YCbCr 4:4:4. When Screen Resolution is set to 720 x 576i (or 720 x 480i) in the HDMI Output setup, you cannot select YCbCr 4:2:2.
Set the Command Mode for the remote so it matches the Command Mode for the recorder you set above. Follow the steps below to set the Command Mode on the remote. 1 Hold down ENTER. 2 While holding down ENTER, enter the Command Mode code number using the number buttons.
Command Mode Code number DVD1 number button 1 number button 2 number button 3
Audio Output
Selects the type of audio signal output from the HDMI OUT jack.
Auto Outputs Dolby Digital, MPEG and DTS audio signals as a bitstream signal. Normally select this position. Converts all audio signals except for DTS signals to PCM. Select this if the connected device is compatible with bitstream audio.
Options
On Screen Display
On Automatically displays information on the screen when the recorder is turned on, etc. Displays information only when DISPLAY is pressed.
DVD2 DVD3
3 Hold down both the number and ENTER buttons at the same time for more than three seconds.
z Hint You can check the Command Mode for the recorder in the front panel display.
PCM
Off
Command Mode DVD1 DVD2 DVD3
In the front panel display 1 appears. 2 appears. Either 1 or 2 does not appear.
Bitstream Priority
Front Panel Display

Adjusts the lighting of the front panel display.
On Off Bright lighting. Turns off the lighting when the power is off.
b Notes
The PCM signals may not be output even when you select Auto depending on the Audio Out settings, number of audio channels, and the HDMI-connected device. The Audio Output function is not available when a DVI device is connected.
126
,continued
127
SMARTLINK
This Recorder Only Allows you to use the SMARTLINK function with the recorder when the recorder is in standby mode.
TV Pause
Selects the tuner for the TV Pause (page 67).
TVs Tuner Selects this when connecting the recorder to your TV using the SCART jack. Selects this when connecting the recorder to your TV not using the SCART jack.
Picture noise appears. Additional Information

, If the picture output signal from your recorder passes through your VCR to get to your TV, or if you are connected to a combination TV/VIDEO player, the copyprotection signal applied to some DVD programmes could affect picture quality. If you still experience this problem even when you connect your recorder directly to your TV, try connecting your recorder to your TVs S VIDEO input. , You have set the recorder to progressive format even though your TV cannot accept the progressive signal. In this case, hold down x (stop) on the recorder, and press Z (open/close) on the recorder. , Even if your TV is compatible with progressive format (525p/625p) signals, the image may be affected when you set the recorder to progressive format. In this case, hold down x (stop) on the recorder, and press Z (open/close) on the unit and the recorder is set to normal (interlace) format. , You are playing a title recorded in a colour system that is different from your TV. , Noise may appear in the pictures recorded on the HDD, which is due to the characteristics of HDD, and is not a malfunction. , When playing a double-layer DVD, the video and audio may be momentarily interrupted at the point where the layers switch.
Troubleshooting
If you experience any of the following difficulties while using the recorder, use this troubleshooting guide to help remedy the problem before requesting repairs. Should any problem persist, consult your nearest Sony dealer.
Pass Through Allows you to use the SMARTLINK function with the connected equipment when the recorder is in standby mode.
Recorders Tuner
b Note Set Power Save to Off in the Basic setup (page 110) to set SMARTLINK to Pass Through. DivX
Registration Code Displays the registration code of DivX video files for this recorder. For more information, go to http:// www.divx.com/vod on the Internet.
Power
The power does not turn on.
, Check that the mains lead is connected securely.
Picture
There is no picture.
, , , , Re-connect all connecting cords securely. The connecting cords are damaged. Check the connection to your TV (page 13). Switch the input selector on your TV (such as to VCR and AV 1) so that the signal from the recorder appears on the TV screen. , Check that the Video In/Out setup is set to the appropriate item that conforms to your system (page 114). , If you connect the recorder to your TV via only the COMPONENT VIDEO OUT jacks, set Component Video Out in the Video In/Out setup to Progressive (page 115). , When playing a double-layer DVD, the video and audio may be momentarily interrupted at the point where the layers switch.
Set Preview (HDD only)

Selects the thumbnail type shown in the Title List.
Quick Preview Normal Plays short excerpts from throughout the selected title. Plays the selected title from the beginning.
Additional Information
Options 2
USB
Restart USB Device Restarts the connected USB device if it does not respond to the recorder. If the connected USB device still does not work properly, try following: Turn the connected USB device off and on again. Disconnect and then connect the USB cable. Confirm Printer Displays the manufacturer and model name of the printer connected to the recorder. Note that this function may not work depending on the printer.
There is no picture or picture noise appears when connected to the DV IN jack.

, Try the following: 1Turn the recorder off and on again. 2Turn the connected equipment off and on again. 3Disconnect and then connect the i.LINK cable again.
128
,continued
129
1-31
There is no picture or picture noise appears when connected to the HDMI OUT jack.
, Try the following: 1Turn the recorder off and on again. 2Turn the connected equipment off and on again. 3Disconnect and then connect the HDMI cord again. , If the HDMI OUT jack is used for video output, changing the Screen Resolution setting in the HDMI Output setup may solve the problem (page 125). Connect the TV and the recorder using a video jack other than HDMI OUT, and switch the TVs input to the connected video input so that you can see the on-screen displays. Change the Screen Resolution setting in the HDMI Output setup, and switch the TVs input back to HDMI. If the picture still does not appear, repeat the steps and try other options. , The recorder is connected to an input device that is not HDCP compliant (page 16). , When picture noise appears after you change the Screen Resolution setting, hold down x (stop) on the recorder, and press Z (open/close) on the recorder.
TV channels cannot be changed.

, The channel is skipped (page 112). , A timer recording started, which changed the channels.
GUIDE Plus+ system

GUIDE Plus+ system does not appear.
, 1Even if you complete Easy Setup, TV programme listings do not appear until the recorder receives the GUIDE Plus+ data. 2Turn off the recorder, but do not unplug it. 3Wait for 24 hours. It may take several days for the recorder to receive the GUIDE Plus+ data for all programme positions. If the recorder does not receive the GUIDE Plus+ data after 24 hours, set the host channel manually (page 49). , The country/region or postal code is incorrect. Correctly set your country/region and postal code (page 23). , When the recorder is connected to a set top box receiver, the set top box receiver must be turned on to download the GUIDE Plus+ data. , Area numbers that cannot be received using GUIDE Plus+ are set. Select Easy Setup in the Basic setup from Initial Setup in the System Menu, and follow the on-screen instructions to make the settings again (page 23). , The Time Lock function on your cable box is activated. Set this function to off. , If the host channel has changed or moved, the programme guide data cannot be received. In this case, follow the steps in Searching for the GUIDE Plus+ host channel (page 48) to update the host channel setting. If the problem persists after waiting for one day, search for the host channel at the following website and set the host channel manually (page 49). www.europe.guideplus.com
Programme listings for some programme positions are missing.

, The programme guide data may not be updated. Turn off the recorder and let the recorder receive the programme guide data. , Some broadcast stations support only two days of data. For details, see the following website: www.europe.guideplus.com , All of the GUIDE Plus+ data could not be received because the reception is poor.
The picture from equipment connected to the recorders input jack does not appear on the screen.
, If the equipment is connected to the LINE 1/DECODER jack, select L1 in the front panel display by pressing INPUT. If the equipment is connected to the LINE 2 IN jacks, select L2 in the front panel display by pressing INPUT.
The programme listing is not up to date.

, The recorder was in use during the time that the GUIDE Plus+ data was scheduled to be downloaded. , All of the GUIDE Plus+ data could not be received because the reception is poor.
The playback picture or TV programme from the equipment connected through the recorder is distorted.
, If the playback picture output from a DVD player, VCR, or tuner goes through your recorder before reaching your TV, the copyprotection signal applied to some programmes could affect picture quality. Disconnect the playback equipment in question and connect it directly to your TV.
Sound
There is no sound.
, Re-connect all connections securely. , The connecting cord is damaged. , The input source setting on the audio component or the connection to the audio component is incorrect. , The recorder is in reverse play, fastforward, slow motion, or pause mode. , If the audio signal does not come through the DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL)/HDMI OUT jacks, check the Audio Out setup (page 117). , The recorder supports only MP3 audio, Dolby Digital and MPEG audio for DivX video files. Press AUDIO and select MP3 audio or MPEG audio.
TV programme reception does not fill the screen.

, Set the channel manually in Manual CH Setting in the Tuner setup (page 111). , Select the correct source using the INPUT button, or select a channel of any TV programme using the PROG +/ buttons.
The picture does not fill the screen.

, Set TV Type in the Playback setup in accordance with the screen size of your TV (page 122).
TV programme pictures are distorted.

, Reorient the TV aerial. , Adjust the picture (see the TVs instruction manual). , Place the recorder and TV farther apart. , Place the TV and any bunched aerial cables farther apart. , The aerial cable is connected to the AERIAL OUT jack on the recorder. Connect the cable to the AERIAL IN jack. , The recorders colour system is different from your TV. Hold down x (stop) on the recorder, and press INPUT on the recorder to change the recorders colour system.
The picture does not fill the screen, even though the picture size is set in TV Type in the Playback setup.
, The picture size of the title is fixed.
The picture is black and white.

, Check that LINE 3 Out in the Video In/ Out setup is set to the appropriate item that conforms to your system (page 115). , If you are using a SCART cord, be sure to use one that is fully wired (21 pins).
The programme position number in the programme listing does not match the broadcast station.
, There may be more than one channel lineup for your area. To change the channel lineup, select Editor in the Menu Bar of the GUIDE Plus+ system (page 49).
No sound is output from the HDMI OUT jack.

, Try the following: 1Turn the recorder off and on again. 2Turn the connected equipment off and on again. 3Disconnect and then connect the HDMI cord again. , The HDMI OUT jack is connected to a DVI device (DVI jacks do not accept audio signals). , The equipment connected to the HDMI OUT jack does not conform to the audio signal format. In this case, set Audio Output to PCM in the HDMI Output setup (page 126).
,continued
130
131
Sound distortion occurs.

, Set Tuner Level in the Audio In setup to Compression (page 116).
Playback
The recorder does not play any type of disc (except HDD).
, The disc is upside down. Insert the disc with the labelled side facing up. , The disc is not correctly inserted. , Moisture has condensed inside the recorder. In this case, if the recorder is on, leave it on (if it is off, leave it off) for about an hour until the moisture evaporates. , If the disc was recorded on another recorder and was not finalised (page 40), the recorder cannot play the disc.
The subtitle language cannot be changed or turned off.

, Multilingual subtitles are not recorded on the DVD VIDEO. , The DVD VIDEO prohibits changing of the subtitles. , Try changing the subtitle using the DVD VIDEOs menu. , The subtitles cannot be changed for the titles recorded on this recorder.
The JPEG image files do not play.

, The JPEG image files are not recorded in a format that the recorder can play (page 139). , Progressive JPEG images cannot be played.
Sound is noisy.
, When playing a CD with DTS sound tracks, noise will come from the LINE 2 OUT RAUDIO-L jacks, LINE 3 TV jack, or LINE 1/DECODER jack (page 89).
TV Pause does not work.

, You are recording to the HDD or the HDD is full.
The sound volume is low.

, The sound volume is low on some DVDs. The sound volume may improve if you set Audio DRC in the Audio Out setup to On (page 118). , Set Tuner Level in the Audio In setup to Normal (page 116).
The angles cannot be changed.

, Multi-angles are not recorded on the DVD VIDEO being played. , You are trying to change the angles when does not appear on the TV screen (page 60). To display if various angles (multi-angles) for a scene are recorded on the disc, set Angle Indicator to On in the Playback setup (page 124). , The DVD VIDEO prohibits changing angles. , Try changing the angle using the DVD VIDEOs menu. , The angles cannot be changed for the titles recorded on this recorder. , The angles cannot be changed during slow motion playback or when playback is paused.
Recording/Timer recording/ Editing

The programme position cannot be changed from the programme position you are recording.
, Set the TVs input source to TV.
The recorder does not start playback from the beginning.

, Resume play was activated (page 61). , You have inserted a DVD whose Title menu or DVD menu automatically appears on the TV screen when it is first inserted. Use the menu to start playback.
An alternate audio track cannot be recorded or played.

, When recording from connected equipment, set External Audio to Bilingual in the Audio In setup (page 116). , Multilingual tracks (main and sub) cannot be recorded on the HDD (when Video Mode On) DVD+RWs, DVD-RWs (Video mode), DVD+Rs, or DVD-Rs (Video mode). To record the language, set Bilingual Recording in the Audio In setup to A/L or B/R before recording (page 116). To record both the main and sub sounds on a disc, record on DVD-RWs/ DVD-Rs (VR mode). To record on the HDD, set HDD Recording Format to Video Mode Off in the Recording setup (page 122). , If you have connected an audio component to the DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL) jack and want to change the audio track for the HDD (when HDD Recording Format is set to Video Mode Off in the Recording setup (page 122))/DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs (VR mode) during playback, set Dolby Digital Output in the Audio Out setup to Dolby Digital -> PCM (page 117).
Recording does not start immediately after you press z REC.
The recorder starts playing automatically.

, The DVD VIDEO features an auto playback function.
, Operate the recorder only after LOAD, FORMAT, or INFO WRITE disappears from the front panel display.
Nothing was recorded even though you set the timer setting correctly.
, There was a power failure during recording. , The recorders internal clock stopped due to a power failure that lasted for more than 1 hour. Reset the clock (page 109). , The channel was disabled after the timer recording was set. See Manual CH Setting on page 111. , The programme position was hidden after the timer recording was set. (See Disabling programme positions on page 50.) , Disconnect the mains lead from the mains, and connect it again. , The programme contains copy protection signals that restrict copying. , Another timer setting overlapped the timer setting (page 58). , There is no DVD inside the recorder. , There is not enough disc space for the recording. , The set top box receiver was turned off. , The set top box controller was incorrectly connected (page 13). , The settings in Setup in the Menu bar have been changed (page 48). , The recorder was in the process of dubbing.
,continued
Playback stops automatically.

, If the DVD has an auto pause signal, the recorder stops playback at the auto pause signal.
The DivX video files do not play.

, The file is not created in DivX format. , The file has an extension other than .avi or .divx. , The DATA CD (DivX video)/DATA DVD (DivX video) is not created in a DivX format that conforms to ISO9660 Level 1/ Level 2, Romeo, Joliet, or UDF (Universal Disk Format) 1.02, 1.50, 2.00, or 2.01. , The DivX video file format is larger than 720 (width) 576 (height).
Some functions such as Stop, Search, or Slow-motion Play cannot be performed.

, Depending on the DVD, you may not be able to do some of the operations above. See the instruction manual supplied with the disc.
The language for the sound track cannot be changed.

, Multilingual tracks are not recorded on the DVD being played. , The DVD VIDEO prohibits the changing of the language for the sound track. , Try changing the language using the DVD VIDEOs menu.
The MP3 audio tracks do not play.

, The MP3 audio tracks are not recorded in a format that the recorder can play (page 139).
132
133
1-32
Recording does not stop immediately after you press x REC STOP.
Dubbing
You dubbed a title, but the title did not appear in the HDD Title List.
, The title contained a copy protection signal, so it was moved (page 79).
Remote control
The remote does not function.
, Different command modes are set for the recorder and remote. Set the same command mode (page 127). The default command mode setting for this recorder and the supplied remote is DVD3. You can check the current command mode in the front panel display (page 127). , The batteries are weak. , The remote is too far from the recorder. , The remotes manufacturer code returned to the default setting when you replaced the batteries. Reset the code (page 21). , The remote is not pointed at the remote sensor on the recorder.
, It will take a few seconds for the recorder to input disc data before recording can stop. On-screen instructions may appear after pressing x REC STOP. In this case, follow the on-screen instructions.
The disc tray does not open after you press Z (open/close).
, It may take a few seconds for the disc tray to open after you have recorded or edited a DVD. This is because the recorder is adding disc data to the disc.
Recording does not stop after you press x.

, Press x REC STOP.
High-speed dubbing is not possible.

, The title cannot be dubbed at high speed (page 80). Even if A-B erasure is performed so that a title does not contain mixed picture sizes, it is still treated as a title with mixed picture sizes.
Any buttons do not function and LOCKED appears in the front panel display.
, The recorder is locked. Cancel the Child Lock (page 61, 88).
Timer recording is not complete or did not start from the beginning.
, There was a power failure during recording. If the power recovers when there is a timer recording, the recorder resumes recording. Should the power failure continue for more than 1 hour, reset the clock (page 109). , Another timer setting overlapped the timer setting (page 58). , Disc space was not sufficient. , The VPS/PDC function is working.
HDD/DVD Dubbing is not possible.

, The title cannot be dubbed (page 79).
The disc tray does not open and TRAYLOCKED appears in the front panel display.
, Contact your Sony dealer or local authorized Sony service facility.
Display
The clock has stopped.
, Set the clock again (page 109). , The clock stopped due to a power failure that lasted for more than 1 hour. Reset the clock (page 109).
Others
The recorder does not detect a USB device connected to the recorder.
, Make sure that the USB device is securely connected to the recorder (page 106). , Check if the USB device or a cable is damaged. , Check if the USB device is on.
REPAIR appears in the front panel display.

, The recorders repair function is activated to repair the hard disk drive or disc when the recorder is turned on after a power failure has occurred during recorder operation, such as while recording, or when some errors have occurred. Leave the recorder on until REPAIR disappears from the front panel display.
Contents previously recorded were erased.

, Data that is not playable on this recorder but was recorded on a DVD with a PC will be erased from the disc when the disc is inserted.
The timer indicator is flashing.

, The disc does not have enough space. , Insert a recordable disc into the recorder. , The inserted DVD is protected (page 39).
Display language on the screen switches automatically.

, When HDMI Control is set to On in the HDMI Output setup (page 126), the display language on the screen automatically switches, according to the language setting of the connected TV, if you change the language settings on your TV, etc.
E01 appears in the front panel display.

, There is a problem in the HDD. Contact your nearest Sony dealer. Note that contents on the HDD may be erased when servicing this unit.
The VPS/PDC function does not operate.

, Check that the clock and date are set correctly. , Check that the VPS/PDC time you set is correct (there might be a mistake in the TV programme guide). If the broadcast you wanted to record did not send the correct VPS/PDC information, the recorder will not start recording. , If the reception is poor, the VPS/PDC signal might be altered and the recorder might not start recording. , The VPS/PDC function may not work if the GUIDE Plus+ host channel setup is not complete. , The VPS/PDC function does not work when the GUIDE Plus+ data is being downloaded.
The clock does not appear in the front panel display when the recorder is turned off.
, Front Panel Display is set to Off in the Options setup (page 127).
E02 appears in the front panel display.

, A hard disk error has occurred and you cannot make a new recording to the HDD. Press and hold [/1 on the recorder for more than five seconds to turn the recorder off, then turn it on again. If E02 still appears, format the HDD following the instructions of Format HDD. (page 108). Note that all of the recorded contents on the HDD will be erased. If this does not fix the problem, contact your nearest Sony dealer.
The recorder does not operate properly.

, Press down [/1 on the recorder for more than five seconds until the recorder turns off. Then, press [/1 again to turn on the recorder. , When static electricity, etc., causes the recorder to operate abnormally, turn off the recorder and wait until the clock appears in the front panel display. Then, unplug the recorder and after leaving it off for a while, plug it in again.
134
,continued
135
HDCP_ERR appears in the front panel display.

, The recorder is connected to an input device that is not HDCP compliant. Connect the equipment that is HDCP compliant (page 16). Disregard this error message if the output picture is displayed correctly.
Notes about the discs
Resetting the Recorder

You can reset the recorder to all its factory settings.
Notes About This Recorder

On operation
If the recorder is brought directly from a cold to a warm location, or is placed in a very damp room, moisture may condense on the lenses inside the recorder. Should this occur, the recorder may not operate properly. In this case, if the recorder is on, leave it on (if it is off, leave it off) for about an hour until the moisture evaporates. When you move the recorder, take out any discs and do not apply shock or vibration to the hard disk drive to avoid damaging the disc or hard disk drive (page 3).
To keep the disc clean, handle the disc by its edge. Do not touch the surface. Dust, fingerprints, or scratches on the disc may cause it to malfunction.
1 2
Make sure that the recorder is turned on and remove the disc. Hold down x (stop) on the recorder and press [/1 on the recorder.
All settings are reset and the recorder turns off.
Mechanical sounds are heard when the recorder is off.

, While the recorder is adjusting the clock for the Auto Clock Set function or updating the EPG information, operational noises may be heard, even when the power is off. This is not a malfunction.
Do not expose the disc to direct sunlight or heat sources such as hot air ducts, or leave it in a car parked in direct sunlight as the temperature may rise considerably inside the car. After playing, store the disc in its case. Clean the disc with a cleaning cloth. Wipe the disc from the centre out.
On adjusting volume
Do not turn up the volume while listening to a section with very low level inputs or no audio signals. If you do, the speakers may be damaged when a peak level section is played.
On cleaning
Clean the cabinet, panel, and controls with a soft cloth slightly moistened with a mild detergent solution. Do not use any type of abrasive pad, scouring powder or solvent such as alcohol or benzine.
Do not use solvents such as benzine, thinner, commercially available cleaners, or anti-static spray intended for vinyl LPs. Do not use the following discs. A disc that has a non-standard shape (e.g., card, heart). A disc with a label or sticker on it. A disc that has cellophane tape or sticker adhesive on it.
On cleaning discs, disc/lens cleaners

Do not use cleaning discs or disc/lens cleaners (including wet or spray types). These may cause the recorder to malfunction.
On replacement of parts
In the event that this unit is repaired, repaired parts may be collected for reuse or recycling purposes.
136
137
1-33
Specifications
System Laser: Semiconductor laser Channel coverage: PAL/SECAM (B/G, D/K, I, L) VHF: E2 to E12, R1 to R12, F2 to F10, Italian A to H, Ireland A to J, South Africa 4 to 11, 13 UHF: E21 to E69, R21 to R69, B21 to B69, F21 to F69 CATV: S01 to S05, S1 to S20, France B to Q HYPER: S21 to S41
The above channel coverage merely ensures the channel reception within these ranges. It does not guarantee the ability to receive signals in all circumstances. For details, see Receivable channels (page 112).
Video reception: Frequency synthesizer system Audio reception: Split carrier system Aerial out: 75-ohm asymmetrical aerial socket Timer: Clock: Quartz locked/Timer indication: 24-hour cycle (digital)/ Power back-up duration: 1 hour Video recording format: MPEG-2, MPEG-1 Audio recording format/applicable bit rate: Dolby Digital 2 ch 256 kbps/128 kbps (in EP, SLP, and SEP mode), PCM Inputs and outputs LINE 2 OUT (AUDIO): Phono jack/2 Vrms/10 kilohms (VIDEO): Phono jack/1.0 Vp-p (S VIDEO): 4-pin mini DIN/Y: 1.0 Vp-p, C: 0.3 Vp-p (PAL) LINE 2 IN (AUDIO): Phono jack/2 Vrms/more than 22 kilohms (VIDEO): Phono jack/1.0 Vp-p (S VIDEO): 4-pin mini DIN/Y: 1.0 Vp-p, C: 0.3 Vp-p (PAL)
LINE 3 TV: 21-pin CVBS OUT S-Video/RGB OUT (upstream) LINE 1/DECODER: 21-pin CVBS IN/OUT S-Video/RGB IN Decoder DV IN: 4-pin/i.LINK S100 DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL): Phono jack/ 0.5 Vp-p/75 ohms COMPONENT VIDEO OUT (Y, PB/CB, PR/CR): Phono jack/Y: 1.0 Vp-p, PB/CB: 0.7 Vp-p, PR/CR: 0.7 Vp-p G-LINK: mini jack HDMI OUT: HDMI 19-pin-Standard Connector USB: USB jack Type A (For connecting digital still camera, Memory card reader and USB memory) USB jack Type B (For connecting PictBridge-compatible printers) General Power requirements: 220-240 V AC, 50/60 Hz Power consumption: 44 W Dimensions (approx.): 430 66.5 286 mm (width/height/ depth) incl. projecting parts Hard disk drive capacity: RDR-HX750: 160 GB RDR-HX950: 250 GB Mass (approx.): 4.4 kg Operating temperature: 5C to 35C Operating humidity: 25% to 80% Supplied accessories: Mains lead (1) Aerial cable (1) Remote commander (remote) (1) Set top box controller (1) R6 (size AA) batteries (2)
Specifications and design are subject to change without notice.
Notes on MP3 Audio Tracks, JPEG Image Files, and DivX Video Files
About MP3 audio tracks, JPEG image files, and DivX video files
MP3 is an audio compression technology that satisfies certain ISO/MPEG regulations. JPEG is an image compression technology. You can play MP3 (MPEG1 Audio Layer 3) format audio tracks and JPEG image files on the HDD or DATA CDs (CD-ROMs/CD-Rs/ CD-RWs) or JPEG image files on the HDD or DATA DVDs (DVD-ROMs/DVD+RWs/ DVD+Rs/DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs). DivX is a video file compression technology, developed by DivX, Inc. This product is an official DivX Certified product. You can play DATA CDs (CDROMs/CD-Rs/CD-RWs) and DATA DVDs (DVD-ROMs/DVD+RWs/DVD+Rs/DVDRWs/DVD-Rs) that contain DivX video files. DATA DVDs must be recorded according to ISO9660 Level 1, Level 2, Romeo, Joliet, or UDF (Universal Disk Format) 1.02, 1.50, 2.00*, or 2.01 format for the recorder to recognise the MP3 tracks, JPEG image files, and DivX video files. DATA CDs must be recorded according to ISO9660 Level 1, Level 2, Romeo, or Joliet format for the recorder to recognise the MP3 tracks, JPEG image files, and DivX video files. You can also play discs recorded in MultiSession/Border. See the instructions supplied with the disc drives and the recording software (not supplied) for details on the recording format.
* Not available for MP3 audio tracks.
MP3 audio tracks, JPEG image files, or DivX video files that the recorder can play
The recorder can play the following tracks and files: MP3 audio tracks with the extension .mp3. JPEG image files with the extension .jpeg or .jpg. Baseline JPEG image files that conform to the Exif 2.2* image files format, and Y:CB:CR is 4:4:4, 4:2:2, or 4:2:0. DivX video files with the extension .avi or .divx.
* Exchangeable Image File Format: The file format used by digital still cameras. z Hint Since a disc with many trees takes longer to start playback, it is recommended that you create albums with no more than two trees.
b Notes
The recorder will play any data with the extension .mp3, .jpeg, .jpg, .avi, or .divx even if they are not in MP3, JPEG, or DivX format. Playing these data may generate a loud noise which could damage your speaker system. Depending on the disc, normal playback may not be possible. For example, the picture may be unclear, playback may not appear smooth, the sound may skip, and so on. Depending on the disc, playback may take some time to start. Some files cannot be played. For MP3 audio tracks and DivX video files, the recorder can play up to 99 albums each on a DATA CD or DATA DVD. Up to 99 tracks and files under an album can be played. For JPEG image files, the recorder can load up to 99 albums and/or up to 999 files under an album on a DATA CD/DATA DVD or the connected USB device at a time. To view unloaded albums, reload them. Proceeding to the next or another album may take some time. The image size that can be displayed is limited. The following image sizes can be displayed: width 1605,120 pixels by height 1203,840 pixels. This recorder supports MP3 audio tracks recorded with a sampling frequency of 32 kHz, 44.1 kHz, and 48 kHz. No more than a 1 GB MP3 audio track can be played.
,continued
Note on MultiSession/Border discs

If audio tracks and images in Music CD format or Video CD format are recorded in the first session/border, only the first session/ border will be played back.
138
139
The recorder does not conform to audio tracks in mp3PRO format. The recorder cannot play a DivX video file of a size larger than 720 (width) 576 (height)/4 GB. The recorder may not play a DivX video file when the file has been combined from two or more DivX video files.
About i.LINK
The DV IN jack on this recorder is i.LINKcompliant for digital video cameras. This section describes the i.LINK standard and its features.
i.LINK baud rate

i.LINKs maximum baud rate varies according to the equipment. Three maximum baud rates are defined: S100 (approx. 100 Mbps*) S200 (approx. 200 Mbps) S400 (approx. 400 Mbps) The baud rate is listed under Specifications in the instruction manual of each equipment. It is also indicated near the i.LINK jack on some equipment. The maximum baud rate of equipment on which it is not indicated such as this unit is S100. When units are connected to equipment having a different maximum baud rate, the baud rate sometimes differs from the indicated baud rate.
* What is Mbps? Mbps stands for megabits per second, or the amount of data that can be sent or received in one second. For example, a baud rate of 100 Mbps means that 100 megabits of data can be sent in one second.
Notes on copying JPEG image files/MP3 audio tracks

You cannot copy JPEG image files/MP3 audio tracks to the HDD if: The total number of JPEG image albums on the HDD exceeds 999. The total number of JPEG image files/MP3 audio tracks under an album exceeds 999. The MP3 audio tracks are 1 GB or larger. Note that the size of JPEG image files copied to the HDD may be automatically increased to fit the TV screen. You cannot copy JPEG image files onto a DATA DVD finalised on other recorders or devices. If a warning message indicating that the HDD is full appears, erase several albums or files to make space. For details on erasing tracks or files, see page 97 or 105.
What is i.LINK?
i.LINK is a digital serial interface for handling digital video, digital audio and other data in two directions between equipment having the i.LINK jack, and for controlling other equipment. i.LINK-compatible equipment can be connected by a single i.LINK cable. Possible applications are operations and data transactions with various digital AV equipment. When two or more i.LINKcompatible equipment are connected to this recorder in a daisy chain, operations and data transactions are possible with not only the equipment that this recorder is connected to but also with other devices via the directly connected equipment. Note, however, that the method of operation sometimes varies according to the characteristics and specifications of the equipment to be connected, and that operations and data transactions are sometimes not possible on some connected equipment.
i.LINK functions on this recorder

For details on how to dub when this recorder is connected to other video equipment having DV jacks, see page 84. The DV jack on this recorder can only input DVC-SD signals. It cannot output signals. The DV jack will not accept MICRO MV signals from equipment such as a MICRO MV digital video camera with an i.LINK jack. For further precautions, see the notes on page 84. For details on precautions when connecting this recorder, also see the instruction manuals for the equipment to be connected.
b Note
Normally, only one piece of equipment can be connected to this recorder by the i.LINK cable (DV connecting cable). When connecting this recorder to i.LINK-compatible equipment having two or more i.LINK jacks (DV jacks), see the instruction manual of the equipment to be connected.
About the name i.LINK

i.LINK is a more familiar term for IEEE 1394 data transport bus proposed by SONY, and is a trademark approved by many corporations. IEEE 1394 is an international standard standardized by the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers.
Required i.LINK cable

Use the Sony i.LINK 4-pin-to-4-pin cable. i.LINK and are trademarks.
140
141
1-34
Guide to Parts and Controls

For more information, see the pages in parentheses.
S mc / CM (search/slow/ freeze frame) buttons (62, 88, 95) DAY +/ buttons (45) T TV PAUSE button (67) U H (play) button (60, 88, 104) X (pause) button (62, 88, 95, 104) x (stop) button (60, 88, 94, 104)
The H button has a tactile dot*.
Remote
A HDD button (31) DVD button (31)
1 4 7 2 5 8 0 3 6 9
B [/1 (on/standby) button (23) C Z (open/close) button (31) D PROG (programme) +/ buttons (31) The + button has a tactile dot*. E Number buttons (37, 69)
The number 5 button has a tactile dot*.
V z REC button (31) x REC STOP button (31) HDD/DVD DUB button (79) REC MODE button (31) W TV 2 (volume) +/ buttons (21) X TV [/1 (on/standby) button (21) Y TV PROG (programme) +/ buttons (21) The + button has a tactile dot*. Z TV t (input select) button (21)
* Use the tactile dot as a reference when operating the recorder.
F INPUT (input select) button (59) G AUDIO button (62, 88)

The AUDIO button has a tactile dot*.
H CLEAR button (37, 64, 89, 96) I TV/DVD button (21) J Red button (45) SUBTITLE/green button (45, 62) ANGLE/yellow button (45, 60, 105) PLAY MODE/blue button (45, 64, 69, 89, 91) K SYSTEM MENU button (56, 65, 80, 86, 92, 98, 108) TITLE LIST button (33, 60, 72) TOP MENU button (60) GUIDE button (43) L MENU button (60) M INFO (information) button (43) N O RETURN button (23) O </M/m/,/ENTER button (23) P / (instant replay/instant advance) buttons (62)
Q DISPLAY button (35) R ./> (previous/next) buttons (62, 88, 95) PAGE +/ buttons (45)
142
,continued
143
Front panel
Front panel display
A Displays the following: A [/1 (on/standby) button (23) B (remote sensor) (21) C Disc tray (31) D Front panel display (145) E Z (open/close) button (31) F N (play) button (60, 88, 104) The N button has a tactile dot*. G x (stop) button (60, 88, 94, 104) H z REC button (31) I x REC STOP button (31) J HDD button/indicator (31) DVD button/indicator (31) K PROGRAM +/ buttons (31) The + button has a tactile dot*. L INPUT (input select) button (59) M LINE 2 IN (S VIDEO/VIDEO/ L(MONO) AUDIO R) jacks (27) N ONE-TOUCH DUB button (86) O P DV IN jack (84) USB jack (type A) (92, 98)
Playing time Current title/chapter/track/index number Recording time/recording mode Clock Programme position EPG indication (43) EPG appears when receiving the GUIDE Plus+ data. TV Direct Rec. indication (31): TV appears in the right most two digits.
4 Timer indicator (53) 5 Disc type

Lights when a recordable DVD-R or DVD-RW disc is loaded.
6 Command Mode indicator (127)

Displays the Command Mode of the remote. When the Command Mode for the recorder is set to DVD3 (default), either 1 or 2 does not appear.
7 Recording status 8 Dubbing direction indicator 9 Playing status
Q PictBridge USB jack (type B) (106)

* Use the tactile dot as a reference when operating the recorder.
B NTSC indicator (110, 115) 3 VPS/PDC indicator (58)
Rear panel
A AERIAL IN/OUT jacks (13) B LINE 2 OUT (R-AUDIO-L/VIDEO) jacks (16, 19) C LINE 1/DECODER jack (26) D G-LINK jack (14) E HDMI OUT (high-definition multimedia interface out) jack (16, 19)
F DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL) jack (19) G AC IN terminal (20) H LINE 3 TV jack (16) I LINE 2 OUT (S VIDEO) jack (16) J COMPONENT VIDEO OUT (Y, PB/CB, PR/CR) jacks (16)
144
145
1-35
Language Code List

For details, see page 118. The language spellings conform to the ISO 639: 1988 (E/F) standard.
Number Language (code) Number Language (code) Number Language (code)
Country/Area Code
For details, see page 123.
Number 0118 0121 0120 0205 0218 0301 0312 0314 0411 0609 0618 0405 0811 0914 0904 0920 1016 1118 Area (Code) Argentina (ar) Australia (au) Austria (at) Belgium (be) Brazil (br) Canada (ca) Chile (cl) China (cn) Denmark (dk) Finland (fi) France (fr) Germany (de) Hong Kong (hk) India (in) Indonesia (id) Italy (it) Japan (jp) Korea (kr) Number 1325 1324 1412 1426 1415 1611 1608 1620 1821 1907 0519 1905 0308 2023 2008 0702 2119 Area (Code) Malaysia (my) Mexico (mx) Netherlands (nl) New Zealand (nz) Norway (no) Pakistan (pk) Philippines (ph) Portugal (pt) Russia (ru) Singapore (sg) Spain (es) Sweden (se) Switzerland (ch) Taiwan (tw) Thailand (th) United Kingdom (gb) USA (us)
146
147
1-36E
RDR-GX350/HX650/HX750/HX950 SECTION 2 DISASSEMBLY

NOTE: The following flow chart shows the disassembly procedure. When replacing parts, refer to SERVICE NOTE 5. CHANGED POINTS OF SERVICE MANUAL Revised-2. (See page 12)
Set
Upper case (Page 2-2)
Tray cover assembly (Page 2-2)
Hard disk (Page 2-5)
Front panel section (Page 2-3)
FR-274 board, FL-178 board (Page 2-3)
DVD drive (Page 2-4)
Power supply block (Page 2-6)
DC fan (Page 2-4)
AV-114/118 board (Page 2-5)
VDC-001 board (Page 2-6) Type AS, BS only
2-1
NOTE: Follow the disassembly procedure in the numerical order given.
2-1. UPPER CASE
4 Upper case 2 Tapping screw
3 Three screws (special front point screw)
1 Tapping screw
2-2. TRAY COVER ASSEMBLY
Hole
3 Two claws
1 The stiff wire
4 Tray cover assembly
2 Open the tray
2-2
2-3. FRONT PANEL SECTION
1 Three claws
2 Four claws
3 Front panel section
2-4 FR-274 BOARD, FL-178 BOARD
2 The wire pin that holds the harness is set up.
3 Connector (10p) 4 Connector (6p) (CN102) (CN101) (except GX350)
6 FL-178 board 5 Two screws (+BV3)
1 Flexible flat cable (FLR-010) (5core)
7 Three screws (+BV3)
9 Flexible flat cable (17core)(CN203) 8 Flexible flat cable (11core)(CN202) q; FR-274 board
2-3
2-5. DVD DRIVE

qh Four screws (+BV3) 6 Harness (7p) (CN5604) qg Two screws (+BV3)
5 Connector (13p) (CN201) 4 Connector (4p) (CN203) ql ws Two screws (+PSW3 6) wd Clamp (L35) wf Connector (13p) (CN4501)
qf Remove the harness. wa Connector (6p) (CN5101)
wg DVD drive w; Connector (10p) (CN5201) 3 Connector (6p) (CN101) 2 Connector (10p) (CN102) (except GX350)
8 Screw (+P3) 9 Screw (+BV3) q; Screw (+P3 4) qa Six screws (+BV3)
qs Screw (+P3 4)
1 The wire pin that holds the harness is set up. qk Rear panel
7 Flexible flat cable (28core) (CN4701) (Type AS, BS only) qj Connector (2p) (CN103)
qd Flexible flat cable (40core) (CN2301)
2-6. DC FAN
1 Two screws (+BV3) 2 DC fan
Air flow
2-4
2-7. HARD DISK (Except GX350)
3 Screw (+BV3) and wire clamp 2 Screw (+BV3) 1 Two screws (+BV3)
8 Hard disk
5 Harness (7pin) (power) 4 Harness (4pin) (data)
7 Two screws 6-32UNCX4(SG) 6 Two screws 6-32UNCX4(SG)
2-8. AV-114/118 BOARD
8 Two screws (+BV3)
4 Flexible flat cable (FRA-006) (40core)(CN101) 7 Two screws (+BV3)
5 Earth plate
9 AV-114/118 board
6 Connector (5core) CN301 (Type CS, DS only)
3 Flexible flat cable (24core) (CN302)
2-5
2-9. VDC-001 BOARD (Type AS, BS only)

3 Two screws (+BV3) 4 Two screws (+BV3)
5 Flexible flat cable (FVR-001) (28core)(CN104)
6 VDC-001 board
2 Connector (12p) (CN202) 1 Flexible flat cable (24core) (CN106)
2-10.POWER SUPPLY BLOCK
2 Three screws (+BV3)
1 Connector (12p) (CN202)
5 Power supply block 3 Two board holders 4 Spacer
2-6
2-11. CIRCUIT BOARDS LOCATION

NOTE: When replacing parts, refer to SERVICE NOTE 5. CHANGED POINTS OF SERVICE MANUAL Revised-2. (See page 12)
Power supply block
RD-65 board VDC-001 board (Type AS, BS only)
F L-178 board
AV-114/118 board FR-274 board
2-7
MEMO
2-8E
SECTION 3 BLOCK DIAGRAMS

3-1. OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM
AV-114/118 BOARD
TU_V
P-CONT
JA401
Y C V
S VIDEO
AS,BS Type only

VIDEO LINE2 OUT AUDIO L
RD-065 BOARD
JA5701 DIGITAL OUT
U601
TUNER
VDC-001 BOARD
SIF X1601 18.432MHz SDA SCL
XRST1
AERIAL IN OUT
IC1601
EURO MSP
TU_L TU_R
L R
EXCEPT RDR-GX350
IC5701
SPDIF
SO, SI, SCLK
SWITCHING REGULATOR (SRV-2058EK)

IC200
EEPROM
SI, SCLK DVD OPTICAL PICK-UP BLOCK EV+12V EV+5.8V SW+12V SW+5V SW+3.3V LD DRIVER 5 SW+1.5V D101-104 RECT
AUDIO R
X101 27.576MHz
SPDIF SEL
PY
AGC MSPSTAT
Y CB CR COMPONENT VIDEO OUT
PB PR
JA402
RDR-GX350
D0-15
IC105
SDRAM
W2EN+,W2EN-, W3EN+,W3EN-, W1EN+,W1EN-, OSCEN+,OSCEN-
SWITCHING REGULATOR
AC IN
FU101
IC104
B,G R/C
A0-10
IC4701
BUFFER
EXCEPT CS
FMO+, FMO-
B,G R
41
VIDEO DECODER
7
STREAM_0-7 VCLK
R/C R,G,B R,G,B C V/Y,C L,R L,R FANCTION N-LINK

22
VIOD0-VIOD7
LASER FRONT MONITOR
JA501(2/2) LINE 3/DECODER
IC1001
AV ENC/DEC
RF+,RFA, B, C, D, S1, S2, S3, S4 PHOTO DETECTOR
Y Y
R/C B,G
Y
Y
SDA SCL XRESET
IC403 IC401
SDA SCL
AV-118
IC4702
BUFFER
SDA SCL FAN
SELECTER
Y,C V PY,PB,PR YP,CR,,CB Y,C
IC406
AVLTH SW
20
VIDEO AUDIO SELECTER
FAN DRIVE
FAN-
4 XRESET
JA501(1/2) LINE 1-TV
R,G,B V/Y,C V/Y,C L,R L,R FANCTION N-LINK

1
YP,CR,,CB Y,C
TDRV FDRV T+,TF+,FTRACKING COIL FOCUS COIL
IC402
BUFFER
L,R Y,C V L,R L,R
IC3101
AUDIO ADC
4 AIBD0 MDRV XDMUTE1 XDMUTE2
U,V,W
L,R
L,R
L,R
IC3201
AUDIO DAC
AOD0 5 FG
IC501
TRACKING COIL DRIVE FOCUS COIL DRIVE SPINDLE MOTOR DRIVE SLED MOTOR DRIVE LOADING MOTOR DRIVE
HU+,HUHV+,HVHW+,HW-
M
SPINDLE MOTOR
H M M
SLED MOTOR LOADING MOTOR
IC104
AGC, MSPSTAT SDA SCL
IC3203
AUDIO LPF
X101 16.9344MHz LD X1001 24.576MHz XRESET SL1,SL2
DDC SW
ST1+,ST1-, ST2+,ST2-
FANCTION SW N-LINK
JA751 G LINK
LDO+,LDO-
2
P-CONT FANCTL
IC3702
OPEN CLOSE
OPEN CLOSE
XRST1 X101 15MHz
RDR-HX750 : AEP1, UK RDR-HX950 : AEP1

IC101 VDD
IC101
IT CONTROLLER
6 2
V+1R5_IN
IC103
IC101 VDD DET
MRST
IC3707
RESET
IC3701
13
AT0DAT10-15
AT0DAT10-15
CN3801
IDE I/F
CEC, HPD
13
IC102
V+5V
POWER FAIL DET KEY1-3
X102 32.768KHz
IC5202
5V SW
EV+5.8V
X1002 27MHz
DDATA0-31
IC5204
5V REG
DADRS0-12
IC1201 IC1221
512Mbit x2 DDR SDRAM
XRESET
EXCEPT RDR-GX350
IC5602
TXP,TXN RXP,RXN
X5502 25MHz
IC201
64Mbit SDRAM
MD0-15
17
AT1DAT10-15 MA0-11 HDATA0-15
SATA BRIDGE
13
J201
Y
S VIDEO LINE2 IN
C V
S201,203,204, S207-213 FUNCTION SWITCH
FL-178 BOARD
KEY1-3 KEY1,2
S101 POWER S102 ONE TOUCH DUB
X5101 24.576MHz
8
HADRS1-22
IC1102
64Mbit FLASH ROM
XRESET
HDD UNIT
IC5103
DV PHY
3
PHY D0-7 AT1DAT10-15 AT1DAT10-15
2
CN3802
IDE HDD
VIDEO AUDIO L (MONO) AUDIO R
L R
IC101
REMOTE CONTORL RECEIVE
X5201 48MHz XTAL OSC
EXCEPT RDR-GX350
D212,214 HDD,DVD SEG1-16 GRD1-12 CN104
IR
13
TXD,RXD XRESET
13
IC201
FL DRIVE
FLDATA FLCLK FLSTB
USB ATYPE
USBDM2 USBDP2 V+5USB
IC5801
CN105 ND201 FLUORESCENT DISPLAY F1,F2 VEE Q201,202 T201 DC/AC CONVERTER
USB BTYPE
USBDM1 USBDP1 USBVFB
JA5801
IC5203 IC5802
V+12V
CN103
FR-274 BOARD
DV IN
TPAP,TPAN TPBP,TPBN
RDR-HX750/HX950
Note:
DDC SW
The HDMI block is highly confidential, and prohibited from releasing to public. The components identified by mark 9 contain confidential information. Strictly follow the instructions whenever the components are repaired and/or replaced.
3-1
3-2
3-2. AV-114/118 BLOCK DIAGRAM

AV-114
AV-114/118 BOARD
U601
TUNER Q601
Q509 BUFFER Q510 BUFFER Q511 BUFFER TU_VIN RTOMAIN Q411 GTOMAIN Q408 BUFFER D420 RCSEL1 8
C/R_IN G_IN B_IN
BTOMAIN 6
B_IN
G_IN 4 C/R_IN 2 Y_IN CN302
TO VDC-001 BOARD (CN106)
(SEE PAGE 3-8)
AERIAL IN
VIDEO OUT
BUFFER
IC401 (3/5)
VIDEO/AUDIO SELECTOR
DVD C OUT 59
IC601 (5/5)
EURO MSP Q606 SIF OUT AMP X601 18.432MHz 2 AIN1+ 5 XIN DACMR 6 XOUT 22 RESETQ SDA SCL DC01 XRST1 Q602 AGC OUT SDA SCL BUFFER AGC 26 13 12 8 MSPSTAT DACML 27 Q604 BUFFER Q605 BUFFER TU_LIN TU_LIN 18 BS IN
Q410 Q413 BUFFER RCSEL2
AV-118
JA401
AERIAL OUT
87 A TUNER IN(L) 86 A TUNER IN(R) Y2 OUT C2 OUT 36 34 S VIDEO
V2 OUT
32
VIDEO LINE2 OUT AUDIO L Q406
IC101 (1/5)
AUDIO R IT CONTROLLER 7 SEP Y2 IN 9 SEP C2 IN PY(Y) OUT 40 AMUTE1 XMUTE2 Q404 MUTE Q407 IC101 VDD 2 IN COMPONENT VIDEO OUT X101 15MHz
RDR-HX750 : AEP1, UK RDR-HX950 : AEP1

Q751,752 JA751 G LINK
2Y 2C
4 1 2
Y2 IN C2 IN
IC103 (1/5)
IC101 VDD DET BLAIR 45 OUT 1 43 CAPACITOR RFTHRU FANCTL TUON
SW
SDET2
TO/FROM FR-274 BOARD (CN202)
SDET2 2VIN
2V
14 VIDEO L2 IN
Pb(Cb) OUT 38
CB
RFTHRU 52 FANCTL 54 TUON 60 12 CF1 13 CF2 1 5 ACDET SWVION9V 61 P_CONT 62 SWVION5V 64 TU_DCCON 74
(SEE PAGE 3-7)

2L 8 L2_LIN 92 A L2 IN(L) JA402 91 A L2 IN(R) CN106 F DVD PY (G) F DVD PR (R)
41
Pr(Cr) OUT 39
CR
SWVION9V P_CONT SWVION5V TU_DCCON
IC102 (1/5)
V+5V POWER FAIL DET 2 IN OUT
2R 10
L2_RIN
51 52 53 55 57 61 4 2 6 1
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18
YP_OUT CR_OUT CB_OUT Y_OUT C_OUT Y_IN C/R_IN G_IN B_IN
41 36 32 28 40 37 31 29 27 23 24
22
V/Y IN R/C IN G IN B IN/C OUT V/Y OUT BLANKING_IN N-LINK FUNCTION SW IN L IN R IN L OUT R OUT Q507 2 4 1 BLANK FUNC_IN
AV2_V/Y_IN R/CIN GIN BIN AV2_V/YOUT BLANK
12 VIDEO L3 IN 49 RorC IN 48 G IN 50 B IN 22 AV2 OUT 60 PAL SCART IN
F DVD PB (B) F DVD Y F DVD C DVD VorY OUT
X102 32.768kHz 9 TX1 10 TX2
(SEE "POWER BLOCK DIAGRAM")
JA501 (2/2) LINE3-DECODER
CN105 SDET2 XAMUTE2 RCSEL1 RCSEL2 P_SAVE CSYNCIN BLANK FUNC_ON SQU FUNC_IN AVLOUT Q102 BUFFER Q108 24 33 34 35 46 67 72 41 42 22 26 48 70 71 20 SDET2 XAMUTE2 RCSEL1 RCSEL2 P_SAVE CSYNCIN BLANK FUNC_ON SQUEEZE FUNC AVLOUT AVLTH AVLIN MSPSTAT AGC P_CONT2 MRST XRST 57 65 29 99 6 98 79 37 73 CN101 (2/2) 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 39 40 36 38 37 23 1 47 XSCMUTE SAMUTE 1 SAMUTE CONTROL AMUTE1 58 MUTECTL TXD1 RXD1 V+5R8E Q101 RESET 8 RESET DBGP0 DBGP1 DBGP2 TXD1 75 76 92 91 90 RXD1 RESET DBGP0 DBGP1 DBGP2 3 4 6 7 8 9
CN103 FOR CHECK
FLON FLDATA FLCLK FLSTB LED_HDD2 LED_A_TV LED_D_TV LED_DIVX LED_PLTV KEY1 KEY2 KEY3 IR
63 49 51 50 97 96 95 94 93 17 18 19 7
FLPON FLDATA FLCLK FLSTB LED_HDD2 LED_A_TV LED_D_TV LED_DIVX LED_PLTV KEY1 KEY2 KEY3 IR
1 6 7 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 2
TO/FROM FR-274 BOARD (CN203)
AV2_L_IN AV2_R_IN AV2_L_OUT AV2_R_OUT
90 A L3 IN(L) 89 A L3 IN(R) 72 A AV2/OUT(L) 71 A AV2/OUT(R) F A DVD (L) F A DVD (R) TO DVD (L) 77 76 80
RCSEL2
IC403 (3/5)
SELECTOR 20 22 3 2 L_OUT R_OUT
TO/FROM RD-065 BOARD (CN2301(1/2))
(SEE PAGE 3-5)
22
IC406 (4/5)
AVLTH SW AVLTH
+ _
26
L_IN
(SEE PAGE 3-7)
TO DVD (R) AV1_V/Y_IN AV1_V/Y_OUT R/COUT GOUT BOUT RGBOUT Q402 BUFFER AV1_L_IN AV1_R_IN AV1_L_OUT AV1_R_OUT 54 RGB M OUT 16 VIDEO L1 IN 30 Y1 OUT 45 Pr(Cr)/RorC OUT 46 PY(Y)G OUT 44 Pb(Cb)/B OUT SYNC V C&S C3 IN
79
20
20 V/Y_IN 19 V/Y_OUT 15 R/C_OUT 11 G_OUT 7 B_OUT
+ 6 _
Q401 P_SAVE
7 CN101 (1/2)
24
R_IN
AVLTH AVLIN MSPSTAT AGC
1 41
SW CSYNCIN
IC402 (3/5)
BUFFER Q403 BUFFER Q110-112 EQ TEXTVIN
P_CONT2 MRST XRST1 DAM_TO_T HSM_TO_T DAT_TO_M ASCK HST_TO_M DDC_SW1 HPD DSDA DSCL CEC AMUTE1 X525P
TO/FROM RD-065 BOARD (CN2301(2/2))
JA501 (1/2) LINE1-TV
16 BLANKING_OUT 10 N-LINK 8 6 2 3 1
1
DAM_TO_T 81 CVBSIN HSM_TO_T DAT_TO_M
FUNCTION_SW_OUT L_IN R_IN L_OUT R_OUT Q506 Q508 SAMUTE SAMUTE 94 A L1 IN(L) 93 A L1 IN(R) 74 A AV1/OUT(L) 73 A AV1/OUT(R) SDA SCL 42 43
IC104 (1/5)
DDC SW 14 12 13 11 9 10
59 EPGEQ
ASCK 100 HST_TO_M DDC_SW1 HOTPLUG
(SEE PAGE 3-5)
27 28 69 38 Q103-105
SDA SCL CEC0 DDC_SW2
Q505 SW Q503,504 SW AVLIN AVLOUT
5 7 6
Q501,502 FUNCTION SW
FUNC_ON SQU
3-3
3-4
3-3. RD-065 BLOCK DIAGRAM
RD-065 BOARD
EXCEPT CS
CN4701 8 | 15 STREAM0-7 9 | 2
IC1001 (2/7,4/7 to 7/7 )

AV ENC/DEC
DVD OPTICAL PICK-UP BLOCK W2EN+. W2EN2 W3EN+, W3EN2 W1EN+, W1EN2 OSCEN+, OSCENLDDEN W3SET W2SET W1SET APCV FMO+, FMODVD/CD HFGAIN OSCNT RF+, RFA, B, C, D S1, S2, S3, S4 4 SW1 SW2 TEMP LCDS SI SCLK VPPD D101 XRESET V+5L V+3A T+ TF+ F2 4 2 2 27, 28 29, 30 31, 32 33, 34 35 36 37 38 39 17, 18 20 21 24 9, 7 14, 11, 12, 13 3, 4, 5, 2 1 15 40 44 45 46 10 42 6, 16 41 48 47 50 49 CN101 M3,M4,M1,M2 PHOTO DETECTOR RSET LASER FRONT MONITOR LD DRIVER
CN3801 IDE I/F
24,26,28,30, 32,34,36,38, 37,35,33,31, 29,27,25,23 6, 8, 5 4 3 20 18 16 40 14 12 10
AT0DATA0-15
V14,U11,U12,W15, V11,T12,P13,R15, R13,V10,P15,U13, R14,U15,W13,T14 W14 U10 U14 W12 W11 T15 P14 R12 V13 T13 V15 V12 B3, A3, C1, B1, C2, B2, A2, C3, D5, F3, J1, F2, J2, A5, B9, C6, C9
EXCEPT RDR-GX350
AT0D00 | AT0D015 AT1DATA0-15 DD0-15 17,15,13,11, 9,7,5,3, 4,6,8,10, 12,14,16,18 35, 33, 36 37 38 21 23 25 1 27 29 31 34 39 2 3 5 6 CN5604 CN3802
IDE HDD
IC4701 (2/7)
8 8 12 | 18 VIOD0-7
AF24,AE24, AE21,AD24, VIOD0 | AF23,AD23, AC24,AC22 VIOD7
PKPULSEP1P, PKPULSEP1M PKPULSEP2P, PKPULSEP2M WRPULSEP, WRPULSEM HFONP,HFONM PB4
AH2, AH1 AJ4, AJ3 AH4, AH3 AH5, AJ5 AE6 AE11 AF11 AE9 AF8 AGP, AG8 AG6 AG1 AF6
AT0ADR0-2 AT0CS0 AT0CS1 AT0DMARQ AT0DIOW AT0DIOR AT0RESET AT0IORDY AT0DMACK AT0INTRQ 3 3
AT0DA0 | AT0DA2 AT0CS0B AT0CS1B AT0DMARQ AT0DIOWB AT0DIORB AT0RESETB AT0IORDY AT0DMACKB AT0INTRQ DBA0, DBA1, DCLKO, DCLKNO, DWEB, DCASB, DRASB, DCS0B, DCKE, DDQM0, DDQM2, DDQS0, DDQS2, DDQM1, DDQM3, DDQS1, DDQS3
AT1ADR0-2 AT1CS0 AT1CS1 AT1DMARQ AT1DIOW AT1DIOR AT1RESET AT1IORDY AT1DMACK AT1INTRQ 3
DA0-2 CS0# CS1# DMRQ DIOW# DIOR# RESET# IORDY DMACK# INTRQ
VCLKI 17
1 2
IC4702
4
(2/7)
AB20 VIOCLK
PLED P2LD WLD RLD FPDVI, PDIN
IC4703 (2/7)
TO/FROM VDC-001 BOARD (CN104)
3 DASPn 34 PDIAGn 46 M4,R1,R4,R2, N5,R3,P4,T1, T2,P5,T3,R5, U1,N4,U2,W1 U3 W2 T5 T4 V3 V5 U5 V1 V4 U4 V2 M5

AJ24 AH23 M1 M2 P3 P1 P2 N3 N1 N2 M3
5 4 6 23 22 26 25 28 2 20
ADATA ABCKI ALRCKI TXI RXI SDA_VDEC SCL_VDEC AT/XDT SPDIF_LL XRESET CN2301
5 9 2
6 8 3
AB22 AA20 AE20 AF21 AF22 L19 M19 T19 C18 D17
AIOBD AIOBCK AIOLRCK TXD0B RXD0B SDA0 SCL0 GPIO6 SDA1 SCL1
PA3 PB3 PB5
PDIAG# DASP#
(SEE PAGE 3-8)
RFP, RFN AH12, AJ12 A1,B1,C1,D1 G1,H1,F1,E1 PB0 PB1 RFP3 PA2 E24 AJ11,AJ10, AJ9,AJ8 AH9,AH8, AH10,AH11 AG4 AE7 AJ23 AH7
(IC1201) (IC1221)
SEN SDIO SCLK VREFPD RESET VA5V VD3V TR TD FR FD FOCUS COIL TRACKING COIL
DBA0, DBA1 DCLKO, DCLKNO DWE DCAS DRAS DCS0B DCKE DDM0, DDM2 DDQS0, DDQS2 DDM1, DDM3 DDQS1, DDQS3
IC1201,1221 (4/7)
512Mbit X 2 DDR SDRAM
17
AT1D00 | AT1D015
AT1DATA0-15
62,64,2,5 7,11,13,15 14,12,10,6 3,1,63,61 50 51 49 48 47 60 59 58 16 55 54 53

43 45
DD0 | DD5 DA0 | DA2 CS0n CS1n DMARQ DIOWn DIORn RESETn IORDY DMACKn INTRQ
UAI UAO
TXP 32 TXN 31 RXN 28 RXP 27
HDD UNIT
Q3301, 3302 Y EQ Q3303, 3304
29 C/R_IN
26, 27 45, 46 21 22 23 24 44 20, 47 16, 51
BA0, BA1 DQ0 CK, /CK | /WE DQ15 /CAS /RAS CS CKE A0 LDM, HDM LDQS, UDQS | A12
2,4,5,7,8,10, 11,13,54,56, 57,59,60,62, 63,65
(IC1201) DDATA0-7,16-23 DDATA8-15,24-31 (IC1221)
F5,F4,G5,G4,J4,J5,H4,H5, DQ00 A8,B8,C8,A7,B6,A6,C7,B7, | G1,G2,G3,F1,H3,H2,H1,J3, DQ31 D9,E9,D8,E8,D7,E7,D6,E6
AT1DA0 | AT1DA2 AT1CS0B AT1CS1B AT1DMARQ AT1DIOWB AT1DIORB AT1RESETB AT1IORDY AT1DMACKB AT1INTRQ
29-32, 35-40, 28,41,42
DADRS0-12
B4,A4,C5,B5, E1,E2,D1,D2, D3,E4,C4,D4,E5
DADD00 | DADD12
VREFIO G24 D23 F23 ACI PA1 ABI ARI TDRV FDRV A20 VAB
AF10 AJ6
AT1ADR0-2 3 AT1CS0 AT1CS1 AT1DMARQ AT1DIOW AT1DIOR AT1RESET 6 AT1IORDY AT1DMACK AT1INTRQ 3 TXD2_BRIDGE RXD2_BRIDGE
USB_DN0 USB_DP0 USB_D_CONEECT USB_D_DN0 USB_D_DP0 USB_D_VBUS X5201 USB_CLKI USB_H_PPON0 USB_H_OCI0 48MHz XTAL OSC
IC5602
SATA BRIDGE
(5/7)
XTALI 22 XTALO 23 PORn 17
X5502 25MHz
27
Q3305, 3306 G_IN B_IN G EQ
C/R EQ
XRESET
CS, DS
25 23
Q3307, 3308 B EQ
AH20 AH21
4 ACTIN1 5 ACTIN2
TRACKING COIL DRIVE FOCUS COIL DRIVE
ACO1+ 54 ACO1- 53 ACO2+ 52 ACO2- 51
IC201
64Mbit SDRAM LDQM UDQM MBA WEZ CASZ RASZ MCLK MCKE
(4/7)
Q2501 39 YP_OUT BUFFER Q2501 BUFFER C_OUT LCHIN RCHIN Q2502 BUFFER 2 1 AINL AINR
A20 B21 VAY VAC AIBD0 AILRCK0 AIOMCK0 AIBCK0 GPIO37
AA2 AB2 AD5 AF2 AE2 AF4 AB4 AC4
LDQM UDQM MBA WEB CASB RASB MCLKOUT MCKE
TXD2B RXD2B USB_DN0 USB_DP0 USB_D_CONEECT USB_D_DN0 USB_D_DP0 USB_D_VBUS USB_CLKI
L5201 USBDM2 USBDP2 10 8 3 1 5 6 CN5201

TO/FROM FL-178 BOARD (CN102)
IC5203 (6/7)
4 1 2
L5202 USBDM1 USBDP1 USBVFB V+5USB
Y_OUT 33 31
TO/FROM AV-114/118 BOARD (CN1101(1/2))
REF16
AF9
42 VC
IC501 (7/7)
U 11 V 13 W 16 4 3 2 V+5M HU+ 20 SPINDLE MOTOR DRIVE HU- 21 HV+ 22 HV- 23 HW+ 24 HW- 25 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5
U V W VCC HU+ HUHV+ HVHW+ HWHB CN501
SPINDLE MOTOR
15 17
IC3101
AUDIO ADC
SDTO LRCK MCLK SCLK PON
9 10 11 12 13
AIBD0 AILRCK0 ADCCLKO AIBCK0 ADPOW

E20 F19 C20 E19 U19
M
10 1 3 4 5 8 9 7 2 PW D5(AG) D1(SL) D0(MA) TX_FE RX_FE XRESET A9(ATA) V+3D
(SEE PAGE 3-4)
MDRV RFP1 RFP2 FG
AJ22 AG21 AH22 AG20
XDMUTE1 XDMUTE2
26 SPIN 34 CTL1 35 CTL2 43 FG
15 39 20 16 17 18 38 37
LDQM UDQM BA0 /WE /CAS /RAS CLK CKE
DQ0 | DQ15
2,4,5,7,8,10, 11,13,42,44, 45,47,48,50, 51,53
MD0-15
Y3,AA4,AB1,AA5, AB3,AA3,W4,Y4, W5,W3,Y5,Y2, AC2,AB5,AA1,Y1
MD0 | MD15
(SEE PAGE 3-7)
4 A0 | A11 23-26, 29-34, 22,35 MA0-11 MD2 MD5 MD1 MD0 REMO REMI AE3,AD3,AF3,AE5, AE4,AD2,AD1,AC5, AD4,AC1,AC3 MA0 | MA11
IC5202 (6/7)
5V SW 4 5V REG 5 4 5 FLG 3
USB_H_PPON0 USB_H_OCI0
EV+5.8V
(3/7)
IC3203 (3/7)
AUDIO LPF 21 19 18
1
IC3201
AUDIO DAC 7 VOUTL VOUTR DATA BCKIN LRCKIN MCLK 11 ZEROR MD MC ML 2 1 3 16 13 14 15
(3/7)
AOD0 AOBCK AOLRCK DACCLKO SMDOUT SMCKOUT NSCS AMUTE
E18 C19 D20 E21 L4 K5 L3 F17 P19 L5 N19 AB19 AOD0 AOBCK AOLRCK AIOMCK1 SMDOUT SMCKOUT GPIO62 GPIO54 GPIO04 SMDIN GPIO03 GPIO41 DAOUT AJ19 LD 46 LDIN LOADING MOTOR DRIVE SDRV1 SDRV2 AJ21 AJ20 SL1 SL2
CN201 FOR CHECK
IC5204 (6/7)
AF7 AG5 V24 W22 AA24 PB7 PB6 FCSB0 FOEB FWEB
AMUTE1
D3201
10 9 8 7 6
TO/FROM AV-114/118 BOARD (CN1101(2/2))
DAM_TO_T HSM_TO_T DAT_TO_M ASCK HST_TO_M X525P DSDA DSCL DDC_SW1 HDP CEC P_CONT2 MRST XRST1 TU_DSDA TU_DSCL DDC_SW1 TU_HPD TU_CEC 3 5 1 7
40 5 3 2 1 4 13 12 11
(SEE PAGE 3-4)
IC3702
1 2
Q5701 JA5701
DIGITAL OUT
BUFFER
IC3707
RESET
(3/7)
+ _
R_OUT
+ _
L_OUT
2 3 6 5
HB 19 ST1+ ST1ST2+ ST2-
IC1102
64Mbit FLASH ROM HCS0 HDOE HWS0
(4/7)
SLO1+ 40 29 SL1IN 30 SL2IN SLED MOTOR DRIVE SLO1- 39 SLO2+ 38 SLO2- 37
PHY_D0 | PHY_D7
E13,D13,E12, D12,E11,D11, E10,D10 CTL0 CTL1 E14 D14 D15 E15 D16 E16 F20
PHY_D0-7 PHYCTL0 PHYCTL1 PHYSCLK PHYLREQ PHYLPS PHYLINKON PHY_XRST
8,9,11, D0 12,14,15, | 17,18 D7 5 6 2 63 59 58 55 CTL0 CTL1 SCLK LREQ LPS LKON RESETB
TPA0p 39 TPA0n 38 TPB0p 37 TPB0n 36 X0
TPAP TPAN TPBP TPBN
1 2 5 6 CN5101
1 2 4 3 CN502 RED BLACK LPS1 LPS2 CN601
TO/FROM FL-178 BOARD (CN101)
M M
SLED MOTOR
IC5103
DV PHY
(SEE PAGE 3-7)
26 28 11
LDO+ LDO-
2 1
LDO+ LDOCLOSE OPEN 1 2 4 5
CE OE WE
DQ0 | DQ15
29,31,33,35, 38,40,42,44, 30,32,34,36, 39,41,43,45
HDATA0-15
W21,Y21,AA21,U23, RDATA00 V22,T24,U24,N23,R23, | M22,T22,T21,P21,N22, RDATA015 N20,R21
SCLK LREQ LPS LINKON GPIO52
(6/7)
X1
22 23 X5101 24.576MHz
SMDOUT HSMTOT SMDIN SMCKOUT HSTTOM X525P
LOADING MOTOR CLOSE OPEN
PA7 PA6
AH6 AJ7
XRESET
12
RESET
A0 | A21
25-18, 8-1,48,17, 16,9,10,13
HADRS1-22
Y20,Y24,AA22,W23, RADD01 V23,Y23,V21,AA23, | Y22,P22,U22,P23,U21, U20,AB24,R24,M21, RADD22 N21,T23,R22,W20,P24
XRESET
L5001
SO SFSO SFSI SFSCK AD8 AD10 AD9 AD11

AG23 AG22
SI SCLK CSOZ
5 2 6 1
SI SO SCK CE
IC3701
(3/7)
IC200
EEPROM
HADRS13 JTSEL DINTEN EJSNGEN 3 TDI TCK TDO TMS TRST DINT RST
V+3D
HADRS5-7,13
X101 16.9344MHz AE1 AF1 X1001 24.576MHz M24 CLK24IN CLK24OUT RSTSWB CLK27AIN XA1 XA2
SFCS0B
TXD1B RXD1B
(4/7)
TXD
3 9 13
1 2 5 7
CN1402 FOR CHECK CN1401 FOR CHECK
HADRS5 HADRS6 HADRS7 JTDI JTCL JTDO JTMS JTMRST EDINT

D3711
IC5801
F21 J19 G19 G20 H20 H19 Q102 SW AJ2 OFPULSE
V+5VHD Q5810 LEVEL SHIFT
L5002
2 Q1811
6
V+5D
RXD XRESET
D3712
12 6 10 8 14 2 4 1
JTDI JTCL JTDO JTMS JTRST EDINT

Q5809 SW Q5802,5804 +5V L5004 JA5801
(6/7)
L5003
FSCO FSCI HLCO HLCI
K23 J24
FSC BPF
(3/7)
4 XRESET
L24 L21 X1002 27MHz L1 K2 SPDIFO D19
IC3701 (3/7)
Q1801
K20 H21
EXCEPT RDR-GX350
1
HCL BPF
IC5701
SPDIF SELECT
AJ14 FCEFM1
5 13
IC5802 (6/7)
CLK27AOUT ATX
(3/7)
5
SPDIFSEL V19 GPIO36 TU_DSDA TU_DSCL DDC_SW1 TU_HPD TU_CEC Q5808 Q5801,5805 DET V+3HD
RDR-GX350
2 V+1R5_IN
Note: The HDMI block is highly confidential, and prohibited from releasing to public. The components identified by mark 9 contain confidential information. Strictly follow the instructions whenever the components are repaired and/or replaced.
3-5
3-6
3-4. FR-274, FL-178, VDC-001 BLOCK DIAGRAM
FR-274 BOARD
EXCEPT RDR-GX350
Q206 LED2 2 LED DRIVE Q205 LED3 3 LED DRIVE D212 HDD D214 DVD
IC201
FL DRIVER
SG1 | SG16
12 11 10
14 | 29 42 | 31 30
SEG1 | SEG16 16 GRD1 | GRD12 12
FLDATA FLCLK FLSTB 7 8 9 DIN CLK STB GR1 | GR12 VEE
AS,BS Tape only
VDC-001 BOARD
ND201 FLUORESCENT DISPLAY
Q203,204 V+12RIE
T201 DC/AC CONVERTER TRASFORMER D208-211 2 10 1 7 4 5 8 F2
Q105,109
19 B_IN LPF 164 ABI
ROY2 | ROY9
97-94, 91,90, 87,86
STREAM_0-7
8 | 15
Q104,108
FROM AV-114 BOARD (CN302)
17
FLPON 3 Q201,202 DC/AC CONVERTER
21
G_IN LPF C/R_IN
160
AGI ROCK 101 VCLK
(SEE PAGE 3-4)

23
Q102,106
LPF 172 ARI
17
TO/FROM RD-065 BOARD (CN4701)
17
TO/FROM AV-114/118 BOARD (CN105)
Y_IN CN106
Q103,107
LPF 148 AVI RSTB 158 ASCI SDA SCL 74 72 71 XRESET SDA_VDEC SCL_VDEC CN104
(SEE PAGE 3-5)
F1 6 9
20 26 25
(SEE PAGE 3-4)
FL-178 BOARD
3 2 1
54 X101 24.576MHz 55
XO XI
IC104
VIDEO DECODER
KEY1 KEY2 KEY3
KEY1
4 5 2 1
S101
POWER
KEY2
S102
ONE TOCH DUB
16
IR CN203 S201,213,212 OPEN/CLOSE, HDD, DVD S203,204,207 REC STOP, INPUT SELECT, REC S208-211 CH+, CH-, PLAY, STOP CN201
IR CN106
IC101
REMOTE CONTROL RECEIVER
DQ0 | DQ15
2,3,5,6,8,9, 11,12,39,40, 42,43,45,46, 48,49
SDRDQ0-15
51,49,46,42, 40,36,34,30, 31,35,37,41, 43,47,50,52
SDRDQ0 | SDRDQ15
IC105
SDRAM 1
A0 | A9
RDR-HX750 / HX950
7 9
21-24, 27-32, 19
SDRA0-10
19,18, 15-12, 10-6,4
SDRA0 | SDRA10
USBDM2 USBDP2 USBDM1 USBDP1 USBVFB V+5USB CN102
2 3 4
CN104
USB ATYPE
3 1 6 5
(SEE PAGE 3-6)
A10/AP XWE XCAS XRAS XCS CLK CKE
20 15 16 17 18 35 34
4 29 28 22 20 25 21
SDRABP SDRWE SDRCAS SDRRAS SDRCS SDRCLK SDRCKE
CN105
2 3
1 4
USB BTYPE
FL102 2
TPAP TPAN TPBP TPBN CN101

FL101
TPA+ TPATPB+ TPB-
4 3 2 1
CN103
1 5 6
(SEE PAGE 3-6)
DV IN
J201
S VIDEO
3 4
2Y 2C
4 1 2
TO/FROM AV-114/118 BOARD (CN106)
5 LINE2 IN VIDEO 7
SDET2 2V
(SEE PAGE 3-3)

AUDIO L (MONO) 9 2L 8
AUDIO R
11
2R 10 CN202
3-7
3-8
3-5. POWER BLOCK DIAGRAM

L AC IN N CN101 L101,102 LPF
D201
T101 SWITCHING TRANSFORMER
SW+1.5V(T)
D401 Q401,402 SW+12V D402 P401 EV+12V P201
EV+12V(T) EV+5.8V(T) SW+3.3V(T) P_ON/OFF CN202
11,12 9 6,7 2,4 1
SPINDLE MOTOR
DVD OPTICAL PICK-UP BLOCK
FU101 T3.15A/250V
D101-104
VA5V 12 CN501 CN101 6,16 41
VD3V
IC1301 (2/7) IC501 (7/7)

TRACKING COIL DRIVE FOCUS COIL DRIVE SPINDLE MOTOR DRIVE SLED MOTOR DRIVE LOADING MOTOR DRIVE
VREF_V 3 8 1 VREF_V
D109
L201
EV+5.8V Q201
SW+12V(H)
SW+5V
5V REG
8 5
Q101 SWITCHING
SW+5V(H) CN203
1 4
HDD UNIT
RD-065 BOARD
IC3703 (3/7)
RESET
+ 2 _
(2/7) IC1302
VREF_D 3 8 2
IC101
SWITCHING REGULATOR
2 4
IC202
SHUNT REG
P204 Q501
EXCEPT RDR-GX350
EV+5.8V(M) SW+1.5V(M) SW+3.3V(M)
P402
1 3,4 6,7 9 11 13
EV+5.8V SW+1.53V SW+3.33V V+12V V+5M V12M
1 3,4 6,7 9 11 13
EV+5.8V V+1R5_IN V+3D V+12V V+5M V12M CN4501

IC4501 V+2R5 IC4502
+ _
VREF_D
6 D105
D501
L501
P501
3.3V REG
D502
SW+3.3V
SW+12V SW+5V(W) SW+12V(W)
14 1
CN103 FOR CHECK CN1401 FOR CHECK
IC501
SHUNT REG
D601
L601 Q601 SW+1.5V
CN201
IC4511 (1/7)
3V REG EV5.8V
VREF_V V+1R5_IN VREF_D
1.5V REG
D603
PC101 PHOTO COUPLER VR201 5.8V ADJ VR601 1.5V ADJ
4 VIN
VOUT 5
V+3V
V+3V
ON/OFF 1 P_CONT2
V+3D
V+2R5 V+1R0 V+3A
IC1001
AV ENC/DEC
D604
(2/7, 4/7 to 7/7)

USB_H_PPON0 N2 M3 USB_H_OCI0
IC601
SHUNT REG
V+3D
IC4521 (1/7)
2.5V REG 4 VIN VOUT 5 V+2R5 ON/OFF 1 P_CONT2
IC1201 IC1221 (4/7)

512Mbit X 2 DDR SDRAM
R223
IC201
SHUNT REG
V+3D
10
CN201 FOR CHECK
IC4531 (1/7)
1V REG V+1R5_IN
AS,BS Tape only
FOR CHECK
CN103
8 VIN
VOUT 1 CONT 5
V+1R0
IC201 (4/7)
64Mbit SDRAM V+3D
IC200 (4/7)
EEPROM
IC1102 (4/7)
64Mbit FLASH ROM
1
P_CONT2
VDC-001 BOARD
CN105 SW+1.5V EV+12V EV+5.8V SW+3.3V P-CONT 11,12 9 6,7 2,4 1 CN106 EV+12.1V
AV-114/118 BOARD
EV+5.8V P-CONT P-CONT2 9 5,7 4 12
CN302 CN301 (AV-114) (AV-118) EV+12.1V 2 16
D103
28
CN101 V+5V
13
CN2301
P_CONT2
IC4541 (1/7)
3V REG EV5.8V 7 VIN CONT 5 P_CONT2 VO 1 V+3A
V+12R1 V+5R8E V+12R1E

D104
IC4701-4703 (2/7)
BUFFER
IC3701 (3/7)
BUFFER
IC3702 (3/7)
AND GATE
20,18 21 13
4 1 P-CONT P-CONT2
C118 BACK-UP
P_CONT P_CONT2 FANCTL RFTHRU

62 57 54 52 60 61 64 74
(1/5) IC101
IT CONTROLLER
RDR-HX750 / HX950
CN104 EV5.8V
FAN
1 2 CN103
V+3.3D
IC4552 (1/7)
5V REG 4 VIN VOUT 5 V+5L ON/OFF 1 P_CONT2
EV+12V FAN-
CN201 (AV-118)
IC3201 (3/7)
AUDIO DAC V+3D
L4551 V+5AO V+5A IN V+5D
IC3202 (3/7)
AUDIO LPF
IC3101 (3/7)
AUDIO ADC
FAN2 23
FAN-
Q201 FAN DRIVE

Q301,302
FANCTL
TUON
IC105
SDRAM
V+5BB RFTHRU
Q305,306
(3/5) IC403
RCSEL V+5VD V+5VI
SWVION9V SWVION5V TU_DCCON FLPON
USB ATYPE 1
63
IC101
3.3V REG 7 VIN CONT 5 P_CONT2 VO 1
R307 R308
V+3.3D V+3.3A
(3/5)
IC401
FL-178 BOARD
(1/5) IC102
POWER FAIL DET
V+5F
IC4561 (1/7)
5V REG EV5.8V 1 VIN VOUT 5 CONT 3 V+5HD
5
V+12VA
CN1402 FOR CHECK
18
JA5801
SWVION5V
IC104
VIDEO DECODER TUON
Q303,304
V+5TU
IC101
REMOTE COMMANDER RECEIVER
V+5USB CN102 CN106
V+3D
IC4562 (1/7)
5
EV5.8V 3V REG 1 VIN VOUT 5 CONT 3 V+3HD
IC5801 (6/7) IC5802 (6/7) IC5701
IC102
1.5V REG 7 VIN CONT 5 P_CONT2 VO 1 V+1.5V IC317
Q307,308 9V REG SWVION9V
V+9V
U601
TUNER
V+32V
(1/5) IC103
IC101 VDD DET
Q309-311 DC/DC CONV. TU_DDCON
5 1
IC103
5V REG 1 VIN VOUT 5 CONT 3 P_CONT2 5V
14
Q102-1109 LPF
(5/5) IC601
EURO MSP
(1/5) IC104
DDC SW 4 14
CN201
FR-274 BOARD
V+5F
IC4571 (1/7)
1.8V REG V+3D 5 VIN VOUT 1 V+1R8 ON/OFF 4
EXCEPT RDR-GX350
L5601 EMI
V+3DS
(3/7)
IC5602 (5/7)
SATA BRIDGE SPDIF SELECT
EXCEPT RDR-GX350
IC201
FL DRIVE
VEE
(3/5) IC402
BUFFER
Q4581
V+12V D208-211 RECT
L5101 V+12VA L5122 EMI
V+3V_A
(4/5)
IC406
AVLTH SW 3
IC150 Q203,204
RIPPLE FILTER
V+3V_D
IC5103 (6/7)
DV PHY
5V SW
IC5203 (6/7)
AND GATE
IC5204 (6/7)
5V REG
IC5202 (6/7)
V+5USB
4 5 FLG 3 1
15 17
V+12RIE FLPON CN203
Q201,202 T201 DC/AC CONVERTER
EV5.8V F1,F2
4 VIN
VOUT 5 NC 3
5V
6
USB_H_OCI0
CN5201
1
CN105
V+3D ND201 FLUORESCENT DISPLAY
RDR-HX750 / HX950
USB_H_PPON0
3-9
3-10
MEMO
3-12E
SECTION 4 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS AND PRINTED WIRING BOARDS

4-1. FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
1 2
EXCEPT RDR-GX350
10
A
CN201 13P
EV+5.8V(M ) GND SW+1.5V(M ) SW+1.5V(M ) GND D SW+3.3V(M ) SW+3.3V(M ) GND SW+12V GND(J) SW+5V(W ) GND(W) SW+12V(W) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 7P GND HT+ FR HTFD GND TR HATD HA+ SCLK GND SDIO 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 SDI O SEN VPP RESET VD3V TEM P RSET W1SET W2SET W3SET LDDEN OSCENOSCEN+ W1ENW1EN+ W3ENW3EN+ W2ENW2EN+ VO5V VO5V OSCNT GNDO GNDO HFGAIN DVD/CD GNDA FMOFMO+ VA5V SW2 M3 M2 M1 M4 VREFPD RF+ GNDA RFVA5V S3 S2 S1 S4 SW1 SEN 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 W3SET GND EV+12V GND SW+1.5V(T ) SW+1.5V(T ) 8 9 10 11 12 46 46 SCLK 47 47 TD 48 48 TR 49 49 FD 50 50 FR 4 3 2 1 4P 5V GND GND 12V
PH-080
HARNESS
DVD-UNIT HDD UNIT

CN101 50P 50P
B
POWER BLOCK
SWITCHING REGULATOR
CN202 12P
P_ON/OF F SW+3.3V(T ) GND SW+3.3V(T ) GND
LINE 2 OUT
COMPONENT VIDEO OUT
G-LINK
VPP RESET VD3V TEM P RSET
RH-059
HARNESS
EV+5.8V(T ) EV+5.8V(T )
TUNER
TX N GN D GN D RX N GN D RXP TXP 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
W1SET W2SET
LDDEN OSCEN-
CN2301 40P
X 525P YP_OUT 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 40 39 HPD
C N101 40P
DDC_SW 1
OSCEN+ W1ENW1EN+
CN5604 7P
GND CR_OUT GND
FRA-006
FLEXIBLE FLAT CABLE
W3EN38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 DSCL W3EN+ CEC W2ENDSD A W2EN+ HST_TO_M VO5V ASCK VO5V DAT_TO_M OSCNT HSM_TO_T GNDO DAM_TO_T GNDO XRST1 HFGAIN MRST DVD/CD P_CONT2 GNDA GN D FMOL_IN FMO+ GN D VA5V R_IN SW2 AMUTE1 M3 R_OUT M2 GNDA M1 L_OUT M4 GN D B_IN GN D G_I N GN D VA5V C/R_I N S3 GN D S2 Y_I N S1 GN D S4 C_OUT SW1 GN D Y_OUT GN D CB_OUT GN D CR_OUT ST2+
C
CN4501 13P
1 2 3 EV+5.8 V GND D SW+1.53V SW+1.53V GND D SW+3.33V SW+3.33V GND D V +12V GND V+5M
CB_OUT GND Y_OUT GND C_OUT GND Y_I N GND C/R_IN GND G_I N
CN203 4P
SW+5V(H) GND GND SW+12.1V(H) 4 3 2 1
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
RD-065 BOARD
GND B_IN GND L_OUT GNDA R_OUT AMUTE R_IN GND L_IN
12 GND M
PR-076
HARNESS
13
V12M
AV-114 BOARD/ AV-118 BOARD
VREFPD RF+ GNDA RF-
CN5201 10P
10 9 8 USBDM2 GND USBDP2 GND V+5USB USBVFB GND USBDM1 GND USBDP1
GND P_CONT2 MRST XRST1 DAM_TO_T HSM_TO_T DAT_TO_M ASCK HST_TO_M
EXCEPT RDR-GX350
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
(AS BS)
CN5101 6P CN4701 28P
DSDA CEC DSCL DDC_SW 1 HD P
CN502 4P
4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 ST2+ ST2ST1ST1+ ST2-
4P
GN D YP_OUT ST1X525P ST1+
GND(RFE/XLL)
A_GN D
A_GN D
TPB P
TPB N
TPAP
TPAN
STREAM_7
STREAM_6
STREAM_5
STREAM_4
STREAM_3
STREAM_2
STREAM_1
STREAM_0
SDA_VDEC
SCL_VDEC
AT/XD T
XRESET
ALRCKI
ADATA
SPDIF 2
VCLKI
ABCKI
GN D
GN D
GN D
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
GN D
RX 1
TX 1
GND
GND
GND
GND
FVR-001
FLEXIBLE FLAT CABLE
28 NC 27 GN D 26 SDA_VDEC 25 SCL_VDE C 24 GN D 23 NC 22 NC 21 GN D 20 XRESET 19 GN D 18 GN D 17 VCLK 16 GN D 15 STREAM_ 7 14 STREAM_ 6 13 STREAM_ 5 12 STREAM_ 4 11 STREAM_ 3 10 STREAM_ 2 9 STREAM_ 1 8 STREAM_ 0 7 GN D 6 NC 5 NC 4 NC 3 GND 2 NC 1 GN D
CN601 5P
LPS2 GNDD LPS1 BLACK RED 5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 LPS2 GNDD LPS1 BLACK RED
5P
CN106 24P
GND C/R_I N 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1
C N302 24P
GN D
CN501 12P
VCC 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 VCC HU+ HU HV+ HV HW + HW HB U V W GNDD HU+
12P
CN202 12P
1 2 3 P_CONT SW+3.3V GN D SW+3.3V GN D V+5.8E V+5.8E GN D EV+12.1V GN D SW+1.5V SW+1.5V
CN104 28P
GND G_I N GND B_IN GND Y_I N GND NC
FVA-002
FLEXIBLE FLAT CABLE
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
C/R_I N GN D HU G_I N HV+ GN D HV B_IN HW + GN D HW Y_I N HB GN D U DT_TUO N V ANT5V_SW W DET_ANT GNDD P_CONT2 V +32V GN D EV+12.1V GN D EV+5.8V GN D EV+5.8V P_CONT GN D FAN-
F
PV-145
HARNESS
CN103
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
VDC-001 BOARD
NC NC P-CONT2 NC GND EV+12V GND EV+5.8V GND EV+5.8V
DV IN
AV-118 BOARD
CN201 2P
FAN+ FAN 1 2
CN301 5P
CN106 11P
CN105 17P
CN105
P-CONT
EV+12.1V
EV+5.8V
P_CONT
G
CN04
RDR-HX750/HX950 ONLY
GND
FAN+
FAN
10
11
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
RU-001 HARNESS
USBDM 2 USBVF B USBDP1 USBDP2 USBDM1 V+5USB 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
RV-003 HARNESS
TPBP TPAP GND GND TPBN TPAN 6 5 4 3 2 1 GND
FAN
FAR-006 PAE-002 HARNESS

GN D SDET 2 2C 1 2 3
FAR-007
FLEXIBLE FLAT CABLE
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 10 11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 9
USB A TYPE
FLEXIBLE FLAT CABLE

4 5 6 7 8
GN D
GN D
GND
2R
GND
2Y
2V
2L
FLST B
PLT V
V +5F
IR
GND
GND
GND
CN201 5P
KEY2 KEY1 IR 1 2 3 4 5 5 KEY2 KEY1 IR GND V +5F
FLR-010
FLEXIBLE FLAT CABLE
FLDATA
CN106 5P
4 3 2 1
V+12RIE
FLCLK
FLPO N
DITV
GND
HDD2
D_TV
KEY3
KEY2
KEY1
A_TV
GND
FLPO N
FLDATA
GND
V+12R1E
GN D
LED_HDD2
LED_D_TV
LED_PLTV
LED_A_TV
LED_DIVX
SDET2
FLSTB
GND
FLCLK
V +5F
PICT BRIGE USB B TYPE
CN03 2P
GND FAN-
FAN
KEY3
KEY2
KEY1
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
2R
2C
2V
2V
2L
IR
J201
CN102 10P
CN101 6P
GND V +5F
LINE 2 IN
CN202 11P CN203 17P
FL-178 BOARD
FR-274 BOARD
4-1
4-2
FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
4-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS

THIS NOTE IS COMMON FOR SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS (In addition to this, the necessary note is printed in each block)
(For printed wiring boards) : Uses unleaded solder. : Pattern from the side which enables seeing. (The other layers patterns are not indicated) Through hole is omitted. There are a few cases that the part printed on diagram isnt mounted in this model. C : panel designation (For schematic diagrams) All capacitors are in F unless otherwise noted. pF : F. 50V or less are not indicated except for electrolytics and tantalums. All resistors are in ohms, 1/4 W (Chip resistors : 1 /10 W) un-less otherwise specified. k=1000, M=1000k. Caution when replacing chip parts. New parts must be attached after removal of chip. Be careful not to heat the minus side of tantalum capacitor, because it is damaged by the heat. All variable and adjustable resistors have characteristic curve B, unless otherwise noted. 2 : non flammable resistor 5 : fusible resistor C : panel designation f : internal component C : adjustment for repair G : IN/OUT direction of (+/) B line U : B+ Line V : B Line Circled numbers refer to waveforms. Voltages are dc between measurement point and ground. Readings are taken with a color-bar signals on DVD reference disc. Readings are taken with a digital multimeter (DC 10M). Voltage variations may be noted due to normal production tolerances. Abbreviation AUS : Australian model Note : The components identified by mark 0 or dotted line with mark 0 are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified. Chip parts. Transistor
C 6 5 4 4 5 6 5 4 4 5
WAVEFORMS
AV-114/118 BOARD
1 X101
Diode
3 3 3 1 23
VDC-001 BOARD
7 JA402
COMPONENT PR
1 X101 (TP1125)
1 2 3 3 2 1 1 2 3 3 2 1 1 2 2 1 3 4
2 1
1 2 2 3
1 2 4 4
1 6 54 3 3 4
66.6 ns 5.1 Vp-p H 1.0 Vp-p
40.7 ns 3.2 Vp-p
5 4 3 3 4 5 2
4 5
3 2
1 1 2 6 4 3 4
2 X102
8 JA402
COMPONENT Y
3 1
1.6 Vp-p H 30.5 s 5.1 Vp-p
3 JA401
S-VIDEO C
9 JA501 ql
1.4 Vp-p H H 2.0 Vp-p
4 JA401
S-VIDEO Y
0 X601
When indicating parts by reference number, please include the board name. Note : When replacing parts, refer to SERVICE NOTE 5. CHANGED POINTS OF SERVICE MANUAL Revised-2. (See page 12)
1.6 Vp-p H 54.3ns 4.0Vp-p
5 JA402
VIDEO
2.0 Vp-p H
6 JA402
COMPONENT PB
1.1 Vp-p H
WAVEFORMS
AV-114/118 VDC-001
4-3
4-4
For Schematic Diagram Refer to page 4-4 for waveforms. Refer to page 4-43 to 4-50 for printed wiring board.
6
Q103 UMD2N-TR SA MUTE CONTROL
JL20 8
7
Q104 UMD2N-TR SA MUTE CONTROL
JL213 R147 JL216 1k JL21 7
10
11
AV-114/118 BOARD(1/5)
IT CONTROLLER, IR
-REF.NO.: 10,000 SERIES-
B+ B+
R169 10k
D106 1SS355TE-17
Note :
5.4
2.4 0
5 2
0 4.9
2
Q108 DTC124EUA-T106 BLANK

5.0
JL209
5
The components identified by mark 0 or dotted line with mark 0 are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified.
C135 0.1
5.3
0 2.5
4 1
D108 MC2846-TP-1
BLANK
C 127 100 16V
0
JL21 0 JL27 4
0.7
SAMUTE
TU_DCCON
HOTPLUG
RXD1
MSPSTAT
TXD1
CSYNCIN
AVLIN
CEC0
P_CONT2
FLPON
P_CONT
TUON
SWVION5V
+5V L2_RIN L2_LIN 2VIN Y2IN C2IN R_IN L_IN R_OUT L_OUT Y_IN C_OUT Y_OUT CB_OUT CR_OUT YP_OUT TEXTVIN P_SAVE CSYNCIN SCL SDA RCSEL1 RCSEL2 BLANK XAMUTE2 AMUTE1
1
TO (3/5)
L2_RIN L2_LIN 2VIN Y2IN C2IN R_IN L_IN R_OUT L_OUT Y_IN C_OUT Y_OUT CB_OUT CR_OUT YP_OUT TEXTVIN P_SAVE CSYNCIN SCL SDA RCSEL1 RCSEL2 BLANK XAMUTE2 AMUTE1
B+ B+
R174 100k
KEY3 KEY2 JL22 2 17 JL22 3 16 KEY1 R150 0 R149 0 C 134 0.1 JL15 3 R161 0 LED_PLT V LED_DIVX LED_D_TV LED_A_TV R156 100 JL22 4 15 JL22 5 14 JL22 6 13 JL22 7 12 JL22 8 11 FLCLK LED_HDD2 JL22 9 10 9 FLSTB FLCLK 80 79 78 77 76 75 74 73 72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 JL23 0 8 JL23 1 7 FLDATA JL23 2 6
SWVION9V
FANCTL
EPGEQ
B+
HST_TO_M
RFTHRU
AMUTE1
RESE T
Q105 2SD2114KT146 MUTE CONTROL
CN105 KEY3 KEY2 KEY1
17P
0.1
R155 100
R154 100
R153 100
R125 100
R172 100
R171 100
R168 180
R199 100
R167 100
R160 100
R175 330
JL15 4 R157 100k C133
R151 0
R165
R159
C132
0.1
LED_PLTV LED_DIVX LED_D_TV LED_A_TV LED_HDD2 GND FLSTB FLCL K FLDATA GND V+5 F V+12R1E IR FLPO N TO FR-274 BOARD CN203 THROUGH THE FAR-007 FFC
JL14 9 R158 100k
JL11 2
R173 100k
0.1
JL14 0
JL14 1
JL14 4
JL14 6
JL15 1
JL15 7
JL15 9
JL16 1
JL16 4
JL16 5
JL16 7
JL16 9
JL17 1
JL17 3
JL111
JL132
JL135
JL138
JL177
JL179
JL181
B+
4.9
4.9
3.1
5.0
4.9
3.6
4.8
4.9
4.9
4.9
4.8
4.9
4.9
4.9
4.8
C131
4.9
2.7
4.9
JL183
R103 100
4.9
(SEE PAGE 4-20)
MRST
HOTPLUG
BLANK
VDD2
TUON
TU_DCCON
XCHECKER
MUTECTL
RFTHRU
RXD2
RXD1
FLON
CEC
FANCTL
EPGEQ
TXD2
TXD1
P_CONT
P_CONT2
VDDDDA
MSPSTAT
AVLIN
SWVION5V
HST_TO_M
SWVION9V
CSYNCIN
NC(IN)
V+5VI V+12R1E V+5R8E
FLCLK
GND
NC
2.0
JL113
4.9
FLSTB FLDATA AVLTH XSCMUTE P_SAVE BLAIR 50
JL185 R102 100 JL186 R101 100 JL187 R148 100 JL188 R146 100 JL189 R152 JL190 0
FLST B FLDATA AVLTH
B+
SWVION9V P_CONT P_CONT2 DET_ANT ANT5V_SW DTBON FANCTL RFTHRU TUON SWVION5V TU_DCCON
C138 2.2 50V
81 82
CVBSIN GND FILTSLC VDDVCO DTBON ANT5V_SW DET_ANT GND VDD3 DBGP2 DBGP1 DBGP0 LED_PLTV LED_DIVX LED_D_TV LED_A_TV LED_HDD2 DAT_TO_M DAM_TO_T
0
R176 1k C139 0.1 JL115 JL116 JL117 JL114 49
IC15 0 0.5A 32V
B+ B+
5 JL27 5 4 JL23 3 3 JL23 4 2 FLPON JL23 5 1
2.9
83 48
0 4.9
84 47
2
TO (2/5)
SWVION9V P_CONT P_CONT2 DET_ANT ANT5V_SW DTBON FANCTL RFTHRU TUON SWVION5V TU_DCCON GND
4.9 0
85 46
DTBON ANT5V_SW DET_ANT
R177 100 R178 100 R179 100
0 0
86 45 87
P_SAVE CN106 11P
0 0
88
JL191
IC101
IT CONTROLLER
NC CAPACITOR SQUEEZE
44
11
GND 2R GND 2L GND 2V GND 2Y GND SDET 2 2C TO FR-274 BOARD CN202 THROUGH THE FAR-006 FFC
4.9
43
JL192 JL193 JL194 R145 10k SQU FUNC_ON
L2.RIN
JL23 6 10 9
R233 100k DBGP 2
C140
0.1 JL118 JL119 JL120 JL121 JL122 JL123 JL124 JL125 JL126 JL127 JL128
4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 0 0

94 91 92 93 89 90
0
42
IC103 BU4220G-TR
4.9
5 1
D
3
TO (4/5)
R180 100 R181 100 R182 100 R183 100 R184 100 R185 100 R186 100 R187 100 R188 330 R189 470 R200 330
+5V S AMUTE FUNC_IN FUNC_ON BLANK AVLTH AVLIN AVLOUT SQU
DBGP 1 SAMUTE FUNC_IN FUNC_ON BLANK AVLTH AVLIN AVLOUT SQU DBGP 0 LED_PLTV LED_DIVX LED_D_TV LED_A_TV
IC101 LC87F06J2A-F58W3-E
0
FUNC_ON VDD4 GND DDCSW2 DDCSW1 NC RCSEL2 RCSEL1 XAMUTE2 NC AFT 41
2.6 JL214
OUT IN CT
L2.LIN
JL23 7 8 7
4.9
40 39 38 37 JL197 36
B+
4.9
2 3
JL21 5
2VIN
JL23 8 6 5
4.9 JL195 4.8

JL196
R205 100 R204 100 C126 R202 R203 R144 0.1 0 0 0
GND
NC
DDC_SW 2 DDC_SW 1 C156 0.1 C157 0.1 B Y2IN JL23 9 4 3 RCSEL2 RCSEL1 XAMUTE2 JL24 0 2 C2IN JL24 1 1
(SEE PAGE 4-19)
0 0 0 0 0 3.3
95 96 97 98 99
0
35
JL198 JL199 JL200 JL201
4
TO (5/5)
AFT AGC SCL SDA XRST1 MSPSTAT +5V CN103 9P 9 JL10 2 DBGP1 DBGP0 RESET 8 JL10 3 7 JL10 4 6 JL10 5 5 JL10 6 RXD1 TXD1 GND V+5V 4 JL10 7 3 2 1 JL10 1
AFT AGC SCL SDA XRST1 MSPSTAT
LED_HDD2 DAT_TO_ M DAM_TO_ T ASCK
4.9
34
4.9
33 32
IC103
IC101 VDD DET
0
100 ASCK 31
JL202
R222
CN101 AFT HOTPLUG DDC_SW 1 JL24 2 40 JL24 3 39 DDC_SCL JL24 4 38 JL24 5 37 DDC_SDA JL24 6 36 HST_TO_ M JL24 7 35 ASCK JL24 8 34 ASCK JL24 9 33 HSM_TO_ T JL25 0 32 DAM_TO_ T XRST 1 B TO MAIN JL25 3 G TO MAIN C/R IN L_IN JL25 5 26 25 R_IN AMUTE1 R_OU T JL25 6 24 JL25 7 23 JL25 8 22 21 L_OU T JL25 9 20 19 B TO MAIN JL218 G TO MAIN L102 47uH C/R IN R210 820 0.5% Y_IN R209 3.3k C_OU T R216 750 JL26 4 10 9 TEXTVI N Y_OUT JL26 5 8 R215 680 C15 0 1 10V F R214 3.3k 7 CB_OUT JL26 6 6 5 CR_OUT JL26 7 4 CR_OU T GND YP_OUT X525P KN101 3 YP_OUT JL26 8 2 JL26 9 1 CB_OU T GND Y_OUT GND C_OUT GND JL26 3 12 11 Y_IN GND JL22 0 JL26 2 14 13 NC/C/R IN GND R197 0 JL26 1 16 15 NC/G IN GND JL26 0 18 17 NC/B IN GND L_OUT GND R_OUT GNDA AMUTE1 R_IN L_IN GND 29 P_CONT2 JL25 4 28 27 MRST JL25 1 31 JL25 2 30 XRST1 DSDA DSCL CEC HPD
40P
HSM_TO_T
BATTDET
MODEL1
MODEL2
AVLOUT
RESET
SDET3
SDET2
SDET1
ACDET
DDC_SW 1
VDD1
E
FOR CHECK
DBGP2
JL142 4.9
JL145 3.3
JL147 4.9
JL150 4.9
JL152 1.7
JL155 2.5
JL160 2.4
JL162 2.4
JL170 4.9
JL172 4.9
JL174 4.9
JL175 4.5
JL176 5.0
JL180 4.9
JL182 4.9
JL184 4.9
JL206 5.0
JL205 5.0
JL204 4.9
JL133
JL136
JL139
JL166
JL168
JL178
JL207
JL203
GND
DBGP2 R193 100k DBGP1 R194 100k DBGP0 R195 100k RESET R196 100 RXD1 TXD1
XRST
29
FUNC
KEY1
KEY2
KEY3
WDT
GND
AGC
SDA
SCL
CF1
CF2
TX1
TX2
NC
NC
NC
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
30
4.9
NC
IR
HST_TO_ M
B+
R117 1M R105 100 R109 330 R110 100 R111 100 C107 330p C113
B+
DAT_TO_ M
B+
B+
ACDET
C104 22 25V
R139 6.8k
R141 6.8k
IC102
C106 0.1
R123 330 R124 330 R129 330 R126 100 R127 10k
R133 100k R134 1k R135 100k
R104 47k
DAT_TO_ M HSM_TO_ T DAM_TO_ T
B+
R143 100
C125 0.1
B+
R138 470 R137 100 R140 100 R116 0 R118 0
JL272 R107 10k R106 0
11
R142 100
T0 AV-118 BOARD (4/5) T0 AV-118 BOARD (3/5)
JL163
4.9
5.0
JL14 8
JL143 1
JL156
C124 0.1 R131 4.7k R132 6.8k
5.0 0 0
JL211
1
C105 0.1
X101 15MHz
IN
IC102 BD4846G-TR
GND
OUT
NC
NC
HSM_TO_ T
FUNC_IN
AVLOUT
XRST1
RESET
SCL0
SDA0
KEY1
KEY2
KEY3
JL131
JL134 JL137
AGC
SDA0
CEC0
DDC_SW 2
DDC_SDA
DDC_SC L
SCL0
SDA
SCL
R224 100
R223 100
C110 1 B
5.0
5.0
4.4
4.9
5.0
4.4
4.9
D101 1SS355TE-17
JL129
R113 0
JL130
IC104 TC7MB3257FK(EL)
D103 1SS355TE-17
B+
R201 0
B+
D104 1SR154-400TE-25
4.9
3.6
3.6
B+
JL109
R751 1k
Q751 2SA1576A-T106-QR IR I/F SW

R752 4.7k C753 100p JL70 9
3.6
JL705
C120 0.1
C122 1 10V F
C123 470 6.3V
C118 0.22F 5.5V
JL707 R755 4.7k C752 100p R753 JL706 4.7k
0
JL710 R756 1k
JL713 C754 100p JL714
JA751
DDC SW
JL22 1
Q752 2SC4081T106R IR I/F SW
JL708
RDR-HX750(AEP1,UK) / RDR-HX950(AEP1)
4-5
4-6
X102 32.768kH z
JL21 2
Q102 2SC4154TP-1EF RESET
12
P_CONT2 GND
RDR-HX750(AEP1,UK) / RDR-HX950(AEP1)
C111 C112 22p 22p
C114 C115 10p 10p
Q110 DTA143EUA-T106 EPGEQ
B+
R207 470 C149 10p 50V
TO RD-065 (3/7) BOARD CN2301 THROUGH THE FAR-006 FFC
2
4.9
EPGEQ
(SEE PAGE 4-28)
R112 10k
JL273
4.9 2.6
C152 1 10V F
4.9
R208 0
Q101 DTC124EUA-T106 RESET

0
4.9
C109 0.1 R226 15k R228 0
C141 1 10V F
C142 1000p 50V 16
3.2
JL28 0
Q112 JL27 7 2SC4154TP-1EF CV I/F JL276 Q111 2SC4154TP-1EF CV I/ F

2.5
JL279
D102 1SS355TE-17
15
14
13
12
11
10
3.2
1.8
JL27 8 R217 1k
JL27 0 R130 0 R703 0
JL27 1
B+
R701 220k
SIGNAL PATH
VIDEO SIGNAL CHROMA Y Y/CHROMA AUDI O SIGNAL
R221 100
5.0
C751 0.1
5.0
5.0
0
R754 150
JL71 1
L751 0uH
KN102
JL712
REC PB
G-LINK
C 121 1
IC104
IT CONTROLLER, IR
AV-114/118 (1/5)
For Schematic Diagram Refer to page 4-43 for printed wiring board.
AV-114 BOARD(2/5)
POWER/FAN CONT.
Note :
A
5
TO AV-114 BOARD (4/5)
BTOMAIN GTOMAIN V +5V I GND JL30 5 V +12R 1 C302 0.1 25V F R302 0
B+
CN302 JL322 24 23 JL329 22 21 20 JL31 9 R303 0 JL306 19 18 17 16 JL330 GN D FANGN D P_CONT EV+5.8V GN D EV+5.8V GN D EV+12.1V GN D V +32V P_CONT2 THROUGH THE DET_ANT ANT5V_SW DT_TUON GN D Y_IN GN D B_IN GN D G_IN GN D C/R_I N GN D C/R_I N Y_IN FVA-002 FFC TO VDC-001 BOARD CN106 24P
B+
P_CONT V +5R8E
R301 0
C303 100 16V
JL323
B+
B+
D301 UDZS-TE17-15B
B+
V+12R1E
JL317 C301 0.1 25V F
B+
15 14
P_CONT2 JL331 DET_ANT JL332 ANT5V_SW JL333 DTBON JL31 4 R218 0 C205 22 25V L201 1mH JL325
13 12 11 10 9 JL326 R251 0 C208 0.1 16V B 8 7 6 5 4 3
(SEE PAGE 4-17)
D201 1SS355TE-17
C204 100 16V C202 0.1 25V F
C206 470p 50V
5.4 0.3
FANCTL JL311 JL307 R219 3.3k GND R220 2.2k
Q201 2SD2114KT146 FAN CONT
2 1
B+
R308 0 JL34 5
GND V+5V I
6
TO AV-114 BOARD (3/5)
B+
Q302 2SC4154TP-1EF
R307 0 JL34 4
V +5V I
B+ B+
5.7 5.0
V+5V O V+9V
B+
JL31 2
+5V REG 4.9 5.6
JL34 3
2
TO (1/5)
V+5BB
L303 0uH R304 100 C305 0.1 25V F
JL315
5
5.6 5.6
JL336
B+
JL34 1
5.6
4 1
JL30 8
JL339 R306 33 C306 0.1 25V F C307 100 16V C308 100 16V JL334
0
6
5.6
Q306 2SC2411K-T-146-CQ
+5V REG
Q301 UMD2N-TR
+5V REG
5.7
4 1
5.6
3 6
4.9
JL301 RFTHRU
0 4.8
2
Q305 UMD2N-TR
+5V REG
C314 0.1 25V F
C315 100 16V
C 316 100 16V
B+
SWVION5 V R318 0
Q304 2SD2153T100V
+5V REG
JL338
JL313
5.6
JL316
5.0
B+
12.0
JL34 6 V+5TU
R305 33
C309 0.1 25V F
5.6 5.6
4 1 3
JL337 JL34 0
9.0
B+
JL34 7
5.6 0
6
JL309
0
C311 220 16V C312 100 16V C329 0.1 25V F JL320 R309 1.5k
9.6
5
Q308 2SC2411K-T-146-CQ
+9V REG
7
TO (5/5)
4.9
C310 0.1 Q303 25V UMD2N-TR F +5V REG
9.7
4
9.6
3 6
D304 1SS355TE-17
JL335
1
TUON
2
B+
4.8
Q307 UMD2N-TR D302 UDZSTE-179.1B

+9V REG
C318 0.1 25V F
C319 100 16V
C320 100 16V JL34 2
SWVION9 V
B+
L305 0uH C326 10 50V C328 0.1 50V F
IC317 0.5A 32V
L304 330uH
B+
R310 4.7k JL304
D303 1SS355TE-17
C323 1 50V F R314 22k R313 180k JL32 1
JL32 7 R315 100k 0.5%
B+
V +32V
12.0 0.3 5.7

C322 100p 50V JL318 C324 0.1 25V F
2
JL302 TU_DCCO N R311 820
JL303
6.2
6.2
5
JL324
5.7 0.6
6 3
SIGNAL PATH
R316 22k 0.5% GND
VIDEO SIGNAL CHROMA REC PB Y Y/CHROMA
0.3
JL310
JL32 8
AUDI O SIGNAL
Q310 2SC4154TP-1EF
+32V SWITCHING REG
0.6
R312 10k
Q309 2SC5876T106QR
+32V SWITCHING REG
Q311 XP4401
+32V SWITCHING REG
POWER/FAN CONT.
AV-114 (2/5)
4-7
4-8
AV-118 BOARD(2/5)
POWER/FAN CONT.
Note :
A
5
TO AV-118 BOARD(4/5)
B+
V +5V I GND JL30 5 V +12R 1 C302 0.1 25V F R302 0 JL322
B+
P_CONT V +5R8E
R301 0
C303 100 16V
JL323
JL329
CN301 1
5P TO POWER BLOCK CN202 THROUGH THE PAE-002 HARNESS
P_CONT EV+12.1V GN D EV+5.8V GN D
B+
D301 UDZS-TE17-15B
B+
R303 0 JL306
JL31 9
2 3 4 5
(SEE PAGE 4-38)
B+
V+12R1E
JL317 C301 0.1 25V F
JL31 4 R218 0 C205 22 25V
JL325
CN201 1 2 JL326
2P FAN + FAN -
FAN
D201 1SS355TE-17
C204 100 16V C202 0.1 25V F
L201 1mH
R251 0 C208 0.1 16V B
C206 470p 50V
5.4 0.3
FANCTL JL311 JL307 R219 3.3k GND R220 2.2k
Q201 2SD2114KT146 FAN CONT

GND
6
B+
JL34 5 JL34 4
V +5V I V+5V I TO AV-118 BOARD(3/5)
B+
Q302 2SC4154TP-1EF
B+ B+
5.7 5.0
V+5V O V+9V
R308 0
B+
JL31 2
+5V REG 4.9 5.6
JL34 3
R307 0
2
TO (1/5)
V+5BB
L303 0uH R304 100 C305 0.1 25V F
JL315
5
5.6 5.6
JL336
B+
JL34 1
5.6
4 1
JL30 8
JL339 R306 33 C306 0.1 25V F C307 100 16V C308 100 16V JL334
0
6
5.6
Q306 2SC2411K-T-146-CQ
+5V REG
Q301 UMD2N-TR
+5V REG
5.7
4 1
5.6
3 6
4.9
JL301 RFTHRU
0 4.8
2
Q305 UMD2N-TR
+5V REG
C314 0.1 25V F
C315 100 16V
C 316 100 16V
B+
SWVION5 V R318 0
Q304 2SD2153T100V
+5V REG
JL338
JL313
5.6
JL316
5.0
B+
12.0
JL34 6 V+5TU
R305 33
C309 0.1 25V F
5.6 5.6
4 1 3
JL337 JL34 0
9.0
B+
JL34 7
5.6 0
6
JL309
0
C311 220 16V C312 100 16V C329 0.1 25V F JL320 R309 1.5k
9.6
5
Q308 2SC2411K-T-146-CQ
+9V REG
7
TO (5/5)
4.9
C310 0.1 Q303 25V UMD2N-TR F +5V REG
9.7
4
9.6
3 6
D304 1SS355TE-17
JL335
1
TUON
2
B+
4.8
Q307 UMD2N-TR D302 UDZSTE-179.1B

+9V REG
C318 0.1 25V F
C319 100 16V
C320 100 16V JL34 2
SWVION9 V
IC317 0.5A 32V
L304 330uH
B+
R310 4.7k JL304
D303 1SS355TE-17
C323 1 50V F R314 22k R313 180k JL32 1
JL32 7 R315 100k 0.5%
L305 0uH C326 10 50V C328 0.1 50V F
B+
V +32V
12.0 0.3 5.7

C322 100p 50V JL318 C324 0.1 25V F
2
JL302 TU_DCCO N R311 820
JL303
6.2
6.2
5
JL324
5.7 0.6
6 3
SIGNAL PATH
R316 22k 0.5% GND
VIDEO SIGNAL CHROMA REC PB Y Y/CHROMA
0.3
JL310
JL32 8
AUDI O SIGNAL
Q310 2SC4154TP-1EF
+32V SWITCHING REG
0.6
R312 10k
Q309 2SC5876T106QR
+32V SWITCHING REG
Q311 XP4401
+32V SWITCHING REG
4-9
4-10
POWER/FAN CONT.
AV-118 (2/5)
10
TEXTVI N
AV-114/118 BOARD(3/5)
VIDEO/AUDIO
-REF.NO.: 10,000 SERIESJL488
R458 470
2.2
1.6
R455 47
SIGNAL PATH
C461 1 B
Q403 ISA1602AM1TP-1EF
4.9 0.5
3 6
IC403 MM1503XNRE
JL485 IN 1 GND IN 2 SW OUT Vcc
VIDEO SIGNAL
4.9 JL48 7
1
0
2
CHROMA
Y_I N
Y/CHROMA
AUDI O SIGNAL
B+
4.9
JL486 C460 1 B
2.0
5 4
1.6
2
REC PB
4.9
3
C462 1
4.9
Q411 UMD2N-TR
R459 75 0.5%
2.3
IC402
BUFFER
B
R_IN L_IN
RCSEL1 RCSEL2 C472 10 50V
D420 MC4826-TP-1
R465 470
4.9
JL49 1
4.9 0
2.3 2.3
IC403
RCSEL
12
C/R W TO AV-118 BOARD(1/5)
Q410 2SC4154TP-1EF
1.6
Q408 2SC4154TP-1EF
1.6
IC402 BA4558F-E2
4.6 4.6
2 1
9.0
8
C475 10 50V
RTOMAI N
Y_I N C/R_IN
B+
Q413 DTC124EUA-T106
B+
V+9V V+5VI
6
4.6
7
+ -
4.6
+ 3
4.6
6
AV1_ROUT
AV2_ROUT
AV1_LOUT
AV2_LOUT
C_OU T
Y_OU T
CR_OUT
CB_OUT
YP_OUT
BLANK
4.6
4
RGBOUT
C464 0.1 25V F
C473 100 16V
V+5VO JL4416
GND
R_IN L_IN
R_IN L_IN
V+9V
D401 UDZSTE-1711B
RCSEL2 BLANK C_OUT Y_OUT CB_OUT CR_OUT YP_OUT Y_IN
RCSEL2 BLANK C_OUT Y_OUT CB_OUT CR_OUT
JL4423
10k 0.5% JL4424
RCSEL1
RCSEL1
R453 8.2k 0.5%
C471 10 50V
C474 10 50V
R463 8.2k 0.5%
B+
C450 C451 4.7 4.7 50V 50V C453 100 10V C404 1 10V F R401 0 R461 680
B+ B+
V+5VI V +5V O
6
R402 560
R403 560
C452 100 10V
R462
C401 1 10V F
C402 100p 50V
R454 10k 0.5%
GND C403 100p 50V JL45 5 R404 0 C409 C410 1 1 10V 10V B B
4.9
C406 0.1 16V B
C407 1 10V B
C 408 1 10V B
C413 0.1 16V B
0
JL456 JL454
D410 UMZ6.8N-T106
R407 0
YP_OUT
4.6 JL453
4.5 JL452
JL451
JL450
JL449
JL448
2.3 JL447
4.9 JL446
JL445
JL444
2.3 JL443
JL442
2.3 JL441
JL440
2.3 JL439
JL438
2.3 JL437
Y_IN TEXTVIN
2.3 JL436
Q402 2SD2114KT146
C438 1 10V F
D801 UMZ6.8N-T106
C486 470 6.3V R468 68 0.5% JL441 8 R469 3.9 JL4422
4.6
4.5
4.5
9.0
4.5
4.5
4.5
2.2
2.3
TEXTVIN
2.3
VCC
A HorHDD/OUT(R)
A HorHDD/OUT(L)
A AV1/OUT(R)
A AV2/OUT(R)
A AV1/OUT(L)
A AV2/OUT(L)
A AV1/OUT2(L)
A AV1/OUT2(R)
To DVD(R)
To DVD(L)
VIDEO AGC
VCC
MAIN C D
DVD VorY OUT
PAL SCART IN
F DVD C
F A DVD(R)
DVD C OUT
F DVD Y
PAL SCART D1
RGB M OUT
F DVD Pb(B)
F DVD Pr(R)
C2IN XAMUTE2 AMUTE1 R_OUT L_OUT CSYNCIN
C2IN XAMUTE2 AMUTE1 R_OUT L_OUT CSYNCIN SDA R408 470 R413 TU_LI N 470 TU_RIN C415 0.1 25V F R422 10k C468 0.1 C469 C411 1 0 . 1 JL483 10V B JL484 C412 1 10V B
JL457 4.5 JL458 4.5 JL459
81 A HIFI IN(R) 82 A HIFI IN(L) 83 V DVD M C 84 A L4 IN(R) 85 A L4 IN(L) 86 A TUNER IN(R) 87 A TUNER IN(L)
SCART B IN
50 49 48
1.8 JL435 2.3 JL434 1.8 JL433 4.9 0.4

R435 1M
BI N R/CI N GI N
Y2IN
Y2IN
JL4420
R470 75 0.5%
JL441 9
R471 0
JL4421
SCART RorC IN SCART G IN
D409 UMZ6.8N-T106
JL460 4.5 JL461 4.5 JL462 4.5 JL463 4.5
VCC 47 PY(Y)G OUT 46 45 44
C437 1 10V B
GOUT R/COUT BOUT
3
LINE 2 OUT
JL4401
IC401
0.3 0.3 4.4 JL432 4.4 JL431 4.8 JL430 C487 2.2 470 6.3V C 489 2.5 470 6.3V C 488 2.5 470 6.3V
R436 100 R437 100 SCL SDA CSYNCI N R472 68 0.5% R476 0.5% 68 R474 68 0.5%
Pr(Cr)/RorC OUT Pb(Cb)/B OUT
D413 UMZ6.8N-T106
D414 UMZ6.8N-T106
SCL SCL V+5V V P_SAVE L2_RIN
4.5
R414 470 R415 470 R416 470 R417 470 R418 470 R419 470 JL480 C419 10V JL479 C420 10V JL478 C421 10V C422 JL477 10V C423 JL476 10V C424 JL475 10V 1 B 1 B 1 B 1 B 1 B 1 B 88 VREF(9V/2) JL464 4.5 JL465 4.5 JL466 4.5 JL467 4.5 JL468 4.5 JL469 4.5 89 A L3 IN(R) 90 A L3 IN(L) 91 A L2 IN(R) 92 A L2 IN(L) 93 A L5 IN(R) 94 A L5 IN(L) 95 GND JL470 96 A AV1 R OUT(R) C455 4.7 50V C418 1 10V F C497 0.1 25V F JL471 97 A AV1 R OUT(L) JL472 98 RF-C A OUT JL473 JL474 1.9 99 A AGC D 100 VTR VorV&S V3 IN
B+
SCL 43 SDA 42
D415 UMZ6.8N-T106
D416 UMZ6.8N-T106
SDA
C414 0.1 25V F
PAL SCART D2
F DVD PY(G)
F A DVD(L)
A DVD M C
MAIN C IN
TO (1/5)
2VIN
SLICER OUT
2VIN
80
79
78
77
76
75
74
73
72
71
70
69
68
67
66
65
64
63
62
61
60
59
58
57
56
55
54
53
52
51
C454 100 10V R433 1M C435 1 10V B C 436 1 10V B
JA401
4
C476 0.01 25V B
S VIDEO
V+5V P_SAVE L2_RIN L2_LIN AV1_RIN AV1_LIN AV2_RIN AV2_LIN JL4426 JL4427
R801 0 V
JA402
IC401 HA118326APFR-E
SYNC 41 PY(Y)OUT 40 Pr(Cr)/OUT 39 Pb(Cb)/OUT 38 GND V2 OUT FBCD C2 OUT S1/S2 B OUT V2 OUT 37
JL4407 JL4408 JL4409
L2_LIN AV1_RIN AV1_LIN AV2_RIN AV2_LIN AV2_V/YIN AV1_V/YIN AV2_V/YOUT AV1_V/YOUT BOUT
R473 3.9 R477 3.9 R475 3.9
VIDEO
JL4411 JL4412 JL4413
CR
8 7
L
2.2
36
2.7 JL429
35
6
C439 0.1 16V B JL441 0 C490 470 6.3V R478 68 0.5% L_OUT R439 1.8M R480 3.9 C491 47 35V R479 470 JL49 4 JL49 6 JL4414
AUDIO L
L801 0uH JL440 3 C478 0 R
AV2_V/YIN AV1_V/YIN AV2_V/YOUT AV1_V/YOUT BOUT R/COUT
2.5 JL428
34 JL427 33
CB
2.1
32 31
SYNC DET OUT
S1/S2 B OUT
RS IN D OUT
VIDEO L3 IN
VIDEO L2 IN
VIDEO L1 IN
GND
SEP C2 IN
V C&S C3 IN
SEP Y1 IN
SEP Y2 IN
SEO C1 IN
DL3 DRIVE
59/61PIN
SYNC DET
SYNC DET
TUNER IN
VTR OUT
AV2 OUT
C1 OUT
V1 OUT
Y1 OUT
BS IN
FBCD
FBCD
GND
GND
JL49 5
Q406 2SD2114KT146
0 0.7
R482 100
L802 0uH JL497 JL4405 C482 470p 50V C485 0
AUDIO R COMPONENT VIDEO OUT
VCC
FBC
9
TO (4/5)
GOUT GOUT GIN
BG
R/COUT
VCC
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
R485 22k
R484 1k
2.3
JL40 5 1.8
4.8
JL40 6 2.3
JL40 8 1.8
JL40 9 0.6
JL41 0 2.3
JL41 3 1.8
JL41 4 1.8
JL41 5 2.7
JL41 6 1.8
2.9
JL41 7 2.2
JL41 9 1.7
JL42 0 2.7
2.2
JL42 2 2.7
JL42 4 4.9
JL42 5 2.5
4.9
GIN
JL40 4
JL40 7
JL41 1
JL41 2
JL41 8
JL42 1
R/CIN BIN RGBOUT RGBOUT AV2_ROUT AV2_LOUT AV1_ROUT AV1_LOUT RTOMAIN AV2_ROUT AV2_LOUT P_SAVE
Q401 DTC124EUA-T106
JL40 1
2.3
JL40 2
R421 1.8M
R425 100k C 431 0.1 16V B C432 1 10V B
C457 10 50V C428 C446 0.1 1 16V 10V B B
R420 1.8M
R448 0
R438 0
BIN
JL42 3
R/CIN
2.2
B+
C493 47 35V
R487 22k R_OUT JL4406 R488 470 XAMUTE2 JL492
JL49 9 0.7 R486 1k
C484 470p 50V
R430 1M
R431 1M R428 0
AV1_ROUT AV1_LOUT RTOMAIN C498 0.1 25V F C499 0.1 25V F C456 C500 1 0.1 50V 25V F R445 75 0.5% C443 1 10V B
R432 1M
Q407 2SD2114KT146
0
R490 100 JL498
C440 0.1 16V B C445 C496 C434 0.1 0.1 1 25V 16V 10V F B B
C441 1 10V F
C442 0.1 25V F
C 458 100 10V
D402 DTZ-TT11-6.8B
R444 75 0.5%
D421 NNCD3.9F-T1B
TU_RIN
TU_RIN TU_LIN TU_VIN
C447 0.01 25V B
C444 1 10V B
R447 75
0.5%
D419 1SS355TE-17
AMUTE1
0 2.7
2
4.2 0
5
TU_LIN TU_VIN
D422 NNCD3.9F-T1B
8
TO (5/5)
JL493
AV1_V/YI N
AV2_V/YOUT
AV1_V/YOUT
AV2_V/YIN
G
Y2I N C2IN
V+5V
D418 1SS355TE-17
C463 0.1 25V F C481 0.1 25V F
4.3
Q404 UMD2N-TR
VIDEO/AUDIO
AV-114/118 (3/5)
4-11
TU_VIN
2VI N
C492 220 10V
4-12
1
EURO
10
AV-114/118 BOARD(4/5)
-REF.NO.: 10,000 SERIESR515 560 JL533 R516 1.2k
A
11
TO (1/5)
R569 1k
R566 22k SQU C551 22 25V R568 12k
B+
R517 1.5k
R518 JL53 1 10 JL532
12.0 12.0
-1.9
Q502 ISA1602AM1TP-1EF SWITCH
B TO MAIN G T0 MAIN
FUNC_ON AVLTH +5V JL527

AV-114 BOARD
Q511 ISA1602AM1TP-1EF BUFFER
1.7
D501 UDZS-TE17-5.1B
AV-118 BOARD
B+
JL514 R507 4.7k R510 2.2M R508 47k JL515 R509 27k
R506
JL529
5
V+12R1 V+5VI GND

R562 10k AVLIN
D527 1SS355TE-17 Q505 2SC4154TP-1EF AV IN,OUT SWITC H

0 0
C517 220p JL52 5 R520 220 JL52 6 R513 100k C515 0.1 C 510 0.1 5
5.0
JL528
JL53 4
4
CONT
IC406 TC7S66FU(TE85R)
4.9 4.9
C550 22 25V
VCC
JL516 R511 220k
D523 DAN217UT106
R574 0
D502 U DZS-TE17-5.1B
JL53 0
D526 1SS355TE-17
IN/OUT
R565 680
TO (1/5)
GTOMAIN R558 10k
4.5
B+ V+5VI
4.9
5
BTOMAIN
Q509 2SC4154TP-1EF BUFFER
2.9
C547 22 25V
AVLOUT FUNC_IN
2.3
BLANK SAMUTE
IC406
D514 UMZ6.8N-T106 D516 UMZ6.8N-T106 D517 UMZ6.8N-T106
1.1
Q503 2SC4154TP-1EF AV IN,OUT 0 SWITCH
GND
R564 15k
0
JL517 C511 220p R512 100k
OUT/IN
Q510 2SC4154TP-1EF BUFFER 2.3
2.9
Q504 2SC4154TP-1EF AV IN,OUT SWITCH
0 4.5
4.5
6.3 4 1 9.5 0
5
0 2
6 3
D524 DAN217UT106
Q501 UMH1NTN SWITCH
R519 56k
R561 680 GND
R560 15k
Q506 HN1C03FU-TE85R MUTE SW

JL505 0.7
JL512 JL508 JL513
AV LTH SW
D530 UDZSTE-1713B
D513 UMZ6.8N-T106
D515 UMZ6.8N-T106
B+
V+12R1 RTOMAIN AV1_ROUT AV1_RIN AV1_LOUT AV1_LIN
0 6 3 0 0.7
5 1 4 2
R535 3.9k JL509 R536 470
D531 UMZ6.8N-T106
C516 470p C518 1000p JA501 42P L851 L853 L852 0uH 0uH 0uH JL54 9 JL55 0 JL55 1 JL55 2 JL55 3 JL55 4 JL55 5 JL55 6 JL55 7 JL55 8 JL55 9 R529 100k R563 0 L501 L855 0uH 0uH L856 L858 L857 0uH 0uH 0uH JL56 0 JL56 1 JL56 2 1.ROUT 2.RIN 3.LOUT 4.GNDA 5.GNDV 6.LIN 7.BOUT 8.FUNCTION 9.GNDV 10.N-LINK 11.GOUT 12.NC 13.GNDV 14.GNDV 15.R/COUT 16.BLANK 17.GNDV 18.GNDV 19.V/YOUT 20.V/YIN 21.GNDV
D528 1SS355TE-17
C545 100 16V
R534 3.9k R542 100
C541 4.7 50V
BOUT R546 100k R547 100k
D518 UMZ6.8N-T106
D519 UMZ6.8N-T106
D520 UMZ6.8N-T106
D521 UMZ6.8N-T106
D522 UMZ6.8N-T106
R540 100k
R541 100k
21 19 17 15 13 11 20 18 16 14 12 10
C529 470 6.3V
9 8
7 6
R543 100
C542 4.7 50V
R538 470
R539 100
R521 68 0.5%
JL51 9
R522 3.9
C520 1000p
L854
0uH
5 4
3 2
R537 100
R548 100k GOUT R/COUT RGBOUT AV1_V/YOUT AV1_V/YIN
R549 100k
C530 R523 68 C 531 470 470 6.3V 0.5% 6.3V R525 68 0.5% R527 0
C519 470p
LINE 1 / TV
D505 UMZ6.8N-T106 D506 UMZ6.8N-T106
9
TO (3/5)
JL520 JL521 JL522 JL523 JL524 R532 75 0.5%
R524 3.9 R526 3 . 9 R528 75 0.5% R531 0
D504 UMZ6.8N-T106
D507 UMZ6.8N-T106
D503 NNCD3.9F-T1B
JL501
0 11.2
Q507 HN1C03FU-TE85R MUTE SW

R557 3 . 9 k JL504 0.7 5 C543 4.7 C544 50V R544 4.7 JL502 50V 100
3 6
0 0.7 2
R556 3.9k JL507 R550 470
C505 1000p C506 470p C507 1000p C508 470p
11.3
JL510 JL506 JL511
C532 470 6.3V
R530 75 0.5%
Q508 DTA124EUA-T106 SA MUTE

AV2_ROUT AV2_RIN AV2_LOUT AV2_LIN BIN GIN
R553 100
R551 100 L859 0uH
JL503
R545 100
R552 470
JL53 8 JL53 9 JL54 0 JL54 1 JL54 2 JL54 3 JL54 4 JL54 5
R573
0uH
D529 UDZSTE-1713B
42 40 38 36 34 32 30 28 26 24 22 41 39 37 35 33 31 29 27 25 23
JL53 5 JL53 6 JL53 7
R/CIN C528 470 6.3V AV2_V/YOUT AV2_V/YIN R554 100k R555 100k R571 75 0.5% R514 75 0.5% R504 68 0.5% JL51 8 R505 3.9 L803 0 L862 0uH C503 100p 50V
D509 UMZ6.8N-T106
D510 NNCD3.9F-T1B
D511 UMZ6.8N-T106
D508 NNCD3.9F-T1B
D512 NNCD3.9F-T1B
R503 75 0.5%
R502 75 0.5%
R501 75 0.5%
C552 100p 50V
R559 0
JL54 6 JL54 7 JL54 8 L502 L860 0uH 0uH L861 0uH
22.ROUT 23.RIN 24.LOUT 25.GNDA 26.GNDV 27.LIN 28.BIN 29.FUNCTION 30.GNDV 31.N-LINK 32.GIN 33.NC 34.GNDV 35.GNDV 36.R/CIN 37.BLANK 38.GNDV 39.GNDV 40.V/YOUT 41.V/YIN 42.GNDV
LINE 3 / DECORDER
Note :
4-13
4-14
EURO
AV-114/118 (4/5)
2
AERIAL
AV-114/118 BOARD(5/5)
TUNER
-REF.NO.: 10,000 SERIESIN
OUT
U601 (TUNER TMFE2-4707A)
AUDIO OUT
JL603
JL605
JL608
JL609
JL610
JL611
JL612
JL616
JL617
VIDEO OUT
SIF OUT
AGC OUT
AFT OUT
A
NC BB
GND
GND
SDA
SCL
MB
TU
R635 0uH
R636 0uH
R637 0uH
V+5B B V +32V
B+ B+ B+
JL60 1 JL602
R638 100
L601 0uH
SIGNAL PATH
VIDEO SIGNAL
B+
CHROMA REC
Y/CHROMA
AUDI O SIGNAL
7
TO (2/5)
V+5TU
L602 0uH C602 2200p 50V B R609 0 R603 0 C609 C603 C604 100 2200p 100p 10V 50V 50V B C606 10p 50V C605 10p 50V AFT L604 0uH R607 1k C611 47 35V C608 0.47 10V B
PB
GND JL604 AGC
JL61 8
4.5 3.9
R605 10k

R602 1k
Q602 ISA1602AM1TP-1EF AGC

L605 0uH R606 10k
1.6
2.2
JL620
B+
+5V
B+
L607 100uH C613 0.1 25V F C614 0.1 25V F C640 100 10V L606 0uH C617 0.1 25V F C638 10 50V C618 0.1 25V F C639 3.3 50V C641 10 50V L608 0uH
JL632
JL635
JL637
JL639
JL641
2.6
JL643
B+
C 642 100 10V C619 0.1 25V F R623 1k
2.5
R630 C616 330 0.01 25V B
VREFTOP
MONOIN
NC/ASG
SC1R
AVSS
NC
NC
NC
L609 10uH JL61 9
CAPLM
AGNDC
AHVSS
C615 100p 50V
C620 C643 C622 C621 1 100 56p 56p 10V 50V 50V 10V F
3.5
34
44
43
42
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
4.9
1
JL62 1 1.5
AVSUP AIN1 + AIN1 TESTEN XI N XOUT TP DCO1 DCO0 ADSEL STBYQ
AHVSUP NC
5.0
JL64 6 JL64 7 JL64 8 JL64 9 JL650 C 629 3900p 50V B JL65 6
C628 0.01 25V B
TU_VIN
33 32
JL65 9 TU_LIN
2
JL62 2 1.5
4
TO (1/5) R632 22
R631 4.7k
4.9 1.5
JL614
Q606 2SC4154TP-1EF SIF AMP
C623 3p 50V CJ
IC601
EURO MSP
SCOL SCOR VREF1 TP DACML DACMR VREF2 TP TP
2.3
5
JL62 3 2.1 X601 18.432MHz C624 3p 50V CJ R616 JL62 4 0 JL62 5 JL62 6
R624 3.3k

1.5
R625 3.3k
31
3 4 6
2.2
8
TO (3/5 )
30 29
0.9
JL615
IC601 MSP3417G-QG-B8V3
28
JL66 1 C630 560p 50V
1.4 1.4
JL65 1 JL65 2 R626 1k C627 0.1 25V F C626 0.1 25V F
27
MSPSTAT
0
8 9
26
R634 2.2k
R633 100
25
JL62 7 JL62 8 4.9 R619 10k
RESETQ
DVSS
SDA
SCL
10
DVSUP
TP
TP
TP
TP
TP
TP
JL63 8
JL64 0
JL64 2
JL634
JL636
4.9
4.8
JL644
B+
JL645
4.3
4.3
JL631
JL633
R620 0
10 11
C636 22p 50V
24
JL65 3 JL65 4 C 632 3900p 50V B R627 3.3k JL657 C631 0.01 25V B JL660
23

2.2 1.5
TU_RIN
12
13
14
15
16
17
C625 1 10V F
18
19
20
21
22
R628 3.3k JL65 8 C633 560p 50V JL655
R621 100 SCL SDA R622 100
C635 22p 50V
XRST1
Note :
TUNER
AV-114/118 (5/5)
4-15
4-16
For Schematic Diagram Refer to page 4-4 for waveform. Refer to page 4-39 for printed wiring board.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
VDC-001 BOARD
VIDEO DECODER
A
-REF.NO.: 40,000 SERIESR161 FAN CN103 2P FAN+ FAN1 TP126 TP127 C197 0 . 1 25V 2 28 TP15 8 TP128 TP129 R182 R183 0 0 25 24 TP130 T P125 R164 100 R157 0 C186 R175 1 10k 7 5 3 1 R152 10k CN105 12P T P101 P-CONT SW+3.3V GND TO SWITCHING REGULATOR CN202 THROUGH THE PV-145 HERNESS SW+3.3V GND EV+5.8V EV+5.8V GND EV+12V GND SW+1.5V SW+1.5V 1 2 3 T P102 4 5 T P103 6 7 8 C115 100 16V 9 10 T P104 11 12 C116 220 4V C102 100 16V R124 330 TP165 T P169 T P181 TP173 F10 2 T P177 R140 10 C137 15p 50V C114 1 6.3V C101 0.1 T P106 R104 47 C113 C106 220 4V C103 T P157 C112 1 TP1160 1 R125 330 8 6 4 2 C 246 1000p 50V B R174 10k C188 1 C191 1 C193 1 1 3 5 7 C245 0.1 C195 16V 1 F C244 0.1 16V F R163 10k TP133 R185 0 2 4 6 8 R176 100 1 3 5 7 23 TP131 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 STREAM_ 7 TP134 15 STREAM_ 6 89 STREAM_ 5 STREAM_ 4 TP135 14 132 131 130 129 128 127 126 125 124 123 122 121 120 119 118 117 116 115 114 113 112 111 110 109 108 107 106 105 104 103 102 101 100 99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91 90 TP136 13 TP137 12 DVDD3F ROY8 ROY9 ROY10 ROY11 ROY12 ROY13 DVDD1J DGND7 ROFDIE FCLK8 FCKM DVDD1I RGRED RSTB SLA0 SDA TP138 11 STREAM_ 2 STREAM_ 1 STREAM_ 0 TP139 10 TP140 9 TP141 8 85 7 84 83 82 TP142 6 TP143 5 TP144 4 TP145 3 80 TP146 STREAM_ 3 27 26 0
B+
B+
CN104 NC GND SDA_VDEC SCL_VDEC GND NC NC GND XRESET GND GND VCLK GND STREAM_7 STREAM_6 STREAM_5 STREAM_4 STREAM_3 STREAM_2 STREAM_1 STREAM_0 GND NC NC NC GND NC GND TO RD-065 BOARD (2/7) CN4701 THROUGH THE FVR-001 FFC 28P
STREAM_ 0 STREAM_ 1 STREAM_ 2 STREAM_ 3
C198 1
C200 1
T P114
STREAM_ 4 STREAM_ 5 STREAM_ 6 STREAM_ 7
T P116
3.3
1.5
3.3
1.5
3.3
1.5
3.3
0.8
0.4
0.4
0.4
1.5
0.8
T P168
T P180
TP172
B+
DVDD3H
DVDD1N
DVDD1M
DVDD1L
BCKM
DVDD1K
DVDD3G
DVDD3I
DGND11
DGND12
DGND10
DVDD3J
T P176 R141 10 C138 15p 50V R137 1.8k 0.5%
5.0
B+
0.1
Q103 ISA1602AM1TP-1EF Y BPF

TP1156
R129 470 0.5%
L102 10uH C118 22p 50V
L106 18uH C128 82p 50V
1.8 1.2 T P150
C 247 1000p 50V B C 228 1
DGND8
FDIO9
FDIO8
FDIO7
FDIO6
FDIO1
FDIO5
FDIO4
FDIO3
FDIO2
FDIO0
BCLK8
DGND9
C124 7p 50V
C134 7p 50V
1.2
0.4
B+
B+
B+
TP1129
T P117
TP115
R187 4.7k
R186 4.7k
ROCK
FCKQ
BLK V
RDEO
ROY0
ROY1
ROY2
ROY3
ROY4
ROY5
ROY6
FCSI
DYSI
ROY7
FOCP
DFBI
FILD
(SEE PAGE 4-26)
HD
VD
1.5 0
133 DVDD10 134 135 136 137 138 DYMI DCGI DCBI DCRI AVDD1
3.3
88
B+
2.3
0.3
87
1.6
Q107 2SC4154TP-1EF R145 BUFFER 680
1.9
86
C142 1
(SEE PAGE 4-38)
C178 10 16V F10 3
0 0
T P153
B+
C177 1 C232 10 10V C TP152 C233 1000p 50V B R149 47k
B+
EM I O G
T P122 1.5 T P123
B+
1.5
C208 1 C210 1
0 0
139 ATS1 140 ATS2 141 AVDD3A
(NOT USE)
SW+1.5V T P105
C123 7p 50V L101 10uH C117 22p 50V
C133 7p 50V L105 18uH C127 82p 50V
5.0
C109 1
EM I O G
B+
C180 1000p
R150 47k R151 47k
81
T P124 3.3
Q102 ISA1602AM1TP-1EF C/R BPF

TP1157 R105 47
R128 470 0.5%
1.8 1.2 T P149
C161 220 4V
C176 1
142 ATS3 143 144 AGND1 AGND2 AGND3 VCLY
3.3
79 78 77 TP1128 R170 10k C209 1 C243 1000p 50V B R184 0
2 1
2.3
R136 Q106 1.8k 0.5% 2SC4154TP-1EF
1.5
76
1.6
BUFFER
R144 680
C141 1 C149 0.01
145 C 162 0.1 C163 16V 0.1 16V C 164 0.1 C153 16V 0.1 16V C 165 0.1 C154 16V 0.1 16V C 166 0.1 C155 16V 0.1 16V C 182 1 TP1130 TP1131 1.4 TP1132 1.5 TP1133 1.0 TP1134 1.1 TP1135 0.9 TP1136 1.9 TP1137 0.9 TP1138 2.4 146
3.3
75
TP1127 TP132
R171 47k
C24 2 0.01 16V B
147 VCOM1 148 AVI
3.3
74 73
D
CN106 24P GND C/R_IN GND G_IN GND B_IN GND Y_IN GND 24 T P109 23 22 T P110 21 20 T P111 19 18 T P112 17 16 T P304 15 T P305 NC NC P-CONT2 NC 14 T P306 13 T P307 12 T P308 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 T P309 P-CONT GND 4 T P310 3 T P113 FANGND 2 1 C107 1 6.3V C254 0.1 16V F GND EV+12V GND EV+5.8V GND EV+5.8V C253 0.1 16V F R107 47 R127 330 C111 1 TP167 R106 47 C110 1 TP166 R126 330
T P170
T P182
TP174
149 VLPF1 150 151 152 ASYI VRB1 ACYI
3.2
72
C125 7p 50V L103 10uH C119 22p 50V
C135 7p 50V L107 18uH C129 82p 50V C139 15p 50V R142 10
5.0
T P178
IC104
VIDEO DECODER
SCL DVDD1H AGNDA4 IOCR
3.3
71
1.5
70 69 68 67 66 65
C211 1
F107
EMI
Q104 ISA1602AM1TP-1EF G BPF

TP1158
R130 470 0.5% 2.9
2.3 1.7
T P148
153 VRT1 154 ACSI 155 156 157 158 159 160 AVDD3B AVDD3C VRT2 ASCI VRB2 AGI
B+
3.3
TP164 F106 O EM I G C21 2 1 6.3V I C220 1 C249 0.1 SDRDQ0 16V F
IC105
SDRAM C252 0.1 16V F
R138 Q108 1.8k 0.5% 2SC4154TP-1EF
0.9 3.3
TP1139 3.3 TP1140 TP1141 TP1142 TP1143 TP1144 TP1145 TP1146 TP1147 TP1148
IC104 UPD64015AGM-UEU-A
AVDDA3 AGNDA3 IOCB AVDDA2 AGNDA2 OYG AVDDA1 RSET REF AGNDA1 DVDD1G DGND6 XI XO DVDD3E SDRDQ15 SDRDQ0 SDRDQ14 SDRDQ1 DVDD1F SDRDQ13 SDRDQ2 DGND5
B+
C248
220 4V
2.3
BUFFER
R146 680
C143 1 C147 0.01
IC105 HY57V161610FTP-6-C
3.3 1.3
2 50 1
C 167 0.1 16V C 168 0.1 16V C 169 0.1 C156 16V 0.1 16V C 170 0.1 16V C 171 0.1 16V
3.3
64 63
B+
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3.3
VDD1 DQ0
VSS 2 DQ1 5 DQ1 4 VSSQ4 DQ1 3 DQ1 2
1.2
49
SDRDQ15 SDRDQ14
T P171 R131 470 0.5%
T P183
TP175
C148 0.01
SDRDQ1 62 61 60 59 58 C21 4 1 6.3V C240 1000p 50V B C241 0.1 16V F C219 7p 50V SDRDQ2 SDRDQ3 C221 SDRDQ4 SDRDQ5 T P159 1
1.2
1.9
48 47
3
DQ1
3.3
4
NC TO AV-114 BOARD (2/5) CN302 THROUGH THE FVA-002 FFC
C126 7p 50V L104 10uH
C136 7p 50V L108 18uH C132 82p 50V C140 15p 50V
R143 T P179 10
5.0
161 161 162 ACBI 163 VRT3 164 ABI 165 VRB3 166 VCOM3 167 AVDD3D 168 AVDD3E 169 VCOM4 170 ACRI 171 VLPF2 172 ARI 173 VRB4 174 VRT4 175 AGND4
1.3 1.2 3.3 1.4 1.3
VSSQ1
1.4
46
SDRDQ13 SDRDQ12 C224 1 SDRDQ11 SDRDQ10
5
DQ2
1.5
45
B+
B+
Q105 ISA1602AM1TP-1EF B BPF

TP1159
2.3 1.7
R139 1.8k 0.5% T P147 C146 0.01
DQ3
3.3 1.6
44
7
VDDQ1 VDDQ4
2.9
1.5
57 56
C226
0 . 1 16V
43
C120 22p 50V
(SEE PAGE 4-8)
2.3
Q109 2SC4154TP-1EF BUFFER
DQ4
DQ1 1 DQ1 0 VSSQ3 DQ 9 DQ 8
1.6
42 41
9
DQ5
R147 680 F10 1 C144 1 I EM I O G C151 220 4V T P151
B+
C160 1000p
C 172 0.1 16V C183 1 C185 0.1 16V C 157 0.1 16V
1.6
55 54
TP1126 TP1124 R169 1k TP1125 C216 1
10
VSSQ2
1.6 3.3
SDRDQ6 X101 24.576MHz C218 7p 50V SDRDQ7 C222 1
1.5 1.1 3.3
1.6
40
SDRDQ9 SDRDQ8 C25 1 1000p 50V B
11
DQ6
1.6
39
12
IC101 MM1563DFBE
4.8
5
R103 0
B+
1.9
TP187 CN
IC103
5V REG
C158 0.1
TP1161 3.3 TP1149 TP1150 TP1151
53
1.1
52
DQ7
3.3
38 37
13
VDDQ2 VDDQ3
B+
5.0
5
C145 0.01 TP162 NC TP190 C234 100 16V C184 1 C175 0.1 16V R133 0 F105 TP154 O C173 0.1 16V
0 0 0 0 0 0
1.1
51
14
IC103 S-1112B50MC-L7JTFG
5.7
1
VI N VS S ON/OFF VOUT TP121
1.3
50 49 48
TP185
CON T SUB VI N
1.1 1.5 1.3

C217 1
C239 1000p 50V B
SDRW E SDRCA S SDRRA S SDRC S SDRA10 SDRAB P
3.2 3.2 3.2 3.1 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.4
C250 1000p 50V B
LDQM NC/RFU
C225
1 SDRCLK SDRCKE
15
XW E UDQM CLK CKE NC A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 VSS 1
36
1.6
35
16
B+
5.7
7
GND NC VO
3.3
1
C121 1000p 50V B
R148 33k C150 1 6.3V
T P189
4.8
3
C 174 0.1 16V
TP1152 TP1153
XCAS
3.3
17
34
XRAS
18
33
47
C159 1
C130 2.2 10V B
1.3
46 45
XCS
0.2
32
SDRA9 SDRA8 SDRA7 SDRA6 SDRA5 SDRA4
19
BA
0.2
31
20
SDRDQ10
SDRDQ11
SDRDQ12
B+
176 AGND5
SDRA10
SDRRAS
SDRDQ8
SDRDQ5
SDRDQ7
SDRDQ6
SDRDQ9
DVDD1D
SDRDQ4
SDRDQ3
SDRCKE
SCKSET
SDRCLK
DGND1
SDRA9
SDRA8
SDRA7
SDRA6
SDRA4
SDRA3
SDRA2
SDRA1
TP107 R102 10k T P186
SDRA0
TEST1
TEST2
DGND2
SDRA5
DGND3
DGND4
SDRWE
SDRCS
IC102 MM1561FFBE
2.4
5 4 6
DVDD1E
EMI G
DVDD3D
SDRABP
DVDD3A
DVDD3B
DVDD1A
SDRCAS
DVDD1B
DVDD3C
DVDD1C
IC101
3.3V REG
SDRA0 SDRA1 SDRA2
A10/AP
0.4
30
21
A0
0.4 0.4 0.4
22
A1
29
0.3
3
T P188 C215 220 4V C207 1 C205 1000p
23
28
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44 SDRA3
A2
24
27
3.3
0.1
0.1
0.2
0.2
0.4
0.4
3.3
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.2
1.5
0.2
0.2
3.0
3.3
3.2
1.5
1.5
3.3
1.5
3.2
3.2
1.0
1.4
1.5
1.1
1.3
1.2
1.3
1.5
1.2
1.3
1.2
1.3
B+
C108 1 6.3V X6S
3.3
7 2
B+
1.5
T P108 C122 1000p 50V B C131 2.2 10V B I F10 4 EM I O G C204 1 C203 1000p T P155
3.3
B+ B+ B+
C187 1 C206 220 4V
B+ B+
3.3
A3
25
VDD2
26
R113 10k
C20 2 1 C189 1 C235 1000p 50V B 2 4 6 8 R155 100 1 3 5 7 1 3 5 7 R156 100 1 3 5 7 2 4 6 8 R158 100 1 3 5 7 TP1104 C192 1 C194 C236 1000p 1 50V B 2 4 6 8 TP1155 R159 100 R160 100 1 3 5 7 C196 1 C237 0.1 16V F 2 4 6 8 R162 100 1 3 5 7 1 3 5 7 C19 9 C238 1 0.1 16V F 2 4 6 8 C201 1
TP118
TP119
C223
TP15 6
B+
2 4 6 8 R181 100 2 4 6 8 R180 100 1 3 5 7 R167 100
IC102
1.5V REG
2 4 6 8 R154 100
TP1118
SIGNAL PATH
VIDEO SIGNAL CHROMA REC Y Y/CHROMA AUDI O SIGNAL
SDRABP
TP1100
TP1108
TP1106
TP1103 TP1102
TP1101
TP1109
TP1110
TP1111
TP1112
TP1113
TP1114
TP1115
TP1116
SDRA0 TP1107 SDRC S
TP1105
SDRDQ1 0
SDRDQ1 1
SDRDQ1 2
TP1117
T P199
TP191
TP192
TP193
TP194
TP195
TP196
TP197
TP198
SDRDQ13
SDRA10
SDRRAS
PB
SDRCLK
SDRCKE
SDRCAS SDRW E
SDRA9
SDRA8
SDRA7
SDRA6
SDRA5
SDRA4
SDRA3
SDRA2
SDRA1
SDRDQ1 SDRDQ14 SDRDQ0 SDRDQ15
SDRDQ7
SDRDQ8
SDRDQ6
SDRDQ9
SDRDQ5
SDRDQ4
SDRDQ3
SDRDQ2
TP1120 TP1121 TP1122 TP1123
TP1119
R165 100
4-17
4-18
VIDEO ENCODER
VDC-001
7
ND201 FLUORESCENT TUBE DISPLAY
10
11
FR-274 BOARD
FL DRIVER, LINE 2 IN FUNCTION SW
P16 P15 P14 P13 P12 P11 P10 10G 11G 12G P9 P8 P7 P6 P5 P4 P3 P2 P1
-REF.NO.: 30,000 SERIES1G 2G 3G 4G 5G 6G 7G 8G 9G F1 F1 F2

51 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49
JL269
JL275
JL284
F2
52
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
JL260
JL272
JL250
JL274
JL276
JL280
JL238
JL235
JL241
JL251
JL236
JL237
JL239
JL252
JL253
JL271
JL273
JL234
JL242
JL245
JL265
JL270
JL278
JL244
JL258
JL263
JL243
JL246
JL248
JL262
JL268
JL277
JL279
JL240
JL249
JL261
JL264
JL259
JL247
SEG1 6
SEG1 5
SEG1 4
SEG1 3
SEG1 2
SEG1 1
SEG1 0
JL266
SEG9
JL267
SEG8
SEG7
SEG6
SEG5
SEG4
SEG3
SEG2
JL281
GRD1 0
GRD1 1
L201 100uH
B+
Q201 2SD1898T100R
DSC
D210 1SS355TE-17 D211 1SS355TE-17
JL223
GRD1 GRD2 GRD3 GRD4 GRD5 GRD6 GRD7 GRD8 GRD9
B
R209 10k C201 100 25V
D216 MM3Z6V2ST1
T201 DC-DC CONVERTER TRANSFORMER C207 2700p 200V 2 10
D208 1SS355TE-17 D209 1SS355TE-17
C215 0.1 50V B
C216 22 50V
C217 0.1 50V B
Q203 2SB1197K-T-146-R
11.8
12V SWITCH 11.8
GRD1 2
GRD1
GRD2
GRD3
GRD4
GRD5
GRD6
GRD7
GRD8
GRD9
B+
R217 10k C211 0.1 B
B+
-22.5 -22.5 -22.5 -22.5 -22.5 -22.5 -22.5 -22.5 -22.5
C222 0.01 16V B
JL224
11.1
(RDR-HX650/HX750/HX950)
D212 SDPB31H3C0100
R223 2.7k
4.9
Q202 2SD1898T100R
DSC
GR3
VSS
GR8
GR4
GR5
GR6
GR7
GR1
JL254
1
5 8
GR2
GR9
VD D
SEG1
JL282
JL283
GRD10
R10.2/P0
6 9 R227 27k R215 5.6k
HDD
R231 2.2K
LED1 LED2 LED3 LED4 OSC DOU T DI N CLK STB K1 K2
GR10 GR11
JL255 JL256
R4.9/P0
-22.5 -22.5 -22.5 -24.8 -22.3 -24.2 -17.8 -24.2 -24.2 -24.2 -17.8
GRD11 GRD12
R0/P5
R232 0
JL257
R233 100k R235 FLD T FLC K FLSTB 0
R0/P5
4 5
IC201
FL DRIVE
GR12 VEE SG16
Q205 DTC124EUA-T106
LED DRIVE
R0/P3.9 R3.5/P0
SEG16 SEG15 SEG14 SEG13 SEG12 SEG11 SEG10
2.8
6
0 4.9
Q206 DTC143TUA-T106
LED DRIVE
R250 47 R251 47 R252 47 R236 10k R237 10k
0
7
IC201 PT6315
SG15 SG14 SG13 SG12 SG11 SG10
0
8
4.9 4.9 0 0
Q204 MUN2213T1
SWITCH
C213 0.1
VSS
SG3
SG4
SG5
SG6
SG7
SG8
SG1
D214 SLI-343YC3F
DVD
VDD
SG2
4.9
-22.2
SEG3 -22.3
-22.3
-22.3
-16.3
-22.3
-10.2
-10.3
SG9
SEG1
SEG2
SEG4
SEG5
SEG6
SEG7
SEG8
R225 270 CN201 TO FL-178 BOARD CN106 THROUGH THE FLR-010 FFC 5P JL201 KEY2 KEY1 IR GN D V +5F 5 JL202 4 JL203 3 JL205 2 JL204 1 R201 0 R222 0
C221 0.01 16V B
C223 0.1 50V B
SEG9
-18.3
JL285
JL286
CN203
44
43
42
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34 33 32
2 3 9 10 11
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
12
13
14
15
17P
JL20 6 17 JL20 7 16 IR V+12RI E V +5F GND FLDATA FLCLK FLSTB GND HDD2 A_TV D_TV DITV PLTV KEY1 KEY2 KEY3 TO AV-114/118 BOARD(1/5) CN105 THROUGH THE FAR-007 FFC FLPO N
B+ B+ B+ B+
JL20 8 15 JL20 9 14 JL21 0 13 JL21 1 12 JL21 2 11 JL21 3 10 JL21 4 9 JL21 5 8 JL21 6 7 JL21 7
(SEE PAGE 4-22)
FLD T FLCK
E
R206 0 R207 0
D202 STZ6.8N-T146
FLSTB
D203 STZ6.8N-T146
R228 10k
R238 10k
R243 10k
6 JL21 8 5 JL21 9 4 JL22 0 3 JL22 1
(SEE PAGE 4-6)
J201 LINE 2 IN S VIDEO 1 5 3 1 3 4 2 6 4 2
R205 0
D204 STZ6.8N-T146
2C SDET2
S201
PROGRAM
S203 S208
JL22 2 1
JL225 JL226 JL227

1 2 3 4 5 6
CN202 2C SDET2 GN D 2Y GN D 2V GN D 2L GN D 2R GN D
11P
CH+ OPEN/CLOSE
R229 2.2k S204
REC_STOP
R239 2.2k S209 R244 2.2k
F
VIDE O 7 8 R AUDI O L(MONO) 9 10 11 13 12 FB201 0uH R213 0 FB202 0uH
D205 STZ6.8N-T146
2Y
JL228 JL229
INPUT_SELECT
TO AV-114/118 BOARD(1/5) CN106 THROUGH THE R230 2.2k S213 R240 2.2k
CHS210 R245 2.2k
2V
JL230
HDD
R241 3.3k
PLAY
S211 R246 3.3k
2L
JL231 JL232
7 8 9 10 11
FAR-006 FFC
SIGNAL PATH
(SEE PAGE 4-6)

S212
D206 STZ6.8N-T146
2R
JL233
R248 3.3k S207
R242 5.6k
STOP
DVD
REC
G
C204 220p C206 220p
D207 STZ6.8N-T146
PB
R218 220k
R220 220k
FL DRIVER, LINE 2 IN, FUNCTION SW

FR-274
4-19
4-20
FL-178 BOARD
DV,USB,REMOCON,RECEIVER,POWER,SW
RDR-HX750/HX950
CN101 6P JL101 TPB N TO RD-065 BOARD(6/7) CN5101 THROUGH THE RV-003 HARNESS TPBP GND GND TPAP TPAN 6 JL102 5 FL101 0uH
JL103 4 3 JL104 2
JL105
TPBTPB+ TPATPA+
4 3 2 1
CN103 4P
(SEE PAGE 4-36)
DV IN
B
3 4
FL102 0uH
IC101
REMOTE CONTROL RECEIVER
C102 1
L104 0uH
IC101 GP1UM27XK0SF
R109 33
4.9
D2
VFB
1
CN105 4P Pict Bridge C111 100 16V C107 0.01
4.9
GND
OUT
VCC
CN102 10P USBDP 1 GND USBDM 1 TO RD-065 BOARD(6/7) CN5201 THROUGH THE RV-001 HARNESS GND GND V+5USB USBVFB USBDM 2 1 2 3 4
3 JL108 JL107 JL106 VDR102 VDR104 L105 0uH JL110 5 JL109 6 JL112 7 8 JL111 9 10 C101 1 R104 33 L103 0uH R108 33 R105 33
USB B type
(POWER) S101 JL117 JL118
CN106 5P 1 2 KEY2 KEY1 IR GND V +5F TO FR-274 BOARD CN201 THROUGH THE FLR-010 FFC
D+
GND
R113 0
JL119 3 JL121 4
B+
R112 0 CN104 4P
JL120 5
(SEE PAGE 4-19)
DD+ GND
B+
L102 0uH
V+5
S102
(SEE PAGE 4-34)
ONE_TOUCH_DUB USB A type
USBDP 2 GND
4-21
4-22
DV, USB, REMOCON RECEIVER, POWER SW

FL-178
10
RD-065 BOARD(1/7)
POWER BLOCK
-REF.NO.: 20,000 SERIESB+
C 4507 100 16V C 4501 1 6.3V X6S C 4535 1000p 50V B TP4504 C 4508 220 4V C 4502 1 6.3V X6S C 4536 1000p 50V B TP4506 SW+1.53V SW+1.53V TO SWITCHING REGURATOR CN201 THROUGH THE PR-076 HARNESS GND D SW+3.33V SW+3.33V GND D V +12V GND V+5M GND M V12M 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 TP4514 12 TP4512 13 TP4513 I C4501 2.5A 32V C 4516 10 16V TP4571 R4501 0 TP4501 C 4539 1000p 50V B C 4509 220 4V C 4537 1000p 50V B C 4503 1 6.3V X6S TP4508 C 4504 0.1 16V F TP4509 TP4507 TP4505 TP4502 TP4503 C 4511 4.7 6.3V B V +1R0
B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+
V+1R 0 V+2R 5 V+3A V+3D V+3V V+5D V+1R5_IN GND D
A
CN4501 13P 1 2 EV+5.8 V GND D
B+
IC4561 S-1112B50MC-L7JTFG
TP4565
V +2R5 V+3A V+3D
VI N GND CONT
VOUT
B+
IC4511 S-1170B33UC-OTSTFG
3 4
NC VSS ON/OFF VOUT VI N
IC4511
3.3V REG
C 4562 1 6.3V X6 S
B+
V+5HD
V+3V V+5D V+1R5_IN
1
TO (2/7)
NB
C456 3 1 6.3V X6S
R4511 0
IC4561
5V REG
B+
B+
C 4524 4.7 6.3V B C 4513 4.7 6.3V B TP4608
V+3V C 4567 1 6.3V X6S
IC4562 S-1112B33MC-L6STFG
TP6096
V+3D
B+
P_CONT2 V+3HD V+1R5_IN V +12A V+3D
B+
VI N GND
VOUT
B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+
V+1R5_IN V +12A V+3D V+5_AIN V+5_AO V+5_VI V+5_VO GND D
D4521 RB501V-40TE-17
(SEE PAGE 4-38)
C 4505 1 6.3V X6S
IC4502 2.5A 32V
R4521 6.8k C 4515 47 6.3V NC VSS ON/OFF VOUT VI N
CONT
NB
B+
TP4510
TP4511
IC4521 S-1170B25UC-OTKTFG
3 4
IC4521
2.5V REG
C 4570 1 6.3V X6S
IC4562
3.3V REG RDR-HX650/HX750/HX950
V+5_AI N V+5_AO V+5_VI V+5_VO
2
TO (3/7)
C 4526 15k
B+
C 4540 1000p 50V B
V +2R5 R4504 2.7k R4505 2.7k R4507 2.7k C 4522 1 6.3V X6S C 4525 4.7 6.3V B
C 4506 0.1 16V F
IC4571
B+
R4574 0 R4573 0 1.8V REG R4575 0 TP4569 V+1R8
GNDA
B+
TP4572 TP4609
V+1R5_IN V +1R0
D4571 RB501V-40TE-17
B+
V+3D V +2R5
B+
B+ B+
IC4531 MM1701WHBE
CONT NC2 NC3 VI N CN GND NC1 VOUT C 4532 0.01 16V B C 4534 10 10V C C 4533 1 6.3V X6S
V+3D V+2R 5 GND D
3
TO (4/7)
C
C 4531 1 6.3V X6S
1.0V REG
C 4571 4.7 6.3V B
IC4571 S-1132B18-U5T1G
ON/OFF
VI N
R4531 0
IC4531
C4572 220
C4573 4.7
V +1R8 V+3D
B+ B+
VS S
V+1R 8 V+3D GND D
VOUT
NC
4
TO (5/7)
B+ B+
TP4610
V+5M V+12M V+3A V+3D
B+ B+ B+ B+
V+3D V+3HD V+5HD EV+5.8V GND D
B+
R5445 TP4567 0
B+
R4581 100
TP4570
B+
V +12A
V+3HD V+5HD
IC4541 MM1563DFBE
R4541 0
C 4543 1000p 50V B CN
5
TO (6/7)
CONT SUB VI N
B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+
V+5D
Q4581 2SC4081T106R
1.2V REG
EV+5.8V
B+
7
R4559 0 C 4541 1 6.3V X6S
GND NC VO
L 4551 10uH
V+5_AO
C 4542 2.2 10V B
R4552 0
C 4585 0.1 16V F
C 4586 100 16V V+3D V+3A
V+5_AIN
B+ B+ B+ B+ B+
V+3D V+3A V+5L V+5M V+12M GND D
R4554 0
IC4541
3V REG
V+5_VI
V+5L V+5M
R4553 0
6
TO (7/7)
V+5_VO
V+12M
B+
D4552 RB501V-40TE-17
R4556 0
V+5L GND M
IC4552
5V REG
IC4552 S-1170B50UC-OUJTFG
ON/OFF VSS NC VIN C 4556 4.7 6.3V B VOUT C 4558 100 16V TP4568 C 4559 100 16V C 4553 1000p 50V B
C 4555 4.7 6.3V B
R4558 22k
C 4557 0.01 16V B
Note :
POWER BLOCK
RD-065 (1/7)
4-23
4-24
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
RD-065 BOARD(2/7)
EMMA BLOCK
A
-REF.NO.: 20,000 SERIESL 1831 L 1821 R1802 220 I C 1802 2.2 10V B L 1801 39uH C 1804 330p 50V C 1801 1 6.3V X6S R1804 33 R1803 330 C 1814 150p 50V O EM I G I C 1812 2.2 10V B C 1811 1 6.3V X6S L 1811 15uH C 1813 100p 50V R1814 33 R1813 330 R1812 220
B+ B+ B+
C1044 C1045 2P 2p (AS,BS) 1P 1P (CS,DS)
B+
C 1045 C 1044 50V CK
NJM12904V(TE2) IC1301
NJM12904V(TE2) IC1302
IC1301
VREF V OUT C 1315 2.2 10V B C1312 0.1 16V F R1312 1k 0.5%
B+
B+
O EM I G
* 50V *
CK
C 1301 2.2 10V B
C 1302 0.1 16V F
R1301 470 0.5%
IC1302
VREF D OUT
+ -
+ -
SIGNAL PATH
FSC BPF X 1001 24.576MHz X 1002 27MHz R193 0 R114 33k X101 16.9344MHz
R1302 1k 0.5%
VREF_D VREF_D
VREF_D
A T/XDT AT/XDT
C 1803 Q1801 220p 16V ISA1602AM1TP-1EF CH HCL BPR
TP1202 R1303 1k 0.5% C 1303 0.1 16V F C 1316 10 10V C R1313 1k 0.5% R1314 0 C 1313 0.1 16V F
PB
7
TO (4/7)
HADRS7 HADRS7 HADRS6 HADRS6 HADRS5 HADRS5
1080P
TXD0_LL
RXD0_LL
C 1805 0.047 10V B
C 1815 0.047 10V B
C 1304 47 6.3V TP1201
R1030 100 47
R1031 220 (AS,BS) 150 (CS,DS)
XDVI
SPDIFSEL
10
TO (3/7,4/7)
XRESET 1080P
AOD0
AOBCK
DACCLKO
SMCKOUT
ADCCLKO
AOLRCK
NSCS
AILRCK0
SMDOUT
SPDIFO
RXD1
AIBCK0
SMDIN
AIBD0
TO (3/7,4/7,5/7,7/7)
1080P XDVI XDVI TXD0_LL SCL_VDEC RXD0_LL SDA_VDEC
JTC L
EDIN T
C 1058 0.01 16V B
JTMRS T
JTMS
JTDO
JTDI
11
TO (6/7)
R1013 10k
R5856 10k
C1027 0.1 10V B
C1028 0.1 10V B
AIOBCK
R1029 82
R1030
R1068 47k
* *
CN470 1 28P
K2
AG23
AG22
K20
K23
AF1
G2
AC20
AB21
AF21
L20
L21
H19
H20
G19
H21
L24
M24
L1
AE1
D18
SP1ERRB/GPIO20 AD20
AF22
J19
F21
J21
J22
J24
AD23
AD24
R1031
B+
R1001 10k
R1181 10k
AIOLRCK
AIOBD
VIOCLK
VIOD7
VIOD6
VIOD5
VIOD4
VIOD3
VIOD2
VIOD1
VIOD0
AB22
AC22
AC24
AE20
AE24
AA20
AF24
AB20
AE21
AF23
Y19
L3
K5
L4
L5
AOBCK C19
AIOMCK0 C20
AOD0 E18
E20
AIBCK0 E19
AIOMCK1 E21
ATX D19
D20
AILRCK0 F19
K4
K3
A T/XDT R4717 10k R4716 10k R4715 10k R470 9 10k R470 8 10k
28 R4732 4.7k R4707 10k 27 26 25 24 TP6045 23 TP6048 22 21 TP6103 20 19 C 4701 1 6.3V X6S C 4704 1000p 50V B
AT/XDT GND SDA_VDEC SCL_VDEC GND TX1 RX1 GND XRESET GND(RFE/XLL) GND VCLKI GND STREAM_7 STREAM_6 STREAM_5 STREAM_4 STREAM_3 STREAM_2 STREAM_1 STREAM_0 GND ALRCKI ADATA ABCKI GND SPDIF GND TO VDC-001 BOARD CN104 THROUGH THE FVR-001 FFC
HCBP
HLCO
JTMS
JTDO
FCBP
FSCO
XA2
TXD0B
CLK24OUT
CLK27AOUT
RXD0B
JTCL
HLCI
CLKPWM1/VIFLD/GPIO61
AIOLRCKSP0ERRB/GPIO30
AIOBCK/SP0CLK/GPIO31
SMCKOUT/SS0CKIN
SP0REQB/GPIO33
SMDOUT/SS0DOUT
CLK24IN
RXD1B/GPIO38
AOLRCK
JTRST
AIOBD/SP0STRT/GPIO32
VIOD7/SP0DAT7/GPIO29
SP1CLK/SS1CLK/GPIO08
VIOCLK/SP0EN/GPIO21
SP1EN/SS1EN/GPIO09
RSTSWB
DCD0B/SS0SB/GPIO47
CLKPWM0/GPIO60
CLK27BIN/GPIO6
CLK27AIN
TXD1B/GPIO39
CN1401
14P 14 13 12 TP1430 GND TDO 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 TP1414 V+3 1
SMDIN/SS0DIN
AIBD0
NMI
EDINT
JTDI
FSCI
XA1
TRST EJSNGEN TDI
R1401 TP1401 22 R1414 TP1402 22 R1402 TP1403 22
JTMRS T HADRS7 JTDI AB23
IC4702
BUFFER V19 U19 F17 D24 C23 C24 F24 G21 F22 G23 H22 G22 E22 D21 C101 7 0.1 10V B C 1016 0.1 10V C101 5 B 0.1 10V B C 1035 0.1 10V C103 3 B 0.1 10V B C 1032 0.1 10V C102 9 B 0.1 10V C 1030 B 0.1 10V C103 1 B 0.1 10V B C 1047 0.1 10V C103 4 B 0.1 10V B C 1018 0.1 10V C101 9 B 0.1 10V B C 1020 10 16V ADPOW AMUTE VIOCLK R4723 47 C 4705 1000p 50V B
CS C 4702 1 6.3V X6S
IC4702 TC7SZ08FU(TE85R)
VCC INB IN A OUTY GND
R4713 10k
DINTEN
(FOR CHECK)
TMS GND TCK GND RST JTSEL DINT
R1403 TP1429 22 R1415 TP1406 22 R1404 TP1404 22
SP1STRT/SS1STRT/GPIO10 SP1REQB/SS1ERRB/GPIO11 SP1DAT0/SS1DAT/GPIO12 SP1DAT1/SS0CLK/GPIO13 SP1DAT2/SS0EN/GPIO14 SP1DAT3/SSOSTRT/GPIO15 SP1DAT4/SS0ERRB/GPIO16 SP1DAT5/SS0DAT/GPIO17 SP1DAT6/GPIO18 SP1DAT7GPIO19
VIVSB/RTS0B/GPIO36 VIHSB/CTS0B/GPIO37 CSYNC/GPIO54 VRBB VCOMB VRTB VRBR VCOMR VRTR VRBC VCOMC
R4731 4.7k R4727 10k R4728 10k
1 2
JTDO HADRS6 JTMS
W19 AH24 AG24 AC21
3
R4729 0
R1405 TP1405 22
JTCL
AE22 AE23
IC4701 TC74VCX245FK
20
VCC OE B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 DIR A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 GD
R4703 100 R4701 100
18 TP6063 17 16 TP6056 15 TP6057 14 TP6058 13 TP6059 12 TP6060 11 TP6061 10 TP6069 9 TP6062 8
R1406 TP1407 22 R1416 TP1408 22 R1407 TP1409 22
JTRS T HADRS5 EDIN T
AD22 AD21 AC23
R4721 100 VIOD7 VIOD6 VIOD5 VIOD4 VIOD3 VIOD2 VIOD1 VIOD0 X525P GI BI C/RI YI R4722 100
19 18 17
2 3 4
B+
R1412 10k R1411 10k R1413 47k C 1401 0.01 16V B
(SEE PAG
16
B+
E
CN1402 7P TP1410 TXD RXD DTR 1 TP1412 2 3 TP1425 4 TP1426 V+5D GNDD XRESET 5 TP1427 6 TP1428 7 TP1413 TP1411
R1421 10k
R1422 10k
C1421 1 6.3V X6S
RXD
(FOR CHECK)
CTS
B+
232RST
C122 2200p 50V C125 1 6.3V C127 X6S 0.047 10V B C128 0.1 10V C129 1 6.3V X6S R109 6.2k C130 4.7 6.3V 2012 C131 0.068 10V C133 B 0.1 10V B C134 0.1 10V B R110 1k
C121 2200p 50V
AF15 AG15 AF18 R116 3.3k R119 0 AH19 AG19 AJ17 AJ18 AF16 AF17 AG14 R124 0 C135 0.01 16V B T P131 AF14 AH18 AG18 AE17 AE16 AE18 AF13 AG11 AE15 AE14 AE12 AE13 AF12 AG12
15
CBPD CBBD CEQDC CDEF2 CDEF CEQ REQ C CAG CAGC2 CMIRR CAMIRR AGCIN RFO CRC CTEC CBHLPP/CRAPC CBHWBL/CID CREG CBC CAD CWAGC CWHP CADO CBCO
VRTC VRBY VCOMY
14 13
7 8
VRTY D22 VCLY CTS1B/TTXRQ/GPIO41 ABI ARI ACI AYI COMP1 COMP0 E23 AB19 D23 F23 G24 E24 B20 B24 B22 A21 A23 A24 B23
12 11
9
R4704 0 R4705 0 R4706 0 R4702 100
10
7 TP6066 6 TP6067 5 TP6068 4
IC4701
BUFFER
C 4703 1 6.3V X6S
IC4703 TC74VHC125FK
14 13
VCC 4G 4A 4Y 3G 3A 3Y 1G 1A 1Y 2G 2A 2Y GND
R4714 0
3 TP6104 2 1 TP6065
C136 0.1 10V C137 B 6800p 16V C144 0.01 16V C145 B 0.01 16V B C146 10 10V C147 C 0.33 6.3V B C148 0.33 6.3V C155 B 0.47 6.3V B C156 1800p 50V C157 0.01 16V B C158 0.01 16V B C107 680p 50V R104 B 12k C113 4700p 50V C114 4700p 50V C115 0.01 16V B C116 0.1 10V B C117 1000p 50V B
IC1001
AV ENC/DEC
VREF
(1/5)
RSET1 RSET0 VAB
C 1001 0 . 1 10V B C 1002 0 . 1 10V B C1006 1 6.3V X6S R1003 680 0.5% R1004 470 0.5% PB/BOUT Y/GOUT PR/ROUT COUT YOUT
IC4703
BUFFER AIOBCK R4726 22
C 4706 1000p 50V B
12 11 10 9 8
3 4 5 6 7
IC1001 MC10050F1-105-LU1-A(AS,BS) MC10050F1-505-LU1-A(CS,DS)
VAG
A22 VAR B21 VAC VAY A20
AIOBD AIOLRCK
R4725 22
R4724 22 DGNDR K19 DVDD33R AGND N15 Y15
CS
R4712 10k
R4711 10k
R4710 10k
B+
R4720 R4719 R4718 10k 10k 10k
AGND Y14 AG13 AJ16 AH15 AJ15 AH14 AJ14 C120 0.1 10V B C100 1000p 50V B C101 1000p 50V B AH13 R105 0 AJ13 AH17 AH16 T P117 T P118 AG16 AG17 WALPF EXTR PCEFM2 PCEFM1 FCEFM2 FCEFM1 ASY EFM RFI_P RFI_M RFEQOM RFEQOP AGND Y13 AGND Y12 AD16 AVDD33 AD15 AVDD33 AD14 AVDD33 AD13 AVDD33 AD12 AVDD15 DLL_GND DLL_VDD DA2_GND DA1_GND DA2_VDD3 DA1_VDD3 T P119 AF20 T P122 AF19 T P123 AE19 TEO/LE/SWRF1/SWRF3/RFP6 FEO/LE/SWRF2/SWRF4/RFP5 AD2_GND AD1_GND AD2_VDD3 AD1_VDD3 PH_GND PH_VDD1 HC_VDD3 PF_GND PF_VDD1 M6 L6 A19 C22 B19 C21 H24 L 1024 M23 H23 L23 L22 J20 K21 J23 K24 K22 C 1041 C 1040 C 1039 1000p 1 100 50V 6.3V 4V X6S C 1005 C 1004 C 1003 1000p 1 100 50V 6.3V 4V X6S O EMI G I L1023 O EMI G I R271 0 R274 0 C103 220 4V C104 1 6.3V X6S C106 0.1 16V F C105 1000p 50V B C152 1000p 50V B C159 0.1 16V F C154 1 6.3V X6S C153 10 16V L 1004 O EMI G I R273 0 Y/GOUT SPDIFO_LL YOUT YOUT COUT
B+ B+
COUT PR/ROUT PR/ROUT Y/GOU T PB/BOUT PB/BOUT YI YI C/RI C/R I BI BI GI GI X525P X525P AMUTE AMUTE ADPOW ADPOW ADCCLKO ADCCLKO DACCLKO DACCLKO AILRCK0 AILRCK0 AIBCK0 AIBCK0 AIBD0 AIBD0 AOLRCK AOLRCK L1025 AOBCK AOBCK I AOD0 AOD0 SPDIFO SPDIFO SMDIN SMDIN SMDOUT O EMI G
G
IC1001-AJ2
B+
9
TO (7/7) GNDS
Q102 RT1N141U-TP-1
SWITCH
B+
C1051 10 10V C
C1052 1 6.3V X6 S
C 1053 1000p 50V
C164 1000p 50V B
C167 0.1 16V F
C162 1 6.3V X6S
C163 220 4V
B+
11
TO (3/7)
ADIN/LE/RFP4 T P128 AD18 MONI1/RFPM1
B+
TP6119 AD19 MONI2/RFPM2 TP6120 AC19 MONI3/SWRF4/RFPM3 M10 TEST_MODE M11 FPIND M12 AD17 LVSPOWD
B+
C102 5 C1024 C1026 1 100 1000p 6.3V 4V 50V X6S
DVDD10(1.0V)
DVDD10(1.0V)
DVDD10(1.0V)
DVDD10(1.0V)
DVDD10(1.0V)
DVDD10(1.0V)
DVDD10(1.0V)
DVDD10(1.0V)
DVDD10(1.0V)
DVDD10(1.0V)
DVDD10(1.0V)
DVDD15(1.5V)
DVDD15(1.5V)
DVDD15(1.5V)
DVDD15(1.5V)
DVDD25(2.5V)
DVDD25(2.5V)
DVDD25(2.5V)
DVDD25(2.5V)
DVDD25(2.5V)
DVDD25(2.5V)
DVDD25(2.5V)
DVDD25(2.5V)
DVDD25(2.5V)
DVDD25(2.5V)
DVDD33(3.3V)
DVDD33(3.3V)
DVDD33(3.3V)
DVDD33(3.3V)
DVDD33(3.3V)
DVDD33(3.3V)
DVDD33(3.3V)
DVDD33(3.3V)
DVDD33(3.3V)
DVDD33(3.3V)
DVDD33(3.3V)
DVDD33(3.3V)
DVDD33(3.3V)
TEST1
FC_VDD3
TP1001
B+
L1005 15uH TP1002
L100 3 O EMI G I L1022 O EM I G I
B+
SMCKOUT NSCS
SMDOUT SMCKOUT NSCS RXD1 RXD1 JTRS T JTRST RXD RXD
W10
M13
M14
M15
P10
P11
P12
R10
R11
N24
N10
N11
N12
N13
V+5D V+3A V+1R0
B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+
L 1001 O EM I G I L 1002 O EM I G I
N14
L10
T10
T11
L11
L12
L13
L14
L15
K10
K11
Y10
Y11
K12
K13
K14
K15
F12
F13
F14
F15
F16
F10
F11
AA6
AB6
W6
P6
R6
N6
U6
G6
G7
H6
J6
A1
V6
Y6
K6
K1
T6
L2
F7
F8
F9
PLL_GND
PLL_VDD
DGND
DGND
DGND
DGND
DGND
DGND
DGND
DGND
DGND
DGND
DGND
DGND
DGND
DGND
DGND
DGND
DGND
DGND
DGND
B+ B+
B+ B+
L 1021 O EMI G I 232RST
1
TO (1/7)
V+2R5 V+3D V+3V V+1R5_IN GNDD
232RST
C1009 220 4V
C1010 1 6.3V X6 S
C1062 1 6.3V X6S
C1063 C1064 0.1 1000p 16V 50V F
C1065 1000p 50V
C1007 220 4V
C1008 1 6.3V X6 S
C1059 1 6.3V X6S
C1060 0.1 16V F
C1061 1000p 50V
C101 4 1000p 50V
C1012 100 4V
C1013 1 6.3V X6 S
C 1066 1 6.3V X6S
C 1067 0.1 16V F
C 1068 1000p 50V
C 1011 1000p 50V
C1049 C104 8 C 1050 C 1038 C 1037 C 1036 C 1023 C 1022 C 1021 100 1000p 1000p 1 1 1 10 100 1000p 4V 4V 50V 6.3V 50V 6.3V 50V 6.3V 10V X6S X6S X6S C
4-25
4-26
EMMA BLOCK
RD-065 (2/7)
10
11
R2501 680
RD-065 BOARD(3/7)
A
VIDEO/AUDIO BLOCK
-REF.NO.: 20,000 SERIESYOUT R2502 150 0.5% C250 2 1 6.3V X6S R2504 680
C 2501 1 6.3V X6S
Y_OUT
VIDEO BUFFER
IC3201
AUDIO DAC
C_OUT
R2304 0 YP_OUT
CN2301 TP2304 40 X525P YP_OUT GND CR_OUT GND CB_OUT GND Y_OUT GND TP2301 39 38
40P
B+
R3201 47
IC3201 PCM1742KE
16
BCKIN DATA LRCKIN GND VDD VCC VOUTL VOUTR V MCLK ML MC MD ZEROL ZEROR COM AGND
COUT R3234 0 R3233 0 R3229 10k R3206 47 R3207 47 R3228 10k DACCLKO R2505 150 0.5% R2506 0 R2507 680
VIDEO BUFFER C250 3 1 6.3V X6S CR_OUT TP2302
* MARKED:MOUNTED TEBLE
AS,BS C3303 C3304 C3305 C3311 C3312 C3313 15p/50V 82p/50V 22p/50V XX XX 0.01u/50V XX XX XX XX XX 0.01u/50V XX XX XX XX XX 0.01u/50V XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX 0 1.8k 0.5% 10k XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX 0 10k 0 10k XX
CS,DS 5p/50V 68p/50V 15p/50V 7p/50V 7p/50V 10u/10V 7p/50V 7p/50V 5p/50V 68p/50V 15p/50V 10u/10V 7p/50V 7p/50V 5p/50V 68p/50V 15p/50V 10u/10V 5p/50V 68p/50V 15p/50V 1u/50V 1u/50V 1u/50V 1u/50V 1u/50V 1u/50V 18uH 10uH 18uH 10uH 18uH 10uH ISA1602AM1TP-1EF 2SC4154TP-1EF ISA1602AM1TP-1EF 2SC4154TP-1EF ISA1602AM1TP-1EF 2SC4154TP-1EF 47 5.6k 0.5% XX 470 0.5% 5.6k 0.5% 10 330 470 0.5% 10 330 470 0.5% 5.6k 0.5% 5.6k 0.5% 10 47 XX 47 XX 330
AOBCK AOD0 AOLRCK
37 36 CB_OUT TP2303 35 34 YP_OUT Y_OUT R3310 TP2305 33
R3202 47
NSCS SMCKOUT SMDOUT Y/GOUT
15
R3203 47
14
B
V+3D V+5_AO
R3208 47
*
TP2306
13
B+ B+
R3230 0
R2508 150 0.5% VIDEO BUFFER C250 4 1 6.3V X6S R2510 680
32 31 30 TP2307 29 28 TP2308 27 26 TP2309 25 24 TP2310 23 22 TP2311 21 TP2312 20
C_OUT R3337 Y_IN
C_OUT GND Y_IN GND C/R_IN GND G_I N GND B_IN GND L_OUT GNDA R_OUT AMUTE R_IN GND L_IN GND P_CONT2 MRST XRST1 DAM_TO_T HSM_TO_T DAT_TO_M ASCK HST_TO_M TO AV-114/118 BOARD (1/5 ) CN101 THROUGH THE F RA-006 FFC
12
D3201 DAN202uT106
C 3206 0.1 16V F
5 6 7 8
C3314 C3315 C3316 C3317 C3318 C3319 C3320 C3321 C3322 C3323 C3324 C3325 C3329 C3330 C3331 C3333 C3334 C3335 C3339 C3340 C3341 L3303 L3304
R3204 0 SMCKOUT
AMUTE
*
R3302
11 10 9
C 3207 47 6.3V R3209 100k
SMDOUT AMUTE1
C/R_IN CB_OUT G_IN
*
R3336
C 3201 1000 6.3V
C 3202 0.1 16V F
C 3219 220 4V
C 3220 1 6.3V X6S
C 3203 1000p 50V C 3204 330p 50V
*
R3232 0 R3341 R3342
PB/BOU T R2511 150 0.5%
VIDEO BUFFER B_IN C250 5 1 6.3V X6S R2513 680 CR_OUT RCHOUT AMUTE1
GNDA
* *
TP3201
TP3202
LCHOUT
C
2
TO (1/7)
V+5_VO V+5_VI P_CONT2 V+1R5_IN V+5_AIN
B+ B+
PR/ROU T
B+
TP2313 R2302 0 19 TP2314 18 TP2315 17 16
(SEE PAGE 4-6)
R2514 150 0.5% C 2506 10 10V C VIDEO BUFFER
RCHIN
B+ B+
R3224 100 LCHOUT
LCHI N
TP2317 15 R2301 3.3k 14 TP2319 13 TP2320 12 TP2321 11 TP2322 10 R3004 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 TP2323 9 TP2324 8 TP2325 7 TP2326 6 TP6105 5 DSDA CEC DSCL DDC_SW1 HDP TP6106 4 TP6107 3 TP6100 2 TP6108 1
B+
R3218 22k 0.5% R3210 1.2k 0.5% R3211 10k 0.5% C 3216 82p 50V C 3215 82p 50V R3223 22k 0.5% R3227 100
B+
RCHOUT
1 2
R3219 6.8k C 3213 560p 50V C 3214 560p 50V
IC3202 UPC4558G2-E1
Q3302 2SC4154TP-1EF
Y EQ C 3307 10 10V C C 3332 1 6.3V X6S R3309 680 R3308 10 R3307
C 3302 7p 50V
C3301 7p 50V
R3306 470 0.5%
R3305 330
X RST 1 C 3342 1 6.3V Y_IN R3301 47 SMDOUT
R3720 0 R3002 0
7 6
3 4
R3222 6.8k
D
V +12A
R3216 1.2k 0.5%
R3217 10k 0.5%
R3221 100
IC3202
AUDIO LPF
YI
L 3301 18uH C3303 C3304
L3302 10uH C 3305
DAT_TO_M SMCKOUT HST_TO_M
R3006 R3003 R3007 R3008 R3009 R3010 R3011 R3012 C2305 1 6.3V X6S
*
Y EQ
B+
R3220 100 C3312 C3311
TU_DSDA TU_CEC TU_DSCL
L3305 L3306 L3307 L3308 Q3303
Q3304
R3213 680 R3214 6.8k R3215 22k C 3211 100 16V C 3212 0.1 16V F C 3218 C 3217 0.1 100 16V 16V F C/RI GNDD C3313 R3315 680
*
C3333
*
L3303
*
L3304 R3312
R3344
* *
Q3303
C3339
DDC_SW1 TU_HPD C/R_IN R3005 10k
* *
R3314
*
R3313
*
C3329 C3330
*
C3331
*
C3314
*
C3315
*
R3317
TP2327
TP2329
TP233 1
Q3304 Q3305 Q3306
TP2328
TP2330
IC3101 A K5358AET-E2
RCHIN LCHI N
R3101 0
IC3101
AUDIO ADC GI C3334
Q3306
* *
C3319 R3319
* *
L3305
*
L3306 R3318
* *
Q3305
TU_HPD C3340 TU_HPD DDC_SW 1 DDC_SW 1 G_IN TU_DSCL R2316 10k TU_DSCL TU_CEC TU_CEC TU_DSD A TU_DSDA
Q3307
AINR AINL CKS1 VCOM AGND VA VD DGND
CKS0 CKS2 DIF PDN SCLK MCLK LRCK SDTO
R3102 0
R3324
*
C3316 C3317
*
C3318
13
TO (6/7)
Q3308 R3302 R3307 R3310
16
1 2
15
R3320 680
B+
C 3105 0.1 16V F
R3113 10k
*
R3103 0 R3107 47 ADPOW AIBCK0 R3111 0 C3335 ADCCLKO BI AILRCK0 C3325 AIBD0 R 3106 10k
*
C3320
*
C3321
*
R3322
14
3 4 5 6
Q3308
HSMTOT C3341 HSTTOM
14
TO (4/7)
R3312 R3313 R3314 R3317
13 12 11
* * *
R3327 680 R3326
* *
L3307
*
L3308 R3323
* *
Q3307
R3104 0 R3108 47
*
B_IN X525P SPDIFO BI GI C/RI YI PR/ROUT PB/BOUT Y/GOU T COUT YOUT AMUTE SMDOUT SMCKOUT NSCS DACCLKO AOBCK AOD0 AOLRCK AIBD0 AILRCK0 ADCCLKO AIBCK0 ADPOW SPDIFO_LL SMDIN RXD1 RXD JTRST 232RST SPDIFO BI GI C/RI YI PR/ROUT PB/BOUT Y/GOUT COUT YOUT AMUTE SMDOUT SMCKOUT NSCS DACCLKO AOBCK AOD0 AOLRCK AIBD0 AILRCK0 ADCCLKO AIBCK0 ADPOW SPDIFO_LL S MDIN RXD1 RXD JTRST 232RST
XRST1
C 3104 1 6.3V X6S C 3701 0.01 16V B R3738 10k
C 3103 100 16V
R3325
*
C3322 C3323
*
C3324
R3109 47
R3318 R3319 R3322 R3323 R3324 R3325 R3326
10
7 8
9
R3105 1M
B+
IC3707 PST3813UL
4 C 3108 220 4V SPDIFSEL C 3107 1 6.3V X6S C 3106 1000p 50V RDR-HX650/HX750/HX750 C3738 1 6.3V R3715 0 3 GND NC OUT VDD 1 R3716 33 2
10
TO (2/7,4/7)
IC5701
SELECT 232RST
IC3707
MRST
12
TO (2/7)
R3336 R3337 R3341 R3342 R3344
D3712 RB501V-40TE-17 D3711 RB501V-40TE-17

XRESET
IC5701 TC74VHC00FT(EKJ)
JTRST
B+
14 1
1A 1B 1Y 2A 2B 2Y GND VCC 4B 4A 4Y 3B 3A 3Y
R5705 0
TO (2/7,4/7,5/7,7/7)
IC3701 TC7WH34FU(TE12R)
DAT_TO_M
C 3703 1 6.3V X6S
SPDIF O RDR-GX350
13
2 3
1A 3Y 2A GND
VCC 1Y 3A 2Y
R3704 100
R5708 390
R5702 470
12
1 2
8
SMDI N
11
HST_TO_M
RXD
SPDIFO_LL
Q5701 2SC4154TP-1EF
DIGITAL OPUT L5701 0uH R5701 470 R5703 680 R5704 150 R5706 75 0.5% C 5704 1 50V R5707 100k TP609 4 TP609 5 JA5701
10
IC3702 TC7SH08FU(T5RSOYJF)
1 2
C 3706 1000p 50V B C 3707 1 6.3V X6S
R3705 100
C 3705 1000p 50V B C 3704 10 10V C
DIGITAL OUT COAXIAL
SIGNAL PATH
R3703 100 R3708 10k
RXD1
IC3701
BUFFER
B+
C570 7 C5705 1000 p 1 50V 6.3V B X6S
C 5708 220 4V
C 5702 1 6.3V X6S
C5706 1000p 50V B
PB
IC3702
AND GATE
VIDEO/AUDIO BLOCK
RD-065 (3/7)
4-27
4-28
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
RD-065 BOARD(4/7)
MEMORY BLOCK
A
-REF.NO.: 20,000 SERIESB+
IC1001 (2/5)
AV ENC/DEC
IC1001 MC10050F1-105-LU1-A (AS,BS) MC10050F1-505-LU1-A (CS,DS)
IC201
MD 0 MD 1 MD 2 MD 5 MD 0 C280 1 6.3V X6S C287 1 6.3V X6S R319 33 FLASH ROM
MD0 MD1 MD2 MD3 MD15 MD4 MD5 MD14 R318 33 C285 1 6.3V X6S MD13 MD6 MD7 MD8 MD12 MD11 MD9 MD10 MD11 MD10 R317 33 C290 0.1 16V F MD 9 MD12 MD13 MD14 MD 8 MD15 MA0 C284 1 6.3V X6S R281 0 CAS Z UDQ M MCLK MCKE C291 1000p 50V B MA11 RAS Z MA2 MA5 MA11 MA 9 MA 8 MA 7 MA 6 MA 5 MA 4 MA6 MA3 MA4 MA7 MA10 MA9 MB A MA8 MA1 R204 33 R205 33 R206 33
R253 10k
R252 10k
R248 10k
R256 10k Y3 AA4 AB1 AA5 AB3 AA3 W4 Y4 W5 W3 TP160 Y5 Y2 AC2 AB5 AA1 Y1 AE3 AD3 AF3 AE5 AE4 MD0 MD1 MD2 MD3 MD4 MD5 MD6 MD7 MD8 MD9 MD10 MD11 MD12 MD13 MD14 MD15 MA0 MA1 MA2 MA3 MA4 MA5 MA6 MA7 MA8 MA9 MA10 (PB2) MBA UDQM LDQM MCLKOUT MCKE WEB RASB CASB DADD00 DADD01 DADD02 DADD03 DADD04 DADD05 DADD06 DADD07 DADD08 DADD09 DADD10 DADD11 DADD12 DQ00 DQ01 DQ02 DQ03 DQ04 DQ05 DQ06 DQ07 DQ08 DQ09 DQ10 DQ11 DQ12 DQ13 DQ14 DQ15 DQ16 DQ17 DQ18 DQ19 DQ20 DQ21 DQ22 DQ23 P20 Y20 Y24 AA22 W23 V23 Y23 V21 AA23 Y22 P22 U22 P23 U21 U20 AB24 R24 M21 N21 T23 R22 W20 RADD21 DBA0 DBA1 DCKE DCLK DCLKB DVREF DIHM DILM P24 M20 N19 R1199 10k P19 W21 Y21 AA21 U23 V22 T24 U24 N23 R23 M22 RDATA09 T22 T21 P21 N22 N20 R21 R1018 0 R1019 0 W22 FOEB/GOEB AA24 FWEB/GWED RDATA10 RDATA11 RDATA12 RDATA13 RDATA14 RDATA15 RADD22 RADD23/GPIO02 RADD24/GPIO03 RADD25/GPIO04 RDATA00 RDATA01 RDATA02 RDATA03 RDATA04 RDATA05 RDATA06 RDATA07 RDATA08 IR_OUT/GPIO53 FB/TTX/RTS1B/GPIO40 GCSB0 GCSB1 GCSB2/GPIO5 GCSB3/GPIO6 GRDYB/GPIO7 FCSB1 FCSB0 F18 AA19 V20 JL999 T20 JL997 R19 T19 R20 W24 JL998 V24 SFSCK SFSI SFSO SFCS0B AD9 AD10 AD8 AD11 RADD00/GPIO01 RADD01 RADD02 RADD03 RADD04 RADD05 RADD06 RADD07 RADD08 RADD09 RADD10 RADD11 RADD12 RADD13 RADD14 RADD15 RADD16 RADD17 RADD18 RADD19 RADD20 DQ24 DQ25 DQ26 DQ27 DQ28 DQ29 DQ30 DQ31 DCS0B DCS1B DRASB DCASB DWEB DDQM0 DDQM1 DDQM2 DDQM3 DDQS0 DDQS1 DDQS2 DDQS3 B4 A4 C5 B5 E1 E2 D1 D2 D3 E4 C4 D4 E5 F5 F4 G5 G4 J4 J5 H4 H5 A8 B8 C8 A7 B6 A6 C7 B7 G1 G2 G3 F1 H3 H2 H1 J3 D9 E9 D8 E8 D7 E7 D6 E6 C3 E3 A2 B2 C2 F3 A5 J1 B9 F2 C6 J2 C9 B3 A3 D5 C1 B1 F6 A9 C10
DADRS0 DADRS1 DADRS2 DADRS3 DADRS4 DADRS5 DADRS6 DADRS7 DADRS8 DADRS9 DADRS10 DADRS11 DADRS12 DDATA0 DDATA1 DDATA2 DADRS4 DDATA3 DADRS6 DDATA4 DADRS10 DDATA5 DADRS3 DDATA6 DDATA7 DDATA8 DDATA9 DDATA1 0 DDATA1 1 DDATA1 2 DDATA1 3 DDATA1 4 DDATA1 5 DDATA1 6 DDATA1 7 DDATA1 8 DDATA1 9 DDATA2 0 DDATA2 1 DDATA2 2 DW E DDATA2 3 DCS0B DDATA2 4 DRAS DDATA2 5 DCAS DDATA2 6 DDATA2 7 DDATA2 8 DDATA2 9 DDATA3 0 DDATA3 1 DCS0B DCLKNO R1289 22 DCLK O R1288 22 R1277 0 R1279 390 R1278 0 TCAS TRAS C 1217 1 6.3V X6S C 1209 1000p 50V B C 1231 10 10V C C 1221 1 6.3V X6S C 1222 0.1 16V F C 1219 1 6.3V X6S TCS TADRS3 R1287 47 TW E TADRS2 DADRS12 DBA0 DBA1 R1284 47 R1285 47 R1286 47 TADRS12 TBA0 TBA1 TBA0 TBA1 TADRS10 TADRS0 TADRS1 DADRS11 DADRS2 DADRS7 DADRS8 R1283 47 DDQS0 TADRS11 TADRS2 TADRS7 TADRS8 DDM 0 TW E TCAS TRAS TCS C 1208 1 6.3V X6S R1244 33 R1240 22 C 1207 1000p 50V B R1243 0 R1247 22 C 1206 0.01 16V B TADRS3 TADRS10 TADRS6 DDATA7 R1282 47 TADRS4 DDATA6 DDATA4 DDATA5 DADRS5 DADRS9 DADRS0 DADRS1 R1281 47 TADRS5 TADRS9 TADRS0 TADRS1 DQ3 DQ4 VDDQ2 DQ5 DQ6 VSSQ2 DQ7 NC1 VDDQ3 LDQS NC2 VDD2 NC LDM /WE /CAS /RAS /CS NC3 BA0 BA1 A10/AP A0 A1 A2 A3 VDD3 DQ12 DQ11 VSSQ4 DQ10 DQ9 VDDQ4 DQ8 NC6 VSSQ3 UDQS NC5 VREF VSS2 UDM /CK CK CKE NC4 A12 A11 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 VSS1 DDATA0 DDATA1 DDATA2 DQ2 VSSQ1 DQ13 VDDQ5 R1241 0 R1245 22 C 1202 1 6.3V X6S C 1203 0.1 16V F C1235 10 10V C
IC201 K4S641632K-UC60T
54
VDD1 DQ0 VDDQ1 DQ1 DQ2 VSSQ1 DQ3 DQ4 VDDQ2 DQ5 DQ6 VSSQ2 DQ7 VDD2 LDQM WE CAS RAS CS BA0 BA1 A10/AP A0 A1 A2 A3 VDD3 VSS3 DQ15 VSSQ4 DQ14 DQ13 VDDQ4 DQ12 DQ11 VSSQ3 DQ10 DQ9 VDDQ3 DQ8 VSS2 N.C/RFU UDQM CLK CKE N.C A11 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 VSS1
IC1201
DDR SDRAM
B+ B+
1
C1215 100 4V C 1204 1 6.3V X6S R1255 22 R1248 0 DDATA2 3 DDATA2 2 DDATA2 1 C 1205 0.01 16V B R1256 22 R1249 0 DDATA1 9 DDATA1 8 DDATA1 7 C 1210 1000p 50V B DDATA1 6 DDATA2 0
1 2 3
53 52
IC1201 K4H511638C-UCB3T
66
VDD1 DQ0 VDDQ1 DQ1 VSS3 DQ15 VSSQ5 DQ14
MD 1
51
MD 2
65
50
5 6
64
49
MD 3 MD 4 C281 1 6.3V X6S R320 33 C288 0.1 16V F C282 1 6.3V X6S
63
48
7 8 9
62
47 46
DDATA3
61
MD 5 MD 6
10 11 12
60
45 44 43
R1242 0
R1246 22 C 1216 1 6.3V X6S
59
8 9
58
MD 7
13 14
10
57
42 41
11
56
LDQM WE Z CAS Z
15 16 17
12
55
40 39 38
13 14
54 53
RAS Z
18 19
37 36
15
52
R210 33
AD2 AD1 AC5 AD4
R1257 22 C 1213 0.1 16V F R1258 22
R1250 0
DDQS2
16
51
MB A
20 21
35 34
17 18
50 49
MA10 MA 0 MA 1 MA 2 MA 3 C283 1 6.3V X6S C286 10 10V C
22 23 24 25 26 27
C289 1000p 50V B
33 32 31 30 29 28
19
48
R202 33
AC1 AC3
R1251 33
DDM 2 TCLKNO TCLKO
20 21
47 46
R203 33
AF5 AD5 AB2 AA2 AB4 AC4 AF2
22 23 24 25
45 44
C 1218 1 6.3V X6S R1252 33
43 42
TADRS1 2 TADRS1 1 TADRS9 TADRS8 TADRS7 TADRS6 TADRS5 TADRS4
B+
UDQM LDQM MCKE WE Z R211 0 R117 68 R1071 10k HADRS1 HADRS2
26
41
27 28
40 39
HADRS13
AF4 AE2
29
38
MCLK
30 31 32 33
37 36 35 34
IC1102
FLASH ROM
HADRS3 R1034 10k C 1101 1000p 50V B R1035 10k HADRS4 HADRS5 HADRS6 HADRS17 HADRS7 HADRS8 HADRS9 HDATA1 5 HDATA7 HDATA1 4 HDATA6 HDATA1 3 HDATA5 HDATA1 2 HDATA4 C 1113 1 6.3V X6S HADRS10 HADRS11 HADRS12 HADRS13 HADRS14 HADRS15 HADRS16 HADRS17 HADRS18 HDATA1 1 HDATA3 HDATA1 0 HDATA2 HDATA9 HDATA1 HDATA8 HDATA0 R1132 47 HDOE R1028 10k R1027 10k HADRS19 HADRS20 HADRS21 HADRS22
TCLKO TCLKNO
C 1211 0.1 16V F
B+
HADRS5 HADRS5 HADRS6 HADRS16 HADRS6
IC1102 S29GL064A90TFIR90H
48
A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A19 A20 WE RESET A21 WP/ACC RY/BY A18 A17 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1
IC1221
DDR SDRAM
C 1236 100 4V C 1223 1 6.3V X6S
A16 BYTE VSS2 DQ15/A-1 DQ7 DQ14 DQ6 DQ13 DQ5 DQ12 DQ4 VCC DQ11 DQ3 DQ10 DQ2 DQ9 DQ1 DQ8 DQ0 OE VSS1 CE A0
7
TO (2/7)
HADRS7 HADRS7 A T/XDT A T/XDT VREF_D VREF_D
HADRS15
IC1221 K4H511638C-UCB3T
66 1
VDD1 DQ0 VDDQ1 DQ1 DQ2 VSSQ1 DQ3 DQ4 VDDQ2 DQ5 DQ6 VSSQ2 DQ7 NC1 VDDQ3 LDQS NC2 VDD2 NC LDM /WE C / AS R / AS /CS NC3 BA0 BA1 A10/AP A0 A1 A2 A3 VDD3 VSS3 DQ15 VSSQ5 DQ14 DQ13 VDDQ5 DQ12 DQ11 VSSQ4 DQ10 DQ9 VDDQ4 DQ8 NC6 VSSQ3 UDQS NC5 VREF VSS2 UDM /CK CK CKE NC4 A12 A11 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 VSS1
47
HADRS14
46
HADRS13
DRAS DCAS DW E DDM 0 DDM 1 DDM 2 DDATA8 DDATA9 DDATA1 0
R1261 0
R1265 22
R1273 22
R1268 0 DDATA3 1 DDATA3 0 DDATA2 9
65
45
HADRS12
64
44
HADRS11
63
43
HADRS10
62
42
HADRS9
DDATA1 1
HADRS20 HADRS21 HWS0
R1107 0
C 1224 0.01 16V B R1274 22 R1269 0
DDATA2 8
61
41
8 9 10 11 12
60
40 39 38 37
DDM 3 DDQS 0 DDQS 1 DDQS 2 DDQS 3 DBA0 DBA1 DCKE DCLKO DCLKNO C 1057 0.1 16V F SO SCLK DDATA1 2 DDATA1 3 DDATA1 4 DDATA1 5
R1262 0
R1266 22
59
C 1225 0.01 16V B
DDATA2 7 DDATA2 6 DDATA2 5 C 1229 1000p 50V B DDATA2 4
58
9 10
57
XRESET HADRS22 R1191 4.7k HADRS19 HADRS18 HADRS8 HADRS7 HADRS6 HADRS5 R1164 4.7k R1163 4.7k
TO (2/7,3/7,5/7,7/7)
R1110 0
56
36
13 14
11
55
35
12
R1103 0
B+
IC200
EEP ROM DDQS1 R1263 0 R1267 22 C 1226 1000p 50V B
54
34
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
13
53
33 32 31 30 29 28
14
(NOT USE)
HADRS23 HSTTOM HSMTOT HDATA0 HDATA1 HDATA2 HDATA3 HDATA4 HDATA5 HDATA6
52
15 16 17
R1275 22 C 1214 0.1 16V F R1276 22
R1270 0
DDQS3
51 50
SCLK SI CSO Z
IC200 SST25VF016B-50-4C-S2AF-T
CE SO WP VSS VDD HOLD SCK SI
C201 0.1 10V B C202 1 6.3V X6S DDM 1 TW E TCAS R1264 33 R1260 22
C 1227 1 6.3V X6S
49
18 19
48
10
TO (2/7,2/7)
SPDIFSEL
R1021 10k
HADRS4 HADRS3 HADRS2 R1153 4.7k R1161 4.7k R1195 4.7k
HCS0 HADRS1
R1037 R1036 100 43 0.5% 0.5%
C 1056 1 6.3V X6 S SCLK
SI
R1271 33
DDM 3 TCLKNO TCLKO
47
27
22 23 24
20
R201 10k
46
26 25
21
3 4
6 5
45
22
SI R107 47k SO CSOZ
TRAS
44
23
B+
V+3D
B+
TCS
R1272 33
3
TO (1/7) GND D V +2R5
(RDR-HX650/HX750/HX950)
R1033 10k
R1032 10k
HDATA7 HDATA8
R1219 0
43
24 25
TADRS1 2 TADRS1 1 TADRS9 TADRS8 TADRS7 TADRS6 TADRS5 TADRS4 DCKE
42
TBA0 R219 4.7k MD 0 R1182 10k R1016 10k MD 1 MD 2 SCL_G P R1111 100k MD 5 R220 4.7k TBA1 CN201 T P201 1 T P202 2 T P203 3 T P204 4 T P205 5 SDA_GP HADRS13 T P206 6 T P210 7 REM O R1040 100 0.5% R1039 43 0.5% REMI R221 47k R222 47k T P207 8 T P208 9 T P209 R223 22 10 V+3D RX_FE TX_FE XRESET C 1228 1000p 50V B TP614 C 1212 0.1 16V F GN D D0(MA) D1(SL) TADRS3 C 1220 1 6.3V X6S D5(AG) TADRS2 A9(ATA) TADRS1 PW TADRS0 10P TADRS10
41
26
B+
C 1104 1 6.3V X6S
C 1105 0.1 16V F
HDATA9 HDATA1 0 HDATA1 1 HDATA1 2 HDATA1 3
40
27 28 29 30 31
39 38 37 36
HSTTOM
HDATA1 4 HDATA1 5 HDOE HWS0
35
32
14
TO (3/7)
HSTTOM HSMTOT HSMTOT
(FOR CHECK)
34
33
R1205 10k
H
HCS0 R1017 0
B+
C1230 0.1 16V F
C1291 0.1 16V F SCL_GP SCL_GP SDA_GP SDA_GP REM I REM I
A T/XDT
15
TO (6/7)
B+
VREF_D
REM O REM O SI SI SCLK SCLK
16
TO (7/7)
4-29
4-30
MEMORY BLOCK
RD-065 (4/7)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
RD-065 BOARD(5/7)
SATA/IDE IF
A
-REF.NO.: 20,000 SERIESCN3801 40P TP3801 R3808 100 AT0RESET
IC1001 (3/5)
AV ENC/DEC
IC1001 MC10050F1-105-LU1-A (AS,BS) MC10050F1-505-LU1-A(CS,DS)
HRESET 40 GND 39 TP3802 HDB7 38 TP3803 HDB8 37 TP3804 HDB6 36 TP3805 HDB9 35 TP3806 HDB5 34 TP3807 HDB10 33 TP3808 HDB4 32 TP3809 HDB11 31 TP3810 HDB3 30 TP3811 HDB12 29 TP3812 HDB2 28 TP3813 HDB13 27 TP3814 HDB1 26 TP3815 HDB14 25 TP3816 HDB0 24 TP3817 HDB15 23 GND 22
AT0DATA7 R3810 33 AT0DATA8 AT0DATA6 AT0DATA9 AT0DATA5 R3811 33 AT0DATA10 AT0DATA4 AT0DATA11 AT0DATA3 R3812 33 AT0DATA12 AT0DATA2 AT0DATA13 AT0DATA1 R3813 33 AT0DATA14 AT0DATA0 AT0DATA15 AT1DATA0 AT1DATA1 AT1DATA2 AT1DATA3 AT1DATA4 AT1DATA5 AT1DATA6 AT1DATA7 AT1DATA8 AT1DATA9 AT1DATA10 AT1DATA11 AT1DATA12 AT1DATA13 AT1DATA14 AT1DATA15 AT1ADR0 M4 R1 R4 R2 N5 R3 P4 T1 T2 P5 T3 R5 U1 N4 U2 W1 U3 W2 T5 U5 V1 M5 V2 V5 T4 V3 U4 V4 AT1D00 AT1D01 AT1D02 AT1D03 AT1D04 AT1D05 AT1D06 AT1D07 AT1D08 AT1D09 AT1D10 AT1D11 AT1D12 AT1D13 AT1D14 AT1D15 AT1DA0 AT1DA1 AT1DA2 AT1DIOWB AT1DIORB AT1INTRQ AT1DMACKB AT1DMARQ AT1CS0B AT1CS1B AT1IORDY AT1RESETB AT0D00/HDD0 AT0D01/HDD AT0D02/HDD2 AT0D03/HDD3 AT0D04/HDD4 AT0D05/HDD5 AT0D06/HDD6 AT0D07/HDD7 AT0D08/HDD8 AT0D09/HDD9 AT0D10/HDD10 AT0D11/HDD11 AT0D12/HDD12 AT0D13/HDD13 AT0D14/HDD14 AT0D15/HDD15 AT0DA0/HDA0 AT0DA1/HDA1 AT0DA2/HDA2 AT0DIOWB/DIOW AT0DIORB/DIORB AT0INTRQ/HINTRQ AT0DMACKB/HDMACKB AT0DMARQ/HDMARQ AT0CS0B/HCS0B AT0CS1B/HCS1B AT0IORDY/IORDY AT0RESETB/HRSTB HIOCS16B AT0ADR1 RXD2_BRIDGE TXD2_BRIDGE AT0ADR0 R3824 82 AT0ADR2 AT0CS0 AT0CS1 AH23 AJ24 RXD2B/GPIO42 TXD2B/GPIO43 PDIAGB DASPB W11 T13 V13 AD7 AC6 AD6 TP1005 TP1003 TP1004 AT0CS1 AT0IORDY AT0RESET V14 U11 U12 W15 V11 T12 P13 R15 R13 V10 P15 U13 R14 U15 W13 T14 W14 U10 U14 P14 R12 V12 V15 T15 W12 AT0DATA0 AT0DATA1 AT0DATA2 AT0DATA3 AT0DATA4 AT0DATA5 AT0DATA6 AT0DATA7 AT0DATA8 AT0DATA9 AT0DATA10 AT0DATA11 AT0DATA12 AT0DATA13 AT0DATA14 AT0DATA15 AT0ADR0 AT0ADR1 AT0ADR2 AT0DIOW AT0DIOR AT0INTRQ AT0DMACK AT0DMARQ AT0CS0
DVD UNIT
GND 21 TP3818 DMARQ 20 GND 19 TP3819 XDIOW 18 GND 17 TP3820 XDIOR 16 GND 15 TP3821 IORDY 14 TP3822 HCSEL 13 TP3823 XDMACK 12 GND 11 TP3824 INTRQ XIOCS16 HA1 10 TP3825 9 TP3826 8 TP3827 XPDIAG HA0 HA2 XCS1FX XCS3FX XDASP GND 7 TP3828 6 TP3829 5 TP3830 4 TP3831 3 TP3832 2 TP3834 1 TP3835 R3871 22k R3862 0
R3814 22
AT0DMARQ
AT1ADR1 AT1ADR2
R3816 82
AT0DIOW
AT1DIOW A T1DIOR
R3817 82
AT0DIOR
A T1INTRQ AT1DMACK
R3818 22
AT0IORDY
AT1DMARQ AT1CS0
R3820 82
AT0DMACK
AT1CS1 AT1IORDY
R3821 22
AT0INTRQ
AT1RESET
SIGNAL PATH
VIDEO SIGNAL CHROMA REC PB Y Y/CHROMA AUDI O SIGNAL
R3823 82
RXD2_BRIDGE
TXD2_BRIDGE
AT1CS0
AT1CS1
PDIAG
(RDR-HX650/HX750/HX950)
CN3802 40P Reset# GND 1 2 TP3837 TP3836 R3835 33
R5692 0 R5693 0
R5606 82 R5607 82
R3828 22K AT1RESET
C5604 0.01 16V B
C5605 0.01 16V B
C5632 0.01 16V B
C5631 C5630 0.01 0.01 16V 16V B B R5619 1k
AT1DATA7 R3837 33 AT1DATA8 AT1DATA6 R5617 1k AT1DATA9 AT1DATA5 R3838 33 AT1DATA10 AT1DATA4 AT1DATA11 48 47 CS1n 46 PDIAGn 45 UAO 44 VCCO2 43 UAI 42 DGND2 41 VCCK2 40 PHYRDY 39 PMEN 38 FXDMA 37 CLKSEL1 36 CLKSEL0 35 SSCEN 34 DASPn 33 MSSEL CS0n AT1DATA3 R3839 33 AT1DATA12 AT1DATA2 AT1DATA13 AT1DATA1 R3840 33 AT1DATA14 AT1DATA0 AT1DATA15 A T1INTRQ AT1DMACK AT1IORDY R5626 22 R5627 82 R5628 22 R5664 0 52 SP 53 INTRQ 54 DMACKn 55 IORDY 56 VCCK3 AT1DMARQ A T1DIOR AT1DIOW AT1DIOW AT1DMARQ R5629 82 R5630 82 R5631 22 57 DGND3 58 DIORn 59 DIOWn 60 DMARQ 61 DD15 AT1ADR2 AT1ADR0 AT1ADR1 R5622 82 R5623 82 R5624 82 49 DA2 50 DA0 51 DA1
DD7 DD8 DD6 DD9 DD5 DD10 DD4 DD11 DD3 DD12 DD2 DD13 DD1
3 TP3838 4 TP3839 5 TP3840 6 TP3841 7 TP3842 8 TP3843 9 TP3844 10 TP3845 11 TP3846 12 TP3847 13 TP3848 14 TP3849 15 TP3850 16 TP3851 17 TP3852 18 19 TP3853 20 TP3854 21 22 TP3855 23 24 TP3856 25 26 TP3857 27 TP3858 R3857 0
B+ B+
R5610 1k R5609 10k R5608 10k
R5612 10k R5613 1k R5614 1k
DAS P
R5615 1k R5618 10k R5672 0 C5615 0.1 10V B
(RDR-HX650/HX750/HX950)
C5614 0.01 16V B TXP TXN AGND2 AVDDL 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 C5611 0.01 16V B C5612 0.1 10V B R5659 1k R5651 12k C5624 0.01 16V B R5652 100
C5622 0.01 16V B
CN5604 C5623 0.01 16V B 1 2 3 4 C5625 0.01 16V B 5 6 7 C5616 0.1 10V B R5688 1M R5661 1k X5502 1 25MH z R5689 1k GND TXP TXN GND RXN RXP GND
7P
DD14 DD0 DD15 GND
IC5602
SATA BRIDGE
HDD UNIT
RXN RXP REXT
(FOR IDE HDD)
B+
R3841 82 R3829 22k R3830 22k R3831 22k R3842 5.6k
KEYPIN DMARQ GND DIOW# GND DIOR# GND IORDY
IC5602 88SA8040-TBC1C000
AGND1 AVDDH XTALO XTALI ATAIOEN MODE2 MODE1 MODE0 PORn RESETn
R3843 22
R3844 22
AT1DIOR
AT1DATA15 AT1DATA0 62 DD0
R3845 82
R5657 1k
AT1IORDY
AT1DATA14 63 DD14 AT1DATA1 64 DD1
C5617 0.01 16V B
DGND1
CSEL DMACK# GND INTRQ RESERVED DA1 PDIAG# DA0 DA2 CS0# CS1# DASP# GND
28 TP3859 29 30 TP3860 31 TP3861 32 TP3862 33 TP3863 34 TP3864 35 TP3865 36 TP3866 37 TP3867 38 39 TP3869 40 R3846 1k TP3868 R3851 33
R3847 22
AT1DMACK
VCCO1
VCCK1
DD13
DD12
DD11
DD10
R5632 33 (V+3DS) TP999 C5606 0.01 16V B
DD2
DD3
DD4
DD5
DD9
DD6
DD8
R3848 82 R3849 10k
AT1INTRQ
10
11
12
13
14
15
DD7
C5629 0.01 16V B
R5658 1k
C5628 0.01 16V B
C562 7 0.01 16V B
C5626 0.01 16V B
C5640 15p
C5641 15p
16
R5690 0 XRESET
R3850 33
AT1ADR1 PDIAG AT1ADR0 AT1ADR2 AT1CS0 AT1CS1 DASP C 5613 100 4V C5603 0.1 16V F I L 5601 EMI G O
B+
8
TO (2/7,3/7,4/7,7/7)
B+
C5602 1 6.3V X6S C560 8 0.01 16V B C5607 0.01 16V B C5609 0.01 16V B R5650 82 AT1RESET AT1DATA6 AT1DATA8 AT1DATA7 C561 0 0.01 16V B
R5638 33 R3832 22k C3802 1 6.3V X6S C 3803 1 6.3V X6S R3833 22k C 3804 1 6.3V X6S
R5642 33
R5646 33
H
V+3D
4
TO (1/7) GNDD TP3870 V +1R8
B+
C 3801 1 6.3V X6S
B+
AT1DATA13 AT1DATA12 AT1DATA11 AT1DATA10 AT1DATA2 AT1DATA3 AT1DATA4 AT1DATA5
B+ B+
SATA/IDE IF
RD-065 (5/7)
4-31
AT1DATA9
4-32
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
RD-065 BOARD(6/7)
HDMI/DV/USB BLOCK
A
-REF.NO.: 20,000 SERIESR5825 22
IC1001 (4/5)
AV ENC/DEC
RSEN PDB CTL2
IC1001 MC10050F1-105-LU1-A(AS,BS) MC10050F1-505-LU1-A(CS,DS)
IC5801
IC5801
R5846 4.7k C5801 1 6.3V X6S C5802 1000p 50V B R5842 330
LINKON
E16
PHYLINKON PHYLPS PHYLREQ PHYSCLK PHYCTL0 PHYCTL1 PHY_D0 CLK PHY_D1 PHY_D2 PHY_D3 PHY_D4 PHY_D5 PHY_D6 PHY_D7 D7 D6 D5 D4 R5827 22 D11 D10 D9 D8 R5829 56 R5826 22 C 5821 1000p 50V B
C 5808 1 6.3V X6S
LPS D16 LREQ/AILRCK1 SCLK/VICLK CTL0/AIBCK1 CTL1/AIBD1 PHY_D0/VID0 PHY_D1/VID1 PHY_D2/VID2 PHY_D3/VID3 PHY_D4/VID4 PHY_D5/VID5 PHY_D6/VID6 E15 D15 E14 D14 E13 D13 E12 D12 E11 D11 E10 D10 F20
(RDRHX-650/HX750/HX950)
C5815 0.1 25V B 1
R5857 10k
JA5801
19P
IC5203
AND GATE C5211 1000p 50V B C5213 1 6.3V X6S R1006 15K R1005 15K CN5201 TP5202 10 USBDM2 GND USBDP2 GND V+5USB USBVF B GND USBDM1 GND USBDP1 TO FL-178 BOARD CN102 THROUGH THE RU-001 HARNESS USB_D_DN0 R5216 0 C5216 1000p 50V B USB_D_DP 0 USB_H_OCI0 USB_H_PPON0 R5217 0 R5213 0 R5212 0 4 TP5206 3 TP5208 10P
Not open to public Not open to public Not open to public Not open to public Not open to public Not open to public Not open to public Not open to public
L 5801 90uH
C5803 1 6.3V X6S
R5843 330
C5816 0.1 25V B
2 3 4
2 3
1 4
B+
USB_DN 0
L5201 0uH
R5865 0 C5804 1000p 50V B
R5844 330
C5817 0.1 25V B
5 6
R5201 0
IC5203 TC7SH08FU(T5RSOYJF)
5 1 1 2
VCC INB INA USB_D_VBUS R5202 0 R5222 10
9 TP5203 8 TP5204 7
2 L5802 90uH
1
8 9
D3 D2 D1 D0 R5828 22
R5845 330
C5818 0.1 25V B
(RDR-GX350)
2
Not open to public
USB_DP0
B+
TP5201 6 TP5205 5
PHY_D7/VID7 IR_IN/GPIO52
10 11 12 TP5802 13 14 TP5803 15 TP5804 C560 1 1 6.3V X6S 16 17 18 TP5805 19 R5824 0.1 25V R5803 0.1 16V R5832 0.1
Not open to public Not open to public Not open to public Not open to public Not open to public Not open to public USB_D_CONEECT Not open to public Not open to public Not open to public Not open to public GNDHS R5208 47k USB_CLKI R5205 68 R5206 47k
OUTY
GND
R5221 47k
(SEE PAGE 4-21)
L520 2 0uH
USB_DP0 USB_DN0 USB_CLKI/GPIO55 USB_H_OCI0/GPIO56 USB_H_PPON0/GPIO57 USB_D_DP0 USB_D_DN0 USB_D_VBUS/GPIO58 USB_D_CONNECT/GPIO59
M2 M1 N1 M3 N2 P2 P1 N3 P3
VDD OUT
X5201 C5223 1000p 50V B C5222 0.1 16V F C5205 1 6.3V X6S
STANDBY GN D
USB_DP0 USB_DN0 USB_CLKI USB_H_OCI0 USB_H_PPON0 USB_D_DP0 USB_D_DN0 USB_D_VBUS USB_D_CONEECT
DE R5838 33 R5839 470 R5861 10k R5833 22 R5834 22 R5831 0 R5837 0 L 5805 I EM I O G C5822 1000 p 50V B R5854 10k C 5806 1 6.3V X6S 2 1 4 5 R5863 680 R5862 4.7k
2 TP5207 1
VSYNC CTL3
R5855 10 C5807 1 6.3V X6S
C5805 1 6.3V X6S
L 5803 90uH
HSYNC
Q5809 UMD2N-TR
SWITCH
B+
L 5804 90uH
R5207 0
R5220 1.5k
IC5204
5V REG TP5209 C5219 1000p 50V B
3 2 3
1 4
R5214 47k
3 C580 9 220 4V
B+
C 5813 0.1 16V F C 5812 0.1 16V F C 5814 0.1 16V F C 5117 12p 50V X 5101 24.576MHz C5118 12p 50V
B+
B+
TP5801
B+
B+
IC5204 R1173H001B
R5203 3.3k C521 2 2.2 10V B
ON/OFF
PHY_XRST R5836 10k R5852 10k
B+
Q5802 RN2903(T5RSONY,D,F)
SWITCH
VSS
C5218 1000p 50V B
IC5202 R5523N001B-TR-F
EN GND FLG VIN VOUT
C5209 0.1 16V F C5210 100 16V
VI N
VOUT
NC
1 2
1 2
15
TO (4/7)
SDA_GP SCL_GP
C5217 1 6.3V X6S R5815 2.7k
1 R5204 820
SCL_VDEC
SWITCH R5813 2.7k R5812 4.7k C5116 1 6.3V X6S R5101 100k R5102 100k
C5121 100 4V
L5101 0uH
Q5804 DTC124EUA-T106
R5814 4.7k
C 5115 1 6.3V X6S
B+
C5133 1 6.3V X6S
C 5120 1 6.3V X6S
R5215 47k
IC5202
USB 5V SW
11
SDA_VDEC HDMI/XDVI 1080P
R5110 10k
R5111 1k
TO (2/7)
B+
R5113 10k R5114 10k R5115 10k R5116 10k
R5117 100k
D6 17
D7 18
SUS/RES 19
DVDD 20
DGND 21
X0 22
X1 23
AGND 24
AVDD 25
PC0 26
PC1 27
PC2 28
IC(AL) 29
CMC 30
AVDD 31
R5105 68
Q5808 2SK2034-TE85L IC5802 TC7MB3257FK(EL)

16
S 1B1 1B2 1A 2B1 2B2 2A GND Vcc OE 4B1 4B2 4A 3B1 3B2 3A SWITCH
PHY_D7 PHY_D6 PHY_D5 PHY_D4 DGND D5 D4 DGND D3 D2 DVDD D1 D0 DGND CTL1 CTL0 DVDD IC(DL) SCLK DGND
CPS 32
C5114 0.1 16V F
C 5119 270p 50V
R5131 5.1k 0.5% AGND RI1 AGND
16
33
R5118 9.1k 0.5%
34
14
B+
R5817 4.7k R5818 4.7k PHY_D3 PHY_D2 PHY_D1 TU_DSDA PHY_D0 R5106 68
35
R5120 56 0.5%
R5119 56 0.5% R5135 0 R5134 0 R5132 0 R5133 0 TP5103 6 TP5104 5 4 3 TP5102 2 TP5101 1
15
36
13
1 2
CN510 1 TPBN TPBP
6P
DDC_SW1
12
TpB0p TpA0n TpA0p AVDD
37
R5859 10k DDC_SW1
C5104 0.1 16V F
15 14
IC5103
DV PHY
TpB0n
38
TU_HPD TU_HPD
39
10
R5867 560
R5870 27k
40
41
TO (3/7)
TU_DSDA TU_DSDA TU_DSCL TU_DSCL
13
TU_CEC TU_CEC
IC5802
DDC SW
C5105 1 6.3V X6S
11
3 4 5 6
A_GND A_GND TPAN TPAP
TO FL-178 BOARD CN101 THROUGH THE RV-003 HARNESS
13 12 11
R5868 2.2k R5869 4.7k
IC5103 UPD72852AGB-8EU-A
C5113 0.1 16V F
R5121 56 0.5%
R5122 56 0.5%
TpBias0 AGND TpB1n TpB1p TpA1n TpA1p AVDD TpBias1
(SEE PAGE 4-19)
10
R5822 4. 7 k
R5821 4.7k TU_HPD
PHYCTL1 PHYCTL0 R5103 100k PHYSCLK R5104 100k
V+3HD
45
B+
DDC_SW 1
C5819 1000p 50V B
C5820 1 6.3V X6S
TU_CEC
48
47
C5106 1 6.3V X6S R5109 47
44
R5107 68 R5108 68
42
43
46
APD/BDB
RESETB
IC(AL)
DIRECT
FNSEL
DGND
DVDD
AGND
DVDD
AGND
AGND
64
63
62
61
60
59
58
57
56
55
54
53
52
51
50
V+5HD
B+ B+
R5864 1k
HOT PLUG DET
L 5122 R5808 4.7k R5805 4.7k
B+
C5122 100 4V C 5123 1 6.3V X6S C 5107 1 6.3V X6S
V+3D
R5125 1k
B+
3 4 5 2 1 TP5806 R5853 10k R5848 4.7k 6
Q5801 UMX1N-TN
R5809 2.7k HOT PLUG DET
EM I O G
R5123 10k R5124 10k
49
AGND
AVDD
LKON
LREQ
LPS
7 8
C 5112 1 6.3V X6S C5132 1 6.3V X6S
C5111 1 6.3V X6S
B+
5
TO (1/7)
R5129 82
Q5810 UMF21NTR
HOT PLUG DET
R5127 10k R5130 0 R5141 0
C 5108 1 6.3V X6S
C 5110 1 6.3V X6S R5140 10k C5109 0.1 16V F
TP996
GND D
R5807 5.6k
R5806 1k
R5804 47k
EV+5.8 V
B+
PHYLINKON
PHYLREQ
PHYLPS
4-33
4-34
HDMI/DV/USB BLOCK
RD-065 (6/7)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
CN101 F+ FTP171 50 TP173 49 FD TR TD SCLK SDIO SEN VPP RESET VD3V TEM P RSET W1SET W2SET W3SET LDDEN OSCEN OSCEN+ W1ENW1EN+ W3ENW3EN+ W2ENW2EN+ VO5V VO5V OSCNT GNDO GNDO HFGAIN DVD/CD GNDA FMOFMO+ VA5V SW2 M3 M2 M1 M4 VREFPD RF+ GNDA RFVA5V S3 S2 S1 S4 SW1 TP175 48 TSCLK SI LCDS R313 47k TO (2/7,3/7,4/7,5/7) TP177 47 TP187 46 TP183 45 TP184 44 TP182 R115 0 L105 10uH 43 TP181 42 FR
9
50P
RD-065 BOARD(7/7)
DVD DRIVE
T+
XRESET
B+
C194 4.7 6.3V B C171 0.1 10V B APCV W1SET W2SET R168 0 R167 820 R166 820 R165 820 C197 0.1
TP179 41 TP193 40 TP150 39 TP140 38 TP141 37 TP142 36 TP101 35 34
V+3A
B+ B+ B+ B+
R174 4.7k 0.5%
V+3D
W3SET LDDEN OSCENOSCEN+
V+5M
R172 3.3k R171 3.3k R170 3.3k
V+12M
33 W1EN32 W1EN+ 31 W3EN30 W3EN+ 29 W2EN28 W2EN+ 27
DVD UNIT
26 TP136 25 OSCNT C189 1000p 50V HFGAIN DVD/CD TP144 FMOFMO+ V+5L TP145 TP102 24 TP6110 23 22 TP103 21 TP143 20 TP146 19 TP151 18 TP154 17
TO (1/7)
B+
C182 10 10V C C187 0.01 16V B C180 10 10V C SW2 A D C173 47p C172 47p C170 47p C174 47p R306 2.2k
B+
TP163 16 TP190 15 TP162 14 TP100 13 TP194 12 TP105 11 TP6109 10 TP165 9 8
GNDD
C GNDM B
R135 220 R133 220 R132 220 R136 220
C181 4.7 6.3V B
C188 0.01 16V B
RF+
RF-
TP170 7
B+
S3 TP161 C176 22p C166 22p C165 22p C177 22p R307 2.2k R137 220 R131 220 R130 220 R139 220 S2 S1 S4 SW1 TP195
6 5 4 TP192 3 TP148 2 TP200 1
IC1001 (5/5)
B+
AV ENC/DEC
IC501
DVD DRIVER
OSCENC509 33p 50V C510 68p 50V OSCEN+
AJ5 AH5 AH3 AH4 AJ3 AJ4 AH1 AH2 AJ11 AJ8 AJ9 AJ10 C140 6.3V 0.47 B C141 6.3V 0.47 B AH12 AJ12 AH10 AH8 AH9 AH11 AF8 AE9 AE11 AF11 AG9
HFONM HFONP WRPULSEM WRPULSEP PKPULSE2/NRZIM PKPULSE2/NRZIP PKPULSE1M PKPULSE1P A1 D1 C1 B1 RFP RFN F1 H1/FOM G1/FOP E1 RLD WLD PLED P2LD
VOFLD/SSODOUT/DSR0B/GPIO46 VOHSB/SS0DIN/DTR0B/GPIO45 VOVSB/SS0CKIN/RIB0B/GPIO44
A18 E17 B18
CN502 4P TP503 ST2+ ST2ST1ST1+ 4 TP504 3 TP505 2 TP506 1 FDRV ST1+ ST1TDRV TP523 TP521 ST2ST2+
C508 1000p 50V B
IC501 BD7956FS-E2
T+ TF+ F-
W1EN W1EN + W3EN W3EN + W2EN W2EN + C505 0.1 25V B C516 0.1 10V B R505 12k C504 0.1 10V B C532 0.1 10V B ST1+ ST1ST2+ ST2A D C LO B RF+ RF FG S3 S2 S1 S4 APCV W1SET W3SET W2SET R504 1k R503 1k R511 1.8 XDMUTE2 XDMUTE1 FMO+ FMO-
R1066 47k R1069 47k R1067 47k BECS BECS (NOT USE)
54
LDOLDO+ VCC ACTIN1 ACTIN2 TJMON BTHC SPVM_SA PGND1 PGND2 U SPVM1 V FIN1 PGND3 W SPVM2 SPRNF HB HU+ HUHV+ HVHW+ HWSPIN DGND
ACO1+ ACO1ACO2+ ACO2ACO3+ ACO3AVM CTIN3 LDIN AGND SPCNF FG VC FIN2 SLO1+ SLO1SLO2+ SLO2SLGND CTL2 CTL1 SLRNF2 SLRNF1 SLVDD SLIN2 SLIN1 DVCC
1 2
PA0 PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4 PA5 PA6 PA7 PB0
AG2 AJ6 AH7 AG6 AG3 AG7 AJ7 AH6 AG4 AE7 R234 0 R233 0 R230 0 R129 0 R128 0
BECS R192 100 R312 LCD S 1k R314 1k DVD/CD R134 47k R138 47k TP120 TP121 TP139 OPEN
REMI
53
B+
TP522 TP520 R515 33k R516 12k C515 T P519 0.1 25V B T P501
D101 SML-310YTT86
REMI REM O REM O SCLK SCLK SI SI
52
16
TO (4/7)
3 4 5
51 50
F
C503 470p 50V CN601 5P LPS2 GNDD LPS1 BLACK RED 5 TP611 4 TP610 3 TP607 2 TP605 1 W V R604 1k CLOS E U R601 10k TP612 R602 10k R603 1k OPEN C501 0.1 16V F
49
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40
GNDS CLOSE IC1001-AJ2 SW1 SW2 HFGAIN LDDEN OSCNT REMI REM O TP6001 R6001 0 TP6002
9
TO (2/7)
PB1 IC1001 MC10050F1-105-LU1-A(AS,BS) AG1 MC10050F1-505-LU1-A(CS,DS) PB3 PB4 PB5 PB6 PB7
AE6 AF6 AG5 AF7
DVD UNIT
39
16 17
38
G
VCC HU+ HUHV+ HVHW + HW HB U V W
CN501 12P TP518 12 TP517 11 TP516 10 TP515 9 TP514 8 TP513 7 TP512 6 TP511 5 TP510 4 TP509 3 TP508 2 TP507 1 GNDD W V U
B+
C511 1 16V B
WRFM/SWRF3/RFP3 AJ23 RFT1/SWRF1/RFP1 RFT2/SWRF2/RFP2 AG21 AH22 XDMUTE1 XDMUTE2 R311 1k R301 47k FG LO SL2 SL1 TDRV FDRV MDRV R108 6.8k C124 0.1 10V B R245 10k R244 22 R243 10k R242 22 R241 10k R240 22 R238 22 R237 10k
37
18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27
R236 22 1 TP191 2 3 4 5 TP196 6 7 8 9 10 TP197 11 TP198 12 C199 1 6.3V X6S TP199 13
CN103 DRST NC DDI GNDD DDO NC DMS
14P
36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29
C512 0.1 16V F
FPDVI AG8 PDIN AJ2 OFPULSE/WRCKM C149 0.01 16V B R111 470k TP127 AJ1 OFPULSE/WRCKP AF10 VREFIO AF9 REF16 AE8 RLDM AE10 WLDM R112 470k AG10 FPDVO
B+
R239 10k
R310 1k R510 1.8 R507 1k
FG DAOUT SDRV2 SDRV1 TDRV FDRV MDRV
AG20 AJ19 AJ20 AJ21 AH20 AH21 AJ22
SL2 SL1
(FOR CHECK )
GNDD DCK GNDD NC NC NC V+3D
R506 1k C513 0.1 16V F C514 0.1 25V B
28
MDR V C142 10 10V C C143 10 10V C C169 0.1 10V B
B+
B+
B+
14
DVD DRIVE
RD-065 (7/7)
4-35
4-36
3
C134 220p 250V D401 SF5LC20U T101 SWITCHING TRANSFORMER C407 1000p 1kV

A
D103 LT1505 D101-104 RECT D101 LT1505 C103 120u 400V D104 LT1505 D102 LT1505 D109 IN4005L D107 NTZJ27B C102 0.1u 275V L102 L.P.F AR101 DSP-501N R103 0.39 2W R104 0.39 2W R107 1k R105 100 C107 4700P R111 15K R108 PR1007L C112 100p 1kV C111 2200p/1kV R115 100k 2W
L105
CN202 P401 1.6A/32V Q401 MPA2733GR 12V REG C402 470u 35V C405 0.1u R401 100k R406 100k Q402 DTC114EKA SWITCH C404 47u 35V P201 1.25A/32V 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 P-CONT SW +3.3V GND SW +3.3V GND EV +5.8V EV +5.8V GND EV +12V GND SW +1.5V SW +1.5V CN203 1 D201 FCQ06A06 L201 10uH Q201 STP22NF03L 5V REG 5.8V ADJ VR201 5k R204 18k R208 470 R206 620 C205 4700p R209 10k P204 2A/32V 1 Q501 STP22NF03L 3.3V REG R503 4.7 R210 10k R501 1.2k C503 0.01u IC501 TL431REF D604 ISS133 P501 2.5A/32V R505 150 R504 47 2 3 4 C504 47u 35V 5 R509 270 P402 0.63A/32V 6 7 8 9 C220 0.1u 10 11 12 13 D603 ISS133 L601 10uH 2 3 4 C206 47u 35V SW +12V GND GND SW +5V CN201 EV +5.8V GND SW +1.5V SW +1.5V GND SW +3.3V SW +3.3V GND SW +12V GND SW +5V GND SW +12V
12P
(AS,BS)
C401 470u 35V D402 ISS133
TO VDC-001 BOARD CN105
B+
8 9 10 11
(SEE PAGE 4-17)

TO AV-118 BOARD(2/5) CN301
(SEE PAGE 4-9)

4P
Q101 STP5NK80ZFP R113 10K R112 22 IC101 FA5518N

1 2 3 8 7 6 5
B+
12
HDD UNIT
C105 0.22u
R110 220
D106 ISS133 R108 33 D105 PR1003L
C207 1500p
C208 1500p
R502 680 PC101(2/2) PC123
(EXCEPT GX350)
13P
C133 100p 250V
C106 6800P R116 220 1/2W L101 L.P.F C132 100p 250V
TH101
C201 470u 35V
C201 470u 35V
C204 47u 35V
R203 1k
C203 0.1u
PC101(1/2) PC123 PHOTO COUPLER
C108 47u 35V
IC201 TL431CLP R205 15k D502 ISS133
IC202 TL431CLP
TO RD-065 BOARD (1/7) CN4501
R101 2.2M 1/2W C101 0.1u 275V
(SEE PAGE 4-23)
IC101
OSC
D501 SB360 C501 470u 35V
L501 10uH C502 470u 35V
Z101 S10K300
Q601 STP22NF03L 1.5V REG R603 3.3k R601 1.8k VR601 5k 1.5V ADJ C603 470P R604 1.5k C604 47u 35V
FU101 T3.15A/250V
C131 680p 250V L104
D601 SB360
B-
C601 470u 35V
IC201,IC202
SHUNT REGULATOR
C602 100u 16V
CN101 AC-INLET
IC601 HA17L431 R605 10k
IC601
SHUNT REGULATOR
Note :
4-37
4-38
SWITCHING REGULATOR
SRV-2058EK
4-3. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS
: Uses unleaded solder.
VDC-001 BOARD (SIDE A)
VDC-001 BOARD (SIDE B)
A001 F107 C219 C218
C227
B
CN103
B
R158 R156 R155 R154 TP1118 R165 R162 R160 TP1123 TP1155 C192 TP1121 TP118 C199 C196 C187 C189 C235 C238 C237 R167 TP119 C194 C236 C202 C201 TP1112 TP1102 TP1108 TP1110 TP1107 TP199 TP1111TP1109 TP1105 TP195 TP194TP192 TP1115 TP1113 TP1103 TP1106 TP198 TP1114 TP1101 TP1100 TP196TP193TP191 TP1120 TP1116 TP1122
R180
C190 R157
C209 C243
C197 R161 L109
TP156 C248
TP1125
TP1126
TP126 C242 TP145 TP125
X101
C214 C240 C241 C212 C211 C203 C210 C208 TP117 TP116
C204
F106
C226
C216 C239 C217
R181
TP164
TP1119
R169
TP1124
R176 R164
R163
R170 R171
C220
TP115 C244 C200 C198 C245 TP1129 C193 C191 C188 C195 TP114
TP1127
TP1128
TP146 TP144 TP143 TP142
C249 C221 C250 C222 IC105
TP1117 C224 C225 C252 C251
R149 R150 R151
R185 R184 R183 R182
R159
C
C223
IC104
TP159
C178
R187 R186
R190
R189
TP124 TP122 TP123 TP154
R174 R175
TP141 TP140TP139TP138 TP137TP136 TP135 TP134 TP133 C215
CN104
TP1104
TP131 TP129 TP130 TP128 TP132 TP127
C256 C255
TP1130 C162 TP1133 C164 C166 TP1137 C168 TP1141 C170 TP1145 C172 TP1148 C174 TP1152
TP197
C161 TP176 Q107 TP1131 TP1132 C163 C149 TP1135 C165 TP1139 C167 TP1143 C169 TP1147 C171 TP1150 C173 TP1140 C175 TP1153
C228
C186 R133
C130 C121
C246 C247
F105 C207 C205
C233 C180
C177 C176 R152 C232
TP1138 C155 TP1136 C154 C153 TP1134
C158 C182
C156 C148 TP1144 TP1142
C160 C183
TP1149 C157 C185 TP1161
F101
TP151
C145
TP107 IC101 C104 C107 R108
R146 C143 R138 C139 C129
C146
TP147
C141
C147 TP149 R144 R140
TP152 TP153
TP162 F102 TP155 F103 C131 C206
TP158
TP1151
TP148
C142
TP150 R145
C151
Q109
R147
TP1146
TP187
TP173 C133 Q106 TP177 L105
C135 TP174 TP182 Q108 TP178 L107

R142
C144
D
TP185 R103
R139 C140 C132 C120 R127 C111
R143 L108 C136
D
C126
TP157
R136 C137 C127
R137 R141 L106 C138
C257
TP179
D101 R173 TP184

C152
F104
TP180
TP168 TP172 L102 TP1160

C134
TP188
TP108
C123
C128 C118 R104
TP169
TP181
TP175
TP183
C124
C125
C150 IC103 C179
C159
C119
L103
R124 C109
L101 R128 C117
IC102
C122
R123
D102
TP170
L104
R125 C112
R129
TP165
Q101
TP189 R148 TP190
TP186
C105 C108
TP171
TP166
TP167 Q105
R126 C110
R130
R131
R122 TP1157 Q102
Q103
R119 TP1156
C184 C181
D103
R117 R111
R106
R118 R112
R116 R110
R105
R115 R109
R113 R102
R120 TP1158 Q104
R107
R121 TP1159
TP121
C234 TP307TP305 TP308TP306TP304TP112 TP111 TP110TP109 C254
C106
C102
C103 C113 TP101TP102 TP105 TP103
C115
C101
C116
TP310
TP113TP309
TP106
TP104
C114
C253
CN106
CN105
1-873-990- 11
16
1-873-990-
11
16
VDC-001 BOARD (SIDE A)

CN103 CN104 IC101 IC103 IC104 Q104 Q105 Q108 Q109 B-1 C-1 D-2 D-2 C-3 D-3 D-4 D-3 D-4
VDC-001 BOARD (SIDE B)

CN105 CN106 IC102 IC105 Q102 Q103 Q106 Q107 E-3 E-2 D-3 C-1 D-2 D-2 D-2 D-2
VIDEO DECODER
VDC-001
4-39
4-40
FR-274 BOARD (SIDE A)
A
C235 C236 C237
C223
C216
C230 C232
A201 T201
ND201 Q202
Q201
D211 D209 D208 D210 C201
(OPEN/CLOSE)
C225 C226 C227 C228 C229
S201 C239 C238 S210 J201 S211 R251 R250
C234 C233
INPUT SELECT
S207 S204
L201
D212
R219 Q205
R221 D214 Q206
C207
CH S203 S209 S213
CH +
S212 S208
CN201
(PLAY)
(STOP)
(REC)
R249 CN202
(REC STOP)
CN203
HDD
C213 C211
DVD
S VIDEO
16
VIDEO O
AUDIO O
1-873-466-
11
1
FR-274 BOARD (SIDE B)
C202 R205
R253 R214
C208
R206 C205 R202
R203 R207 C203
A
JL205
R216
D204 D202 D203
JL227 D205 C209 FB202 R204 R211 FB201 C206 C204 D206 R218 R255 D207 R220 R254 R256 JL233
JL230
JL226 JL228
JL214 JL225 JL229 JL231 JL232 R257 R258
JL218 JL216
JL212
JL208 JL206 JL207
C210 Q204 R215
R217 Q203 JL210 R225
R246
R201
R242 R240
R247
R222
JL256 JL255 JL254 R233
C222 JL257
R244 R238 R223
R230
D201
JL219 JL217 JL215 JL211 JL222JL221 C224
R245 R232
R212 R213
R231
JL209
R239
R224
C231 R248
R243
R226
R234 R235
D213
C220
JL203 JL213
R252 C240 R236 R237
JL204
R228
JL220 R229 JL201
IC201
C241 R209 R208
JL249 JL248 JL270 JL259 JL253 JL251 JL247 JL267 JL265 JL263 JL286 JL285 JL283 JL281 JL279 JL277 JL275 JL273 JL271 JL269 JL268 JL266 JL264 JL262 JL261 JL260 JL258 JL252 JL250 JL284 JL282 JL280 JL278 JL276 JL274 JL272
C219
JL246 JL245 JL243 JL241 JL239 JL237 JL235 JL238 JL236 JL234 JL244 JL242 JL240 C218
C212 C214 C215 D216 C217
C221
R227
D215
R241
JL224 JL223
1-873-466-
11
16
1
FR-274 BOARD (SIDE A)
CN201 CN202 CN203 D208 D209 D210 D211 B-1 B-4 B-6 A-7 A-7 A-7 A-7 D212 D214 Q201 Q202 Q205 Q206 B-6 B-7 A-5 A-5 B-6 B-7 D202 D203 D204 D205 D206 D207 A-1 A-2 A-1 A-2 A-2 A-2
2
FR-274 BOARD (SIDE B)
D216 IC201 Q203 Q204 B-7 B-4 A-7 A-6
4-41
4-42
FL DRIVER, LINE 2 IN, FUNCTION SW

FR-274
AV-114 BOARD (SIDE A)

CN101 CN103 CN105 CN106 CN302 D101 D102 D103 D106 D108 D401 D402 D419 D421 D422 D513 D514 D515 D516 D517 D518 D519 D520 D521 D522 D530 D531 D801 IC101 IC102 IC103 IC104 IC401 IC402 IC403 IC601 Q101 Q102 Q103 Q104 Q105 Q108 Q110 Q111 Q112 Q301 Q303 Q304 Q401 Q402 Q403 Q404 Q406 Q407 Q408 Q410 Q411 Q413 Q506 Q507 Q604 Q605 F-2 B-7 C-7 C-7 F-5 B-6 B-6 E-5 D-5 C-5 D-4 C-3 B-1 B-4 B-3 E-1 E-1 E-1 E-1 E-1 D-1 D-1 D-2 D-1 D-1 F-1 E-2 D-3 C-6 B-7 C-5 B-5 C-3 D-4 D-4 B-3 B-6 B-5 C-5 D-5 D-5 D-6 D-6 D-5 D-6 B-5 A-4 B-5 B-4 D-3 D-3 B-1 C-1 B-1 D-3 D-3 D-3 D-3 D-2 D-2 B-4 B-4
F
1-872-46811
16
5
4-44
IT CONTROLLER, IR, POWER/FAN CONT., VIDEO/AUDIO, EURO, TUNER

AV-114
AV-114 BOARD (SIDE B)

D104 D201 D301 D302 D303 D304 D409 D410 D413 D414 D415 D416 D418 D420 D501 D502 D503 D504 D505 D506 D507 D508 D509 D510 D511 D512 D523 D524 D526 D527 D528 D529 IC150 IC317 IC406 Q201 Q302 Q305 Q306 Q307 Q308 Q309 Q310 Q311 Q501 Q502 Q503 Q504 Q505 Q508 Q509 Q510 Q511 Q601 Q602 Q603 Q606 Q751 Q752 B-3 E-2 E-3 E-3 E-3 E-3 C-7 C-7 C-7 C-7 B-7 C-7 B-7 D-4 D-5 D-5 E-6 E-6 E-6 E-6 E-6 D-6 D-6 D-6 E-6 E-6 E-6 E-6 E-6 E-5 C-5 E-6 B-1 E-3 E-6 E-2 B-3 E-2 E-2 E-3 E-3 E-3 E-3 E-3 D-5 E-5 E-5 E-5 E-5 C-5 E-6 E-6 E-6 B-3 B-3 B-3 B-5 F-6 F-6
D
1-872-46811
16
2
4-45
7
AV-114

CN101 CN103 CN105 D101 D102 D103 D106 D108 D401 D404 D419 D421 D422 D502 D511 D513 D514 D515 D516 D517 D518 D519 D520 D521 D530 D531 D801 IC101 IC402 IC403 IC601 Q101 Q102 Q103 Q104 Q105 Q108 Q110 Q111 Q112 Q301 Q303 Q304 Q401 Q402 Q403 Q404 Q406 Q407 Q410 Q411 Q413 Q506 Q507 Q604 Q605 F-3 B-8 B-8 B-7 B-7 E-6 C-6 C-6 D-5 D-5 B-2 B-4 B-4 C-2 D-7 E-2 E-2 E-2 E-2 E-2 D-2 D-2 D-2 D-2 F-2 E-2 C-3 C-7 D-5 D-4 A-4 B-7 B-6 C-6 C-7 C-6 C-7 C-7 D-6 D-7 A-5 A-5 A-5 B-5 D-4 D-4 B-2 C-2 B-2 D-4 D-4 D-4 D-2 D-2 A-5 A-5
A
IC601 IC102
IC104
IC103 IC401
IC101
D
1-874-41611
E
CN201 CN302
IC403
IC402
CN301
F
CN101
16
1
AV-118
6
4-48
CN106
CN105
CN103

D104 D201 D301 D303 D304 D409 D410 D411 D413 D414 D415 D416 D418 D420 D503 D504 D505 D506 D508 D509 D510 D512 D526 D527 D528 D529 IC406 Q201 Q302 Q305 Q306 Q307 Q308 Q309 Q310 Q311 Q408 Q502 Q503 Q504 Q505 Q508 Q509 Q510 Q511 Q601 Q602 Q606 Q751 Q752 A-3 E-4 E-3 E-3 E-3 C-7 C-7 C-7 C-8 B-8 B-8 C-7 A-7 D-5 D-7 E-7 E-7 E-7 D-7 D-6 D-7 E-7 D-6 E-6 C-6 D-7 E-6 E-4 A-3 E-2 E-2 E-3 E-3 E-3 E-3 E-3 D-4 D-6 E-6 E-6 E-6 C-6 E-6 E-6 E-6 A-6 B-7 A-6 F-7 F-7
B
CN105
E
IC406
CN106
CN103
CN201 CN301 CN302
CN101
F
1-874416-
11
16
2
4-49
7
AV-118
RD-065 BOARD (SIDE A)

RD-065 BOARD (SIDE A)
CN201 CN1401 CN1402 CN2301 CN3802 CN4501 CN4701 CN5601 D101 D3201 D3711 D3712 D4521 D4552 IC1001 IC1221 IC1302 IC3201 IC3202 IC3701 IC3707 IC4501 IC4502 IC4511 IC4521 IC4552 IC4562 IC5202 IC5203 IC5204 IC5602 IC5801 IC5802 Q1811 Q2501 Q2502 Q2503 Q2504 Q2505 Q3301 Q3302 Q5805 Q5809 Q5810 E-5 E-5 F-1 E-1 C-1 D-5 D-5 D-5 E-2 D-1 D-1 E-5 C-1 D-3 E-4 D-4 E-2 E-1 D-2 B-5 C-5 D-2 E-5 C-1 F-3 C-4 C-4 C-5 F-3 E-4 F-3 D-2 E-3 E-2 D-3 D-3 E-2 E-1 E-2 E-3 E-4 E-3
LF ICT
R3716 C103 R3717 R3715 IC3707 C3738
FC
C163
C5217 D5209 IC5204
C128 R109 R104 C113 C133 C107 C124 C127 C129 C122 C114 C115 C120 R3718 IC3706 R3714 R4557 R4558 R4559 R1019 R1017 R145 R149 R146 R311 R119 R116 R108
C175 C141
C169 C303 C305 C306 R134
IC5202
C5208 R5213 R5215 C5218 C5207 R5212 R5214
C
R3850 R3848 R3847 R3844 R3843 R3841 CN3802
C3737 R3713
R105 C140
R1061 R234 R235 C5210
C4515
C4505
IC4552 C4557 D4552 C1050
IC4502 R1018 R4511 X1001 C4514 C1811 R1811 IC4511 C1813 R1814 R1813 R1009 R1011 R1008 D4511 C1814 C1815 C1028 C1030 R1010 R1250 R1251 C1281 R1210 R1211 C1204 C1035 C1047 C1042 C1043 R1812 R5205 R5208 C5213 C5211 IC5203 R5221 C1045 X1002 C1007 C4502 C4508 C4501
X5201 C5223 C5222 C5205 C1044
R5206
C4504 C4509 C4503 CN4501
IC4551
D4551 R3836 R3736 Q3701 C3703 C3705 R3738 R5859 D3711 R3011 C3201 C4586 R3222C3214 R3227 C3215 R3221 C3217 C3218 IC3202 IC3201 R3236 C3202 C3220 C3203 R3225 C3219 D3202 R2513 R3229 R3206 R3207R3208 C3204 C3208 C3209 R3204 C3205 R3228 R3233 R3209 C3210 R3205 C3207 C2505 R2515 C3211 C4581 IC3701 R3112 R3113 R2507 C2503 R2510 C2504 R3859 C3804
R3704R3705 R3703
D
R3732
R3735 D3712
C1205
D101
C1210
C4507 R1247 IC1302 R1240 R1279 R1278 R1277 C1230 C1214 R4729 R4730 CN4701
Q2503
R2512
R2509 R5872 R5871 R5837 R5831 R5834 R5833 C5122 R1066 C5123 R5110 R5116 R1263 R1264 R1214 R1215 R1286 R1296 R1285 R1295 C1312 C1218 C1211 C1314 C1313
Q2504
C3701
R3720 R3721
Q2505
Q2502 Q2501
R2504 C2502 R2503 R5103 R5104
R4711 R4712 R4719 R4720 IC1221
C5116 R5113 C5105 C5104 R5124 C5106 R5130 R5140 C5109 R5126 R5123 C5120 R5840 C5121 R5606 R5607 C5604 IC5602 R5864 C5605 R5865 C1221 C1222 C1219 C1225 C1226 C1227 C1228 C1220
R3232
CN2301 R2314 R3224
C3216
R3220 R3219 C3213
C3206
R2501 C2501
C5119 C5112 C5113 C5111
R223 C1236 CN201
D3201
C4558
C2301
Q3303 R3310 C3339 C3331 R3302 R3346 C2302 R3311 R3344 R3301 R2315 Q3301 C3342 R3304R3345 C3305 R3305 R3303
R5125 R5127 R5630 R5628 R5626 R5623 R5128 R5631 R5629 R5627 R5624 R5622
R3313 R3314 C3330 C3329
Q3304
R3315 C3332
C3333
C5807 C5822
C5821 C5808 D4521
C4522
Q3302
C3304 R3307 C3303 R3308 R3309
R5848 R5853 C5708 C5809 R5843 R5842 R4521 C4526 R6001 IC4521
C4559
R5650 C5610 R5691 R5690 R5689 C5640
R5688 C5625
C5615
R5863 R5838 IC5801 Q5805 R5861 R5612 R5862 R5866 R5613 Q5810 R5839 R5804 C5632 Q5809 R5801 R5806 R5614 R5845 R5844 R5616 R5849 R5617 C5820 C4570 IC5802 C5819 C5622 R5619 C5630 R5812 R5850 R5818 D4562 C4568 R5814 R5817 IC4562 C4567 C5601
CN1401
X5602
C5624
C5623
L5804 L5803 L5802 L5801
R1421 R1422
C1421 C4572 C5613
C5602
C5641
CN5604
CN1402
JA5801
1
JA5701
1-872-466-
31
DIGITAL OUT
16
3
4-52
POWER BLOCK, EMMA BLOCK, VIDEO/AUDIO BLOCK, MEMORY BLOCK, SATA/IDE IF, HDMI/DV/USB BLOCK, DVD DRIVE
RD-065
RD-065 BOARD (SIDE B)

RD-065 BOARD (SIDE B)
R604 R602 CN601 R603 R601 R161 R159 R156 R123 R101 R102 R122 R307 R139 R130 R131 R137 C188 C187 R158 C189 R160 R163 R157 R115 C171 CN501 C508 C501
CN103 R322 C199 R244 R245 R241 R240 R242 R238 R243 R239 C203 IC200 C201 C202
CN101
R236 R201 R237
A
D4531
R162
C4531
R4531 R4506
C4543
C177 C165 C166 C176 C185 F105 R302 R118 R133 R132 R136 R135 R306 R113 R103 R121 R120 C173 R305 R304 R303 R165 R166 R167 R168 R170 R171 R172 R169 C197 C186 C302 R313 R506 C283 C289 CN3801 R3814 R3816 R3817 R3818 R3820 R3821 R3823 R247 R258 R257 R256 C287 C280 C1105 C1101 C1104 C1113 R106 C178 R126 R312 R128 R314 C157 C145 C158 C155 C156 C148 C116 R310 C117 C100 C135 R124 C101 R178 C149 C151 R111 R5217 R5225 R5216 R5224 T5202 R5223 R5202 R5201 R1006 R1005 C1023 C1022 R117 C167 C152 R112 C104 C105 C159 C134 C137 C121 C147 C136 C109 C131 R301 C125 C144 R110 R177 C1024 R3842 C153 C1009 C1012 R3708 R3856 C1036 R3849 R3855 R3846 R3857 C3803 D3802 R3852 R3853 R3854 IC1102 C3802 C3801 D3801 R3825 R3815 R3819 R3862 R3822 R3866 R3867 CN502 R3827 R1153 R1154 R1175 R1161 R1109 R1110 R1106 R1107 R1163 R1164 R1191 R1194 R1195 R1103 R1197 R3808 R3870 R3809 C537 C536 R507 R504 R503 C532 C507 C506 R323 IC501
CN101 CN103 CN501 CN502 CN601 CN3801 CN5101 CN5201 D4571 IC200 IC201 IC501 IC1102 IC1201 IC1301 IC3101 IC3702 IC4531 IC4541 IC4561 IC4571 IC4701 IC4702 IC4703 IC5103 IC5701 Q102 Q1801 Q4581 Q5701 Q5801 Q5802 Q5804 Q5808
A-3 A-2 A-4 B-5 A-5 B-4 E-2 C-2 F-4 A-2 B-2 A-5 B-4 D-2 D-4 D-5 D-5 A-2 A-1 F-3 F-4 D-1 D-1 E-1 E-3 E-2 C-3 D-4 D-5 E-2 E-3 F-3 E-3 E-3
IC4531
IC4541
D4541
C4532 C4533
C4544 R4541
C4541 C172 C170 C174
C516 C504 R505 R516 C510 C509 R515
R281
IC201 R248 R249 R250 R251 R252 R253 R254 R255 C284 C291
C282
C288 C281 C285 C290
R1132 R3826
R231 R230 R233 R127 R232 R129 Q5201 R138 R211 R202 R5207 C5215 C5221 C4539 C5214 C5220 C4591 C4537 C4538 R4503 IC4591 C5209 C5219 CN5201 R5222 R5226 C5216 T5201 C5204 C5202 C5203 C4536 C4594 C1215 R1012 R1013 C5201 R193 R114 R203 R210 C304
IC4501 C4506 C4540
C4516
C4535 C1202 C1203 R1212 R1243 C1282 R4715 C4705 C4702 R4728 IC4702 C4704 C1207 R4707 C4701 R4727 R4703 R4713 IC4701 C1208 IC1201 R1257 C1213 R1258 R1252 R1294 C1293 R1284 R4723 C1216 C1206 R1244 R1202 R1298 C1283
R1288
R1299 R1289
R125 R199 C154 R1021 R1063 R107 C106 C1039 R1181 R1060 C162 C164 R1182 R1028 C1801 C1010 R1802 C1803 R1071 R1111 C1062 R1803 C1065 C1053 C1052 R1070 C1058 C1048 R1804 C1064 C1013 C1040 R1027 R1001 C1805 C1063 C1066 C1804 R1199 C1025 C1026 C1049 C1068 R1304 C1067 C1011 C1008 C1303 R1068 C1038 C1027 C1037 C1014 C1059 C1029 C1057 R1067 R1016 C1041 C1061 R1069 C1033 C1032 R3202 C1031 C1056 C1060 R1030 C1020 C1304 R3201 R3203 R1062 C1019 R1031 R1029 C1018 R1205 C1016 C1034 C1004 C1006 C1005 R1219 C1002 C1015 C1017 R1271 R5829 R1270 C1001 R1230 R1231
R3845 C3805
R1801
C1302 C1003 IC1301 C3108 C3103 R3871 R3711 C3702 C3104 C3102 IC3101 C3105 R3102 C3101 R3101 D3102 D3104 R3012 R3010 R3009 R3008 R3007 R3003 R3006 R3004 R3002 R2301 C2305 R3737 D3101 D3103 R3835 R3731 C3706 IC3702 C3707
C3107 C3106 R3109 R3108 R3104 R3107 R3103 R3106 R3213 R3214 R3212 R3215 R4581
C3110 C3109 R3110 IC3102 R3105 R3111
C1291 C1292
R5114 C5118
X5101
C5117 R5111 C3222 C3221
R5105 R5106
R5117 R4704 R4714 R4706 IC4703 R222 R4718 R4710 C4706 R221 R4726 C4703 R1260 R1267 C5705 C5707 C5703 R5708 C5701 IC5701 R5701 R5702 R5856 R5703 C5702 C5706 C5802 C5804 C5801 C5803 C5805 R5846 R5857 R5858 C5806 R5854 Q5801 R5852 R5851 R5836 C5813 R5813 R5841 R5835 R5816 Q5802 C1212 C1201 R4724 R4705 R4725 C1217 C1209 R1272 R1276 R1275 C1229 C1224 CN5101 R5132 C5128 C5124 C5125 C5132 R5133 C5129 C1223 C5131 R5135 R5134 C5130 C5127 C5126
R5115 C5133 C5114 C5115 R5112
Q4581
C4585 C3212
R3235 R3234
IC3203
R2302 R3226
R5107 R5108 R5109 R5129
C3325
R3341 R3327
Q3308 R3326
C3322
C3323
C3324
R3322 R3321 C3341
R3342
R1401 R1414 R1402 R1403 R1415 R1404 R1405 R1406 R1416 R1407
C1401 R1413
R5141 C5110 C5108 C5107 R5805 R5809 R5807
C3335
C3319
R3325 C3318
R5636 R5608 R5637 R5609 R5694 R5610 R5611
C5606
C5607
R3324 R3320 R3319 C3316 C3317 Q3306 C3334
R3348 R3336 R3337 Q3307 R3347 R3316 R3317

Q3305
Q5804
R5692 R5652 C5608 C5609 R5693 C5631 R5615 R5618 C5628 R5659 C5627 R5658 C5629 C5612 R5661 C5611 C5626 R5657 R5660
C3340
R1412
R4732
R4731 R5704 C5704
Q5701
Q5808 R5823
R5808 R5822 R5821 R5870
R5869
C5616 C5617
R5815 C4563
R5867 R5868 C4564
C5614
R5707
R4572 C4574 R4573 IC4571
R2304 R2316
C5812
D4561
IC4561
C4562 C5603
D4571
1-872-466-
31
16
2
4-53
5
POWER BLOCK, EMMA BLOCK, VIDEO/AUDIO BLOCK, MEMORY BLOCK, SATA/IDE IF, HDMI/DV/USB BLOCK, DVD DRIVE
RD-065
FL-178 BOARD (SIDE A)

FL-178 BOARD (SIDE A)
CN101 CN102 CN103 CN104 CN105 CN106 IC101 B-3 B-3 B-3 B-2 B-1 B-4 A-2
A
C111
IC101
LP101
(POWER)
1-873-465C102
VDR102 VDR104 CN102 CN101
11
S101
B
CN105 CN104
VDR103 VDR105
S102
FL102
FL101
CN103
USB B TYPE
16
USB A TYPE
DV IN
ONE TOUCH DUB
1
FL-178 BOARD (SIDE B)
L103
VDR106 VDR101
L105
C104
C103
C105
C106 C112
L104
R107 R103
L102 C101 R109 R105 C110
R104 R108
B
R112 L101
C108 R113 C109
C107
R102 R106
1-873-46516
11
1
FL-178
2
4-55
4
4-56E
DV, USB, REMOCON RECEIVER, POWER SW
CN106
RDR-GX350/HX650/HX750/HX950 SECTION 5 IC PIN FUNCTION DESCRIPTION

5-1. IT CONTROL IC (IC101:LC87F06J2A-F58W3-E (AV-114 BOARD))
Pin No. Pin Name I/O Function
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
NC NC NC WDT ACDET HMS_TO_T IR RESET XT1 XT2 VSS1 CF1 CF2 VDD1 MODE1 MODE2 KEY1 KEY2 KEY3 AGC BATTDET FUNC SDET3 SDET2 SDET1 AVLOUT SDA SCL XRESET PA3/SO8 AFT NC XAMUTE RCSEL2 RCSEL1 NC DDCSW1 DDCSW2 VSS4 VDD4 FUNC4 SQUEEZE CAPACTIOR NC BLAIR P_SAVE XSCMUTE AVLTH FLDATA FLSTB
I I I I O I O I I I I I I O I/O O O I I O O O O O O I O O O O O O
Not used Not used Not used Fixed at H Input of ICs VDD detect signal Fixed at H Input of remote control receive signal Input of system reset signal Input of sub-clock (32.768KHz) Output of sub-clock (32.768KHz) Analog GND Input of main-clock (15MHz) Output of main-clock (15MHz) Power supply input Fixed at L Fixed at L Input of function key signal [1] Input of function key signal [2] Input of function key signal [3] Input of auto gain control signal Fixed at H Input of detection signal for euro-scart Fixed at H Input of line 2 S-video detection signal Fixed at H Output of n-link switch signal Input/output of IIC data signal Output of IIC clock signal Output of system reset signal for EURO MSP Not used Input of tuner AFT control signal Not used Input of audio muting signal Output of R/C select signal [2] Output of R/C select signal [1] Not used Output of DDC IC switching signal [1] Output of DDC IC switching signal [2] Analog GND Power supply input Output of detection signal for euro-scart Input of ICs VDD detect signal Not used Output of transmission pulse for G-Link Output of power save signal for AV select ICs Output of SA mute control signal Output of N-link switch drive signal Output of data signal for FLD drive Output of strove signal for FLD driver
5-1
Pin No.
Pin Name
I/O
Function
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100
FLCLK RFTHRU NC FANCTL VDD2 VSS2 P_CONT2 MUTECTL EPGEQ TUON SWVION9V P_CONT FLON SWVION5V MRST NC(IN) CSYNCIN XCHECKER CEC AVLIN MSPSTAT BLANK HOTPLUG TU_DCCON TXD1 RXD1 TXD2 RXD2 HST_TO_M VDDODA CVBSIN GND FILTSLC VDDVCO DTBON ANT5V_SW DET_ANT VSS3 VDD3 DBGP2 DBGP1 DGBP0 LED_PLTB LED_DIVX LED_D_TV LED_A_TV LED_HDD2 DAT_TO_M DAM_TO_T ASCK
O O O O O O O O O O O I I I I I I I O O O I O I I I O I I
Output of clock signal for FLD driver Output of tuner power supply control signal Not used Output of fan direction speed switching signal Power supply input Analog GND Output of system power supply control signal Output of SA mute control signal Output of equalizer switching signal Output of tuner block power supply control signal Output of system power supply control signal Output of switching regulator control signal Output of FLD grid power supply on signal Output of system power supply control signal Input of system reset signal Fixed at L Input of C-synchronization/composite video signal Not used
Input of blanking signal for euro scart Output of tuner power supply control signal Output of serial TXD signal [1] (Not used) Output of serial RXD signal [1] (Not used) Not used Fixed at L Not used Not used Input of composite video signal Analog GND Fixed at L Power supply input Not used Output of system power supply control signal (Not used) Fixed at L Analog GND Power supply input Checking terminal Checking terminal Checking terminal Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Output of serial data signal to ENC/DEC ICs Input of serial data signal from ENC/DEC ICs Input of serial clock signal from ENC/DEC ICs
5-2
5-2. AV ENCODER/DECODER IC (IC1001:MC10050F1-105/505-LU1-A (RD-065 BOARD))

Pin No. Pin Name I/O Function
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 A19 A20 A21 A22 A23 A24 AA1 AA2 AA3 AA4 AA5 AA6 AA19 AA20 AA21 AA22 AA23 AA24 AB1 AB2 AB3 AB4 AB5 AB6 AB19 AB20 AB21 AB22 AB23 AB24 AC1 AC2 AC3 AC4 AC5
DGND DRASB DBA1 DADD01 DDQM1 DQ13 DQ11 DQ08 DIHM Not open to public Not open to public Not open to public Not open to public Not open to public Not open to public Not open to public Not open to public GPIO46 DA2_GND VAY RSET1 VAR RSET0 VAB MD14 LDQM MD5 MD1 MD3 DVDD15(1.5V) GPIO40 AIOBCK RDATA02 RADD03 RADD08 FWEB/GWEB MD2 UDQM MD4 MCLKOUT MD13 DVDD15(1.5V) CTS1B VIOCLK SP1CLK AIOBD SP1STRT RADD15 MA9 MD12 MA10 MCKE MA7
O O O O I/O I/O I/O O O O O O O O I/O O O O I/O O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O O O O I/O O I/O O I/O I O I/O O O I/O O O O
Digital GND Output of RAS signal Output of bank address [1] Output of DDRSDRAM address [1] Output of data mask [1] Input/output of DDRSDRAM data [13] Input/output of DDRSDRAM data [11] Input/output of DDRSDRAM data [8] Fixed at L Output of power down Output of data [10] Output of data [7] Output of l clock Output of data [3] Output of data [0] Output of vertical synchronization Input/output of DDC data Not used GND (for DAC) Output of DA converter for analog video signal Y Fixed at L Output of DA converter for analog video signal red Fixed at L Output of DA converter for analog video signal blue Input/output of buffer memory interface data bus [14] Output of lower byte data I/O mask control Input/output of buffer memory interface data bus [5] Input/output of buffer memory interface data bus [1] Input/output of buffer memory interface data bus [3] Power supply input Fixed at L Input/output of audio data clock Input/output of ROM/GIO data [2] Output of ROM/GIO address [3] Output of ROM/GIO address [8] Output of ROM/GIO write enable Input/output of buffer memory interface data bus [2] Output of upper byte data I/O mask control Input/output of buffer memory interface data bus [4] Output of clock for SDRAM Input/output of buffer memory interface data bus [13] Power supply input Input of clear to send Output of video pixel clock Fixed at GND Input/output of audio bitstream data Fixed at GND Output of ROM/GIO address [15] Output of buffer memory interface address bus [9] Input/output of buffer memory interface data bus [12] Output of buffer memory interface address bus [10] Output of SDRAM clock enable control Output of buffer memory interface address bus [7]
5-3
Pin No.
Pin Name
I/O
Function
AC6 AC19 AC20 AC21 AC22 AC23 AC24 AD1 AD2 AD3 AD4 AD5 AD6 AD7 AD8 AD9 AD10 AD11 AD12 AD13 AD14 AD15 AD16 AD17 AD18 AD19 AD20 AD21 AD22 AD23 AD24 AE1 AE2 AE3 AE4 AE5 AE6 AE7 AE8 AE9 AE10 AE11 AE12 AE13 AE14 AE15 AE16 AE17 AE18 AE19 AE20 AE21 AE22
PDIAGB MONI3 SP1EN SP1DAT2 VIOD7 SP1DAT7 VIOD6 MA6 MA5 MA1 MA8 MBA DASPB HIOCS16B SFSO SFSCK SFSI SFCS0B AVDD15 AVDD33 AVDD33 AVDD33 AVDD33 TEST1 MONI1 MONI2 SP1ERRB SP1DAT6 SP1DAT5 VIOD5 VIOD3 XA1 CASB MA0 MA4 MA3 PB4 PB1 RLDM WLD WLDM PLED CWAGC CWHP CAD CBC CTEC CRC CBHLPP/CRAPC ADIN AIOLRCK VIOD2 SP1DAT3
I/O I/O O O O O O O O I O I/O I/O I O O O O O I I O I O I/O I/O
Not used Not used Fixed at GND Fixed at GND Input/output of digital video data [7] Fixed at GND Input/output of digital video data [6] Output of buffer memory interface address bus [6] Output of buffer memory interface address bus [5] Output of buffer memory interface address bus [1] Output of buffer memory interface address bus [8] Output of buffer memory interface bank address Not used Not used Output of serial flash interface data Output of serial flash interface clock Input of serial flash interface data Output of serial flash command (address) Power supply input (Analog 1.5V) Power supply input (Analog 3.0V) Power supply input (Analog 3.0V) Power supply input (Analog 3.0V) Power supply input (Analog 3.0V) Non connect Not used Not used Fixed at GND Fixed at GND Fixed at GND Input/output of digital video data [5] Input/output of digital video data [3] Input of clock 16.9344MHz Output of buffer memory interface column address strove control Output of buffer memory interface address bus [0] Output of buffer memory interface address bus [4] Output of buffer memory interface address bus [3] Output of LDD signal Input of 3 value control switch Input of laser driver control amplifier (-) for read Output of laser driver control for write Input of laser driver control amplifier (-) for write Output of peak power signal Fixed at L Fixed at L Fixed at L Fixed at L Fixed at L Fixed at L Fixed at L Not used Input/output of audio L/R clock Input/output of digital video data [2] Fixed at GND
5-4
Pin No.
Pin Name
I/O
Function
AE23 AE24 AF1 AF2 AF3 AF4 AF5 AF6 AF7 AF8 AF9 AF10 AF11 AF12 AF13 AF14 AF15 AF16 AF17 AF18 AF19 AF20 AF21 AF22 AF23 AF24 AG1 AG2 AG3 AG4 AG5 AG6 AG7 AG8 AG9 AG10 AG11 AG12 AG13 AG14 AG15 AG16 AG17 AG18 AG19 AG20 AG21 AG22 AG23 AG24 AH1 AH2 AH3
SP1DAT4 VIOD1 XA2 WEB MA2 RSAB (PB2) PB5 PB7 RLD REF16 VREFIO P2LD CADO CBHWBL/CID CAMIRR CBPD CAGC CAGC2 CEQDC FE0 TE0 TXD0B RXD0B VIOD4 VIOD0 PB3 PA0 PA4 PB0 PB6 PA3 PA5 PDIN FPDVI FPDVO CREG CBCO WALPF CMIRR CBBD REFQOM REFQOP RFO CDEF FG RFP1 RXD1B TXD1B SP1DAT1 PKPULSE1M PKPULSE1P WRPULSEM
I/O I/O O O O O O I O O O O O I I/O I/O O I O O I I O O I O I O O O O
Fixed at GND Input/output of digital video data [1] Input/output of clock 16.9344MHz Output of buffer memory interface write enable Output of buffer memory interface address bus [2] Output of buffer memory interface row address strove control Output of buffer memory interface bank address [MA11] Output of DDO Input of DMS Output of laser driver control for read Output of internal reference voltage Output of pick-up reference voltage Output of peak power signal 2 Fixed at L Fixed at L Fixed at L Fixed at L Fixed at L Fixed at L Fixed at L Not used Not used Output of transfer data [0] Input of receive data [0] Input/output of digital video data [4] Input/output of digital video data [0] Output of RAMWR signal Not used Fixed at L Input of 3 value control switch Output of RXDA2 signal Output of RCCK signal Fixed at L Input of laser moniter signal Input of reference voltage for front moniter Fixed at L Fixed at L Fixed at L Fixed at L Fixed at L Fixed at L Output of differential RF signal (-) to EFM comparator Output of differential RF signal (+) to EFM comparator Fixed at L Fixed at L Input of FG signal Output of RF digital signal Input of receive data [1] Output of transfer data [1] Fixed at GND Output of peak pulse (laser drive control signal for write) Output of peak pulse (laser drive control signal for write) Output of write pulse (laser drive control signal for write)
5-5
Pin No.
Pin Name
I/O
Function
AH4 AH5 AH6 AH7 AH8 AH9 AH10 AH11 AH12 AH13 AH14 AH15 AH16 AH17 AH18 AH19 AH20 AH21 AH22 AH23 AH24 AJ1 AJ2 AJ3 AJ4 AJ5 AJ6 AJ7 AJ8 AJ9 AJ10 AJ11 AJ12 AJ13 AJ14 AJ15 AJ16 AJ17 AJ18 AJ19 AJ20 AJ21 AJ22 AJ23 AJ24 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8
WRPULSEP HFONP PA7 PA2 H1 G1/FOP F1 E1 REP ASY FCEFM2 PCEFM2 RFI_M RFI_P AGCIN CDEF2 TDRV FDRV RFP2 RXD2B SP1DAT0 OFPULSE OFPULSE PKPULSE2 PKPULSE2 HFONM PA1 PA6 D1 C1 B1 A1 RFN EFM FCEFM1 FCEFM1 EXTR CEQ REQ DAOUT SDRV2 SDRV1 MDRV RPF3 TXD2B DCLKB DCASB DBA0 DADD00 DADD03 DQ12 DQ15 DQ09
O O I O I I I I I I I O O O I O O O O O I I I I I I O O O O I O O O O O O I/O I/O I/O
Output of write pulse (laser driver control signal for write) Output of laser driver high frequency superposition control signal Input of RXDA2 signal Output of RCDT signal Input of sub beam signal H1 Input of sub beam signal G1 Input of sub beam signal F1 Input of sub beam signal E1 Input of RF differential signal (+) Fixed at L Fixed at L Fixed at L Input of differential RF signal (-) to EFM comparator Input of differential RF signal (+) to EFM comparator Fixed at L Fixed at L Output of tracking drive signal (D/A converter) Output of Focuse drive signal (D/A converter) Output of RF digital signal Input of receive data Fixed at GND Not used Output of off pulse signal Output of peak pulse Output of peak pulse Output of laser drive high frequency superposition control signal Output of RCCK signal Input of RCDT signal Input of main beam signal D1 Input of main beam signal C1 Input of main beam signal B1 Input of main beam signal A1 Input of RF differential signal (-) Fixed at L Read channel frequency comparator Fixed at L Fixed at L Fixed at L Fixed at L Output of general-purpose D/A converter Output of sled drive signal (D/A converter) Output of sled drive signal (D/A converter) Output of spindle drive signal (D/A converter) Input of RF digital signal Output of transfer data Output of negative clock for DDRSDRAM Output of CAS signal Output of bank address [0] Output of DDRSDRAM address [0] Output of DDRSDRAM address [3] Input/output of DDRSDRAM data [12] Input/output of DDRSDRAM data [15] Input/output of DDRSDRAM data [9]
5-6
Pin No.
Pin Name
I/O
Function
B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 B14 B15 B16 B17 B18 B19 B20 B21 B22 B23 B24 C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 C11 C12 C13 C14 C15 C16 C17 C18 C19 C20 C21 C22 C23 C24 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10 D11 D12 D13
DDQM3 Not open to public Not open to public Not open to public Not open to public Not open to public Not open to public Not open to public Not open to public SS0CKIN/GPIO44 DA2_VDD3 COMP1 VAC VREF VAG COMP0 DCLK DWEB DCS0B DADD10 DADD02 DDQS1 DQ14 DQ10 DDQS3 DILM Not open to public Not open to public Not open to public Not open to public Not open to public Not open to public Not open to public SDA1 AOBCK AIOMCK0 DA1_VDD3 DA1_GND VCOMB VRTB DADD06 DADD07 DADD08 DADD11 DCKE DQ30 DQ28 DQ26 DQ24 PHY_D7 PHY_D5 PHY_D3 PHY_D1
O I O O O O O O I/O O I O O O O O O I/O I/O I/O I/O O O O O O O I I/O O I/O O O O O O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O
Output of data mask [3] Input of monitor sense Output of data [11] Output of data [8] Output of data [5] Output of data [2] Output of data enable Output of HDMI TDMS control Input/output of DDC clock Fixed at L Power supply input (3.0V for DAC) Fixed at L Output of DA converter for video signal chrominance Input of reference voltage Output of DA converter for analog video signal green/Y Fixed at L Output of positive clock for DDRSDRAM Output of command write enable Output of DDRSDRAM chip select [0] Output of DDRSDRAM address [10] Output of DDRSDRAM address [2] Input/output of data strobe [1] Input/output of DDRSDRAM data [14] Input/output of DDRSDRAM data [10] Input/output of data strobe [3] Fixed at H Output of HDMI TDMS control Output of data [9] Output of data [6] Output of data [4] Output of data [1] Output of horizontal synchronization Input of hot plug detect Input/output of serial data Output of audio data clock Input/output of audio master clock [0] Power supply input (3.0V for DAC) GND (for DAC) Fixed at L Fixed at L Output of DDRSDRAM address [6] Output of DDRSDRAM address [7] Output of DDRSDRAM address [8] Output of DDRSDRAM address [11] Output of clock enable Input/output of DDRSDRAM data [30] Input/output of DDRSDRAM data [28] Input/output of DDRSDRAM data [26] Input/output of DDRSDRAM data [24] Input/output of PHY-link data [7] for PHY Input/output of PHY-link data [5] for PHY Input/output of PHY-link data [3] for PHY Input/output of PHY-link data [1] for PHY
5-7
Pin No.
Pin Name
I/O
Function
D14 D15 D16 D17 D18 D19 D20 D21 D22 D23 D24 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8 E9 E10 E11 E12 E13 E14 E15 E16 E17 E18 E19 E20 E21 E22 E23 E24 F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F9 F10 F11 F12 F13 F14 F15 F16 F17 F18
CTL1 SCLK LPS SCL1 DCD0B ATX AOLRCK VCOMY VRTY ABI VRBB DADD04 DADD05 DCS1B DADD09 DADD12 DQ31 DQ29 DQ27 DQ25 PHY_D6 PHY_D4 PHY_D2 PHY_D0 CTL0 LREQ LINKON SS0DIN/GPIO45 AOD0 AIBCK0 AIBD0 AIOMCK1 VRBY VCLY AYI DQ19 DDQS0 DDQM0 DQ01 DQ00 DVREF DVDD25(2.5V) DVDD25(2.5V) DVDD25(2.5V) DVDD25(2.5V) DVDD25(2.5V) DGND DGND DGND DGND DGND GPIO54 IR_OUT
I/O I O I/O O O I O O O O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O O I O I I I/O I I/O I/O O I/O I/O O O
Input/output of PHY/link control [1] for PHY Input of link control clock for PHY Output of link power status Input/output of serial clock Fixed at H Output of digital audio Output of audio L/R clock Fixed at L Fixed at L Input of AD converter for analog video signal green Fixed at L Output of DDRSDRAM address [4] Output of DDRSDRAM address [5] Not connected Output of DDRSDRAM address [9] Output of DDRSDRAM address [12] Input/output of DDRSDRAM data [31] Input/output of DDRSDRAM data [29] Input/output of DDRSDRAM data [27] Input/output of DDRSDRAM data [25] Input/output of PHY-link data [6] for PHY Input/output of PHY-link data [4] for PHY Input/output of PHY-link data [2] for PHY Input/output of PHY-link data [0] for PHY Input/output of PHY/link control [0] for PHY Output of link request for PHY Input of LINK on Fixed at L Output of audio bitstream data L/R Input of audio data clock Input of audio bitstream data [0] Input/output of audio master clock [1] Fixed at L Fixed at L Input of AD converter for analog video signal Y Input/output of DDRSDRAM data [19] Input/output of data strobe [0] Output of data mask [0] Input/output of DDRSDRAM data [1] Input/output of DDRSDRAM data [0] Fixed at L Power supply input Power supply input Power supply input Power supply input Power supply input Digital GND Digital GND Digital GND Digital GND Digital GND Output of audio mute Output of IR transmitter
5-8
Pin No.
Pin Name
I/O
Function
F19 F20 F21 F22 F23 F24 G1 G2 G3 G4 G5 G6 G7 G19 G20 G21 G22 G23 G24 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 H19 H20 H21 H22 H23 H24 J1 J2 J3 J4 J5 J6 J19 J20 J21 J22 J23 J24 K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K10 K11 K12 K13
AILRCK0 IR_IN JTDI VRTR ARI VRBR DQ16 DQ17 DQ18 DQ03 DQ02 DVDD25(2.5V) DVDD25(2.5V) JTDO JTMS VCOMR VRTC VRBC ACI DQ22 DQ21 DQ20 DQ06 DQ07 DVDD25(2.5V) EDINT JTRST HLCI VCOMC AD2_VDD3 AD2_GND DDQM2 DDQS2 DQ23 DQ04 DQ05 DVDD25(2.5V) JTCL PH_VDD1 HCBP FCBP PF_GND FSCI PLL_VDD CLK27AOUT CLKPWM0 CLKPWM1 SMCKOUT DVDD25(2.5V) DGND DGND DVDD33(3.3V) DVDD33(3.3V)
I I I I I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O O I I I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I I I O I/O I/O I/O I/O I I O O O O
Input of audio L/R clock [0] Input of IR receiver Input of EJTAG data Fixed at L Input of AD converter for analog video signal blue Fixed at L Input/output of DDRSDRAM data [16] Input/output of DDRSDRAM data [17] Input/output of DDRSDRAM data [18] Input/output of DDRSDRAM data [3] Input/output of DDRSDRAM data [2] Power supply input Power supply input Output of EJTAG data Input of EJTAG mode set Fixed at L Fixed at L Fixed at L Input of AD converter for video signal chrominance or red Input/output of DDRSDRAM data [22] Input/output of DDRSDRAM data [21] Input/output of DDRSDRAM data [20] Input/output of DDRSDRAM data [6] Input/output of DDRSDRAM data [7] Power supply input Input of EJTAG DINT Input of EJTAG reset Input of H lock clock for video decoder Fixed at L Power supply input (3.0V for ADC) GND (for ADC) Output of data mask [2] Input/output of data strobe [2] Input/output of DDRSDRAM data [23] Input/output of DDRSDRAM data [4] Input/output of DDRSDRAM data [5] Power supply input Input of EJTAG clock Power supply input (1.0V for V DEC) Fixed at L Fixed at L GND (for V DEC) Input of FSC for video decoder Power supply input (1.0V for PLL) Output of 27MHz clock A Output of PWM for 27MHz VCXO [0] Output of PWM for 27MHz VCXO [1] Output of serial clock Power supply input Digital GND Digital GND Power supply input Power supply input
5-9
Pin No.
Pin Name
I/O
Function
K14 K15 K19 K20 K21 K22 K23 K24 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L10 L11 L12 L13 L14 L15 L19 L20 L21 L22 L23 L24 M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 M10 M11 M12 M13 M14 M15 M19 M20 M21 M22 M23 M24 N1 N2 N3 N4 N5 N6 N10 N11 N12
DVDD33(3.3V) DVDD33(3.3V) DGNDR HLCO HC_VDD3 FC_VDD3 FSCO PF_VDD1 CLK27AIN PLL_GND CLK27BIN SMDOUT SMDIN DLL_VDD DGND DVDD33(3.3V) DVDD33(3.3V) DVDD33(3.3V) DVDD33(3.3V) DVDD33(3.3V) HXT_CSDA NMI RSTSWB PH_GND AD1_VDD3 CLK24OUT USB_DN0 USB_DP0 USB_H_OCI0 AT1D00 AT1INTRQ DLL_GND TEST_MODE FPIND LVSPOWD DVDD33(3.3V) DVDD33(3.3V) DVDD33(3.3V) SCL0 RADD23 RADD17 RDATA09 AD1_GND CLK24IN USB_CLKI USB_H_PPON0 USB_D_VBUS AT1D13 AT1D04 DGND DVDD10(1.0V) DVDD10(1.0V) DVDD10(1.0V)
O O I I O I I/O I O I/O I/O I I/O I I O I/O I I O I I/O I/O
Power supply input Power supply input GND (for RF) Output of H lock clock for video decoder Power supply input (3.0V for V DEC) Power supply input (3.0V for V DEC) Output of FSC for video decoder Power supply input (1.0V for V DEC) Input of 27MHz clock A GND (for PLL) Input of 27MHz clock B Output of serial data Input of serial data Power supply input (1.0V for DLL) Digital GND Power supply input Power supply input Power supply input Power supply input Power supply input Input/output of serial data for HDMI debug Fixed at H Input of system reset GND (for V DEC) Power supply input (3.0V for ADC) Output of 24MHz clock Input/output of USB DInput/output of USB D+ Input of USB over-current status Input/output of IDE I/F data [0] Input of IRQ signal GND (for DLL) Fixed at GND Fixed at GND Fixed at GND Power supply input Power supply input Power supply input Input of serial clock Fixed at L Output of ROM/GIO address [17] Input/output of ROM/GIO data [9] GND (for ADC) Input of 24MHz clock Input of USB clock Output of USB power control Input of USB VBUS Input/output of IDE I/F data [13] Input/output of IDE I/F data [4] Digital GND Power supply input Power supply input Power supply input
5-10
Pin No.
Pin Name
I/O
Function
N13 N14 N15 N19 N20 N21 N22 N23 N24 P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 P6 P10 P11 P12 P13 P14 P15 P19 P20 P21 P22 P23 P24 R1 R2 R3 R4 R5 R6 R10 R11 R12 R13 R14 R15 R19 R20 R21 R22 R23 R24 T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 T6 T10 T11
DVDD10(1.0V) DVDD33(3.3V) AVDD33R RADD24 RDATA14 RADD18 RDATA13 RDATA07 DGND USB_D_DN0 USB_D_DP0 USB_D_CONNECT AT1D06 AT1D09 DGND DVDD10(1.0V) DVDD10(1.0V) DVDD10(1.0V) AT0D06 AT0DIOWB AT0D10 RADD25 RADD00 RDATA12 RADD10 RADD12 RADD22 AT1D01 AT1D03 AT1D05 AT1D02 AT1D11 DGND DVDD10(1.0V) DVDD10(1.0V) AT0DIORB AT0D08 AT0D12 AT0D07 GCSB2 GRDYB RDATA15 RADD20 RDATA08 RADD16 AT1D07 AT1D08 AT1D10 AT1CS0B AT1DA2 DGND DVDD10(1.0V) DVDD10(1.0V)
I/O O I/O I/O I/O I/O O I/O I/O O O O I/O O O O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O O O O O O I I/O O I/O O I/O I/O I/O O O
Power supply input Power supply input Power supply input (3.0V for RF) Fixed at H Input/output of ROM/GIO data [14] Output of ROM/GIO address [18] Input/output of ROM/GIO data [13] Input/output of ROM/GIO data [7] Digital GND Input/output of USB DInput/output of USB D+ Connection control of the pull-up resistance of D+ Input/output of IDE I/F data [6] Input/output of IDE I/F data [9] Digital GND Power supply input Power supply input Power supply input Output of data [06] for IDE I/F Output of DIOW signal for IDE I/F Output of data [10] for IDE I/F Fixed at H Fixed at L Input/output of ROM/GIO data [12] Output of ROM/GIO address [10] Output of ROM/GIO address [12] Output of ROM/GIO address [22] Input/output of IDE I/F data [1] Input/output of IDE I/F data [3] Input/output of IDE I/F data [5] Input/output of IDE I/F data [2] Input/output of IDE I/F data [11] Digital GND Power supply input Power supply input Output of DIOR signal for IDE I/F Output of data [08] for IDE I/F Output of data [12] for IDE I/F Output of data [07] for IDE I/F Output of GIO chip select [2] Input of GIO READY Input/output of ROM/GIO data [15] Output of ROM/GIO address [20] Input/output of ROM/GIO data [8] Output of ROM/GIO address [16] Input/output of IDE I/F data [7] Input/output of IDE I/F data [8] Input/output of IDE I/F data [10] Output of chip select [0] for HDD Output of IDE I/F address [2] Digital GND Power supply input Power supply input
5-11
Pin No.
Pin Name
I/O
Function
T12 T13 T14 T15 T19 T20 T21 T22 T23 T24 U1 U2 U3 U4 U5 U6 U10 U11 U12 U13 U14 U15 U19 U20 U21 U22 U23 U24 V1 V2 V3 V4 V5 V6 V10 V11 V12 V13 V14 V15 V19 V20 V21 V22 V23 V24 W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 W6 W10
AT0D05 AT0IORDY AT0D15 AT0DMARQ GCSB3 GCSB1 RDATA11 RDATA10 RADD19 RDATA05 AT1D12 AT1D14 AT1DA0 AT1IORDY AT1DIOWB DGND AT0DA1 AT0D01 AT0D02 AT0D11 AT0DA2 AT0D13 CTS0B RADD14 RADD13 RADD11 RDATA03 RDATA06 AT1DIORB AT1DMACKB AT1CS1B AT1RESETB AT1DMARQ DGND AT0D09 AT0D04 AT0INTRQ AT0RESETB AT0D00 AT0DMACKB RTS0B/GPIO36 GCSB0 RADD07 RDATA04 RADD05 FCSB0 AT1D15 AT1DA1 MD9 MD6 MD8 DVDD15(1.5V) DGND
O O O O O I/O I/O O I/O I/O I/O O I O O O O O O O I O O O I/O I/O O O O O I O O O O O O O O I/O O O I/O O I/O I/O I/O
Output of data [05] for IDE I/F Output of IORDY signal for IDE I/F Output of data [15] for IDE I/F Output of DMARQ signal for IDE I/F Output of GIO chip select [3] Not used Input/output of ROM/GIO data [11] Input/output of ROM/GIO data [10] Output of ROM/GIO address [19] Input/output of ROM/GIO data [5] Input/output of IDE I/F data [12] Input/output of IDE I/F data [14] Output of IDE I/F address [0] Input of I/O ready Output of IDE I/F I/O write for HDD Digital GND Output of address [1] for IDE I/F Output of data [01] for IDE I/F Output of data [02] for IDE I/F Output of data [11] for IDE I/F Output of address [2] for IDE I/F Output of data [13] for IDE I/F Input of clear to send Output of ROM/GIO address [14] Output of ROM/GIO address [13] Output of ROM/GIO address [11] Input/output of ROM/GIO data [3] Input/output of ROM/GIO data [6] Output of IDE I/F I/O read for HDD Output of ACK signal Output of chip select [1] for HDD Output of HDD I/F reset Input of IRQ signal Digital GND Output of data [09] for IDE I/F Output of data [04] for IDE I/F Output of INTRQ signal for IDE I/F Output of reset signal for IDE I/F Output of data [00] for IDE I/F Output of DMC ACK signal for IDE I/F Output of select signal for SPDIF Not used Output of ROM/GIO address [7] Input/output of ROM/GIO data [4] Output of ROM/GIO address [5] Output of ROM chip select Input/output of IDE I/F data [15] Output of IDE I/F address [1] Input/output of buffer memory interface data bus [9] Input/output of buffer memory interface data bus [6] Input/output of buffer memory interface data bus [8] Power supply input Digital GND
5-12
Pin No.
Pin Name
I/O
Function
W11 W12 W13 W14 W15 W19 W20 W21 W22 W23 W24 Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 Y6 Y10 Y11 Y12 Y13 Y14 Y15 Y19 Y20 Y21 Y22 Y23 Y24
AT0CS1B AT0CS0B AT0D14 AT0DA0 AT0D03 SP1REQB RADD21 RDATA00 FOEB/GOEB RADD04 FCSB1 MD15 MD11 MD0 MD7 MD10 DVDD15(1.5V) DGND DGND AGND AGND AGND AGND SP0REQB/GPIO33 RADD01 RDATA01 RADD09 RADD06 RADD02
O O O O O O I/O O O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O O I/O O O O
Output of chip select signal [1] for IDE I/F Output of chip select signal [0] for IDE I/F Output of data [14] for IDE I/F Output of address [0] for IDE I/F Output of data [03] for IDE I/F Fixed at GND Output of ROM/GIO address [21] Input/output of ROM/GIO data [0] Output of ROM/GIO enable Output of ROM/GIO address [4] Not used Input/output of buffer memory interface data bus [15] Input/output of buffer memory interface data bus [11] Input/output of buffer memory interface data bus [0] Input/output of buffer memory interface data bus [7] Input/output of buffer memory interface data bus [10] Power supply input Digital GND Digital GND GND (Analog) GND (Analog) GND (Analog) GND (Analog) Fixed at H Output of ROM/GIO address [1] Input/output of ROM/GIO data [1] Output of ROM/GIO address [9] Output of ROM/GIO address [6] Output of ROM/GIO address [2]
5-13
MEMO
5-14E
SECTION 6 SERVICE MODE

Prepairing for Service tool
Color monitor Service remote controller (Part code: J-6090-203-A)
OPEN/CLOSE button
SPEED
2 5 8 0
SPEED button Number button +10 button FRM/TIM button CHAP button ESC button DISP button CX button
4 7
+10
6
TV/LDP
9
CLEAR STEREO
TV/LDP button STEREO button CLEAR button SEARCH button CHP/TIM button DIG/ANA button TEST button
FRM/TIM CHAP CHP/TIM SEARCH
ESC CX
DISP
DIG /ANA TEST
STILL STEP button SIDE A button

SIDE B SIDE A STILL CHAPTER SKIP STEP CHAPTER SKIP
SIDE B button
SCAN PLAY SCAN
CHAPTER SKIP button SCAN button PAUSE button X3 button REP.A button REP.B button
X3
PAUSE
X3
REP.A REP.B A.MON P.RUN
CHAPTER SKIP button SCAN button PLAY button X3 button P.RUN button A.MON button
SERVICE
DVD
J-6090-203-A
6-1
6-1. SERVICE MODE MAP

[Operation]
ESC < First screen > Version info, etc DIG/ANA < First screen subscreen 3 > HDD information < First screen subscreen 4 > OSD Filter setting
[Mode / Name]
DISP
DIG/ANA
DISP
2 DIG/ANA 2 times SEARCH DIG/ANA SEARCH < Second screen subscreen 4 > LD degration judgement of ATA/ATAPI DEBUG OSD < Second screen subscreen 3 > writer maintenance information of ATA/ATAPI DEBUG OSD
DISP DISP
3 4 DIG/ANA 3 times
DV Service Mode
< Fouth screen subscreen 4 > VR-Recording-Related Error Logs
DISP
7 DIG/ANA
EPG Service Mode EPG Detail Screen
CHP/TIM DIG/ANA
1 2
Video Adjustment For Specific Area 1 General Setting mode 2 Specific-channel Setting mode
CX
HDD Check mode
Load the Recordable Disc
Select the Recordable Input Function
DVD ESC REP.B PLAY Aging mode (DVD) Aging mode (HDD)*3 REP.B PLAY 1 2 Firmware Download 1 Holding user setting V data 2 Shipping mode
HDD HDD/DVD Load the DL Disc(*1) to tray ESC
Recording stop(*2) , then press Play (*2) Open/Close(*2)
*1 DL Disc : Download Disc *2 Key on the front panel
6-2
6-2. Diagnostic Mode

6-2-1. Model Setting
1) 2) 3) 4) Turn of the main power ON. On the screen after exiting all menu screens, press the following buttons ESC k CHAP k 1 on the service remote controller. Turn of the main power OFF. Turn of the main power ON.
[Recorder's Model Setting] Input the number using the remote for Service. >--[ [ Input No. 1 : 2 : Manufacturer P S ] ]
* When the MAIN Assy and/or TUJB Assy that are(is) commonly used with another model are(is) replaced, they(it) must recognize the model of this unit. * Items to be set: The model number, destination, and region No. must be set.
Note: Once the setting has been made, it can never be changed. Be sure to make the setting correctly. As this setting resets the Assy(s) in question to the factory-preset status, it is recommended that you obtain the customers consent beforehand.
5) 6)
Press four digits properly (Refer to page 5 service remote controller.) by using the according to the screen information. Press the following buttons ESC k CHAP k 1 on the service remote controller.
[Recorder's Model Setting] Input the number using the remote for Service. >--Input No. [ 0101 [ 0201 [ 0102 [ 0202 [ 0103 [ 0203 Manufacturer : : : : : : ] ] ] ] ] ]
7)
Disconnect then reconnect the AC power cord of the unit. Be careful not to impart vibration to the unit immediately after the AC power cord is disconnected. 8) Reset the recorder to all its factory settings. (Make sure that the recorder is on. Press and hold x (STOP) key and press 1 (STANDBY/ON) key on the front panel.) The recorder turns off with all settings reset. 9) Turn of the main power ON. 10) Press ESC then DISP keys by using the service remote controller and then confirm each Model Name.
VERSION : - - - : RELEASE_100 Rev :1.****** TUNERCON : 198.000 DRIVE : DVD-RW DVR-L11X 1.00 PIC SERIAL : - - - - HDD INT : - - - - DEVICE : - - - - REGION : 2 FLASH : 64M C : ********* HDCP : - - - - ---SYSCON
OK OK OK
11) Press ESC. (Returns to the original screen)
6-3
6-2-2. Service Mode

1) 2) 3) 4) Turn of the main power ON. On the screen after exiting all menu screens, press ESC on the service remote controller. Press DISP. Press DIG/ANA. Overview and purposes To be used to check the status of the product and to collect the information for failure diagnosis. The following information to be used for servicing is displayed: [1] First screen : Version, HDD information, etc. [2] Second screen : ATA/ATAPI debug screen (Writer information) [4] Fourth screen : VR-recording-related error logs Each screen has sublevel screens.
Note: After entering any Service mode screen, to shift to another Service mode screen, first quit that Service mode screen then enter another Service mode screen.
5)
Press ESC. (Returns to the original screen)
6-2-3. Version Information and Other Information (First screen)

1) 2) 3) Turn of the main power ON. On the screen after exiting all menu screens, press ESC on the service remote controller. Press DISP. * Checking the respective software version numbers and other HDD information.
1 3 4 5 ---SYSCON 2 VERSION : 1.** : RELEASE_100 Rev :1.1000 TUNERCON : 198.000 DRIVE : DVD-RW DVR-L11X 1.00 HDD : WDC WD1600BB-xxGUCx OK : Appropriate version compared with that of the firmware of the system control computer. NG- : The version of the TUNER microcomputer is older. Measures to be taken: Download the firmware. OK : The appropriate drive is mounted. NG : An inappropriate drive is mounted. Measures to be taken: Download the firmware. OK : Appropriate version compared with that of the firmware of the system control computer. NG- : The version of the drive microcomputer is older. Measures to be taken: Download the firmware.
OK OK OK 160
7 9
DEVICE : E2R-FE 8 FLASH : 64M REGION : 2 0 C : ************
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 4) Press ESC. (Returns to the original screen)
Model name/destination Version of the recorder software Revision No. of the system-control computer software Version No. of the tuner microcomputer Result of the combination check with system u-com Information on the built-in drive (Model name, version No., model type) Data of the built-in HDD, capacity of the HDD DEVICE information (EMMA type, ES No.) FLASH ROM information Region No. CPRM information (CPRM key No.)
6-4
6-2-4. RF Level Simplified Diagnosis (Subscreen1)

1) 2) 3) 4) Turn of the main power ON. On the screen after exiting all menu screens, press ESC on the service remote controller. Press DISP. Press DIG/ANA.
---SYSCON VERSION : 1.** : RELEASE_*** Rev :1.****** TUNERCON : 198.000 DRIVE : DVD-RW DVR-L11X 1.00 HDD : WDC WD1600BB-xxGUCx
* The RF signal status can be obtained from the input frequency deviation information and the AGC voltage.
OK OK OK 160
DEVICE : E2R-FE REGION : 2 Input CH : ** ch Freq Diff : Low 1 AGC Volt : **** mV
FLASH : 64M C : ************ Input channel Input frequency difference *1) AGC voltage *2)
*1) Frequency Difference (Freg Diff) How much tuning is off is monitored, as shown below: Input Frequency Faraway High (within 200kHz) Just Tune within 200kHz over 200kHz Display High 7 High 1-5 Center Low 1-5 Low 7
Low
*2) AGC voltage (AGC Volt) The gain controlled by the tuner is monitored to infer the input electric field intensity. (The accuracy of inference differs depending on the product.) Field Intensity Intense field area (Clear image) Less intense field area (Noise may be generated.) Weak field area (Much noise. EPG/VPS/PDC sometimes cannot be obtained.) Very weak field area (Image damaged. EPG/VPS/PDC cannot be obtained.) 70 dB or more 50 dB or more 70 dB or less 30 dB or more 50 dB of less 30 dB or less AGC Volt 3100 mV or less 3100 4400mV 4400 mV or more (It is unable to discriminate under the weak field area.) 4400 mV or more (It is unable to discriminate.)
[Tips] For good reception, the field intensity must be 50 dB or more (AGC Volt 4400 mV or less). For accurate measurement, use a field intensity meter. 5) Press ESC. (Returns to the original screen)
6-5
6-2-5. HDD Information for the HDD return sheet (Simplified measurement mode)
HDD Information How to start/terminate the diagnostic program Use the remote control unit for servicing. How to start: Press ESC, CX, 0, and 1 keys simultaneously. How to terminate: Press ESC key. Do not perform other operations on the unit while HDD diagnosis is in progress. Although the diagnostic program is designed to function independently from the units functions, operations on the unit during a diagnosis may cause a malfunction. The following status is recommended during diagnosis: All stop, no timer recording (including auto-recording) A) Display the menu on the screen. The menu shown below is displayed when the diagnostic program is started. To enter each mode, press the corresponding key 1 4 on the remote control unit for servicing. Tests to be executed 1 HDD Information: Checks the HDD information. 2 S.M.A.R.T. DST: Executes a simplified test or a reading test for all data. 3 HDD R/W Check: Executes a writing/reading test for all data. All data on the HDD will be erased if this test is executed.
Note: 2. S.M.A.R.T. Attribute.... is not used.
HDD CHECK MODE 1 2 3 4
[1-4]
HDD Information S.M.A.R.T Attribute Information S.M.A.R.T DST HDD R/W Check
B) Check the HDD information. Press 1 key on the remote control unit for servicing. Check the following data: Model: Is the correct model name of the HDD displayed ? Recog. No: Is a positive value displayed ? SMART threshold: Is not exceeded displayed ?
HDD Information Cylinders : 0x3FFF Heads: 0x0010 Sec/Track : 0x003F Model : Maxtor 4R080L0 Firmware : RAMC1TU0 SN : R22RRL2SE Major No : ATA/ATAPI-7 Life Time : 33h 10m 30s Recog. No : -1 SMART threshold : not exceeded
A D E B C
Detailed description 1 Model: For the correct model name, refer to the display of the unit. 2 Recog No: Positive value : The HDD has been recognized. Negative value : The HDD has not been recognized. 3 SMART threshold: exceeded : The has come near the end of its service life. not exceeded : The HDD has not reached the end of its service life. 4 Check HDD SN.
To return to the menu screen, press Clear key. C) How to check the HDD return sheet. Symptom ************************************* k Enter a symptom. 1 MODEL :***************** not recognize or recognize k Enter a model name. Refer to A of the above screen. When the model name is recognized, circle recognize. 2 RECOG NO:Positive or Negative k Check whether Recog No is positive or negative. Refer to B of the above screen. 3 SMART threshold: exceeded or not exceeded k Check whether SMART threshold is exceeded or not exceeded. Refer to C of the above screen.
Note: If the HDD model name and serial number cannot be read, check the HDD label.
4 Check HDD SN:*********** not recognize or recognize k Enter the HDD SN. Refer to D of the above screen. Check whether the HDD SN is recognized. 5 HDD Life Time: ****h** m ** s k Enter the Life Time. Refer to E of the above screen.
Note: If the HDD life time is not found, check it on page 6-7 of Chapter 6, SERVICE MODE.
6 7 8 9
HDD Status: # / ! / Blank / No Model Name FL Display E01 / E02 / No Problem Recording Error history :************************ ATA/ATAPI History ERR :*********************
k k k k
Check HDD Status. Refer to SERVICE NOTE, page 7. Check FL Display. Refer to SERVICE MODE, page 6-9. Refer to SERVICE MODE, page 6-10.
6-6
HDD Information (Simplified measurement mode) 1) Turn on the main power. 2) Press DISP. 3) Press DIG/ANA three times.
HDD Info
* Checks the HDD Life time.
Life Time : --h --m --s
[Tips] How the cumulative HDD-on time data is processed in memory Storage place: FLASH ROM Timing for referring to the cumulative HDD-on time data: If the power attempts to turn on but fails, the unit refers to the FLASH ROM. Timing for updating the cumulative HDD-on time data: While the HDD is on, the cumulative HDD-on time data in the RAM is updated every 3 seconds, and the data is stored in the Backup SRAM every update. When the power is turned off, the data is stored in the FLASH ROM. How to clear the cumulative HDD-on time data FLASH ROM: When the HDD Identification Setting is configured, the cumulative HDD-on time data is automatically cleared. The HDD Identification Setting is automatically configured when the CPRM setting is configured on the CPRM setting screen. (To display the CPRM setting screen, press ESC key, then STEREO key.)
Note: The cumulative HDD-on time data is not cleared when resetting to default values. The cumulative HDD-on time data is not cleared when the system-control computer software is downloaded.
4)
6-2-6. Cautions for handling the HDD

(1) Cautions for handling the HDD The HDD is very sensitive to shocks and vibrations. Care must be taken especially during operation (when the power is on). The HDD is very sensitive to electrostatic charges. Rapid change in temperature or humidity may cause deterioration of the HDD.
Note: After receiving damage caused by any above-mentioned factors, the HDD may operate normally for dozens or hundreds of hours, but then suddenly crash. If you are certain you have damaged a new repair part (HDD) while making repairs, do not use the part.
Reference: Main specifications for damage to the HDD During operation Shock G (acceleration) Temperature change Moisture change Approx. 20 G or more 15 C/hour or more 20%/hour or more During nonoperation Approx. 200 G or more
T The HDD is about 10 times as sensitive to shock during

operation compared to nonoperation.
Reference: Estimated value of falling distance vs. shock (G) when the HDD is dropped without protection Falling distance 0.5 inch / 12.7 mm 1.0 inch / 25.4 mm 2.0 inch / 50.8 mm 4.0 inch / 101.6 mm Landing surface Granite surface 387 595 1133 1795 Concrete floor 217 457 600 1040 Synthetic-resincoated table 200 310 680 1050 Antistatic sponge 26 37 70 267
6-7
(2) Cautions for handling and examples of dangerous handling for the product that the HDD is mounted on or the HDD repair part [Cautions for handling the product that the HDD is mounted on] The HDD is always in operation while the unit is turned on. Do NOT to apply shock to the unit. Examples of dangerous handling: while the power is on Bumping the case Dropping an object, such as a small screwdriver or remote control unit, onto the case or bumping an object against the cabinet Physically dragging the unit Stacking another product on the unit
Note: Do NOT to apply shock, such as bumping or hitting a screwdriver against the HDD, during diagnosis with the case open.
Examples of dangerous handling: while the power is off Applying strong shock, although the HDD is more resistant to shock when the power is off Dropping the unit from a height of several centimeters, or lifting one side of the unit and letting it drop Do NOT move the unit immediately after the power is turned off. Wait at least 30 seconds after the indication on the FL display changes from POWER OFF to the clock indication before moving the unit. If the AC power cable is accidentally disconnected before turning the unit off, wait at least for one minute before moving the unit. In this case, damage to the HDD caused by sudden shutoff may be small because the emergency relief mechanism is activated. However, if sudden shutoff occurrs during recording or playback, recorded data may be damaged. Be sure to check the operations. [Caution for handling the HDD repair part] 1. Handle the HDD in a safe environment: Handle the HDD over an antistatic pad that can also absorb shock. Wear wrist bands to prevent electrostatic charges generated in your body from affecting the HDD. 2. Observe the following rules when handling the HDD: Handle one HDD at a time. Do NOT hold several HDDs at the same time. Grip the HDD on both sides so that you do not touch its terminals or circuit boards. Do NOT stack one HDD onto another HDD (even if the HDDs are protected by antistatic bags). Do NOT bump the HDDs against one another. Do NOT bump any tool, such as a screwdriver, or other hard object against the HDD. When a repair part (HDD) is transported and there is a large temperature difference between the outside and inside temperature, leave the HDD in its package for about half a day after it is moved inside to gradually cool or warm it to room temperature before unpacking.
6-8
6-2-7. HDD Error Logging

Use the following operations to display Recording Error History. Press ESC, DSP, and 4 keys, followed by DIG/ANA key three times.
Recording Error History Display 07-01-01 07-01-01 07-01-01 00:00:00 00:00:00 00:00:00 HDD Destroy Mech No Res Mech No Res
* The error display appears in the underlined location.
Recording Error History Display Error related to HDD Error Message Description Buf over flow Overflow of the Stream Buffer ESFSYS CORUPT easyfsys error ESFSYS INIT easyfsys initializing HDD Aging NG HDD Aging Command failed HDD DEF DONE HDD defrag finished HDD DEF ERR HDD defrag error HDD DEL OC TT Title imported to the HDD deleted HDD DEL PL Dubbing list deleted by HDD recovery HDD DEL TT Title deleted by HDD recovery HDD Destroy HDD is not recognized on the bus HDD INFO BAD Incorrect HDD Management Data HDD Initialize HDD initialized HDD IRRG POFF Abnormal power off HDD MBR NG Incorrect MBR data HDD SIG NG Incorrect HDD Management Data Magic HDD SMART NG Incorrect HDD SMART HDD unauthor Incorrect HDD serial No. HDD Zero WR Incorrect MBR data HDD Reset Done HDD Reset executed irr astion Incorrect action Mech No Res No response from the mechanical-control computer STATUS NG Abnormal status change Task No Activ Task has not been activated TT Rec Over Title recording time full
Note: Not only the HDD error history, but also the error recovery history are logged in Recording Error History.
6-9
6-2-8. ATA/ATAPI History - ERR

Use the following operations to display ATA/ATAPI Error History. Press ESC key, followed by DSP, 2, DIG/ANA, and FRM/TIM key.
ATA/ATAPI History - ERR 0223 151843> C8 00013 0000 000000 00 00000 0000 000000 00 00000 0000 000000 00 00000 0000 000000 00 00000 0000 000000 00 00000 HDD ERR is Selected.
09387FC4 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000
40FC4051 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000
2B 00 00 00 00 00
3C 00 00 00 00 00
01 00 00 00 00 00
x ATA/ATAPI ERR History display specification

Command Error register Status register Command
90 E7 EC E3 C8 25 EF B0 E2 E0 CA 35 E1
EXECUTE DEVICE DIAGNOSTIC FLUSH CACHE IDENTIFY DEVICE IDLE READ DMA READ DMA EXT SET FEATURES SMART STANDBY STANDBY IMMEDIATE WRITE DMA WRITE DMA EXT IDLE IMMEDIATE
Read Verify EXT 42 Only use performance and factory check

Note: **EXT: 48bit command
6-2-9. How to confirm HDD Access Flow

Use the following operations to display ATA/ATAPI History - All. Press ESC key, followed by DSP, 2, and FRM/TIM key. Confirm whether the result is OK or NG in the screen below. If it is NG, check the error in the command table to the lower right.
OK
NG
Command
EXECUTE DEVICE DIAGNOSTIC FLUSH CACHE IDENTIFY DEVICE IDLE READ DMA READ DMA EXT SET FEATURES SMART STANDBY STANDBY IMMEDIATE WRITE DMA WRITE DMA EXT IDLE IMMEDIATE 90 E7 EC E3 C8 25 EF B0 E2 E0 CA 35 E1
No problem
2B 3540C6E16F6000
READ DMA Error Occurred (NG)
Command
6-10
6-2-10. ATA/ATAPI Debugging Screen Second Screen and LD Deterioration Judgment (for writer)
1. Writer maintenance information of ATA/ATAPI DEBUG OSD (Subscreen3) 1) Turn of the main power ON. 2) On the screen after exiting all menu screens, press ESC on the service remote controller. 3) Press DISP. 4) Press 2. * Simplified judgment method of optical pickup quality ATA/ATAPI History-ALL 1. Stains on pickup lens 2. Deterioration of CD-R/DVD-RW laser diode
1E --------------------------------1E --------------------------------> 60 --------------------------------1E --------------------------------60 --------------------------------1E --------------------------------1E --------------------------------1E --------------------------------1E --------------------------------Writer is selected.
* Screens are switched when DIG/ANA is pressed two times or three times to select the desired menu. Press SEARCH to start measurement.
Update the display by pressing the SEARCH key while subscreen 3 is displayed.
1 ATA / ATAPI Power ON 0102 : 56 DVD R0053 : 48 W0022 : 16 CD R0034 : 04 W0000 : 00 Writer MaintenanceInfo 00 00 00 0000 00000000 01 00 00 0000 00000000 02 00 00 0000 00000000 03 00 00 0000 00000000 04 00 00 0000 00000000 05 00 00 0000 00000000 06 00 00 0000 00000000 07 00 00 0000 00000000 00-00 Error log for the Writer (Not for Service) 1 Power-on time/cumulative power-on time 2 Duration of emission of the laser diode (LD) for DVD-R/DVD while reading 3 Duration of emission of the LD for DVD-W/DVD while writing 4 Duration of emission of the LD for CD-R/CD while reading 5 Duration of emission of the LD for CD-W/CD while writing (This function is not used for this model.)
2 3 4 5
2 If the total hours of duration of emission of the laser diode (LD) for DVDs while reading 2 and that of emission of the LD for DVDs while writing 3 exceed 4,700 hours, the LDs may be degraded. Perform an LD degradation judgment, using subscreen 4. [Tips] MTTF hours for each LD DVD : 4,700 hours CD : 11,000 hours The ATA/ATAPI Writer Maintenance Info is obtained each time the power is turned on. Thereafter, the data on the subscreen is updated each time the SEARCH key is pressed (the updating command is sent) while this subscreen is displayed. Care must be taken when updating this subscreen, because an undesired command is inserted if it is executed while recording, etc. [Note on lighting time data for each LD] Since data on lighting time of each laser diode (LD) are stored in the flash ROM on the MAIN Assy, after the MAIN Assy is replaced, the data will be cleared. However, after the LOADER Assy is replaced, data on lighting time of each LD will be retained in the MAIN Assy. Therefore, before either the MAIN Assy or LOADER Assy is to be replaced, it is recommended that you write down the lighting time data. 5) Press ESC. (Returns to the original screen)
6-11
2. LD degration judgment of ATA/ATAPI DEBUG OSD (Subscreen 4) 1) While the User Operation screen is being displayed, press ESC on the service remote controller. 2) Press DISP on the service remote controller. 3) Press 2 on the service remote controller. 4) Press DIG/ANA three times.
Note: For correct measurement of items 1 to 4 indicated in the display below, leave the unit at room temperature (25C) for a while before turning it on, and do not load a disc.
To update the value for each item, press the SEARCH key while subscreen 4 is displayed. For details on each item and the conditions of updating the values, see table below.
ATA / ATAPI - LD Degrade 1 2 3 4 5 CD DVD TMP ADJ TLT : : : : 0070 0068 00A3 0067 104% 96% o 41 C o 26 C OK OK
: FFD5
Description of each item and conditions for updating data

No. 1 2 3 4 5 Item CD DVD TMP ADJ TLT Description Degradation judgment of LD for CD. Regarded as NG when the value is 120% or higher (same standard as for the PC drive) Degradation judgment of LD for DVD. Regarded as NG when the value is 120% or higher (same standard as for the PC drive) Current temperature inside the Writer Temperature (approx. 25C) inside the Writer during adjustment Writer adjustment data for straight (non-HDD) model (FFFF is diplayed when the writer is not adjusted.) Conditions for updating by pressing the SEARCH key No disc inserted in the disc tray No disc inserted in the disc tray No disc inserted in the disc tray No disc inserted in the disc tray No condition
If the results of degradation of the LDs for CDs and DVDs are both NG, replace the drive. 5) Press ESC. (Returns to the original screen)
6-12
6-2-11. History of VR Recording-related Errors

1) 2) 3) 4) Turn of the main power ON. On the screen after exiting all menu screens, press ESC on the service remote controller. Press DISP. Press 4.
RunFnc : ---- Ecl : STDBY Rate : 21 VID : 1000 enVobu : ----- Ren Sec : ----- ChgAtr : ----WorkSt : ----- EngTyp : ------ Prot F : -----Rec Err : ----TrnStp : Output Wait LastRecMsg : PARAMCHG LyrOren : -----LyrBndlSN : SglLayer Drv Err : ------- ErrAdr : ---- Pause : ----DscSt1 : ------- DscSt2 : ------- DscSt3 : ------LastLSN : ------ NWA : --------- WrtSpd : ------BrdNum : --- DV : --- RzNun : --- Format : --- tySys:--RenMeno : ----- RMDn : ------ LstErr : ------
* Used for broadly dividing the poorly-reproducible trouble phenomena. * Press DIG/ANA three times to browse the error log.
5)
Press ESC. (Returns to the original screen) Error Message Check Method Application: Used for localizing the cause of trouble to an approximate area from the error message information. Entry: Press the buttons ESC k DISP k 4, select the desired screen by pressing DIG/ANA.
RunFnc : ---- Ecl : STDBY Rate : 21 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------VID : 1000 Recording-related errors are displayed.
Press DIG/ANA three times on the above screen to select the desired screen.
Recording Error History Display 01-06-01 01-06-02 20:05 00:22 30 10 No SysHdr IN Write Error Error message display screen
1 There are two error-log screens, and up to 9 logs are displayed per screen. (generation time [year-month-day, hour: minute: second], error data in simplified description.) [Tips] The two error-log screens can be switched by pressing the SPEED+ or SPEED key. For details on error messages, see table Description of VR-recording-related errors (page 6-14 to 6-16). 6) Subscreen 5 to 11 (These subscreens are not for service use.)
6-13
Description of VR-recording-related errors Error Message Contents

Abbreviations ECC : 4-byte Code for Error Correction UDF : Universal Disc Format PCA : Power Calibration Area OPC : Optical Power Control NWA : Next Writable Address VMG : Video Manager RMA : Recording Management Area MKB : Media Key Block TMP_VMGI : Temporary Video Manager Information Border : from Lead-in to Lead-out
Drive System-Related Errors

ERROR MESSAGE Bdr Cls NG Bdr Opn NG BUF Overflow CLS Rzon Fail Drive Hang Drv Err Drv Hard Err Drv Timeout Fail Repair Format NG Mey Be V mode Mech No Res MKB invalid NWA Exhaust OPC NG PCA Full Read Err Read Only Disc* RMA Full Rzn Cls NG Rzn Rpr NG Rzn Rsv NG TMP-VMG WrErr VTSI_B Wr Err VTSI_B2 Wr Err VTSI Wr Err VTSI2 Wr Err Write Err May Be PVR V Final fail DLVR trace NG DESCRIPTION Close Border failed Open Border failed Overflow of the Stream Buffer Video mode Close Rzone failure The Drive is hang up General error of the Drive Abnoemality in the drive hardware or filmware Timeout waiting for drive operation Repair failed Format failed Although TMP_VMGI is not written, it may be Video mode disc No response from the mechanicalcontrol computer Media Key Block reading error Next Writable Address surpassed and impossible to use Optical Power Control failed Power Calibration Area has been used up. Reading failed, ECC (4 byte Code for Error Correction) failed, etc Because some data are invalid , data cannot be written Recording Management Area has been used up Close Rzone failed Repair Rzone failed Reserve RZone failed Video mode TMP VMGI Write Error Video mode VTSI BUP Write Error Video mode VTSI BUP Write Error (After Layer Change) Video mod VTSI Write Error Video mod VTSI Write Error (After Layer Change) The Drive failed to write and could not be recovered May be +VR disc, but no RSAT Abnormal process occurred when finalizing Video mode Close Rzone failed at dual layer disc
MPEG Encoder-Related Errors

ERROR MESSAGE AVEnc Hang IN Encode* No SysHdr IN Stm Start NG Stream NG Strm Start NG DESCRIPTION AVEncoder failed Changes cannot be made in process of encoding System packet is not input periodically Failure to start encoding (reasons not clear) Inappropriate input stream data Timeout waiting for system packet input at the beginning
Note: Any error message with * is displayed RecErr: on the Subscreen1 of the forth screen.
6-14
Dubbing-Related Errors
ERROR MESSAGE H2D CP SomeNG Mem get NG Strm TransfNG Tracon Tm NG VC Cell Max VC CopyCancel VC FlushC NG VC HDD C Err VC HDD Inf NG VC HDD Info NG VC Idling NG VC Pck Anl NG VC Transf Stp VC TSO BLK NG VC VOBU SizeE V Rsv RzoneNG V2H APP FL NG V2H Aud Ch NG V2H Aud Md NG V2H Aud Stm N V2H SRC Prot V2H Unknown V2H VOBU TMNG V2H V Reso NG H2D CP NoSpec H2D TO HDDRD H2D TO SPRP H2D TO DVDWR DESCRIPTION Other NG HDD DVD copy Video Mode Copy Memory has noe ensured Video Mode Copy Stream Transefer NG Video Mode Copy Tracon tranfer has not been completed Maximum number for Video Mode Copy Cells exceeded Video Mode Copy Copy Cancel Video Mode Copy Flush Cache NG Obtaining Video Mode Copy HDD Cell information failed No information on Video Mode Copy HDD Format failed Video Mode Copy idling NG Analizing Video Mode Copy Pack failed Video Mode Copy Transfer Stop Video Mode Copy TSOBlock transfer has not benn completed Video Mode Copy VOBU Size NG Video Mode Copy Reserve Rzone failed VRHDD APP FLG is OFF VRHDD Audio Channel NG VRHDD Audio mode NG VRHDD Audio Stream Number NG VRHDD Copy prohibitted material VRHDD Other NG VRHDD Play back time of each VOBU is different VRHDD Video resolution NG HDDDVD insufficient free space for copy HDDDVD(VR) Timeout at HDD playing side HDDDVD(VR) Timeout at internal processing HDDDVD(VR) Timeout at HDD recording side
HDD-Related Errors
ERROR MESSAGE Do nothing ESFSYS CORUPT ESFSYS INIT HDD Buff High HDD DEF DONE HDD DEF ERR HDD Destroy HDD INFO BAD HDD Initialize HDD IRRG POFF HDD MBR NG HDDReset Done HDD ROMSUM NG HDD SIG NG HDD SMART NG HDD Trans Err HDD unauthor HDD Zero WR Task No Activ TT Rec Over HDD WRONG TGT extHDD lgnore HDD PFile NG HDD DEL TT HDD DEL PT HDD Del OC TT DESCRIPTION Do nothing for demand easyfsys error easyfsys initializing High-level process executed for the HDD Buffer HDD deflag finished HDD deflag error HDD is not recognized on bus Inconsintent HDD Management Data HDD initialized Abnormal Power off Inconsistent MBR data HDD Reset executed Rom-code check sum NG Inconsistent HDD Management Data magic Inappropriate HDD SMART DMA error in HDD copy transfer Inconsistent HDD serial No MBR was written Task has not been activated Title recording time full Invalid HDD target No is directed External HDD is dismounted Program file installed in HDD is NG Delete the title by HDD recovery Delete the dubbing list by HDD recovery Delete the title moving on the way inside HDD
6-15
Other Errors
ERROR MESSAGE Abort Already open BK BATT Down BK FSYS Dirty BUG BusReset Done Cell Close NG CPRM IC NG Dir Depth Err Disc Fll* DRAM CLR Err DRAM NG Drive Destroy EncModul Hang F Alrdy Exst File cansel FileNot Exist Format Excec Invalid Disc* Invalid Param* Invalid TMVMG Invalid UDF* Invalid VMG* Invalid VTSI Irr Action* MKB REVOKED limit Over* No More Info* No Permission* No Video Now busy* NV Pck DMA Er NV Pck MK Err Ourob Strm NG Over Heat PARAM NO ACCP Process Over Protect Scr* Rec Pause* Relocation Do Repair Excec Something* SRAM NG Status NG* DESCRIPTION Cancellation Extension file is already opened Backup RAM Data has been erased Backup RAM Data has not been written on the File Sys some Bugs Bus Reset has been excecuted Cell Close NG Inappropriate CPRM IC Tree of Directory is too deep No further data can be written because the disc is full Video Mode DRAM (Stream Buffer) Clear failure Abnormality in access to the Work DRAM The Drive has crashed Encorder routine is hung up Extension file is already exist Extension file is canseled Extension file is not exist Formatting has been executed The disc cannot be recognized Invalid parameter Invalid TMP VMGI content Invalid UDF content Invalid VMG content VTSI information of +VR is unusual Incorrect action Error is gaining data Standard maximum limit exceeded No more space in the internal workmanagement area No permossopn to write to the disc No Video input (not locked) In the process of the emergency processing Inappropriate NaviPack DMA Error in creating NaviPack Inappropriate Stream data to the Ouroboros input Abnormal temperature Recording parameter is not matched Process is overfull Source to be recorded is copyprotected No operation permitted during recording pause VR-recording data was relocated Repairing has been executed Undetermined error Abnormality in access to the backup Work SRAM Abnormality in change of statuses ERROR MESSAGE SW PVR SW Vpb mode* SW Vrec mode* Unmatch Stamp* VBR-SRAM NG V Categ ID NG V Cate Inf NG V Ext MAX Ovr V ExtToo Big V Ext TY NG Virgin Disc VOBU Info NG WaterMark Det WM Cracked Param Short Invalid VRMI DESCRIPTION Switch to +VR playback process Switching to video playback routine is required Switching to video recording routine is required Impossible to modify because of nonmatching time stamp Abnormality in VBR SRAM Inappropriate category ID Inappropriate category information Count Max exceeded The extension file is too large Type NG Virgin Disc Inapporopriate VOBU information Watermark detected WM Cracked Editting Error (Clear A-B) Information of +VR is NG (VRMI)
No Error
ERROR MESSAGE Non Err* DESCRIPTION Normal
6-16
6-2-12. DV Service Mode

1. DV debug 1) Turn of the main power ON. 2) On the screen after exiting all menu screens, press ESC on the service remote controller. 3) Press DISP. 4) Press 3. * Used when an error exists in connection with the DV equipment.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 qa (DV/1394) InitDV : OK InitVE : OK AV : 02 DV : 01 [Recorder] GUID : 00E0360006100001 IRM iPCR : C03F0000 oPCR : 0000007A [DV] GUID : 0080880303480E96 VN : VICTOR MN : GR-D50K TM : C3 TS : 75 CT : 32 WP : 01 PS : FF OS : 00 CA : A000002020 CV : FF MD : VTR [DVdecode : Yes] LineSys : 525-60 TC : 00h20m35s RD : 02/02/05 RT : 10h34m50s ASPECT : 4 : 3 CGMS : 000000 APSTB : 00 DEC : 525-60 SF : 32KHz QU : 12bit AMODE : 4) Stereo
Boldface alphanumerics : Fixed indications Nonboldface alphanumerics : Variable indications
No. 1
Item InitDV InitVE AV DV
Description Whether the initialization of UPD72893B (1394 LINK and DV codec IC) has been completed (OK) or not (NG). Whether the initialization of ADV7172 (Video Encoder for DV specific) has been completed (OK) or not (NG). Number of AV devices recognizing connection Number of DV devices recognizing connection GUID set in ConfigROM of the unit. iPCR value of the unit oPCR value of the unit GUID set in ConfigROM of the connected DV device.
2 3 4
GUID iPCR oPCR GUID
Remarks If NG is displayed, it is considered the communication failure to UPD72893B. If NG is displayed, it is considered the communication failure to ADV7172. Identification number of AV devices including D-VHS, Digital Tuner, etc other than DV devices. If the number does not become 01 even if a DV device is connected, identification of that device fails. GUlD : Global Unique ID (Specific ID for DV devices) If the unit is ROOT (IRM), IRM is displayed at the side position of GUID display.
VN MN
Vendor name set in ConfigROM of the connected DV device. Model name set in ConfigROM of the connected DV device. Transport Mode data obtained from the DV device. Transport State data obtained from the DV device. Cassette Type data obtained from the DV device. Write-protection data obtained from the DV device. Power-state data obtained from the DV device. Output signal mode data obtained from the DV device. Connect AV data obtained from the DV device. Camera/Vtr mode data obtained from the DV device. DV device mode Whether Yes (in the process of requesting DV input) or No is indicated in XXX. Input Line System setting Time-code data of the DVdecode Stream, or response data of the Time Code command Rec Date of DVdecode Stream Rec Time of DVdecode Stream Aspect Ratio of DVdecode Stream CGMS of DVdecode Stream (from left to right, CGMS data of bits 5-4: Audio ch 2, bits 3-2: Audio ch 1, and bits 1-0: Video)
TM TS CT WP PS OS CA CV MD [DVdecode: XXX] LineSys TC
Data are displayed only if one DV device is identified. If the connected DV device is ROOT (IRM), IRM is displayed at the side position of GUlD display. Data are displayed only if one DV device is identified. (Depending on the device, the vendor name may not be set in ConfigROM.) Data are displayed only if one DV device is identified. (Depending on the device, the model name may not be set in ConfigROM.) Data are displayed only if one DV device is identified.
Data are displayed only if one DV device is identified. Camera or VTR is displayed only if one DV device is identified. Normally, Yes is indicated only when CH is set to DV.
Stream time-code data are obtained when the tape is played in forward direction. Otherwise, time-code data are obtained through an AV/C command.
RD RT ASPECT CGMS
*CGMS (Copy Generation Management System): The two-digit codes added to broadcast programs represent the following: 00: Copy freely, 10: Once copy, 11 : Never copy With input: Signal type (525-60, 625-50, 1125-60, 1250-50, or Invalid) is indicated, Without input: No is indicated. If SF is 44 kHz, it is considered that 44.1-kHz audio is input, and sound is muted on the unit.
APSTB DEC qa SF QU AMODE
APS trigger bit of DV decode stream With/without DVdecode stream input Sampling Frequency of DVdecode Stream QUANTIZATION of DVdecode Stream AUDIO MODE of DVdecode Stream
5)
6-17
Possible causes Defective IC102 (1394Link & DVcodec)/ IC108 (1394PHY), improper connection between IC102 / IC108, defective soldering, defective power supply, etc.
Defective DV terminals, improper connection of the DVterminal board, defective IC108 (1394PHY), defective cables, an IEEE 1394 device other than the DV device connected. Defective IC102 (1394Link & DVcodec), defective soldering, defective power supply, etc. Defective DV terminals, improper connection of the DVterminal board, defective source device defective IC102 (1394Link & DVcodec), IC108 (1394PHY)
Note: As to a model having the Input Line System setting, if the setting and the actual input signal system do not match, no picture appears.
2. Simple Diagnosis of DV Location in the Items to be Checked, and Conditions Symptoms Debug Screen Check the initDV indication: No operation for 1 DV1 OK: Initialization of DV related LSI (IC102, IC108) appropriately completed. DV input NG: Initialization of DV related LSI (IC102, IC108) has not been completed properly. Defective communication with DV related LSI (IC102, IC108) and Host u-com. (IC1001) 2 DV1 Check the number of DV devices when one DV device is connected to the recorder: 01 : The connected DV device is correctly identified. Other than 01 : The connected DV device is not correctly identified. 1 DV8 Check of DV decoding when the recorder channel is set to DV: No picture nor sound for DV Yes : The recorder is in the process of a DV input operation. input No : The recorder is not executing a DV input operation. Check DEC: 2 DV0 525-60 : An NTSC DV signal is input from the DV device. 625-50 : A PAL DV signal is input from the DV device. No : No DV signal is input from the DV device.
6-18
DV0
Check CGMS:
Recording cannot be performed for a copy-protected source. An audio signal with 44.1-kHz sampling frequency is muted.
DV input recording impossible No sound for DV input
DVqa
No picture for DV input
DV1
Check SF: 32 kHz: An audio signal with 32-kHz sampling frequency is being input. 48 kHz: An audio signal with 48-kHz sampling frequency is being input. 44 kHz: An audio signal with 44.1-kHz sampling frequency is being input. Check the initVE indication: OK: Initialization of DV specific VideoEncoder (IC101) appropriately completed. NG: Defective communication with DV specific VideoEncoder (IC101) and HOST u-com (IC1001). Initialization of DV specific VideoEncoder (IC101) has not been completed properly.
Defective IC101 (DV specific VideoEncoder), defective soldering, defective power supply, etc.
6-2-13. EPG Service Mode

1. Summary screen 1) Turn of the main power ON. 2) On the screen after exiting all menu screens, press ESC on the service remote controller. 3) Press DISP. 4) Press 7.
0 1 2 3 4 012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 (EPG EURO) Next Data Download Time : 14:00 Duration : 01h30m Gemster Data Fail Count : 00
* Used when the EPG data cannot be acquired. * The detailed screen appears every time when DIG/ANA is pressed.
EPG Data Receive Err Summary Data Start End MD CH RcvPkt 03/31 13:00 13:30 DL 03 001853 03/31 09:00 11:00 DL 03 001192 03/31 08:00 08:05 HS -- 000654 03/31 00:00 00:00 000000 03/31 00:00 00:00 000000 03/31 00:00 00:00 000000
TotalErr 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000
Lines 01-02
Lines 03 Lines 09-14
The next download starting time for the EPG data is displayed. Next Data Download Time: Starting time Duration: Duration required for acquiring the EPG data The Gemster EPG data cannot be found. Number times of Host Scan and Schedule Download, DT models only (Always 00 except DT model) The 6 latest error logs when EPG data were received are displayed, with the latest one at the top. Data Start End MD CH RcvPkt Total Err : Month/day when reception started : Time when reception started : Time when reception ended : Method for acquiring the EPG data (HS: Host scanning process, DL:Downloading process of the EPG data) : Data-receiving channel : Total number of received packages. A number 999,999 or greater is displayed as 999999. : Total errors during reception. The sum of Hamming Err, Trans Err InvLine Err numbers indicated on the Detail screen. A number 999,999 or greater is displayed as 999999.
[Tips] In a case where only HS is displayed in the MD column of the logs, the host channel has not been found. It is necessary to check the country and postal-code settings in the user settings. 5) Press ESC. (Returns to the original screen)
6-19
2. Detail screens 1) Press the DIG/ANA key while the Summary screen is being displayed. (Refer to page 6-19.) 2) Each time the DIG/ANA key is pressed, the Detail screen scrolls maximum six-Detail screens (1 to 6). Each Detail screen of 1 to 6 corresponds to the EPG reception error logs from the top of the Summary screen.
0 1 2 3 4 012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 (EPG EURO) EPG Data Receive Err Details - 1 Data : 03/31 Start Time : 13:00 Host CH : 03
END Time : 13:30 P-ON Kind : Download
Data Receive Part Total Err : 000000 Pkt Rcv Num : 001853 Pkt Snd Num : 001853 Inv Line Err : 000000 Slice Cont : Auto EQ : OFF LV : -h Temporary Buffer Information Pool Num : 000000 Max Store : 000000 Discard Pkt : 000000 Use Num : 000000
Line Line 01
Display item EPG Data Receive Err Details-X
Lines 03-05, Reception conditions
Data Start Time END Time Host CH P-ON Kind Total Err
Lines 07-10, details on errors during reception
Description The rightmost figure represents the number of the current detail screen. This number corresponds to the order of the EPG reception error log from the top. : Month/day when reception started : Time when reception started : Time when reception ended : Data-receiving channel : Methods for acquiring the EPG data (host scanning and downloaing) : Total numbers of errors during reception. The total number of Hamming Err, Trans Err and InvLine Err indicated on the Detail screen. A number 999,999 or greater is displayed as 999999. : Total number of received packages. A number 999,999 or greater is displayed as 999999. : Total number of packages that were sent to the application program among all the received packages. A number 999,999 or greater is displayed as 999999. : Total number of errors that were generated by receiving data from invalid lines. A number 999,999 or greater is displayed as 999999. : Slice level control Auto-Tu Con, Manual - Syscon. : Equalizer setting (ON, OFF) : Slice level (10-30 hex) (Only when the slice Cont is Manual.)
Remarks
Only during initialization, host scanning is automatically executed to find the host broadcast.
Total Errors: If the total number of errors reaches two digits or greater, it is likely that EPG data acquisition failed. Display subscreen 1 of the first screen and check the electric field intensity from the AGC level. If the total numbr of received packages is 0, it is likely that the country and postal-code settings are wrong.
Pkt Rcv Num Pkt Snd Num
InvLine Err
Slice Cont EQ LV
Note: The data on lines 12-14 are for software development, not for service use.
3)
6-20
6-2-14. Aging Mode

1. Aging for the DVD-RW/DVD-R 1) Press the DVD key to switch to DVD. 2) Load a recordable disc. 3) Select the input function of a recordable source. 4) After disc detection is confirmed, exit all menu screens. 5) Press ESC on the service remote controller. 6) Press REP.B on the service remote controller. 7) Press PLAY to enter the Aging mode. If symptoms regarding recording/playback of discs and/or the HDD that your customer claimed are difficult to reproduce, they can be reproduced with a long-time test in Aging mode.
Note: When aging for the DVD-RW/+RW/-RAM and HDD is executed, a recorded data on them will be erased. Commands from the remote control unit are accepted during Aging mode. If Aging mode is quit using the ESC key, indications on the FL display will return to normal display. Cancel timer settings before entering Aging mode. Set the recording rate beforehand. It cannot be changed during Aging mode.
Aging for the DVD-RW/+RW/-RAM During Aging mode, the following operations are repeated in the order shown below. 1 The tray opens. 2 The tray closes. 3 Initialization 4 Recording for 60 minutes 5 Playback for 45 minutes <DVD-RW> The initialization process in step 3 follows the setting specified in Setting of the main unit--Recording-Auto initialization of a DVD-RW. <DVD+RW> The initialization process in step 3 is the same as that described in Disc setting--Initialization-Initialization of a DVD+RW. <DVD-RAM> In the initialization process in step 3, physical formatting is performed, if required. During Aging, the number of loops is indicated on the FL display, as shown below. [AGING 0001] If an error is generated, the aging operation stops.
Note: Indications on the FL display are retained, and this information is also retained as an OSD.
Aging for the DVD-R/+R During Aging mode, the following operations are repeated in the order shown below. 1 The tray opens. 2 The tray closes. 3 Recording for 1 minute 4 Recording pause for 6 minutes 5 Recording stops. 6 Playback for 1 minute 7 Playback pause for 6 minutes 8 Playback stops.
Note: A continuous test of the above operations is possible for approximately 23 hours.
After 2 the tray closes, disc detection is performed, <DVD-R> In step 2, if the disc is judged to have recorded up to 99 titles, the operation stops at that point. <DVD+R> If the disc is judged to have recorded up to 49 titles, the operation stops at that point. On the FL display, the number of loops is retained. On the OSD display, the error indication is retained. During Aging, the number of loops is indicated on the FL display, as shown below. [AGING 0001] If an error is generated, the aging operation stops.
Note: Indications on the FL display are retained, and this information is also retained as an OSD. Note: Recording time depends on the recording rate set. For example, if the recording rate is MN32, only up to 60 titles can be registered. Check the setting for recording rate before performing aging.
8)
Press the ESC key on the service remote controller to quit Aging mode and return to Normal mode.
Note: If during recording: Recording is stopped. (aging for RW/-RAM only) If during playback: Playback is paused. If during initialization: The unit stops after initialization is finished. If the tray is being opened/closed: The unit stops after the tray is opened/closed.
6-21
2. Aging for the HDD Caution: Take caution as the all recorded data of HDD is deleted. 1) 2) 3) 4) Press the HDD key to switch to HDD. Press ESC on the service remote controller. Press REP.B on the service remote controller. Press PLAY to the Aging mode.
During Aging mode, the following operations are repeated in the order shown below. 1 Erasure of all the memory data from the HDD 2 Recording for 60 minutes 3 Playback for 60 minutes [Tips] During Aging, the number of loops is indicated on the FL display, as shown below. [AGING 0001] If an error is generated, the aging operation stops.
Note: Indications on the FL display are retained, and this information is also retained as an OSD.
5)
Press the ESC key on the remote control unit for servicing to quit Aging mode and return to Normal mode.
Note: If during recording: Recording is stopped. If during playback: Playback is paused. If during erasure of all memory data from the HDD, the unit stops after all memory data have been erased.
6-2-15. HDD Check Mode

1) 2) 3) 4) 5) Turn of the main power ON. On the screen after exiting all menu screens, press ESC on the service remote controller. Press CX. Press 0. Press 1. * Used to check if the HDD has an error or not. HDD CHECK MODE * Press the number of the item you want to check.
1 2 3 4 HDD Information [----] S.M.A.R.T. Attribute Information S.M.A.R.T. DST HDD R/W Check ###change[SCAN FWD]
###HDD[INT] is selected
6)
6-22
6-3. Setup Related Menu

6-3-1. Firmware Downloading
In case of any event as described below, be sure to download the software using the Version Upgrade CD Disc by following the Software Download Method shown below. 1. When engine (RD board or drive) is replaced, or when the AV board is replaced. 2. When HDD is replaced. 3. When the message NG is displayed on the Version Information in the Service Mode. Software Download Method 1) Eject the tray. 2) Place the Version Upgrade disc on the tray. 3) Press Rec Stop and EJECT at the same time to start version upgrade.
6-3-2. Area-Specific Channel Setting

When the following trouble symptom is displayed, set the broadcast reception channels as described below. When flickering is visible as if horizontal synchronization or vertical synchronization is lost on the broadcast reception screen. [Entry] Entry from the normal operating mode <Record/Play, Stop> 1) Turn of the main power ON. 2) Press ESC on the service remote controller. 3) Press CHP/TIM. Setting screen
VDEC Specific Area Mode Ver 2.00 Input - [LINE] Sync ACC : -H Threshold Level : -V Threshold Level : --
4)
[Entry from the individual setting mode] 1) Upon completion of the above operation, press DIG/ANA. Setting screen
VDEC Specific Area Mode Ver 2.00 Input - [LINE] Sync ACC : -H Threshold Level : -V Threshold Level : -Individual setting state Input Channell - [0V] Sync ACC : -H Threshold Level : -V Threshold Level : --
2)
6-23
6-3-3. OSD Filter Setting

When the following trouble symptom occurs, correct it by setting the OSD filter as described below. Characters on the OSD screen flicker depending on the monitor connected. [Entry] 1) Turn of the main power ON. 2) Press ESC on the service remote controller. 3) Press DISP. 4) Press DIG/ANA four times.
OSD Filter Setting OSD Filter : --
5)
[Tips] As the setting value becomes greater, jitter is reduced on a CRT display. However, as lines for characters appear thick, complex characters may become difficult to read. On the contrary, as the setting value becomes smaller, jitter increases on a CRT display. However, as lines for characters become sharper, complex characters become more legible.
Note1: A new setting becomes active as soon as it is made. As a new setting is stored in nonvolatile memory, it will be retrieved when the unit it turned on the next time. Note2: After the factory-preset values are downloaded, the setting value for the OSD Filter will be the default Value (4).
[Key operation of OSD Filter setting] Key Operation Satting value 0 4 (Default value: 4) Remarks Rev x 3, SPEED+ : The setting value increases by1. x 3 Fwd, SPEED : The setting value decreases by1.
Rev x 3, SPEED+ Changing the setting value for the OSD x 3 Fwd, SPEED Filter CLEAR ESC The setting value is reset to default. To exit the OSD Filter Setting and clear the screen (Appears the tuner screen.)
6-24E
SECTION 7 ADJUSTMENTS
7-1. Video System Adjustment
Preparing for Adjustment 1. Equipments Oscilloscope Reference Disk HLX-507 (PAL single layer disc) J-6090-077-A HLX-506 (PAL dual layer disc) J-6090-078-A 1. Video Output Level Check <Purpose> This check is made to satisfy the PAL signal standard, If it is adjusted incorrectly, brightness will be too bright or too dark. Mode PLAY Signal 100% Color bars Test point Output (VIDEO) connector (terminated in 75) Instrument Oscilloscope Specification 1.0 V 0.07 Vp-p Check method: 1) Insert the PAL reference disc and play back the 100% color bars. 2) Confirm that the video level is 1.0 V0.07 Vp-p.
2. S-Video Output S-Y Check <Purpose> This check confirms that the S-video Y-signal output has the rated amplitude. If it adjusted incorrectly, the playback video signal will not be displayed corrected even when the S-video cable is connected. Mode PLAY Signal 100% Color bars Test point S-VIDEO OUTPUT (S-Y) connector (terminated in 75) Instrument Specification Oscilloscope 1.0 V0.07 Vp-p
Check method: 1) Insert the PAL reference disc and play back the 100% color bars. 2) Confirm that the video level is 1.0 V0.07 Vp-p.
1.0 0.07Vp-p
Fig. 7-2
1.0 0.07 Vp-p
Fig. 7-1
7-1
3. S-Video Output S-C Check <Purpose> This check confirms that the S-video output S-C conforms to the PAL standard. If it adjusted incorrectly, the playback color will not be too dark or too thin. Mode PLAY Signal 100% Color bars Test point S-VIDEO OUTPUT (S-C) connector (terminated in 75) Instrument Specification Oscilloscope 300 mV30 mVp-p
Check method: 1) Insert the PAL reference disc and play back the 100% color bars. 2) Confirm that the burst signal level is 300 mV30 mVp-p.
5. Component Video Output B-Y (Pb) Check <Purpose> This check confirms that the B-Y signal of the component video conforms to the PAL standard. If this signal level is not correct, color of the video signal will have different color when the COMPONENT connector output signal is connected to a projector having COMPONENT input. Mode PLAY Signal 100% Color bars Test point COMPONENT VIDEO OUT (Pb) connector (terminated in 75) Instrument Oscilloscope Specification 700 mV50 mVp-p Check method:
Note 1: Do not set RGB OUT to ON. Note 2: Do not connect the HDMI OUT.
1)
300 30 mVp-p
2)
Insert the PAL reference disc and play back the 100% color bars. Confirm that the burst signal level is 700 mV50 mVp-p.
Fig. 7-3
4. Component Video Output Y Check <Purpose> This check confirms that the component Y signal output has the rated amplitude. If this signal level is not correct, brightness of the video signal will not be too dark or too thin when the COMPONENT connector output signal is connected to a projector having COMPONENT input. Mode PLAY Signal 100% Color bars Test point COMPONENT VIDEO OUT (Y) connector (terminated in 75) Instrument Oscilloscope Specification 1.0 V0.07Vp-p Check method:
700 50 mVp-p
Fig. 7-5
6. Component Video Output R-Y (Pr) Check <Purpose> This check confirms that the R-Y signal of the component video conforms to the PAL standard. If this signal level is not correct, color of the video signal will have different color when the COMPONENT connector output signal is connected to a projector having COMPONENT input. Mode PLAY Signal 100% Color bars Test point COMPONENT VIDEO OUT (Pr) connector (terminated in 75) Instrument Oscilloscope Specification 700 mV50 mVp-p Check method:
1) 2)
Insert the PAL reference disc and play back the 100% color bars. Confirm that the Y signal level is 1.0 V0.07 Vp-p.
1)
1.0 0.07Vp-p
2)
Fig. 7-4
700 50 mVp-p
Fig. 7-6
7-2
7. Scart Video Output Level Check <Purpose> This check is made to satisfy the PAL signal standard, If it is adjusted incorrectly, brightness will be too bright or too dark. Mode PLAY Signal 100% Color bars Test point Scart Video output connector pin-ql (terminated in 75) Instrument Oscilloscope Specification 1.0 V 0.07 Vp-p Check method:
Note: SCART OUT should be set to Video.
9. Scart Video Output S-C Check <Purpose> This check confirms that the Scart output S-C conforms to the PAL standard. If it adjusted incorrectly, the playback color will not be too dark or too thin. Mode PLAY Signal 100% Color bars Test point Scart Video output connector pin-qg (terminated in 75) Instrument Specification Check method:
Note: SCART OUT should be set to S-Video.
Oscilloscope 300 mV30 mVp-p
1) 2)
Insert the PAL reference disc and play back the 100% color bars. Confirm that the video level is 1.0 V0.07 Vp-p.
1) 2)
1.0 0.07 Vp-p
300 30 mVp-p
Fig. 7-7
8. Scart Video Output S-Y Check <Purpose> This check confirms that the Scart Y-signal output has the rated amplitude. If it adjusted incorrectly, the playback video signal will not be displayed corrected even when the Scart cable is connected. Mode PLAY Signal 100% Color bars Test point Scart Video output connector pin-ql (terminated in 75) Instrument Oscilloscope Specification 1.0 V0.07 Vp-p Check method:
Note: SCART OUT should be set to S-Video.
Fig. 7-9
10. Scart Video RGB Output R Check <Purpose> This check confirms that the RGB R signal output has the rated amplitude. If this signal level is not correct, brightness of the video signal will not be too dark or too thin when the Scart connector output signal is connected to a projector having Scart input. Mode PLAY Signal 100% Color bars Test point Scart Video output R connector pin-qg (terminated in 75) Instrument Oscilloscope Specification 700 mV50 mVp-p Check method:
Note 1: RGB OUT should be set to ON. Note 2: Do not connect the HDMI OUT.
1) 2)
Insert the PAL reference disc and play back the 100% color bars. Confirm that the video level is 1.0 V0.07 Vp-p.
1) 2)
Insert the PAL reference disc and play back the 100% color bars. Confirm that the R signal level is 700 mV50 mVp-p.
1.0 0.07 Vp-p
700 50 mVp-p
Fig. 7-8 Fig. 7-10
7-3
11. Scart Video RGB Output G Check <Purpose> This check confirms that G signal of the RGB video conforms to the PAL standard. If this signal level is not correct, color of the video signal will have different color when the Scart connector output signal is connected to a projector having Scart input. Mode PLAY Signal 100% Color bars Test point Scart Video output G connector pin-qa (terminated in 75) Instrument Oscilloscope Specification 700 mV50 mVp-p Check method:
1) 2)
Insert the PAL reference disc and play back the 100% color bars. Confirm that the G signal level is 700 mV50 mVp-p.
700 50 mVp-p
Fig. 7-11
12. Scart Video RGB Output B Check <Purpose> This check confirms that the B signal of the RGB video conforms to the PAL standard. If this signal level is not correct, color of the video signal will have different color when the Scart connector output signal is connected to a projector having Scart input. Mode PLAY Signal 100% Color bars Test point Scart Video output B connector pin-7 (terminated in 75) Instrument Oscilloscope Specification 700 mV50 mVp-p Check method:
1) 2)
Insert the PAL reference disc and play back the 100% color bars. Confirm that the B signal level is 700 mV50 mVp-p.
700 50 mVp-p
Fig. 7-12
7-4E
RDR-GX350/HX650/HX750/HX950 SECTION 8 REPAIR PARTS LIST

8-1. EXPLODED VIEWS
NOTE: -XX, -X mean standardized parts, so they may have some differences from the original one. Items marked * are not stocked since they are seldom required for routine service. Some delay should be anticipated when ordering these items. The mechanical parts with no reference number in the exploded views are not supplied. When replacing parts, refer to SERVICE NOTE 5. CHANGED POINTS OF SERVICE MANUAL Revised-2. (See page 12) Color Indication of Appearance Parts Example: KNOB, BALANCE (WHITE) . . . (RED) Parts Color Cabinets Color Abbreviation RU : Russian model AS : RD-65 (AS) BOARD BS : RD-65 (BS) BOARD CS : RD-65 (CS) EM BOARD DS : RD-65 (DS) EM BOARD
The components identified by mark 0 or dotted line with mark 0 are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified. The components identified by mark 9 contain confidential information. Strictly follow the instructions whenever the components are repaired and/or replaced.
8-1-1. OVERALL SECTION
6 5
7 8
not supplied
5
not supplied
4 2 1
Chassis section
4
not supplied
Ref. No. 1 2 2 2 2
Part No.
Description
Remarks
Ref. No. 2 2 2 2 * 3 4 5 5 6 6 7 8 8 8
Part No.
Description
Remarks
X-2176-442-1 COVER ASSY, TRAY A-1253-396-A PANEL BLOCK ASSY, FRONT (HX750(BLACK): AEP1, UK) A-1253-770-A PANEL BLOCK ASSY, FRONT (HX750(SILVER): AEP1) A-1254-504-A PANEL BLOCK ASSY, FRONT (HX750(BLACK): AEP2, RU) A-1254-829-A PANEL BLOCK ASSY, FRONT (HX750(SILVER): AEP2, RU) A-1256-056-A PANEL BLOCK ASSY, FRONT (HX950: AEP1) A-1256-070-A PANEL BLOCK ASSY, FRONT (HX950: AEP2, RU) A-1256-153-A PANEL BLOCK ASSY, FRONT (HX650(BLACK): AEP1, AEP3) A-1256-177-A PANEL BLOCK ASSY, FRONT (HX650(SILVER): AEP1, AEP3) A-1256-209-A PANEL BLOCK ASSY, FRONT (HX650(BLACK): AEP2)
A-1256-237-A PANEL BLOCK ASSY, FRONT (HX650(SILVER): AEP2) A-1274-298-A PANEL BLOCK ASSY, FRONT (GX350: AEP1) A-1277-367-A PANEL BLOCK ASSY, FRONT (GX350: AEP2, RU) A-1278-917-A PANEL BLOCK ASSY, FRONT (GX350: UK) 1-834-076-11 CABLE, FLEXIBLE FLAT (FLR-010) 3-077-331-01 3-070-883-31 3-070-883-41 2-899-645-01 2-899-645-21 +BV3 (3-CR) SCREW, TAPPING (BLACK) SCREW, TAPPING (SILVER) CASE, UPPER (BLACK) CASE, UPPER (SILVER)
2 2 2 2 2
3-076-563-11 SCREW, SPECIAL FRONT POINT 1-480-168-11 REMOTE COMMANDER (RMT-D247P) (HX750: UK, AEP1/HX950: AEP1) 1-480-169-11 REMOTE COMMANDER (RMT-D246P) (HX650/HX750: AEP2/HX950: AEP2, RU) 1-480-170-11 REMOTE COMMANDER (RMT-D245P) (GX350)
8-1
8-1-2. CHASSIS SECTION
51
66 58
not supplied
60 60
not supplied
60
not supplied
55 66
not supplied not supplied
51 53
51
57 51
51
59
51
not supplied U601
51 64 56
not supplied not supplied
not supplied
65 61
62 63
51 54 51
52
not supplied
not supplied
not supplied
51
Ref. No. 51 9 52 9 52 9 52 53 54 0 55 56 * 57 58 59 60 61 61 62
Part No. 3-077-331-01 A-1271-315-A A-1271-316-A A-1279-815-A 7-682-947-01
Description
Remarks
Ref. No. 63 * 64 65 * 66 0 U601
Part No.
Description
Remarks
+BV3 (3-CR) DRW-U12 (SINGLE) S COMPLE (GX350: RU) DRW-U12SO S COMPL (HX650/HX750/HX950) DRW-U12 (SINGLE) ASSY (GX350: AEP, UK) SCREW +PSW 3X6
1-834-074-11 CABLE, FLEXIBLE FLAT (FAR-007) 1-834-168-11 CABLE, FLEXIBLE FLAT (FVR-001) (Type AS, BS) (Note1) 1-965-191-11 HARNESS (RH-059) (HX650/HX750/HX950) 3-087-220-01 TAPE, NON-HALOGENE 1-693-741-11 TUNER (TMFE2-407A)
4-237-065-01 CLAMP (L35) (EXCEPT GX350) 1-474-048-11 POWER SUPPLY BLOCK (SRV2058EK) A-1267-073-A VDC-001 BOARD, COMPLETE (Type AS, BS) (Note1) 1-834-175-11 CABLE, FLEXIBLE FLAT (FVA-002) 1-787-625-11 FAN, DC 1-834-075-11 3-077-331-31 A-1314-555-A A-1318-134-A CABLE, FLEXIBLE FLAT (FRA-006) +BV3 (3-CR) HDD (S-GALAXY-S (250GB)-E) ASSY (HX950) HDD (S-TONKA2-S (160GB)-E) ASSY (HX650/HX750) 1-834-072-11 CABLE, FLEXIBLE FLAT (FAR-006)
Note1 : When replacing parts, refer to SERVICE NOTE 5. CHANGED POINTS OF SERVICE MANUAL Revised-2. (See page 12) Note : The components identified by mark 9 contain confidential information. Strictly follow the instructions whenever the components are repaired and/or replaced. The components identified by mark 0 or dotted line with mark 0 are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified.
Note :
8-2
AV-114/118
8-2. ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST
NOTE: Due to standardization, replacements in the parts list may be different from the parts specified in the diagrams or the components used on the set. -XX, -X mean standardized parts, so they may have some difference from the original one. Items marked * are not stocked since they are seldom required for routine service. Some delay should be anticipated when ordering these items. CAPACITORS: uF: F When replacing parts, refer to SERVICE NOTE 5. CHANGED POINTS OF SERVICE MANUAL Revised-2. (See page 12) Ref. No. Part No. Description RESISTORS All resistors are in ohms. METAL: metal-film resistor METAL OXIDE: Metal Oxide-film resistor F: nonflammable COILS uH: H SEMICONDUCTORS In each case, u: , for example: uA...: A... , uPA... , PA... , uPB... , PB... , uPC... , PC... , uPD..., PD...
When indicating parts by reference number, please include the board name. The components identified by mark 0 or dotted line with mark 0 are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified.
Abbreviation RU : Russian model AS : RD-65 (AS) BOARD BS : RD-65 (BS) BOARD CS : RD-65 (CS) EM BOARD DS : RD-65 (DS) EM BOARD
Remarks
Ref. No. C301 C302 C303 C305 C306 C307 C308 C309 C310 C311 C312 C314 C315 C316 C318 C319 C320 C322 C323 C324 C326 C328 C329 C401 C402 C403 C404 C406 C407 C408 C409 C410 C411 C412 C413 C414 C415 C418 C419 C420 C421 C422 C423 C424 C428
Part No. 1-164-156-11 1-164-156-11 1-126-933-11 1-164-156-11 1-164-156-11 1-126-933-11 1-126-933-11 1-164-156-11 1-164-156-11 1-126-934-11 1-126-933-11 1-164-156-11 1-126-933-11 1-126-933-11 1-164-156-11 1-126-933-11 1-126-933-11 1-162-927-11 1-100-162-91 1-164-156-11 1-126-964-11 1-165-621-91 1-164-156-11 1-115-156-11 1-162-927-11 1-162-927-11 1-115-156-11 1-107-826-11 1-165-908-11 1-165-908-11 1-165-908-11 1-165-908-11 1-165-908-11 1-165-908-11 1-107-826-11 1-164-156-11 1-164-156-11 1-115-156-11 1-165-908-11 1-165-908-11 1-165-908-11 1-165-908-11 1-165-908-11 1-165-908-11 1-107-826-11
Description CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT ELECT CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT ELECT CERAMIC CHIP ELECT ELECT CERAMIC CHIP ELECT ELECT CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 0.1uF 100uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 100uF 100uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 220uF 100uF 0.1uF 100uF 100uF 0.1uF 100uF 100uF 100PF 1uF 0.1uF 10uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 1uF 100PF 100PF 1uF 0.1uF 1uF 1uF 1uF 1uF 1uF 1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 1uF 1uF 1uF 1uF 1uF 1uF 1uF 0.1uF
Remarks 25V 25V 16V 25V 25V 16V 16V 25V 25V 16V 16V 25V 16V 16V 25V 16V 16V 50V 50V 25V 50V 50V 25V 10V 50V 50V 10V 16V 10V 10V 10V 10V 10V 10V 16V 25V 25V 10V 10V 10V 10V 10V 10V 10V 16V
AV-114 (AG) BOARD (not supplied) AV-114 (BG) BOARD (not supplied) AV-118 (AG) EM BOARD (not supplied) AV-118 (BG) EM BOARD (not supplied) (Ref.No.;10000 series) ************************ < CAPACITOR > C104 C105 C106 C107 C109 C110 C111 C112 C113 C114 C115 C118 C120 C121 C122 C123 C124 C125 C126 C127 C131 C132 C133 C134 C135 C138 C139 C140 C141 C142 C149 C150 C152 C156 C157 C202 C204 C205 C206 C208 1-104-662-91 1-164-156-11 1-164-156-11 1-162-959-11 1-164-156-11 1-165-908-11 1-162-919-11 1-162-919-11 1-115-156-11 1-162-915-11 1-162-915-11 1-115-456-21 1-164-156-11 1-115-156-11 1-115-156-11 1-104-655-91 1-164-156-11 1-164-156-11 1-164-156-11 1-126-933-11 1-164-156-11 1-164-156-11 1-164-156-11 1-164-156-11 1-164-156-11 1-126-961-11 1-164-156-11 1-164-156-11 1-115-156-11 1-100-831-91 1-162-915-11 1-115-156-11 1-115-156-11 1-164-156-11 1-107-826-11 1-164-156-11 1-126-933-11 1-104-662-91 1-164-315-11 1-107-826-11 ELECT CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP DOUBLE LAYER CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT ELECT CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 22uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 330PF 0.1uF 1uF 22PF 22PF 1uF 10PF 10PF 0.22F 0.1uF 1uF 1uF 470uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 100uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 2.2uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 1uF 0.001uF 10PF 1uF 1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 100uF 22uF 470PF 0.1uF 20% 20% 25V 25V 25V 50V 25V 10V 50V 50V 10V 50V 50V 5.5V 25V 10V 10V 6.3V 25V 25V 25V 16V 25V 25V 25V 25V 25V 50V 25V 25V 10V 50V 50V 10V 10V 25V 16V 25V 16V 25V 50V 16V
20%
20% 20%
20% 20% 20% 20%
5%
10% 5% 5% 0.5PF 0.5PF
20% 20% 5%
20%
20%
5% 5% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10%
20%
2% 0.5PF
10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10%
10%
20% 20% 5% 10%
8-3
AV-114/118
Ref. No. C431 C432 C434 C435 C436 C437 C438 C439 C440 C441 C442 C443 C444 C445 C446 C447 C450 C451 C452 C453 C454 C455 C456 C457 C458 C460 C461 C462 C463 C464 C468 C469 C471 C472 C473 C474 C475 C476 C478 C481 C482 C484 C485 C486 C487 C488 C489 C490 C491 C492 C493 C496 C497 C498 C499 C500 C503 C505 C506 C507 Part No. 1-107-826-11 1-165-908-11 1-107-826-11 1-165-908-11 1-165-908-11 1-165-908-11 1-115-156-11 1-107-826-11 1-107-826-11 1-115-156-11 1-164-156-11 1-165-908-11 1-165-908-11 1-165-908-11 1-165-908-11 1-162-970-11 1-107-713-11 1-107-713-11 1-104-658-91 1-104-658-91 1-104-658-91 1-126-963-11 1-126-960-11 1-126-964-11 1-104-658-91 1-165-908-11 1-165-908-11 1-115-156-11 1-164-156-11 1-164-156-11 1-164-156-11 1-164-156-11 1-126-964-11 1-126-964-11 1-126-933-11 1-126-964-11 1-126-964-11 1-162-970-11 1-216-864-11 1-164-156-11 1-164-315-11 1-164-315-11 1-216-864-11 1-104-655-91 1-104-655-91 1-104-655-91 1-104-655-91 1-104-655-91 1-126-947-11 1-126-923-91 1-126-947-11 1-164-156-11 1-164-156-11 1-164-156-11 1-164-156-11 1-164-156-11 1-162-927-11 1-100-831-91 1-164-315-11 1-100-831-91 Description CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT ELECT ELECT ELECT ELECT ELECT ELECT ELECT ELECT CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT ELECT ELECT ELECT ELECT CERAMIC CHIP SHORT CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP SHORT CHIP ELECT ELECT ELECT ELECT ELECT ELECT ELECT ELECT CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 1uF 0.1uF 1uF 1uF 1uF 1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 1uF 0.1uF 1uF 1uF 1uF 1uF 0.01uF 4.7uF 4.7uF 100uF 100uF 100uF 4.7uF 1uF 10uF 100uF 1uF 1uF 1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 10uF 10uF 100uF 10uF 10uF 0.01uF 0 0.1uF 470PF 470PF 0 470uF 470uF 470uF 470uF 470uF 47uF 220uF 47uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 100PF 0.001uF 470PF 0.001uF 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% Remarks 16V 10V 16V 10V 10V 10V 10V 16V 16V 10V 25V 10V 10V 10V 10V 25V 50V 50V 10V 10V 10V 50V 50V 50V 10V 10V 10V 10V 25V 25V 25V 25V 50V 50V 16V 50V 50V 25V 25V 5% 5% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 50V 50V 6.3V 6.3V 6.3V 6.3V 6.3V 35V 10V 35V 25V 25V 25V 25V 25V 50V 50V 50V 50V Ref. No. C508 C510 C511 C515 C516 C517 C518 C519 C520 C528 C529 C530 C531 C532 C541 C542 C543 C544 C545 C547 C550 C551 C552 C602 C603 C604 C605 C606 C608 C609 C611 C613 C614 C615 C616 C617 C618 C619 C620 C621 C622 C623 C624 C625 C626 C627 C628 C629 C630 C631 C632 C633 C635 C636 C638 C639 C640 C641 C642 C643 Part No. 1-164-315-11 1-164-156-11 1-164-230-11 1-164-156-11 1-164-315-11 1-164-230-11 1-100-831-91 1-164-315-11 1-100-831-91 1-104-655-91 1-104-655-91 1-104-655-91 1-104-655-91 1-104-655-91 1-126-963-11 1-126-963-11 1-126-963-11 1-126-963-11 1-126-933-11 1-104-662-91 1-104-662-91 1-104-662-91 1-162-927-11 1-162-966-11 1-162-966-11 1-162-927-11 1-162-915-11 1-162-915-11 1-125-891-11 1-104-658-91 1-126-947-11 1-164-156-11 1-164-156-11 1-162-927-11 1-162-970-11 1-164-156-11 1-164-156-11 1-164-156-11 1-115-156-11 1-162-924-11 1-162-924-11 1-162-908-11 1-162-908-11 1-115-156-11 1-164-156-11 1-164-156-11 1-162-970-11 1-164-173-11 1-164-739-11 1-162-970-11 1-164-173-11 1-164-739-11 1-162-919-11 1-162-919-11 1-126-964-11 1-126-962-11 1-104-658-91 1-126-964-11 1-104-658-91 1-104-658-91 Description CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT ELECT ELECT ELECT ELECT ELECT ELECT ELECT ELECT ELECT ELECT ELECT ELECT CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT ELECT CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT ELECT ELECT ELECT ELECT ELECT 470PF 0.1uF 220PF 0.1uF 470PF 220PF 0.001uF 470PF 0.001uF 470uF 470uF 470uF 470uF 470uF 4.7uF 4.7uF 4.7uF 4.7uF 100uF 22uF 22uF 22uF 100PF 0.0022uF 0.0022uF 100PF 10PF 10PF 0.47uF 100uF 47uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 100PF 0.01uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 1uF 56PF 56PF 3PF 3PF 1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.01uF 0.0039uF 560PF 0.01uF 0.0039uF 560PF 22PF 22PF 10uF 3.3uF 100uF 10uF 100uF 100uF 5% 5% 5% 5% 2% 5% 2% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 5% 10% 10% 5% 0.5PF 0.5PF 10% 20% 20% Remarks 50V 25V 50V 25V 50V 50V 50V 50V 50V 6.3V 6.3V 6.3V 6.3V 6.3V 50V 50V 50V 50V 16V 25V 25V 25V 50V 50V 50V 50V 50V 50V 10V 10V 35V 25V 25V 50V 25V 25V 25V 25V 10V 50V
10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 10% 10%
20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 10%
5% 10%
5%
5% 50V 0.25PF 50V 0.25PF 50V 10V 25V 25V 25V 50V 50V 25V 50V 50V 50V 50V 50V 50V 10V 50V 10V 10V
10% 10% 5% 10% 10% 5% 5% 5% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20%
5% 2% 5% 2%
8-4
AV-114/118
Ref. No. C751 C752 C753 C754 Part No. Description Remarks Ref. No. D517 D518 D519 D520 D521 D522 * D523 * D524 D526 D527 D528 D529 D530 D531 D801 Part No. 8-719-081-42 8-719-081-42 8-719-081-42 8-719-081-42 8-719-081-42 8-719-081-42 6-501-855-01 6-501-855-01 8-719-988-61 8-719-988-61 8-719-988-61 8-719-083-63 8-719-083-63 8-719-081-42 8-719-081-42 Description DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE < IC > < DIODE > D101 D102 D103 D104 D106 D108 D201 D301 D302 D303 D304 D401 D402 D409 D410 D413 D414 D415 D416 D418 D419 D420 D421 D422 D501 D502 D503 D504 D505 D506 D507 D508 D509 D510 D511 D512 D513 D514 D515 D516 8-719-988-61 8-719-988-61 8-719-988-61 8-719-053-18 8-719-988-61 8-719-941-09 8-719-988-61 8-719-083-83 8-719-069-60 8-719-988-61 8-719-988-61 8-719-083-61 8-719-978-33 8-719-081-42 8-719-081-42 8-719-081-42 8-719-081-42 8-719-081-42 8-719-081-42 8-719-988-61 8-719-988-61 8-719-941-09 6-501-486-01 6-501-486-01 8-719-069-54 8-719-069-54 6-501-486-01 8-719-081-42 8-719-081-42 8-719-081-42 8-719-081-42 6-501-486-01 8-719-081-42 6-501-486-01 8-719-081-42 6-501-486-01 8-719-081-42 8-719-081-42 8-719-081-42 8-719-081-42 DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE 1SS355TE-17 1SS355TE-17 1SS355TE-17 1SR154-400TE-25 1SS355TE-17 DAP202UT106 1SS355TE-17 UDZS-TE17-15B UDZSTE-179.1B 1SS355TE-17 1SS355TE-17 UDZSTE-1711B UDZSTE-176.8B UMZ6.8N-T106 UMZ6.8N-T106 UMZ6.8N-T106 UMZ6.8N-T106 UMZ6.8N-T106 UMZ6.8N-T106 1SS355TE-17 1SS355TE-17 DAP202UT106 NNCD3.9F-T1B NNCD3.9F-T1B UDZSTE-175.1B UDZSTE-175.1B NNCD3.9F-T1B UMZ6.8N-T106 UMZ6.8N-T106 UMZ6.8N-T106 UMZ6.8N-T106 NNCD3.9F-T1B UMZ6.8N-T106 NNCD3.9F-T1B UMZ6.8N-T106 NNCD3.9F-T1B UMZ6.8N-T106 UMZ6.8N-T106 UMZ6.8N-T106 UMZ6.8N-T106 * * * * IC101 IC102 IC103 IC104 IC401 IC402 IC403 IC406 IC601 6-807-412-01 6-711-071-01 6-711-072-01 6-711-188-01 6-711-073-01 8-759-909-71 6-703-623-01 8-759-082-60 6-702-714-01 IC IC IC IC IC IC IC IC IC LC87F06J2A-F58W3-E BD4846G-TR BU4220G-TR TC7MB3257FK (EL) HA118326APFR-E BA4558F MM1503XNRE TC7S66FU MSP3417G-QG-B8V3 UMZ6.8N-T106 UMZ6.8N-T106 UMZ6.8N-T106 UMZ6.8N-T106 UMZ6.8N-T106 UMZ6.8N-T106 DAN217UT106 DAN217UT106 1SS355TE-17 1SS355TE-17 1SS355TE-17 UDZSTE-1713B UDZSTE-1713B UMZ6.8N-T106 UMZ6.8N-T106 Remarks 1-164-156-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 25V (HX750:AEP1,UK/HX950:AEP1) 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5% 50V (HX750:AEP1,UK/HX950:AEP1) 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5% 50V (HX750:AEP1,UK/HX950:AEP1) 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5% 50V (HX750:AEP1,UK/HX950:AEP1) < CONNECTOR > CN103 CN105 CN106 CN201 CN301 * CN302 1-779-277-11 1-784-496-11 1-568-830-11 1-564-704-41 1-564-721-11 CONNECTOR, FFC (LIF (NON-ZIF)) 9P CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC 17P CONNECTOR SOCKET 11P CONNECTOR, PIN 2P (AV-118) CONNECTOR, PIN 5P (AV-118)
1-784-746-11 CONNECTOR, FFC 24P (AV-114)
< FUSE > 0 IC150 0 IC317 1-576-863-21 FUSE, MICRO 0.5A 32V 1-576-863-21 FUSE, MICRO 0.5A 32V < JACK > JA401 JA751 1-794-198-11 CONNECTOR, S TERMINAL 1-764-188-31 JACK (SMALL TYPE) (DIA. 3.5) (HX750:AEP1,UK/HX950:AEP1) < TERMINAL > KN101 KN102 1-537-771-21 TERMINAL BOARD, GROUND 1-537-771-21 TERMINAL BOARD, GROUND < COIL > L102 L201 L303 L304 L305 L501 L502 L601 L602 L604 L605 L606 L607 L608 L609 1-410-517-11 1-412-549-31 1-500-245-11 1-408-621-31 1-500-245-11 1-414-594-11 1-414-594-11 1-500-245-11 1-500-245-11 1-414-760-21 1-414-760-21 1-500-245-11 1-412-963-11 1-500-245-11 1-412-951-11 INDUCTOR 47uH INDUCTOR 1mH INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD INDUCTOR 330uH INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD INDUCTOR 100uH INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD INDUCTOR 10uH
Note :
8-5
AV-114/118
Ref. No. L751 L801 L802 L803 L851 L852 L853 L854 L855 L856 L857 L858 L859 L860 L861 L862 Part No. Description Remarks Ref. No. Q510 Q511 Q601 Q602 Q604 Q605 Q606 Q751 Q752 Part No. 8-729-620-13 6-551-699-01 6-551-699-01 6-551-699-01 6-551-699-01 Description TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR 2SC4154TP-1EF ISA1602AM1TP-1EF ISA1602AM1TP-1EF ISA1602AM1TP-1EF ISA1602AM1TP-1EF ISA1602AM1TP-1EF 2SC4154TP-1EF 2SA1576A-T106-QR (HX750:AEP1,UK/HX950:AEP1) 2SC4081-R (HX750:AEP1,UK/HX950:AEP1) Remarks 1-414-760-21 INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD (HX750:AEP1,UK/HX950:AEP1) 1-414-228-11 INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD 1-414-228-11 INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0 1-414-228-11 INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD 1-414-228-11 1-414-228-11 1-414-228-11 1-500-283-11 1-414-228-11 1-414-228-11 1-414-228-11 1-414-228-11 1-500-283-11 1-469-876-11 INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD
6-551-699-01 TRANSISTOR 8-729-620-13 TRANSISTOR 8-729-026-53 TRANSISTOR 8-729-905-35 TRANSISTOR
< RESISTOR > R101 R102 R103 R104 R105 R106 R107 R109 R110 R111 R112 R113 R116 R117 R118 R123 R124 R125 R126 R127 R129 R130 R131 R132 R133 R134 R135 R137 R138 R139 R140 R141 R142 R143 R144 R145 R146 R147 R148 R149 R150 R151 R152 R153 R154 1-216-809-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-841-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-815-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-857-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-815-11 1-216-815-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-815-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-829-11 1-218-867-11 1-216-845-11 1-216-821-11 1-216-845-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-817-11 1-218-867-11 1-216-809-11 1-218-867-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-821-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP 100 100 100 47K 100 0 10K 330 100 100 10K 0 0 1M 0 330 330 100 100 10K 330 0 4.7K 6.8K 100K 1K 100K 100 470 6.8K 100 6.8K 100 100 0 10K 100 1K 100 0 0 0 0 100 100 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W
1-469-796-21 FERRITE, CHIP < TRANSISTOR >
Q101 Q102 Q103 Q104 Q105 Q108 Q110 Q111 Q112 Q201 Q301 Q302 Q303 Q304 Q305 Q306 Q307 Q308 * Q309 Q310 Q311 Q401 Q402 Q403 Q404 Q406 Q407 Q408 Q410 Q411 Q413 * Q501 Q502 Q503 Q504 Q505 Q506 Q507 Q508 Q509
8-729-029-06 8-729-620-13 6-550-375-01 6-550-375-01 8-729-023-22
TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR
DTC124EUA-T106 2SC4154TP-1EF UMD2N-TR UMD2N-TR 2SD2114K DTC124EUA-T106 DTA143EUA-T106 (HX750:AEP1,UK/HX950:AEP1) 2SC4154TP-1EF 2SC4154TP-1EF 2SD2114K UMD2N-TR 2SC4154TP-1EF UMD2N-TR 2SD2153T100V UMD2N-TR 2SC2411K-CQ UMD2N-TR 2SC2411K-CQ 2SC5876T106QR 2SC4154TP-1EF XP4401 DTC124EUA-T106 2SD2114K ISA1602AM1TP-1EF UMD2N-TR 2SD2114K 2SD2114K 2SC4154TP-1EF 2SC4154TP-1EF UMD2N-TR DTC124EUA-T106 UMH1NTN ISA1602AM1TP-1EF 2SC4154TP-1EF 2SC4154TP-1EF 2SC4154TP-1EF HN1C03FU-TE85R HN1C03FU-TE85R DTA124EUA-T106 2SC4154TP-1EF
5% 5% 5% 5% 5%
1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W
8-729-029-06 TRANSISTOR 8-729-028-86 TRANSISTOR 8-729-620-13 TRANSISTOR 8-729-620-13 TRANSISTOR 8-729-023-22 TRANSISTOR 6-550-375-01 8-729-620-13 6-550-375-01 8-729-044-09 6-550-375-01 8-729-901-87 6-550-375-01 8-729-901-87 6-551-719-01 8-729-620-13 8-729-427-70 8-729-029-06 8-729-023-22 6-551-699-01 6-550-375-01 8-729-023-22 8-729-023-22 8-729-620-13 8-729-620-13 6-550-375-01 8-729-029-06 6-551-718-01 6-551-699-01 8-729-620-13 8-729-620-13 8-729-620-13 8-729-013-26 8-729-013-26 8-729-028-83 8-729-620-13 TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR
5%
1/10W
5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 0.5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 0.5% 5% 0.5% 5% 5%
1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W
5% 5% 5% 5%
1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W
5% 5%
1/10W 1/10W
8-6
AV-114/118
Ref. No. R155 R156 R157 R158 R159 R160 R161 R165 R167 R168 R169 R171 R172 R173 R174 R175 R176 R177 R178 R179 R180 R181 R182 R183 R184 R185 R186 R187 R188 R189 R193 R194 R195 R196 R197 R199 R200 R201 R202 R203 R204 R205 R207 R208 R209 R210 R214 R215 R216 R217 R218 R219 R220 R221 R222 R223 R224 R226 R228 R233 Part No. 1-216-809-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-845-11 1-216-845-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-812-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-845-11 1-216-845-11 1-216-815-11 1-216-821-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-815-11 1-216-817-11 1-216-845-11 1-216-845-11 1-216-845-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-864-11 Description METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP 100 100 100K 100K 0 100 0 0 100 180 10K 100 100 100K 100K 330 1K 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 330 470 100K 100K 100K 100 0 5% 5% 5% 5% Remarks 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W Ref. No. R251 R301 R302 R303 R304 R305 R306 R307 R308 R309 R310 R311 R312 R313 R314 R315 R316 R318 R401 R402 R403 R404 R407 R408 R413 R414 R415 R416 R417 R418 R419 R420 R421 R422 R425 R428 R430 R431 R432 R433 R435 R436 R437 R438 R439 R444 R445 R447 R448 R453 R454 R455 R458 R459 R461 R462 R463 R465 R468 R469 Part No. 1-216-295-91 1-216-295-91 1-216-295-91 1-216-295-91 1-216-809-11 1-216-803-11 1-216-803-11 1-216-295-91 1-216-295-91 1-216-823-11 1-216-829-11 1-216-820-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-848-11 1-216-837-11 1-218-895-11 1-218-879-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-295-91 1-216-818-11 1-216-818-11 1-216-295-91 1-216-295-91 1-216-817-11 1-216-817-11 1-216-817-11 1-216-817-11 1-216-817-11 1-216-817-11 1-216-817-11 1-216-817-11 1-216-860-11 1-216-860-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-845-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-857-11 1-216-857-11 1-216-857-11 1-216-857-11 1-216-857-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-295-91 1-216-860-11 1-208-755-11 1-208-755-11 1-208-755-11 1-216-295-91 1-218-869-11 1-218-871-11 1-216-805-11 1-216-817-11 1-208-755-11 1-216-819-11 1-218-871-11 1-218-869-11 1-216-817-11 1-208-754-11 1-216-306-11 Description SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP RES-CHIP 0 0 0 0 100 33 33 0 0 1.5K 4.7K 820 10K 180K 22K 100K 22K 0 0 560 560 0 0 470 470 470 470 470 470 470 470 1.8M 1.8M 10K 100K 0 1M 1M 1M 1M 1M 100 100 0 1.8M 75 75 75 0 8.2K 10K 47 470 75 680 10K 8.2K 470 68 3.9 Remarks
5% 5% 5%
1/10W 1/10W 1/10W
5%
1/10W
5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5%
1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W
5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 0.5% 0.5%
1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W
5% 5%
1/10W 1/10W
5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5%
1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W
1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 1-216-815-11 METAL CHIP 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 1-216-809-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-817-11 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP
100 5% 1/10W 330 5% 1/10W 0 (HX750:AEP1,UK/HX950:AEP1) 0 0 100 5% 1/10W 100 5% 1/10W 470 5% 1/10W 0 (HX750:AEP1,UK/HX950:AEP1) 3.3K 5% 1/10W 820 3.3K 680 750 1K 0 3.3K 2.2K 100 0 100 100 15K 0 100K 0.5% 5% 5% 0.5% 5% 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W
5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 0.5% 0.5% 0.5% 0.5% 0.5% 5% 5% 0.5% 5% 0.5% 0.5% 5% 0.5% 5%
1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W
1-216-827-11 METAL CHIP 1-218-845-11 1-216-827-11 1-216-819-11 1-218-844-11 1-216-821-11 1-216-295-91 1-216-827-11 1-216-825-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-835-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP
5% 5% 5%
1/10W 1/10W 1/10W
5% 5% 5% 5%
1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W
8-7
AV-114/118
Ref. No. R470 R471 R472 R473 R474 R475 R476 R477 R478 R479 R480 R482 R484 R485 R486 R487 R488 R490 R501 R502 R503 R504 R505 R506 R507 R508 R509 R510 R511 R512 R513 R514 R515 R516 R517 R518 R519 R520 R521 R522 R523 R524 R525 R526 R527 R528 R529 R530 R531 R532 R534 R535 R536 R537 R538 R539 R540 R541 R542 R543 Part No. 1-208-755-11 1-216-295-91 1-208-754-11 1-216-306-11 1-208-754-11 1-216-306-11 1-208-754-11 1-216-306-11 1-208-754-11 1-216-817-11 1-216-306-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-821-11 1-216-837-11 1-216-821-11 1-216-837-11 1-216-817-11 1-216-809-11 1-208-755-11 1-208-755-11 1-208-755-11 1-208-754-11 1-216-306-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-829-11 1-216-841-11 1-216-838-11 1-216-861-11 1-216-849-11 1-216-845-11 1-216-845-11 1-208-755-11 1-216-043-91 1-216-822-11 1-216-823-11 1-216-797-11 1-216-842-11 1-216-813-11 1-208-754-11 1-216-306-11 1-208-754-11 1-216-306-11 1-208-754-11 1-216-306-11 1-216-295-91 1-208-755-11 1-216-845-11 1-208-755-11 1-216-295-91 1-208-755-11 1-216-828-11 1-216-828-11 1-216-817-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-817-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-845-11 1-216-845-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-809-11 Description METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP RES-CHIP METAL CHIP RES-CHIP METAL CHIP RES-CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP RES-CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP RES-CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP RES-CHIP METAL CHIP RES-CHIP METAL CHIP RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP 75 0 68 3.9 68 3.9 68 3.9 68 470 3.9 100 1K 22K 1K 22K 470 100 75 75 75 68 3.9 0 4.7K 47K 27K 2.2M 220K 100K 100K 75 560 1.2K 1.5K 10 56K 220 68 3.9 68 3.9 68 3.9 0 75 100K 75 0 75 3.9K 3.9K 470 100 470 100 100K 100K 100 100 0.5% 0.5% 5% 0.5% 5% 0.5% 5% 0.5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 0.5% 0.5% 0.5% 0.5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 0.5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 0.5% 5% 0.5% 5% 0.5% 5% Remarks 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W Ref. No. R544 R545 R546 R547 R548 R549 R550 R551 R552 R553 R554 R555 R556 R557 R558 R559 R560 R561 R562 R563 R564 R565 R566 R568 R569 R571 R573 R574 R602 R603 R605 R606 R607 R609 R616 R619 R620 R621 R622 R623 R624 R625 R626 R627 R628 R630 R631 R632 R633 R634 R635 R636 R637 R638 R701 Part No. 1-216-809-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-845-11 1-216-845-11 1-216-845-11 1-216-845-11 1-216-817-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-817-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-845-11 1-216-845-11 1-216-828-11 1-216-828-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-835-11 1-216-819-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-835-11 1-216-819-11 1-216-837-11 1-216-834-11 1-216-821-11 1-208-755-11 1-500-283-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-821-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-821-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-821-11 1-216-827-11 1-216-827-11 1-216-821-11 1-216-827-11 1-216-827-11 1-216-815-11 1-216-829-11 1-216-801-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-825-11 1-400-330-21 1-400-330-21 1-400-330-21 1-216-809-11 1-216-849-11 Description METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP 100 100 100K 100K 100K 100K 470 100 470 100 100K 100K 3.9K 3.9K 10K 0 15K 680 10K 0 15K 680 22K 12K 1K 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% Remarks 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W
5% 5% 5%
1/10W 1/10W 1/10W
5% 5% 5% 5% 5%
1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W
METAL CHIP 75 0.5% INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD SHORT CHIP 0 (AV-114) METAL CHIP 1K 5% SHORT CHIP 0 METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP 10K 10K 1K 0 0 10K 0 100 100 1K 3.3K 3.3K 1K 3.3K 3.3K 330 4.7K 22 100 2.2K 5% 5% 5%
1/10W
1/10W 1/10W 1/10W
5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5%
1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W
0.5% 5% 0.5% 0.5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5%
1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W
INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD (1608) INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD (1608) INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD (1608) METAL CHIP 100 5% METAL CHIP 220K 5%
1/10W 1/10W
8-8
AV-114/118
Ref. No. R703 R751 R752 R753 R754 Part No. Description Remarks 0 1K 5% 1/10W (HX750:AEP1,UK/HX950:AEP1) 4.7K 5% 1/10W (HX750:AEP1,UK/HX950:AEP1) 4.7K 5% 1/10W (HX750:AEP1,UK/HX950:AEP1) 150 5% 1/10W (HX750:AEP1,UK/HX950:AEP1) 4.7K 5% 1/10W (HX750:AEP1,UK/HX950:AEP1) 1K 5% 1/10W (HX750:AEP1,UK/HX950:AEP1) 0 Ref. No. R113 Part No. Description 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 1-216-811-11 METAL CHIP 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP < SWITCH > S101 S102
FL-178
0
FR-274
Remarks
1-771-410-21 SWITCH, TACTILE (?/1 (POWER)) 1-771-410-21 SWITCH, TACTILE (ONE TOUCH DUB) (HX750/HX950) < VARISTOR >
R755 R756 R801
1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP < TUNER >
VDR102 1-802-071-21 VARISTOR, CHIP (HX750/HX950) VDR104 1-802-071-21 VARISTOR, CHIP (HX750/HX950) ************************************************************ FR-274 (BG) BOARD (not supplied) (Ref.No.;30000 series) ************************ * 2-319-520-01 SPACER, FL < CAPACITOR > C201 C204 C206 * C207 C211 C213 C215 C216 C217 C221 C222 C223 1-128-111-11 1-164-230-11 1-164-230-11 1-107-377-21 1-107-826-11 ELECT CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP MYLAR CERAMIC CHIP 100uF 220PF 220PF 0.0027uF 0.1uF 100000PF 0.1uF 22uF 0.1uF 0.01uF 0.01uF 0.1uF 20% 5% 5% 5% 10% 25V 50V 50V 200V 16V
0 U601
1-693-741-11 TUNER (TMFE2-407A) < VIBRATOR >
* X101 1-813-965-31 VIBRATOR, CRYSTAL (15MHz) X102 1-579-463-11 VIBRATOR, CRYSTAL (32.768MHz) * X601 1-813-713-21 VIBRATOR, CRYSTAL (18.432MHz) ************************************************************ FL-178 (BG) BOARD (not supplied) (Ref.No.;30000 series) *********************** < CAPACITOR > C101 C102 C107 C111 1-115-156-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1-115-156-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1-107-726-91 CERAMIC CHIP 1-125-972-61 ELECT < CONNECTOR > CN103 CN105 CN106 1-785-828-21 CONNECTOR, SQUARE TYPE 4P (DV IN) (HX750/HX950) 1-817-693-11 CONNECTOR, USB (B) (HX750/HX950) 1-815-381-11 CONNECTOR, FPC/FFC 5P < IC > IC101 6-600-392-01 IC GP1UM27XK0SF < COIL > L102 L103 L104 L105 1-400-180-21 INDUCTOR, EMI FERRITE (1608) (HX750/HX950) 1-400-180-21 INDUCTOR, EMI FERRITE (1608) (HX750/HX950) 1-400-180-21 INDUCTOR, EMI FERRITE (1608) (HX750/HX950) 1-400-180-21 INDUCTOR, EMI FERRITE (1608) (HX750/HX950) < RESISTOR > R104 R105 R108 R109 R112 1-216-803-11 METAL CHIP 1-216-803-11 METAL CHIP 1-216-803-11 METAL CHIP 1-216-803-11 METAL CHIP 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 33 33 33 33 0 5% 1/10W (HX750/HX950) 5% 1/10W (HX750/HX950) 5% 1/10W (HX750/HX950) 5% 1/10W (HX750/HX950) 1uF 1uF 0.01uF 100uF 10V (HX750/HX950) 10V (HX750/HX950) 10% 16V 20% 16V
1-131-992-91 CERAMIC CHIP 1-115-339-11 1-128-131-11 1-115-339-11 1-107-726-91 CERAMIC CHIP ELECT CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP
35V (EXCEPT GX350) 10% 50V 20% 50V 10% 50V 10% 16V 10% 10% 16V 50V
1-107-726-91 CERAMIC CHIP 1-115-339-11 CERAMIC CHIP < CONNECTOR >
CN201 CN202 CN203
1-815-381-11 CONNECTOR, FPC/FFC 5P 1-563-614-31 HOUSING, CONNECTOR 11P 1-784-739-11 CONNECTOR, FFC 17P < DIODE >
D202 D203 D204 D205 D206 D207 D208 D209 D210 D211 * D212 D214 D216
8-719-067-40 8-719-067-40 8-719-067-40 8-719-067-40 8-719-067-40 8-719-067-40 8-719-988-61 8-719-988-61 8-719-988-61 8-719-988-61
DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE
STZ6.8N-T146 STZ6.8N-T146 STZ6.8N-T146 STZ6.8N-T146 STZ6.8N-T146 STZ6.8N-T146 1SS355TE-17 1SS355TE-17 1SS355TE-17 1SS355TE-17
6-501-884-01 DIODE SDPB31H3C0100 (EXCEPT GX350) 6-501-437-01 DIODE SLI-343YC3F (EXCEPT GX350) 8-719-056-82 DIODE UDZ-TE-17-6.2B < FERRITE BEAD >
FB201 FB202
1-414-228-11 INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD 1-414-228-11 INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD < IC >
IC201
8-759-643-83 IC uPD16315GB-3BS Note : The components identified by mark 0 or dotted line with mark 0 are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified.
8-9
FR-274
Ref. No. Part No.
RD-65
Description < JACK > Remarks Ref. No. R252 Part No. Description 47 5% Remarks 1/10W 1-216-805-11 METAL CHIP < SWITCH > S201 S203 S204 S207 S208 S209 S210 S211 S212 S213 1-771-410-21 1-786-726-11 1-771-410-21 1-786-726-11 1-771-410-21 1-771-410-21 1-786-726-11 1-786-726-11 1-786-726-11 1-786-726-11 SWITCH, TACTILE (Z (OPEN/CLOSE)) SWITCH, TACTILE (x (REC STOP)) SWITCH, TACTILE (INPUT SELECT) SWITCH, TACTILE (z (REC)) SWITCH, TACTILE (CHANNEL +) SWITCH, TACTILE (CHANNEL -) SWITCH, TACTILE (N (PLAY)) SWITCH, TACTILE (x (STOP)) SWITCH, TACTILE (DVD) (EXCEPT GX350) SWITCH, TACTILE (HDD) (EXCEPT GX350) < TRANSFORMER > * T201 1-445-207-11 TRANSFORMER, DC-DC CONVERTER ************************************************************ RD-65 (AS) BOARD (not supplied) RD-65 (BS) BOARD (not supplied) RD-65 (CS) EM BOARD (not supplied) RD-65 (DS) EM BOARD (not supplied) (Ref.No.;20000 series) ********************** < CAPACITOR > 5% 1/10W C100 C101 C103 C104 C105 C106 C107 C113 C114 C115 C116 C117 C120 C121 C122 C124 C125 C127 C128 C129 C130 C131 C133 C134 C135 C136 C137 C140 C141 C142 C143 C144 C145 C146 C149 1-164-937-11 1-164-937-11 1-126-210-21 1-114-130-11 1-164-937-11 1-107-820-11 1-164-936-11 1-100-581-81 1-100-581-81 1-164-943-81 1-125-777-11 1-164-937-11 1-125-777-11 1-164-939-11 1-164-939-11 1-125-777-11 1-114-130-11 1-119-923-11 1-125-777-11 1-114-130-11 1-127-760-11 1-137-987-81 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-164-943-81 1-125-777-11 1-164-942-11 1-100-415-11 1-100-415-11 1-100-966-91 1-100-966-91 1-164-943-81 1-164-943-81 1-100-966-91 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 0.001uF 0.001uF 220uF 1uF 0.001uF 0.1uF 680PF 0.0047uF 0.0047uF 0.01uF 0.1uF 0.001uF 0.1uF 0.0022uF 0.0022uF 0.1uF 1uF 0.047uF 0.1uF 1uF 4.7uF 0.068uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.01uF 0.1uF 0.0068uF 0.47uF 0.47uF 10uF 10uF 0.01uF 0.01uF 10uF 0.01uF 10% 10% 20% 10% 50V 50V 4V 6.3V 50V 16V 50V 50V 50V 16V 10V 50V 10V 50V 50V 10V 6.3V 10V 10V 6.3V 6.3V 10V 10V 10V 16V 10V 16V 6.3V 6.3V 10V 10V 16V 16V 10V 16V
J201
1-780-049-11 TERMINAL BOARD (S TERMINAL+3P) < COIL >
L201
1-411-919-11 INDUCTOR
100uH
< FLUORESCENT INDICATOR TUBE > ND201 1-519-964-11 INDICATOR TUBE, FLUORESCENT < TRANSISTOR > Q201 Q202 Q203 Q204 Q205 8-729-052-91 8-729-052-91 8-729-904-87 8-729-421-19 8-729-029-06 TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR 2SD1898T100R 2SD1898T100R 2SB1197K-R UN2213 DTC124EUA-T106 (EXCEPT GX350) DTC143TUA-T106 (EXCEPT GX350)
Q206
8-729-029-10 TRANSISTOR
< RESISTOR > R201 R205 R206 R207 R209 R213 R215 R217 R218 R220 R222 R223 R225 R227 R228 R229 R230 R231 R232 R233 R235 R236 R237 R238 R239 R240 R241 R242 R243 R244 R245 R246 R248 R250 R251 1-216-295-91 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-830-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-849-11 1-216-849-11 SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP 0 0 0 0 10K 0 5.6K 10K 220K 220K 0 2.7K 270 27K 10K 2.2K 2.2K
5% 5% 5% 5%
1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W
1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 1-216-826-11 METAL CHIP 1-216-814-11 METAL CHIP 1-216-838-11 METAL CHIP 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP 1-216-864-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-825-11 1-216-825-11 1-216-827-11 1-216-830-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-825-11 SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP
5% 1/10W (EXCEPT GX350) 5% 1/10W (EXCEPT GX350) 5% 1/10W 5% 1/10W
10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10%
5% 1/10W 5% 1/10W (EXCEPT GX350) 2.2K 5% 1/10W (EXCEPT GX350) 0 (EXCEPT GX350) 100K 5% 1/10W 0 10K 10K 10K 2.2K 2.2K 3.3K 5.6K 10K 2.2K 2.2K 3.3K 3.3K 47 47
5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5%
1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W
10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 20% 20% 10% 10% 20% 10%
1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 1-216-827-11 METAL CHIP 1-216-827-11 METAL CHIP 1-216-805-11 METAL CHIP 1-216-805-11 METAL CHIP
5% 1/10W 5% 1/10W 5% 1/10W (EXCEPT GX350) 5% 1/10W 5% 1/10W
8-10
RD-65
Ref. No. C152 C153 C154 C155 C156 C157 C158 C159 C162 C163 C164 C165 C166 C167 C169 C170 C171 C172 C173 C174 C176 C177 C180 C181 C182 C187 C188 C189 C194 C197 C199 C201 C202 C280 C281 C282 C283 C284 C285 C286 C287 C288 C289 C290 C291 C501 C503 C504 C505 C508 C509 C510 C511 C512 C513 C514 C515 C516 C532 C1001 Part No. 1-164-937-11 1-124-779-00 1-114-130-11 1-100-415-11 1-165-448-81 1-164-943-81 1-164-943-81 1-107-820-11 1-114-130-11 1-126-210-21 1-164-937-11 1-164-858-11 1-164-858-11 1-107-820-11 1-125-777-11 1-164-866-11 1-125-777-11 1-164-866-11 1-164-866-11 1-164-866-11 1-164-858-11 1-164-858-11 1-100-966-91 1-127-760-11 1-100-966-91 1-164-943-81 1-164-943-81 1-164-937-11 1-127-760-11 1-125-777-11 1-114-130-11 1-125-777-11 1-114-130-11 1-114-130-11 1-114-130-11 1-114-130-11 1-114-130-11 1-114-130-11 1-114-130-11 1-100-966-91 1-114-130-11 1-107-820-11 1-164-937-11 1-107-820-11 1-164-937-11 1-107-820-11 1-162-962-11 1-125-777-11 1-100-566-91 1-164-937-11 1-164-862-11 1-164-870-11 1-127-573-11 1-164-360-11 1-164-360-11 1-100-566-91 1-100-566-91 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 Description CERAMIC CHIP ELECT CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 0.001uF 10uF 1uF 0.47uF 0.0018uF 0.01uF 0.01uF 0.1uF 1uF 220uF 0.001uF 22PF 22PF 0.1uF 0.1uF 47PF 0.1uF 47PF 47PF 47PF 22PF 22PF 10uF 4.7uF 10uF 0.01uF 0.01uF 0.001uF 4.7uF 0.1uF 1uF 0.1uF 1uF 1uF 1uF 1uF 1uF 1uF 1uF 10uF 1uF 0.1uF 0.001uF 0.1uF 0.001uF 0.1uF 470PF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.001uF 33PF 68PF 1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 10% 20% 10% 10% 10% 10% Remarks 50V 16V 6.3V 6.3V 50V 16V 16V 16V 6.3V 4V 50V 50V 50V 16V 10V 50V 10V 50V 50V 50V 50V 50V 10V 6.3V 10V 16V 16V 50V 6.3V 10V 6.3V 10V 6.3V 6.3V 6.3V 6.3V 6.3V 6.3V 6.3V 10V 6.3V 16V 50V 16V 50V 16V 50V 10V 25V 50V 50V 50V 16V 16V 16V 25V 25V 10V 10V 10V Ref. No. C1002 C1003 C1004 C1005 C1006 C1007 C1008 C1009 C1010 C1011 C1012 C1013 C1014 C1015 C1016 C1017 C1018 C1019 C1020 C1021 C1022 C1023 C1024 C1025 C1026 C1027 C1028 C1029 C1030 C1031 C1032 C1033 C1034 C1035 C1036 C1037 C1038 C1039 C1040 C1041 C1044 C1044 C1045 C1045 C1047 C1048 C1049 C1050 C1051 C1052 C1053 C1056 C1057 C1058 C1059 Part No. 1-125-777-11 1-126-209-11 1-114-130-11 1-164-937-11 1-114-130-11 1-126-210-21 1-114-130-11 1-126-210-21 1-114-130-11 1-164-937-11 1-126-209-11 1-114-130-11 1-164-937-11 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-124-779-21 1-100-966-91 1-114-130-11 1-164-937-11 1-126-209-11 1-114-130-11 1-164-937-11 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-125-777-11 1-126-209-11 1-114-130-11 1-164-937-11 1-126-209-11 1-114-130-11 1-164-937-11 Description CERAMIC CHIP ELECT CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 100uF 1uF 0.001uF 1uF 220uF 1uF 220uF 1uF 0.001uF 100uF 1uF 0.001uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 10uF 10uF 1uF 0.001uF 100uF 1uF 0.001uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 100uF 1uF 0.001uF 100uF 1uF 0.001uF 1PF 2PF 1PF 2PF 0.1uF 1uF 0.001uF 100uF 10uF 1uF 0.001uF 1uF 0.1uF 0.01uF 1uF 10% 10% 20% 10% Remarks 10V 4V 6.3V 50V 6.3V 4V 6.3V 4V 6.3V 50V 4V 6.3V 50V 10V 10V 10V 10V 10V 16V 10V 6.3V 50V 4V 6.3V 50V 10V 10V 10V 10V 10V 10V 10V 10V 10V 4V 6.3V 50V 4V 6.3V 50V 50V (CS, DS) 50V (AS, BS) 50V (CS, DS) 50V (AS, BS) 10V 6.3V 50V 4V 10V 6.3V 50V 6.3V 16V 16V 6.3V
20% 20% 10% 20% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 20% 20%
20% 10% 5% 5% 10% 5% 10% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 20% 10% 20% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10%
10% 20% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 20%
10%
10% 20% 10%
20%
1-164-840-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1-164-842-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1-164-840-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1-164-842-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1-114-130-11 1-164-937-11 1-126-209-11 1-100-966-91 1-114-130-11 1-164-937-11 1-114-130-11 1-107-820-11 1-164-943-81 1-114-130-11 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP
10% 10%
10% 10% 10% 10% 5% 5% 10%
10% 20% 20%
10%
10% 10% 10% 10% 10%
10%
8-11
RD-65
Ref. No. C1060 C1061 C1062 C1063 C1064 C1065 C1066 C1067 C1068 C1101 C1104 C1105 C1113 C1202 C1203 C1204 C1205 C1206 C1207 C1208 C1209 C1210 C1211 C1212 C1213 C1214 C1215 C1216 C1217 C1218 C1219 C1220 C1221 C1222 C1223 C1224 C1225 C1226 C1227 C1228 C1229 C1230 C1231 C1235 C1236 C1291 C1301 C1302 C1303 C1304 C1312 C1313 C1315 C1316 C1401 C1421 C1801 C1802 C1803 C1804 Part No. 1-107-820-11 1-164-937-11 1-114-130-11 1-107-820-11 1-164-937-11 1-164-937-11 1-114-130-11 1-107-820-11 1-164-937-11 1-164-937-11 1-114-130-11 1-107-820-11 1-114-130-11 1-114-130-11 1-107-820-11 1-114-130-11 1-164-943-81 1-164-943-81 1-164-937-11 1-114-130-11 1-164-937-11 1-164-937-11 1-107-820-11 1-107-820-11 1-107-820-11 1-107-820-11 1-126-209-11 1-114-130-11 1-114-130-11 1-114-130-11 1-114-130-11 1-114-130-11 1-114-130-11 1-107-820-11 1-114-130-11 1-164-943-81 1-164-943-81 1-164-937-11 1-114-130-11 1-164-937-11 1-164-937-11 1-107-820-11 1-100-966-91 1-100-966-91 1-126-209-11 1-107-820-11 1-125-889-11 1-107-820-11 1-107-820-11 1-126-205-11 1-107-820-11 1-107-820-11 1-125-889-11 1-100-966-91 1-164-943-81 1-114-130-11 1-114-130-11 1-125-889-11 1-164-882-11 1-164-934-11 Description CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 0.001uF 1uF 0.1uF 0.001uF 0.001uF 1uF 0.1uF 0.001uF 0.001uF 1uF 0.1uF 1uF 1uF 0.1uF 1uF 0.01uF 0.01uF 0.001uF 1uF 0.001uF 0.001uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 100uF 1uF 1uF 1uF 1uF 1uF 1uF 0.1uF 1uF 0.01uF 0.01uF 0.001uF 1uF 0.001uF 0.001uF 0.1uF 10uF 10uF 100uF 0.1uF 2.2uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 47uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 2.2uF 10uF 0.01uF 1uF 1uF 2.2uF 220PF 330PF 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 20% 20% 20% 10% Remarks 16V 50V 6.3V 16V 50V 50V 6.3V 16V 50V 50V 6.3V 16V 6.3V 6.3V 16V 6.3V 16V 16V 50V 6.3V 50V 50V 16V 16V 16V 16V 4V 6.3V 6.3V 6.3V 6.3V 6.3V 6.3V 16V 6.3V 16V 16V 50V 6.3V 50V 50V 16V 10V 10V 4V 16V 10V 16V 16V 6.3V 16V 16V 10V 10V 16V 6.3V 6.3V 10V 16V 50V Ref. No. C1805 C1811 C1812 C1813 C1814 C1815 C2305 C2501 C2502 C2503 C2504 C2505 C2506 C3103 C3104 C3105 C3106 C3107 C3108 C3201 C3202 C3203 C3204 C3206 C3207 C3211 C3212 * C3213 * C3214 C3215 C3216 C3217 C3218 C3219 C3220 C3301 C3302 C3303 C3303 C3304 Part No. 1-119-923-11 1-114-130-11 1-125-889-11 1-164-874-11 1-164-878-11 1-119-923-11 1-114-130-11 1-114-130-11 1-114-130-11 1-114-130-11 1-114-130-11 1-114-130-11 1-100-966-91 1-117-681-11 1-114-130-11 1-107-820-11 1-164-937-11 1-114-130-11 1-126-210-21 1-126-916-11 1-107-820-11 1-164-937-11 1-164-934-11 1-107-820-11 1-126-205-11 1-117-681-11 1-107-820-11 1-100-741-81 1-100-741-81 1-164-872-11 1-164-872-11 1-107-820-11 1-117-681-11 1-126-210-21 1-114-130-11 Description CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT CHIP ELECT CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT CHIP ELECT CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT CHIP ELECT CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 0.047uF 1uF 2.2uF 100PF 150PF 0.047uF 1uF 1uF 1uF 1uF 1uF 1uF 10uF 100uF 1uF 0.1uF 0.001uF 1uF 220uF 1000uF 0.1uF 0.001uF 330PF 0.1uF 47uF 100uF 0.1uF 560PF 560PF 82PF 82PF 0.1uF 100uF 220uF 1uF 7PF 7PF 5PF 15PF 68PF 10% 10% 5% 5% 10% Remarks 10V 6.3V 10V 50V 50V 10V 6.3V 6.3V 6.3V 6.3V 6.3V 6.3V 10V 16V 6.3V 16V 50V 6.3V 4V 6.3V 16V 50V 50V 16V 6.3V 16V 16V 50V 50V 50V 50V 16V 16V 4V 6.3V 50V 50V 50V (CS, DS) 50V (AS, BS) 50V (CS, DS) 50V (AS, BS) 50V (CS, DS) 50V (AS, BS) 10V 50V (CS, DS) 50V (CS, DS) 10V (CS, DS) 50V (AS, BS) 50V (CS, DS) 50V (CS, DS)
10% 10%
10% 10%
20% 20%
10% 10% 10%
10% 20% 20%
10% 10%
10% 10% 20% 20% 5% 5% 5% 5% 20% 20%
20%
1-162-912-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1-162-912-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1-164-845-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1-164-854-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1-164-870-11 CERAMIC CHIP
0.5PF 0.5PF
5% 5%
C3304 C3305
82PF 15PF 22PF 10uF 7PF
5% 5% 5% 20% 0.5PF
10%
C3305 C3307 C3311
20%
C3312 C3313 C3313 C3314 C3315
7PF 10uF 0.01uF 7PF 7PF
0.5PF 20% 10% 0.5PF 0.5PF
10% 20% 10%
10% 5% 10%
8-12
RD-65
Ref. No. C3316 C3317 C3318 C3319 C3319 Part No. Description 5PF 68PF 15PF 10uF 0.01uF 5% 5% 20% 10% Remarks 50V (CS, DS) 50V (CS, DS) 50V (CS, DS) 10V (CS, DS) 50V (AS, BS) 50V (CS, DS) 50V (CS, DS) 50V (CS, DS) 50V (CS, DS) 50V (CS, DS) 10V (CS, DS) 50V (AS, BS) 50V (CS, DS) 50V (CS, DS) 50V (CS, DS) 6.3V 6.3V (CS, DS) 6.3V (CS, DS) 6.3V (CS, DS) 6.3V (CS, DS) 6.3V (CS, DS) 6.3V (CS, DS) 6.3V 16V 6.3V 10V 50V 50V 6.3V 6.3V 6.3V 6.3V 6.3V 6.3V 6.3V 6.3V 6.3V 16V 6.3V 16V Ref. No. C4507 C4508 C4509 C4511 C4513 C4515 C4516 C4522 C4524 C4525 C4526 C4531 C4532 C4533 C4534 C4535 C4536 C4537 C4539 C4540 C4541 C4542 C4543 C4553 C4555 C4556 C4557 C4558 C4559 C4562 C4563 C4567 C4570 C4571 C4572 Part No. 1-117-681-11 1-126-210-21 1-126-210-21 1-127-760-11 1-127-760-11 1-126-205-11 1-124-779-21 1-114-130-11 1-127-760-11 1-127-760-11 1-218-967-11 1-114-130-11 1-164-943-81 1-114-130-11 1-100-966-91 1-164-937-11 1-164-937-11 1-164-937-11 1-164-937-11 1-164-937-11 1-114-130-11 1-125-889-11 1-164-937-11 1-162-964-11 1-127-760-11 1-127-760-11 1-164-943-81 1-117-681-11 1-117-681-11 1-114-130-11 1-114-130-11 1-114-130-11 1-114-130-11 1-127-760-11 1-126-210-21 Description ELECT CHIP ELECT CHIP ELECT CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT CHIP ELECT CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP RES-CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT CHIP ELECT CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT CHIP 100uF 220uF 220uF 4.7uF 4.7uF 47uF 10uF 1uF 4.7uF 4.7uF 15K 1uF 0.01uF 1uF 10uF 0.001uF 0.001uF 0.001uF 0.001uF 0.001uF 1uF 2.2uF 0.001uF 0.001uF 4.7uF 4.7uF 0.01uF 100uF 100uF 1uF 1uF 1uF 1uF 4.7uF 220uF 20% 20% 20% 10% 10% 20% 20% 10% 10% 5% 10% 20% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% Remarks 16V 4V 4V 6.3V 6.3V 6.3V 16V 6.3V 6.3V 6.3V 1/16W 6.3V 16V 6.3V 10V 50V 50V 50V 50V 50V 6.3V 10V 50V 50V 6.3V 6.3V 16V 16V 16V 6.3V 1-164-845-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1-164-870-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1-164-854-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1-100-966-91 CERAMIC CHIP 1-163-021-91 CERAMIC CHIP
C3320 C3321 C3322 C3323 C3324
7PF 7PF 5PF 68PF 15PF
0.5PF 0.5PF
5% 5%
C3325 C3325 C3329 C3330 C3331
10uF 0.01uF 5PF 68PF 15PF
20% 10%
5% 5%
10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 20% 20%
C3332 C3333 C3334 C3335 C3339
1uF 1uF 1uF 1uF 1uF
6.3V 6.3V 6.3V 10% 6.3V 20% 4V (EXCEPT GX350) 10% 6.3V (EXCEPT GX350) 16V 20% 16V 6.3V (EXCEPT CS) 6.3V (EXCEPT CS) 6.3V (EXCEPT CS) 10% 50V (EXCEPT CS) 10% 50V (EXCEPT CS) 10% 50V (EXCEPT CS) 16V 6.3V 6.3V 6.3V 6.3V 16V
C3340 C3341 C3342 C3701 C3703 C3704 C3705 C3706 C3707 C3738 C3801 C3802 C3803 C3804 C4501 C4502 C4503 C4504 C4505 C4506
1-114-130-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1-114-130-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1-114-130-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP 1-114-130-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1-100-966-91 1-164-937-11 1-164-937-11 1-114-130-11 1-114-130-11 1-114-130-11 1-114-130-11 1-114-130-11 1-114-130-11 1-114-130-11 1-114-130-11 1-114-130-11 1-107-820-11 1-114-130-11 1-107-820-11 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP
1uF 1uF 1uF 0.01uF 1uF 10uF 0.001uF 0.001uF 1uF 1uF 1uF 1uF 1uF 1uF 1uF 1uF 1uF 0.1uF 1uF 0.1uF
C4573 C4585 C4586 C4701 C4702
1-127-760-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1-107-820-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1-117-681-11 ELECT CHIP 1-114-130-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1-114-130-11 CERAMIC CHIP
4.7uF 0.1uF 100uF 1uF 1uF
10%
20% 10% 10%
C4703 C4704 C4705 C4706 C5104 C5105 C5106 C5107 C5108 C5109
1-114-130-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1-164-937-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1-164-937-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1-164-937-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1-107-820-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1-114-130-11 1-114-130-11 1-114-130-11 1-114-130-11 1-107-820-11 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP
1uF 0.001uF 0.001uF 0.001uF 0.1uF 1uF 1uF 1uF 1uF 0.1uF
8-13
RD-65
Ref. No. C5110 C5111 C5112 C5113 C5114 C5115 C5116 C5117 C5118 C5119 C5120 C5121 C5122 C5123 C5132 C5133 C5205 C5209 C5210 C5211 Part No. 1-114-130-11 1-114-130-11 1-114-130-11 1-107-820-11 1-107-820-11 1-114-130-11 1-114-130-11 1-164-852-11 1-164-852-11 1-100-574-81 1-114-130-11 1-126-209-11 1-126-209-11 1-114-130-11 1-114-130-11 Description CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT CHIP ELECT CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 1uF 1uF 1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 1uF 1uF 12PF 12PF 270PF 1uF 100uF 100uF 1uF 1uF 1uF 1uF 0.1uF 100uF 0.001uF Remarks 6.3V 6.3V 6.3V 16V 16V 6.3V 6.3V 50V 50V 50V 6.3V 4V 4V 6.3V 6.3V Ref. No. C5613 C5614 C5615 C5616 C5617 Part No. Description 100uF 0.01uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.01uF Remarks 20% 4V 10% 16V (EXCEPT GX350) 10% 10V (EXCEPT GX350) 10% 10V (EXCEPT GX350) 10% 16V (EXCEPT GX350) 10% 16V (EXCEPT GX350) 10% 16V (EXCEPT GX350) 10% 16V (EXCEPT GX350) 10% 16V (EXCEPT GX350) 10% 16V (EXCEPT GX350) 10% 16V (EXCEPT GX350) 10% 16V (EXCEPT GX350) 10% 16V (EXCEPT GX350) 10% 16V (EXCEPT GX350) 10% 16V (EXCEPT GX350) 10% 16V (EXCEPT GX350) 5% 50V (EXCEPT GX350) 5% 50V (EXCEPT GX350) 6.3V 20% 50V 10% 50V (EXCEPT GX350) 10% 50V 6.3V (EXCEPT GX350) 20% 4V 6.3V 10% 10% 50V 6.3V 50V 6.3V 6.3V 6.3V 6.3V 4V 16V 16V 16V 25V 25V 25V 25V 50V 6.3V 50V 50V 1-126-209-11 ELECT CHIP 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP
5% 5% 10%
C5622 C5623 C5624 C5625 C5626
0.01uF 0.01uF 0.01uF 0.01uF 0.01uF
20% 20%
1-114-130-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1-114-130-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1-107-820-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1-117-681-11 ELECT CHIP 1-164-937-11 CERAMIC CHIP
6.3V 6.3V (EXCEPT GX350) 16V (EXCEPT GX350) 20% 16V (EXCEPT GX350) 10% 50V (EXCEPT GX350) 10% 10V (EXCEPT GX350) 6.3V (EXCEPT GX350) 10% 50V (EXCEPT GX350) 6.3V (EXCEPT GX350) 10% 50V (EXCEPT GX350) 10% 50V (EXCEPT GX350) 16V (EXCEPT GX350) 10% 50V (EXCEPT GX350) 6.3V 6.3V (EXCEPT GX350) 16V (EXCEPT GX350) 10% 16V (EXCEPT GX350) 10% 16V (EXCEPT GX350) 10% 16V (EXCEPT GX350) 10% 16V (EXCEPT GX350) 10% 16V (EXCEPT GX350) 10% 16V (EXCEPT GX350) 10% 16V (EXCEPT GX350) 10% 16V (EXCEPT GX350) 10% 10V (EXCEPT GX350)
C5627 C5628 C5629 C5630
0.01uF 0.01uF 0.01uF 0.01uF 0.01uF
C5212 C5213 C5216 C5217 C5218
2.2uF 1uF 0.001uF 1uF 0.001uF
C5631
C5632 C5640 C5641 C5702 C5704 C5705 C5706 C5707 C5708 C5801 C5802 C5803 C5804 C5805 C5806 C5807 C5808 C5809 C5812 C5813 C5814 C5815 C5816 C5817 C5818 C5819 C5820 C5821 C5822
1-164-943-81 CERAMIC CHIP 1-164-854-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1-164-854-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1-114-130-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1-126-193-11 ELECT CHIP 1-164-937-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1-164-937-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1-114-130-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1-126-210-21 ELECT CHIP 1-114-130-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1-164-937-11 1-114-130-11 1-164-937-11 1-114-130-11 1-114-130-11 1-114-130-11 1-114-130-11 1-126-210-21 1-107-820-11 1-107-820-11 1-164-360-11 1-100-566-91 1-100-566-91 1-100-566-91 1-100-566-91 1-164-937-11 1-114-130-11 1-164-937-11 1-164-937-11 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP
0.01uF 15PF 15PF 1uF 1uF 0.001uF 0.001uF 1uF 220uF 1uF 0.001uF 1uF 0.001uF 1uF 1uF 1uF 1uF 220uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.001uF 1uF 0.001uF 0.001uF
C5219 C5222 C5223 C5601 C5602
0.001uF 0.1uF 0.001uF 1uF 1uF
C5603 C5604 C5605 C5606 C5607
0.1uF 0.01uF 0.01uF 0.01uF 0.01uF
20%
C5608 C5609 C5610 C5611 C5612
0.01uF 0.01uF 0.01uF 0.01uF 0.1uF
10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10%
8-14
RD-65
Ref. No. Part No. Description < CONNECTOR > CN201 CN501 CN601 * CN4501 CN4701 1-817-705-51 1-766-767-51 1-784-857-51 1-564-729-11 1-779-338-51 CONNECTOR, FPC 10P CONNECTOR, FPC 12P CONNECTOR, FFC (LIF (NON-ZIF)) 5P PIN, CONNECTOR (SMALL TYPE) 13P CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC 28P (EXCEPT CS) Remarks Ref. No. L5202 L5701 L5801 L5802 L5803 L5804 CN5101 1-819-414-11 PIN, CONNECTOR (1.5MM) 6P CN5201 1-820-176-11 PIN, CONNECTOR (1.5MM) 10P (EXCEPT GX350) < DIODE > D101 D3201 D3711 D3712 D4521 D4552 D4571 8-719-077-34 8-719-941-86 8-719-058-24 8-719-058-24 8-719-058-24 DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE SML-310YTT86 DAN202UT106 RB501V-40TE-17 RB501V-40TE-17 RB501V-40TE-17 Q1801 Q1811 Q2501 Q2502 Q2503 Q2504 Q2505 Q3301 Q3302 Q3303 6-551-699-01 6-551-699-01 6-551-699-01 6-551-699-01 6-551-699-01 6-551-699-01 6-551-699-01 6-551-699-01 8-729-620-13 6-551-699-01 Part No. Description Remarks 1-456-799-11 COIL, COMMON MODE CHOKE 1-400-330-21 1-457-374-21 1-457-374-21 1-457-374-21 (EXCEPT GX350) INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD (1608) COMMOM MODE CHOKE COIL COMMOM MODE CHOKE COIL COMMOM MODE CHOKE COIL
1-457-374-21 COMMOM MODE CHOKE COIL < TRANSISTOR > TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR ISA1602AM1TP-1EF ISA1602AM1TP-1EF ISA1602AM1TP-1EF ISA1602AM1TP-1EF ISA1602AM1TP-1EF ISA1602AM1TP-1EF ISA1602AM1TP-1EF ISA1602AM1TP-1EF 2SC4154TP-1EF ISA1602AM1TP-1EF (CS, DS)
8-719-058-24 DIODE RB501V-40TE-17 8-719-058-24 DIODE RB501V-40TE-17 (EXCEPT GX350) < IC >
IC1201 IC1221 IC1301 IC1302 IC3101 IC3202 IC3701 IC3702 IC3707 IC4541 IC4702 IC5103 IC5202 IC5203 IC5602 IC5701 * IC5802
6-708-305-01 6-708-305-01 8-759-693-13 8-759-693-13 6-710-840-01 8-759-100-96 8-759-679-05 6-706-487-01 6-707-472-01 6-702-362-01 8-759-592-47 6-706-365-01 6-710-887-01 6-706-487-01 6-806-103-01
IC IC IC IC IC IC IC IC IC IC IC IC IC IC IC
K4H511638C-UCB3T K4H511638C-UCB3T NJM12904V (TE2) NJM12904V (TE2) AK5358AET-E2 uPC4558G2 TC7WH34FU (TE12R) TC7SH08FU (T5RSOYJF) PST3813UL MM1563DFBE TC7SZ08FU (TE85R) (EXCEPT CS) uPD72852AGB-8EU-A R5523N001B-TR-F (EXCEPT GX350) TC7SH08FU (T5RSOYJF) (EXCEPT GX350) 88SA8040-TBC1C000 (EXCEPT GX350)
Q3304 Q3305 Q3306 Q3307 Q3308 Q4581 Q5701 Q5801 Q5804 Q5805 Q5808 Q5809
8-729-620-13 TRANSISTOR 6-551-699-01 TRANSISTOR 8-729-620-13 TRANSISTOR 6-551-699-01 TRANSISTOR 8-729-620-13 TRANSISTOR 8-729-620-13 8-729-620-13 6-550-376-01 8-729-029-06 6-551-699-01 TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR
2SC4154TP-1EF (CS, DS) ISA1602AM1TP-1EF (CS, DS) 2SC4154TP-1EF (CS, DS) ISA1602AM1TP-1EF (CS, DS) 2SC4154TP-1EF (CS, DS) 2SC4154TP-1EF 2SC4154TP-1EF UMX1N-TN DTC124EUA-T106 ISA1602AM1TP-1EF 2SK2034-TE85L UMD2N-TR
8-729-031-35 TRANSISTOR 6-550-375-01 TRANSISTOR < RESISTOR >
6-707-858-01 IC TC74VHC00FT (EKJ) (EXCEPT GX350) 6-711-188-01 IC TC7MB3257FK (EL) < JACK >
R104 R105 R107 R108 R109 R110 R111 R112 R114 R115 R116 R117 R119 R124 R128 R129 R130 R131 R132 R133 R134 R135 R136 R137 R138
1-218-966-11 1-218-990-81 1-218-973-11 1-218-963-11 1-208-702-11 1-218-953-11 1-218-985-11 1-218-985-11 1-218-971-11 1-218-990-81 1-218-959-11 1-218-939-11 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 1-218-945-11 1-218-945-11 1-218-945-11 1-218-945-11 1-218-973-11 1-218-945-11 1-218-945-11 1-218-945-11 1-218-973-11
RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP METAL CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP
12K 0 47K 6.8K 6.2K 1K 470K 470K 33K 0 3.3K 68 0 0 0 0 220 220 220 220 47K 220 220 220 47K
5% 5% 5% 0.5% 5% 5% 5% 5%
1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W
JA5701 1-793-446-21 JACK, PIN 1P JA5801 1-821-450-11 HDMI CONNECTOR < COIL > L105 L1005 L1801 L1811 L3301 L3302 L3303 L3304 L3305 L3306 L3307 L3308 L4551 L5101 L5201 1-469-967-21 1-412-008-31 1-412-958-21 1-412-953-11 1-412-954-11 1-412-951-11 1-412-654-11 1-412-951-11 1-412-654-11 1-412-951-11 1-412-654-11 1-412-951-11 1-469-967-21 1-414-235-22 1-456-799-11 INDUCTOR INDUCTOR INDUCTOR INDUCTOR INDUCTOR INDUCTOR INDUCTOR INDUCTOR INDUCTOR INDUCTOR 10uH 15uH 39uH 15uH 18uH 10uH 18uH (CS, DS) 15uH (CS, DS) 18uH (CS, DS) 15uH (CS, DS)
5% 5%
1/16W 1/16W
INDUCTOR 18uH (CS, DS) INDUCTOR 15uH (CS, DS) INDUCTOR 10uH INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD COIL, COMMON MODE CHOKE (EXCEPT GX350)
5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5%
1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W
8-15
RD-65
Ref. No. R139 R165 R166 R167 R168 R170 R171 R172 R174 R192 R193 R201 R202 R203 R204 R205 R206 R210 R211 R219 R220 R221 R222 R223 R230 R233 R234 R236 R237 R238 R239 R240 R241 R242 R243 R244 R245 R248 R252 R253 R256 R271 R273 R274 R281 R301 R306 R307 R310 R311 R312 R313 R314 R317 R318 R319 R320 R503 R504 R505 Part No. 1-218-945-11 1-218-952-11 1-218-952-11 1-218-952-11 1-218-990-81 1-218-959-11 1-218-959-11 1-218-959-11 1-218-863-11 1-216-809-11 1-218-990-81 1-218-965-11 1-218-935-11 1-218-935-11 1-242-963-21 1-242-963-21 1-242-963-21 1-218-935-11 1-218-990-81 1-234-377-21 1-234-377-21 1-218-973-11 1-218-973-11 1-218-933-11 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 1-218-933-11 1-218-965-11 1-218-933-11 1-218-965-11 1-218-933-11 1-218-965-11 1-218-933-11 1-218-965-11 1-218-933-11 1-218-965-11 1-218-965-11 1-218-965-11 1-218-965-11 1-218-965-11 1-216-295-91 1-216-295-91 1-216-295-91 1-218-990-81 1-218-973-11 1-218-957-11 1-218-957-11 1-218-953-11 1-218-953-11 1-218-953-11 1-218-973-11 1-218-953-11 1-242-963-21 1-242-963-21 1-242-963-21 1-242-963-21 1-218-953-11 1-218-953-11 1-218-966-11 Description RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES, NETWORK RES, NETWORK RES, NETWORK RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP RES, NETWORK RES, NETWORK RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES, NETWORK RES, NETWORK RES, NETWORK RES, NETWORK RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP 220 820 820 820 0 3.3K 3.3K 3.3K 4.7K 100 5% 5% 5% 5% Remarks 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W Ref. No. R506 R507 R510 R511 R515 R516 R601 R602 R603 R604 R1001 R1003 R1004 R1005 R1006 33 (1005X4) 33 (1005X4) 33 5% 0 4.7K (1005X4) 4.7K (1005X4) 47K 5% 47K 5% 22 5% 0 0 0 22 10K 22 10K 22 10K 22 10K 22 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 0 0 0 0 47K 2.2K 2.2K 1K 1K Part No. 1-218-953-11 1-218-953-11 1-217-907-11 1-217-907-11 1-218-971-11 1-218-966-11 1-218-965-11 1-218-965-11 1-218-953-11 1-218-953-11 1-218-965-11 1-218-843-11 1-218-839-11 1-218-967-11 Description RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP RES-CHIP 1K 1K 1.8 1.8 33K 12K 10K 10K 1K 1K 10K 680 470 15K 15K 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% Remarks 1/16W 1/16W 1/10W 1/10W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W
5% 5% 5% 0.5% 5%
1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/10W 1/10W
0 10K 5% 33 5% 33 5% 33 (1005X4)
1/16W 1/16W 1/16W
1-218-967-11 RES-CHIP
5% 1/16W 0.5% 1/10W 0.5% 1/10W 5% 1/16W (EXCEPT GX350) 5% 1/16W (EXCEPT GX350) 5% 5% 1/16W 1/16W
1/16W
R1013 R1016 R1017 R1018 R1019 R1021 R1027 R1028 R1029 R1030
1-218-965-11 1-218-965-11 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 1-218-965-11 1-218-965-11 1-218-965-11 1-218-940-11 1-218-937-11
RES-CHIP RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP
10K 10K 0 0 0 10K 10K 10K 82 47
1/16W 1/16W 1/16W
5% 5% 5% 5% 5%
1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W (CS, DS) 1/16W (AS, BS) 1/16W (CS, DS) 1/16W (AS, BS)
5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5%
1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W
R1030 R1031 R1031 R1032 R1033 R1034 R1035 R1036 R1037 R1039 R1040 R1066 R1067 R1068 R1069 R1071 R1103 R1107 R1110 R1111 R1132 R1153 R1161 R1163 R1164 R1181 R1182 R1191 R1195 R1199
1-218-941-81 RES-CHIP 1-218-943-11 RES-CHIP 1-218-945-11 RES-CHIP 1-234-378-21 RES, NETWORK 1-234-378-21 RES, NETWORK 1-234-378-21 1-234-378-21 1-211-984-11 1-218-823-11 1-211-984-11 1-218-823-11 1-218-973-11 1-218-973-11 1-218-973-11 1-218-973-11 1-218-965-11 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 1-218-977-11 1-218-937-11 1-218-961-11 1-218-961-11 1-218-961-11 1-218-961-11 1-218-965-11 1-218-965-11 1-218-961-11 1-218-961-11 RES, NETWORK RES, NETWORK METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP
100 150 220
5% 5% 5%
10K (1005X4) 10K (1005X4) 10K (1005X4) 10K (1005X4) 43 0.5% 100 0.5% 43 0.5% 100 47K 47K 47K 47K 10K 0 0 0 100K 47 4.7K 4.7K 4.7K 4.7K 10K 10K 4.7K 4.7K 10K 0.5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5%
1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W
5% 5% 5% 5% 5%
1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W
5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5%
1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W
1K 5% 47K 5% 1K 5% 33 (1005X4) 33 (1005X4) 33 (1005X4) 33 (1005X4) 1K 5% 1K 5% 12K 5%
1/16W 1/16W 1/16W
1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP
5% 1/16W 5% 1/16W 5% 1/16W 5% 1/16W (EXCEPT GX350) 5% 1/16W
8-16
RD-65
Ref. No. R1205 R1219 R1240 R1241 R1242 R1243 R1244 R1245 R1246 R1247 R1248 R1249 R1250 R1251 R1252 R1255 R1256 R1257 R1258 R1260 R1261 R1262 R1263 R1264 R1265 R1266 R1267 R1268 R1269 R1270 R1271 R1272 R1273 R1274 R1275 R1276 R1277 R1278 R1279 R1281 R1282 R1283 R1284 R1285 R1286 R1287 R1288 R1289 R1301 R1302 R1303 R1312 R1313 R1314 R1401 R1402 R1403 R1404 R1405 R1406 Part No. 1-218-965-11 1-218-990-81 1-218-933-11 1-234-400-21 1-234-400-21 1-218-990-81 1-218-935-11 1-234-370-21 1-234-370-21 1-218-933-11 1-234-400-21 1-234-400-21 1-218-990-81 1-218-935-11 1-218-935-11 1-234-370-21 1-234-370-21 1-218-933-11 1-218-933-11 1-218-933-11 1-234-400-21 1-234-400-21 1-218-990-81 1-218-935-11 1-234-370-21 1-234-370-21 1-218-933-11 1-234-400-21 1-234-400-21 1-218-990-81 1-218-935-11 1-218-935-11 1-234-370-21 1-234-370-21 1-218-933-11 1-218-933-11 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 1-218-948-11 1-234-371-21 1-234-371-21 1-234-371-21 1-218-937-11 1-218-937-11 1-218-937-11 1-234-371-21 1-218-933-11 1-218-933-11 1-218-839-11 1-218-847-11 1-218-847-11 1-218-847-11 1-218-847-11 1-216-864-11 1-218-933-11 1-218-933-11 1-218-933-11 1-218-933-11 1-218-933-11 1-218-933-11 Description Remarks Ref. No. R1407 R1411 R1412 R1413 R1414 R1415 R1416 R1421 R1422 R1802 R1803 R1804 R1812 R1813 R1814 R2301 R2302 R2304 R2316 R2501 R2502 R2504 R2505 R2506 R2507 R2508 R2510 R2511 R2513 R2514 R3002 R3003 R3004 R3005 R3006 R3007 R3008 R3009 R3010 R3011 R3012 R3101 R3102 R3103 R3104 R3105 R3106 R3107 R3108 R3109 R3111 R3113 R3201 R3202 R3203 R3204 R3206 R3207 R3208 R3209 Part No. 1-218-933-11 1-234-378-21 1-218-965-11 1-218-973-11 1-218-933-11 1-218-933-11 1-218-933-11 1-218-965-11 1-218-965-11 1-218-945-11 1-218-947-11 1-218-935-11 1-218-945-11 1-218-947-11 1-218-935-11 1-218-959-11 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 1-218-965-11 1-218-951-11 1-218-827-11 1-218-951-11 1-218-827-11 1-216-864-11 1-218-951-11 1-218-827-11 1-218-951-11 1-218-827-11 1-218-951-11 1-218-827-11 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 1-234-378-21 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 1-218-989-11 1-218-965-11 1-218-937-11 1-218-937-11 1-218-937-11 1-218-990-81 1-218-965-11 1-218-937-11 1-218-937-11 1-218-937-11 1-218-990-81 1-218-937-11 1-218-937-11 1-218-937-11 1-218-977-11 Description RES-CHIP RES, NETWORK RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP METAL CHIP RES-CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP METAL CHIP RES-CHIP METAL CHIP RES-CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP RES, NETWORK SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP 22 5% 10K (1005X4) 10K 5% 47K 5% 22 5% 22 22 10K 10K 220 330 33 220 330 33 3.3K 0 0 10K 680 150 680 150 0 680 150 680 150 680 150 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% Remarks 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W SHORT CHIP 0 RES-CHIP 22 5% 1/16W CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (1005X4) CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (1005X4) SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP RES, NETWORK RES, NETWORK RES-CHIP 0 33 5% 22 (1005X4) 22 (1005X4) 22 5%
1/16W
1/16W
CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (1005X4) CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (1005X4) SHORT CHIP 0 RES-CHIP 33 5% 1/16W RES-CHIP 33 5% 1/16W RES, NETWORK RES, NETWORK RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP 22 (1005X4) 22 (1005X4) 22 5% 22 5% 22 5%
1/16W 1/16W 1/16W
5% 5% 0.5% 5% 0.5% 5% 0.5% 5% 0.5% 5% 0.5%
1/16W 1/16W 1/10W 1/16W 1/10W 1/16W 1/10W 1/16W 1/10W 1/16W 1/10W
CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (1005X4) CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (1005X4) SHORT CHIP 0 RES-CHIP 33 5% 1/16W RES, NETWORK 22 (1005X4) RES, NETWORK 22 (1005X4) RES-CHIP 22 5% 1/16W CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (1005X4) CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (1005X4) SHORT CHIP 0 RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES, NETWORK RES, NETWORK RES-CHIP RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP RES, NETWORK RES, NETWORK RES, NETWORK RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES, NETWORK RES-CHIP RES-CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP 33 5% 33 5% 22 (1005X4) 22 (1005X4) 22 5% 22 5% 0 0 390 5% 47 (1005X4) 47 (1005X4) 47 (1005X4) 47 5% 47 5% 47 5% 47 (1005X4) 22 5% 22 5% 470 0.5% 1K 0.5% 1K 1K 1K 0 22 22 22 22 22 22 0.5% 0.5% 0.5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 1/16W 1/16W
1/16W 1/16W
0 0 0 10K (1005X4) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1M 10K 47 47 47 0 10K 47 47 47 0 47 47 47 100K 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W
1/16W
1/16W 1/16W 1/16W
1/16W 1/16W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W
5% 5% 5% 5%
1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W
5% 5% 5% 5%
1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W
8-17
RD-65
Ref. No. R3210 R3211 R3213 R3214 R3215 R3216 R3217 R3218 R3219 R3220 R3221 R3222 R3223 R3224 R3227 R3228 R3229 R3230 R3232 R3233 R3234 R3301 R3302 R3302 R3305 R3306 R3307 R3307 R3308 R3309 R3310 R3312 R3313 R3314 R3315 R3317 R3318 R3319 R3320 R3322 Part No. 1-218-849-11 1-218-871-11 1-218-951-11 1-218-963-11 1-218-969-11 1-218-849-11 1-218-871-11 1-218-879-11 1-218-963-11 1-218-941-81 1-218-941-81 1-218-963-11 1-218-879-11 1-218-941-81 1-218-941-81 1-218-965-11 1-218-965-11 1-216-295-91 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 Description METAL CHIP METAL CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP METAL CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP 1.2K 10K 680 6.8K 22K 1.2K 10K 22K 6.8K 100 100 6.8K 22K 100 100 10K 10K 0 0 0 0 47 47 0.5% 0.5% 5% 5% 5% 0.5% 0.5% 0.5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 0.5% 5% 5% 5% 5% Remarks 1/10W 1/10W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/10W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W Ref. No. R3336 R3336 R3337 R3341 R3341 R3342 R3344 R3703 R3704 R3705 R3708 R3715 R3716 R3720 R3738 R3808 R3810 R3811 R3812 R3813 R3814 R3816 R3817 R3818 R3820 R3821 R3823 R3824 R3828 R3829 R3830 R3831 R3832 R3833 R3835 Part No. Description 47 5% Remarks 1/16W (CS, DS) 1/16W (AS, BS) 1/16W (CS, DS) 1-218-937-11 RES-CHIP 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP 1-218-937-11 RES-CHIP 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP 1-218-947-11 RES-CHIP 1-218-941-81 RES-CHIP 1-218-941-81 RES-CHIP 1-218-941-81 RES-CHIP 1-218-965-11 1-218-990-81 1-218-935-11 1-218-990-81 1-218-965-11 1-218-941-81 1-242-963-21 1-242-963-21 1-242-963-21 1-242-963-21 1-218-933-11 1-218-940-11 1-218-940-11 1-218-933-11 1-218-940-11 1-218-933-11 1-218-940-11 1-242-962-21 1-234-379-21 1-234-379-21 1-234-379-21 1-234-379-21 1-234-379-21 1-234-379-21 1-218-935-11 RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES, NETWORK RES, NETWORK RES, NETWORK RES, NETWORK RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP
0 (AS, BS) 10K 5% 47 0 (AS, BS) 10K 330 100 100 100 10K 0 33 0 10K 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5%
1/16W (AS, BS) 1/16W (CS, DS) 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W
1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 1-218-937-11 RES-CHIP 1-218-937-11 RES-CHIP 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 1-218-947-11 RES-CHIP 1-218-839-11 METAL CHIP 1-208-893-11 METAL CHIP 1-208-905-11 METAL CHIP 1-218-929-11 RES-CHIP 1-218-951-11 RES-CHIP 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP 1-218-839-11 METAL CHIP 1-208-905-11 METAL CHIP 1-218-929-11 RES-CHIP 1-218-951-11 RES-CHIP 1-218-947-11 RES-CHIP 1-218-839-11 METAL CHIP 1-218-929-11 RES-CHIP 1-218-951-11 RES-CHIP 1-218-947-11 RES-CHIP
5% 5%
1/16W 1/16W (CS, DS) 1/16W 1/10W 1/16W (AS, BS) 1/16W (CS, DS) 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W (AS, BS) 1/16W (CS, DS) 1/16W (CS, DS) 1/16W (CS, DS) 1/16W 1/16W (CS, DS) 1/16W (CS, DS) 1/16W (CS, DS) 1/16W 1/16W (CS, DS) 1/16W (CS, DS) 1/16W (CS, DS) 1/16W (CS, DS) 1/16W (CS, DS) 1/16W
100 5% 33 (1005X4) 33 (1005X4) 33 (1005X4) 33 (1005X4) 22 82 82 22 82 5% 5% 5% 5% 5%
0 (AS, BS) 330 5% 470 1.8K 5.6K 10 680 10K 470 5.6K 10 680 330 470 10 680 330 0.5% 0.5% 0.5% 5% 5% 5% 0.5% 0.5% 5% 5% 5% 0.5% 5% 5% 5%
1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W
RES-CHIP 22 5% RES-CHIP 82 5% RES, NETWORK 82X4 (1005) RES, NETWORK 22K (1005X4) RES, NETWORK 22K (1005X4) RES, NETWORK RES, NETWORK RES, NETWORK RES, NETWORK RES-CHIP
22K (1005X4) 22K (1005X4) 22K (1005X4) 22K (1005X4) 33 5% 1/16W (EXCEPT GX350) 33 (1005X4) (EXCEPT GX350) 33 (1005X4) (EXCEPT GX350) 33 (1005X4) (EXCEPT GX350) 33 (1005X4) 82 (EXCEPT GX350) 5% 1/16W (EXCEPT GX350) 5% 1/16W 5% 1/16W (EXCEPT GX350) 5% 1/16W (EXCEPT GX350) 5% 1/16W (EXCEPT GX350) 5% 1/16W
R3837 R3838 R3839 R3840 R3841
1-242-963-21 RES, NETWORK 1-242-963-21 RES, NETWORK 1-242-963-21 RES, NETWORK 1-242-963-21 RES, NETWORK 1-218-940-11 RES-CHIP
R3323 R3324 R3325 R3326 R3327
1-218-839-11 METAL CHIP 1-208-905-11 METAL CHIP 1-208-905-11 METAL CHIP 1-218-929-11 RES-CHIP 1-218-951-11 RES-CHIP
470 5.6K 5.6K 10 680
0.5% 0.5% 0.5% 5% 5%
R3842 R3843 R3844 R3845 R3846
1-218-962-11 RES-CHIP 1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP 1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP 1-218-940-11 RES-CHIP 1-218-953-11 RES-CHIP
5.6K 22 22 82 1K
8-18
RD-65
Ref. No. R3847 R3848 R3849 R3850 R3851 Part No. Description 22 Remarks 5% 1/16W (EXCEPT GX350) 82 5% 1/16W (EXCEPT GX350) 10K 5% 1/16W 33 5% 1/16W (EXCEPT GX350) 33 (1005X4) (EXCEPT GX350) 0 (EXCEPT GX350) 0 22K 5% 1/16W 0 2.7K 5% 1/10W 2.7K 2.7K 0 6.8K 0 0 0 0 0 0 22K 5% 1/16W 0 0 (EXCEPT GX350) 0 0 (EXCEPT GX350) 100 5% 1/16W 100 (1005X4) (CS) 100 (1005X4) (CS) 100 5% 1/16W (CS) 0 (CS) 0 (CS) 0 (CS) 10K 5% 5% 5% 1/10W 1/10W 1/16W Ref. No. R4725 R4726 R4727 R4728 R4729 R4731 R4732 R5101 R5102 R5103 R5104 R5105 R5106 R5107 R5108 R5109 R5110 R5111 R5113 R5114 R5115 R5116 R5117 R5118 R5119 R5120 R5121 R5122 R5123 R5124 R5125 R5127 R5129 R5130 R5131 R5132 R5133 R5134 R5135 R5140 R5141 R5201 R5202 R5203 R5204 Part No. 1-218-933-11 1-218-933-11 1-218-965-11 1-218-965-11 1-218-990-81 1-218-961-11 1-218-961-11 1-234-381-21 1-234-381-21 1-218-977-11 1-218-977-11 1-234-702-11 1-234-702-11 1-218-939-11 1-218-939-11 1-218-937-11 1-218-965-11 1-218-953-11 1-218-965-11 1-218-965-11 1-218-965-11 1-218-965-11 1-218-977-11 1-218-870-11 1-211-987-11 1-211-987-11 1-211-987-11 1-211-987-11 1-218-965-11 1-218-965-11 1-218-953-11 1-218-965-11 1-218-940-11 1-218-990-81 1-218-864-11 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 1-218-965-11 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 1-218-859-11 Description RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES, NETWORK RES, NETWORK RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES, NETWORK RES, NETWORK RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP 22 5% 22 5% 10K 5% 10K 5% 0 (EXCEPT CS) 4.7K 5% 4.7K 5% 100K (1005X4) 100K (1005X4) 100K 5% 100K 5% 68 (1005X4) 68 (1005X4) 68 5% 68 5% 47 10K 1K 10K 10K 10K 10K 100K 9.1K 56 56 56 56 10K 10K 1K 10K 82 0 5.1K 0 0 0 0 10K 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 0.5% 0.5% 0.5% 0.5% 0.5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 0.5% Remarks 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP 1-218-940-11 RES-CHIP 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP 1-218-935-11 RES-CHIP 1-242-963-21 RES, NETWORK
1/16W 1/16W
R3857 R3862 R3871 R4501 R4504 R4505 R4507 R4511 R4521 R4531 R4541 R4552 R4553 R4554 R4556 R4558 R4559 R4573 R4574 R4575 R4581 R4701 R4702 R4703 R4704 R4705 R4706 R4707 R4708 R4709 R4710 R4711 R4712 R4713 R4714 R4715 R4716 R4717 R4718 R4719
1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 1-218-969-11 1-216-295-91 1-216-059-11 1-216-059-11 1-216-059-11 1-218-990-81 1-218-963-11 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 1-216-295-91 1-216-295-91 1-216-295-91 1-216-295-91 1-218-969-11 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-218-941-81 1-234-372-11 1-234-372-11 1-218-941-81
SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP RES, NETWORK RES, NETWORK RES-CHIP
1/16W 1/16W
1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/10W
1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP 1-234-378-21 RES, NETWORK 1-234-378-21 RES, NETWORK 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP 1-234-378-21 RES, NETWORK 1-234-378-21 RES, NETWORK 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP
5%
1/16W (CS)
10K (1005X4) (CS) 10K (1005X4) (CS) 10K 10K 10K 10K 0 (CS) 10K 5% 1/16W (CS) 5% 5% 5% 5% 1/16W (CS) 1/16W (CS) 1/16W (CS) 1/16W (CS)
5%
1/16W
1-218-845-11 METAL CHIP
0 0 (EXCEPT GX350) 0 (EXCEPT GX350) 3.3K 0.5% 1/10W (EXCEPT GX350) 820 0.5% 1/10W (EXCEPT GX350) 68 5% 1/16W (EXCEPT GX350) 10K 5% 1/16W (GX350) 0 (EXCEPT GX350) 10K 5% 1/16W (GX350) 0 (EXCEPT GX350) 0 (EXCEPT GX350) 47K 5% 1/16W 47K 5% 1/16W 0 (EXCEPT GX350) 0 (EXCEPT GX350)
R5205 R5206 R5207 R5208 R5212 R5213 R5214 R5215 R5216 R5217
1-218-939-11 RES-CHIP 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 1-218-990-81 1-218-973-11 1-218-973-11 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP
10K (1005X4) (CS) 10K (1005X4) (CS) 10K 5% 1/16W (CS) 10K 5% 1/16W (CS) 10K 5% 1/16W (CS)
R4720 R4721 R4722 R4723 R4724
1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP 1-234-372-11 1-234-372-11 1-218-937-11 1-218-933-11 RES, NETWORK RES, NETWORK RES-CHIP RES-CHIP
100 (1005X4) 100 (1005X4) 47 5% 22 5%
1/16W 1/16W
8-19
RD-65
Ref. No. R5220 R5221 R5222 R5445 R5606 Part No. Description 1.5K 47K 10 0 82 Remarks 0.5% 1/10W (EXCEPT GX350) 5% 1/16W (EXCEPT GX350) 5% 1/16W (EXCEPT GX350) 5% 1/16W (EXCEPT GX350) 5% 1/16W (EXCEPT GX350) 5% 1/16W (EXCEPT GX350) 5% 1/16W 5% 1/16W 5% 1/16W (EXCEPT GX350) 5% 1/16W (EXCEPT GX350) 5% 1/16W (EXCEPT GX350) 5% 1/16W (EXCEPT GX350) 5% 1/16W (EXCEPT GX350) 5% 1/16W (EXCEPT GX350) 5% 1/16W (EXCEPT GX350) 5% 1/16W (EXCEPT GX350) 5% 1/16W (EXCEPT GX350) 5% 1/16W (EXCEPT GX350) 5% 1/16W (EXCEPT GX350) 5% 1/16W (EXCEPT GX350) 5% 1/16W (EXCEPT GX350) 5% 1/16W (EXCEPT GX350) 5% 1/16W (EXCEPT GX350) 5% 1/16W (EXCEPT GX350) R5690 R5692 R5693 R5701 R5702 R5703 R5704 R5705 R5706 R5707 R5708 R5803 R5804 R5805 R5806 R5807 R5808 R5809 R5812 R5813 R5814 R5815 R5817 R5818 R5820 R5821 R5822 R5824 R5825 R5826 R5827 R5828 R5829 R5831 R5832 R5833 R5834 R5836 R5837 R5838 R5839 R5842 R5843 R5844 R5845 R5846 R5848 R5852 R5853 R5854 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 1-218-949-11 SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP Ref. No. R5661 R5664 R5672 R5688 R5689 Part No. Description 1K Remarks 5% 1/16W (EXCEPT GX350) 0 (EXCEPT GX350) 0 (EXCEPT GX350) 1M 5% 1/16W (EXCEPT GX350) 1K 5% 1/16W (EXCEPT GX350) 0 (EXCEPT GX350) 0 0 470 5% 1/16W (EXCEPT GX350) 470 5% 1/16W 680 150 0 75 100K 390 0.1uF 47K 4.7K 1K 5.6K 4.7K 2.7K 4.7K 2.7K 4.7K 2.7K 4.7K 4.7K 0 5% 5% 0.5% 5% 5% 1/16W 1/16W 1/10W 1/16W 1/16W (GX350) 16V 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1-218-851-11 METAL CHIP 1-218-973-11 RES-CHIP 1-218-929-11 RES-CHIP 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 1-218-940-11 RES-CHIP 1-218-953-11 RES-CHIP 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 1-218-989-11 RES-CHIP 1-218-953-11 RES-CHIP
R5607 R5608 R5609 R5610 R5612
82 10K 10K 1K 10K
1-218-949-11 RES-CHIP 1-218-951-11 1-218-943-11 1-216-864-11 1-211-990-11 1-218-977-11 RES-CHIP RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP RES-CHIP
R5613 R5614 R5615 R5617 R5618
1K 1K 1K 1K 10K
1-218-948-11 RES-CHIP 1-164-360-11 1-218-973-11 1-218-961-11 1-218-953-11 1-218-962-11 1-218-961-11 1-218-958-11 1-218-961-11 1-218-958-11 1-218-961-11 1-218-958-11 1-218-961-11 1-218-961-11 1-216-295-91 1-218-961-11 1-218-961-11 1-163-038-91 1-234-370-21 1-234-370-21 1-234-370-21 1-234-370-21 1-218-938-11 1-218-990-81 1-164-360-11 1-218-933-11 1-218-933-11 1-218-965-11 1-218-990-81 1-218-935-11 1-218-949-11 1-218-947-11 1-218-947-11 1-218-947-11 1-218-947-11 1-218-961-11 1-218-961-11 1-218-965-11 1-218-965-11 1-218-965-11 CERAMIC CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP CERAMIC CHIP RES, NETWORK RES, NETWORK RES, NETWORK RES, NETWORK RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP CERAMIC CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP
5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5%
R5619 R5622 R5623 R5624 R5626
1K 82 82 82 22
R5627 R5628 R5629 R5630 R5631
82 22 82 82 22
4.7K 5% 4.7K 5% 0.1uF 22 (1005X4) 22 (1005X4) 22 (1005X4) 22 (1005X4) 56 5% 0 0.1uF 22 22 10K 0 33 470 330 330 330 330 4.7K 4.7K 10K 10K 10K 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5%
1/16W 1/16W 25V
1/16W 16V 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W
R5632 R5638 R5642 R5646 R5650
1-242-963-21 RES, NETWORK 1-242-963-21 RES, NETWORK 1-242-963-21 RES, NETWORK 1-242-963-21 RES, NETWORK 1-218-940-11 RES-CHIP
33 (1005X4) (EXCEPT GX350) 33 (1005X4) (EXCEPT GX350) 33 (1005X4) (EXCEPT GX350) 33 (1005X4) 82 (EXCEPT GX350) 5% 1/16W (EXCEPT GX350) 0.5% 1/10W (EXCEPT GX350) 5% 1/16W (EXCEPT GX350) 5% 1/16W (EXCEPT GX350) 5% 1/16W (EXCEPT GX350) 5% 1/16W (EXCEPT GX350)
R5651 R5652 R5657 R5658 R5659
1-218-873-11 METAL CHIP 1-218-941-81 RES-CHIP 1-218-953-11 RES-CHIP 1-218-953-11 RES-CHIP 1-218-953-11 RES-CHIP
12K 100 1K 1K 1K
8-20
RD-65
Ref. No. R5855 R5856 R5857 R5859 R5861 R5862 R5863 R5864 R5865 R5867 R5868 R5869 R5870 R6001 Part No. 1-234-369-21 1-218-965-11 1-218-965-11 1-218-965-11 1-218-965-11 1-218-961-11 1-218-951-11 1-218-953-11 1-218-990-81 1-218-950-11 1-218-957-11 1-218-961-11 1-218-970-11 1-218-990-81 Description RES, NETWORK RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP < VIBRATOR > 1-813-049-21 VIBRATOR, CRYSTAL (24.576MHz) 1-795-904-21 OSCILLATOR, CRYSTAL (48MHz) (EXCEPT GX350) X5502 1-813-052-21 VIBRATOR, CRYSTAL (25MHz) (EXCEPT GX350) ************************************************************ A-1267-073-A VDC-001 (AG) BOARD, COMPLETE (AS, BS) (Ref.No.;40000 series) **************************** < CAPACITOR > C101 C102 C103 C106 C107 C108 C109 C110 C111 C112 C113 C114 C115 C116 C117 C118 C119 C120 C121 C122 C123 C124 C125 C126 C127 C128 C129 C130 C131 C132 C133 C134 C135 C136 C137 1-107-820-11 1-117-681-11 1-114-130-11 1-126-210-21 1-114-130-11 1-114-130-11 1-114-130-11 1-114-130-11 1-114-130-11 1-114-130-11 1-107-820-11 1-114-130-11 1-117-681-11 1-126-210-21 1-164-858-11 1-164-858-11 1-164-858-11 1-164-858-11 1-164-937-11 1-164-937-11 1-162-912-11 1-162-912-11 1-162-912-11 1-162-912-11 1-164-872-11 1-164-872-11 1-164-872-11 1-125-889-91 1-125-889-91 1-164-872-11 1-162-912-11 1-162-912-11 1-162-912-11 1-162-912-11 1-164-854-11 CERAMIC CHIP ELECT CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT CHIP ELECT CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 100uF 1uF 220uF 1uF 1uF 1uF 1uF 1uF 1uF 0.1uF 1uF 100uF 220uF 22PF 22PF 22PF 22PF 0.001uF 0.001uF 7PF 7PF 7PF 7PF 82PF 82PF 82PF 2.2uF 2.2uF 82PF 7PF 7PF 7PF 7PF 15PF 16V 16V 6.3V 4V 6.3V 6.3V 6.3V 6.3V 6.3V 6.3V 16V 6.3V 16V 4V 50V 50V 50V 50V 50V 50V 50V 50V 50V 50V 50V 50V 50V 10V 10V 50V 50V 50V 50V 50V 50V X5101 X5201 C154 C155 C156 C157 C158 C159 C160 C161 C162 C163 C164 C165 C166 C167 C168 C169 C170 C171 C172 C173 C174 C175 C176 C177 C178 C180 C182 C183 C184 C185 C186 C187 C188 C189 C191 C192 C193 C194 C195 C196 C197 C198 C199 C200 C201 1-107-820-11 1-107-820-11 1-107-820-11 1-107-820-11 1-107-820-11 1-114-130-11 1-164-937-11 1-126-210-21 1-107-820-11 1-107-820-11 1-107-820-11 1-107-820-11 1-107-820-11 1-107-820-11 1-107-820-11 1-107-820-11 1-107-820-11 1-107-820-11 1-107-820-11 1-107-820-11 1-107-820-11 1-107-820-11 1-114-130-11 1-114-130-11 1-124-779-21 1-164-937-11 1-114-130-11 1-114-130-11 1-114-130-11 1-107-820-11 1-114-130-11 1-114-130-11 1-114-130-11 1-114-130-11 1-114-130-11 1-114-130-11 1-114-130-11 1-114-130-11 1-114-130-11 1-114-130-11 1-100-597-91 1-114-130-11 1-114-130-11 1-114-130-11 1-114-130-11 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 1uF 0.001uF 220uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 1uF 1uF 10uF 0.001uF 1uF 1uF 1uF 0.1uF 1uF 1uF 1uF 1uF 1uF 1uF 1uF 1uF 1uF 1uF 0.1uF 1uF 1uF 1uF 1uF 10 (1005X4) 10K 5% 10K 5% 10K 5% 10K 5% 4.7K 680 1K 0 560 2.2K 4.7K 27K 0 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% Remarks 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W Ref. No. C138 C139 C140 C141 C142 C143 C144 C145 C146 C147 C148 C149 C150 C151 C153 Part No. 1-164-854-11 1-164-854-11 1-164-854-11 1-114-130-11 1-114-130-11 1-114-130-11 1-114-130-11 1-163-021-91 1-163-021-91 1-163-021-91 1-163-021-91 1-163-021-91 1-114-130-11 1-126-210-21 1-107-820-11 Description CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 15PF 15PF 15PF 1uF 1uF 1uF 1uF 0.01uF 0.01uF 0.01uF 0.01uF 0.01uF 1uF 220uF 0.1uF
VDC-001
Remarks 5% 5% 5% 50V 50V 50V 6.3V 6.3V 6.3V 6.3V 50V 50V 50V 50V 50V 6.3V 4V 16V 16V 16V 16V 16V 16V 6.3V 50V 4V 16V 16V 16V 16V 16V 16V 16V 16V 16V 16V 16V 16V 16V 16V 6.3V 6.3V 16V 50V 6.3V 6.3V 6.3V 16V 6.3V 6.3V 6.3V 6.3V 6.3V 6.3V 6.3V 6.3V 6.3V 6.3V 10% 25V 6.3V 6.3V 6.3V 6.3V
10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 20%
10% 20%
20% 20%
20% 20% 5% 5% 5% 5% 10% 10% 0.5PF 0.5PF 0.5PF 0.5PF 5% 5% 5% 10% 10% 5% 0.5PF 0.5PF 0.5PF 0.5PF 5%
20% 10%
8-21
VDC-001
Ref. No. C202 C203 C204 C205 C206 C207 C208 C209 C210 C211 C212 C214 C215 C216 C217 C218 C219 C220 C221 C222 C223 C224 C225 C226 C228 C232 C233 C234 C235 C236 C237 C238 C239 C240 C241 C242 C243 C244 C245 C246 C247 C248 C249 C250 C251 C252 C253 C254 Part No. 1-114-130-11 1-164-937-11 1-114-130-11 1-164-937-11 1-126-210-21 1-114-130-11 1-114-130-11 1-114-130-11 1-114-130-11 1-114-130-11 1-114-130-11 1-114-130-11 1-126-210-21 1-114-130-11 1-114-130-11 1-162-912-11 1-162-912-11 1-114-130-11 1-114-130-11 1-114-130-11 1-114-130-11 1-114-130-11 1-114-130-11 1-107-820-11 1-114-130-11 1-100-966-91 1-164-937-11 1-117-681-11 1-164-937-11 1-164-937-11 1-107-820-11 1-107-820-11 1-164-937-11 1-164-937-11 1-107-820-11 1-164-943-81 1-164-937-11 1-107-820-11 1-107-820-11 1-164-937-11 1-164-937-11 1-126-210-21 1-107-820-11 1-164-937-11 1-164-937-11 Description CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 1uF 0.001uF 1uF 0.001uF 220uF 1uF 1uF 1uF 1uF 1uF 1uF 1uF 220uF 1uF 1uF 7PF 7PF 1uF 1uF 1uF 1uF 1uF 1uF 0.1uF 1uF 10uF 0.001uF 100uF 0.001uF 0.001uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.001uF 0.001uF 0.1uF 0.01uF 0.001uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.001uF 0.001uF 220uF 0.1uF 0.001uF 0.001uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 20% 10% 20% 10% 10% 10% 10% 20% Remarks 6.3V 50V 6.3V 50V 4V 6.3V 6.3V 6.3V 6.3V 6.3V 6.3V 6.3V 4V 6.3V 6.3V 50V 50V 6.3V 6.3V 6.3V 6.3V 6.3V 6.3V 16V 6.3V 10V 50V 16V 50V 50V 16V 16V 50V 50V 16V 16V 50V 16V 16V 50V 50V 4V 16V 50V 50V 16V 16V 16V Ref. No. Part No. Description < COIL > L101 L102 L103 L104 L105 L106 L107 L108 1-412-951-11 1-412-951-11 1-412-951-11 1-412-951-11 1-412-954-11 INDUCTOR INDUCTOR INDUCTOR INDUCTOR INDUCTOR 10uH 10uH 10uH 10uH 18uH 18uH 18uH 18uH Remarks
1-412-954-11 INDUCTOR 1-412-954-11 INDUCTOR 1-412-954-11 INDUCTOR < TRANSISTOR >
20%
0.5PF 0.5PF
Q102 Q103 Q104 Q105 Q106 Q107 Q108 Q109
6-551-699-01 6-551-699-01 6-551-699-01 6-551-699-01 8-729-620-13
TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR
ISA1602AM1TP-1EF ISA1602AM1TP-1EF ISA1602AM1TP-1EF ISA1602AM1TP-1EF 2SC4154TP-1EF 2SC4154TP-1EF 2SC4154TP-1EF 2SC4154TP-1EF
8-729-620-13 TRANSISTOR 8-729-620-13 TRANSISTOR 8-729-620-13 TRANSISTOR < RESISTOR >
R102 R103 R104 R105 R106 R107 R113 R124 R125 R126 R127 R128 R129 R130 R131 R133 R136 R137 R138 R139 R140 R141 R142 R143 R144 R145 R146 R147 R148 R149 R150 R151 R152 R154 R155
1-218-965-11 1-218-990-81 1-218-937-11 1-218-937-11 1-218-937-11 1-218-937-11 1-218-965-11 1-218-947-11 1-218-947-11 1-218-947-11 1-218-947-11 1-218-839-11 1-218-839-11 1-218-839-11 1-218-839-11 1-216-295-91 1-208-893-11 1-208-893-11 1-208-893-11 1-208-893-11 1-218-929-11 1-218-929-11 1-218-929-11 1-218-929-11 1-218-951-11 1-218-951-11 1-218-951-11 1-218-951-11 1-218-971-11 1-218-973-11 1-218-973-11 1-218-973-11 1-234-378-21 1-234-372-11 1-234-372-11
RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES, NETWORK RES, NETWORK RES, NETWORK
10K 0 47 47 47 47 10K 330 330 330 330 470 470 470 470 0 1.8K 1.8K 1.8K 1.8K 10 10 10 10 680 680 680 680 33K 47K
5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 0.5% 0.5% 0.5% 0.5%
1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W
10% 10%
10% 10%
10% 10% 20% 10% 10%
0.5% 0.5% 0.5% 0.5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5%
1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W
1-107-820-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1-107-820-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1-107-820-11 CERAMIC CHIP < CONNECTOR >
CN103 * CN105 * CN106
1-564-718-11 PIN, CONNECTOR (SMALL TYPE) 2P 1-564-728-11 PIN, CONNECTOR (SMALL TYPE) 12P 1-784-746-11 CONNECTOR, FFC 24P < IC >
IC101 IC102 IC104
6-702-362-01 IC MM1563DFBE 6-708-708-01 IC MM1561FFBE 6-711-285-01 IC uPD64015AGM-UEU-A
47K 5% 47K 5% 10K (1005X4) 100 (1005X4) 100 (1005X4)
8-22
VDC-001
Ref. No. R156 R157 R158 R159 R160 R161 R162 R163 R164 R165 R167 R169 R170 R171 R174 R175 R176 R180 R181 R182 Part No. 1-234-372-11 1-216-295-91 1-234-372-11 1-218-941-81 1-234-372-11 1-216-295-91 1-234-372-11 1-218-990-81 1-234-372-11 1-234-372-11 1-234-372-11 1-218-953-11 1-218-965-11 1-218-973-11 1-218-965-11 1-218-965-11 1-234-372-11 1-218-941-81 1-218-941-81 1-218-990-81 Description RES, NETWORK SHORT CHIP RES, NETWORK RES-CHIP RES, NETWORK SHORT CHIP RES, NETWORK SHORT CHIP RES, NETWORK RES, NETWORK RES, NETWORK RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES, NETWORK RES-CHIP RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP 100 (1005X4) 0 100 (1005X4) 100 5% 100 (1005X4) 0 100 (1005X4) 0 100 (1005X4) 100 (1005X4) 100 (1005X4) 1K 5% 10K 5% 47K 5% 10K 5% 10K 5% 100 (1005X4) 100 5% 100 5% 0 Remarks Ref. No. Part No. Description Remarks 3-100-905-31 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (ITALIAN) (HX650:AEP1) 3-100-905-41 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (DUTCH) (HX650:AEP1) 3-100-905-51 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (SPANISH) (HX650:AEP1) 3-100-905-61 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (PORTUGUESE) (HX650:AEP2) 3-100-905-71 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (DANISH) (HX650:AEP2) 3-100-905-81 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (SWEDISH) (HX650:AEP2) 3-100-905-91 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (FINNISH) (HX650:AEP2) 3-100-906-11 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (PORTUGUESE) (HX750/HX950:AEP2) 3-100-906-21 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (DANISH) (HX750/HX950:AEP2) 3-100-906-31 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (SWEDISH) (HX750/HX950:AEP2) 3-100-906-41 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (FINNISH) (HX750/HX950:AEP2) 3-100-906-52 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (RUSSIAN) (HX750/HX950:RU) 3-113-758-11 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (FRENCH) (GX350:AEP1) 3-113-758-21 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (GERMAN) (GX350:AEP1) 3-113-758-31 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (ITALIAN) (GX350:AEP1) 3-113-758-41 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (DUTCH) (GX350:AEP1) 3-113-758-51 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (SPANISH) (GX350:AEP1) 3-113-758-61 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (PORTUGUESE) (GX350:AEP2) 3-113-758-71 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (DANISH) (GX350:AEP2) 3-113-758-81 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (SWEDISH) (GX350:AEP2) 3-113-758-91 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (FINNISH) (GX350:AEP2) 3-113-759-11 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (ENGLISH) (GX350:UK) 3-113-759-21 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (RUSSIAN) (GX350:RU)
1/16W
1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W
R183 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 0 R184 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 0 R185 1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 0 R186 1-218-961-11 RES-CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/16W R187 1-218-961-11 RES-CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/16W ************************************************************ ACCESSORIES ************ 1-480-168-11 REMOTE COMMANDER (RMT-D247P) (HX750: UK, AEP1/HX950: AEP1) 1-480-169-11 REMOTE COMMANDER (RMT-D246P) (HX650/HX750: AEP2, RU/HX950: AEP2, RU) 1-480-170-11 REMOTE COMMANDER (RMT-D245P) (GX350) 1-575-131-82 CORD, POWER (AEP, RU) 1-696-593-11 CORD, CONNECTION (PAL) 1-759-586-41 CONTROLLER, VIDEO (AV MOUSE) (HX750: AEP, UK/HX950: AEP, UK) 1-827-946-21 CORD, POWER (UK) 2-899-893-11 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (ENGLISH) (HX750:UK) 2-899-893-21 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (FRENCH) (HX750/HX950:AEP1) 2-899-893-31 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (GERMAN) (HX750/HX950:AEP1) 2-899-893-41 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (ITALIAN) (HX750/HX950:AEP1) 2-899-893-51 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (DUTCH) (HX750/HX950:AEP1) 2-899-893-61 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (SPANISH) (HX750/HX950:AEP1) 3-100-905-11 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (FRENCH) (HX650:AEP1,AEP3) 3-100-905-21 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (GERMAN) (HX650:AEP1)
Note :
8-23E
Sony Corporation
9-883-951-13
Home Electronics Network Company
190
2007J1600-1 2007.10 Published by Quality Assurance Dept.
Reverse
988395114.pdf
Revision History
Ver. 1.0 1.1 Date 2007.04 2007.06 History Official Release Revised-1 Contents Addition of Russian model Change of service note (Page 7 through Page 11) Change of block diagrams Change of service mode (Pages 6-6, 6-9 and 6-10) Change of repair parts list Addition of service note (Page 12) Change of Disassembly (Page 2-1, 5, 6, 7) Change of block diagrams (Page 3-1 to 3-10) Change of schematic diagrams and printed wiring boards (Page 4-1, 5, 7, 9, 25, 27, 49) Change of IC Pin Function Description (Page 5-3 to 5-13) Change of repair parts list S.M. Rev. issued Yes
1.2
2007.10
Revised-2
Yes

RDR-GX350 HX650 HX750 HX950 - Service - Manual

Enviado por

Dados do documento

Título original

Direitos autorais

Formatos disponíveis

Compartilhar este documento

Compartilhar ou incorporar documento

Opções de compartilhamento

Você considera este documento útil?

Este conteúdo é inapropriado?

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

RDR-GX350 HX650 HX750 HX950 - Service - Manual

Enviado por

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

RDR-GX350/HX650/ HX750/HX950

Photo: RDR-HX750 RMT-D247P

TABLE OF CONTENTS SERVICE NOTE

5-2. AV ENCODER/DECODER IC (IC1001:MC10050F1-105/505-LU1-A (RD-65 BOARD)) 5-3

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS AND PRINTED WIRING BOARDS

ADJUSTMENTS REPAIR PARTS LIST

7-1. Video System Adjustment 7-1

IC PIN FUNCTION DESCRIPTION

5-1. IT CONTROL IC (IC101:LC87F06J2A-F58W3-E (AV-114 BOARD)) 5-1

1 The stiff wire

Open the tray

NOTES DURING THE FORCED EJECTION

2. BOARD CONNECTION, SERVICE REMOTE CONTROLLER

RD-065 board : CN2301(40core)

AV-114 board : CN101(40core)

SERVICE REMOTE CONTROLLER (J-6090-203-A)

3. MODEL NAME SETTING METHOD WHEN ENGINE IS REPLACED

Fig.1 S-company/P-company selection

4. HOW TO DIAGNOSE HDD FAILURE

DEVICE : E2R-FEx1.0 FLASH : 64M REGION : 2 C : 0000400259 HDCP : 0000400259

HDD identification conditions

Details on HDD data are described below.

WDC 10234564 # 160

WDC 10234564 ! 160

WDC 10234564 160

4-3. Display [E01] on FLD with unrecognized HDD

Is the HDD free from abnormal noises?

Replace the HDD

Replace the SATA Cable

Replace the SATA cable. Does the problem still occur?

Does the problem still occur?

Does the problem still occur?

4-4. Display [E02] on FLD

Is the HDD free from abnormal noises?

Replace the HDD

Has the Final check ended with success?

Replace the HDD

Is the HDD free from abnormal noises?

Does the history show no errors?

Replace the HDD

Note: 2. Exe Ext Self Test is not used.

Example: With an error

HDD performance Check

aNormal display 80 81 0 0 00000 00000

000000 000000 HDD ERR 01 000000 HDD ERR 02

** ***** H M S ** ***** H M S ***** H M S

HDD ERR 04 84:Complete 8 4 COMPLETE HDD ERR 05

Fig 1. FL Display Flow

5. CHANGED POINTS OF SERVICE MANUAL Revised-2

VDC-001 (AG) Board

PAE-002 HARNESS (not supplied)

Location of MAIN IC (IC1001).

Check type name of IC1001

About repairing the hard disk drive

About the hard disk drive

On compensation for lost recordings

About this manual Check your model name

Quick Guide to Disc Types

Copy guard function

VR mode Hard disk drive (internal) Video mode

Automatically formatted in +VR mode (DVD+RW VIDEO)

Playable on DVD+RW compatible players (automatically finalised)

VR mode DVD-RW Video mode

* H M S * H M S * H M S

to AERIAL IN Aerial (not supplied) cable1 SCART cord2 (not supplied)